Prophecy: A History of the Future

Robert A. Nelson

Internet Edition
Copyright 1986/2000: All rights reserved

 


Table of Contents

 
Chapter 1 ~ Ancient & Oriental Prophecy: Prophecy as a Historical Force (The Delphic Oracle ~ Egyptian Prophecies ~ Alexander the Great ~ The Caesars) ~ The Sibylline Oracles ~ References.

Chapter 2 ~ Biblical Apocalypsis: Judao-Christian Messianism ~ Sephir Zohar ~ Jesus Christ ~ The Resurrection & Rapture ~ Ezekiel ~ Joel ~ Zechariah ~ Daniel ~ Apocrypha ~ Esdras ~ Epistle of the Apostles ~ Epistle of James ~ Apocalypse of Thomas ~ Nathan ~ The Revelation of St. John ~ The Millenial Kingdom ~ Muslim Prophecy ~
Oriental Prophecy ~ References.

Chapter 3 ~ European Prophets: The Pseudo-Methodius ~ St. Hilarion ~ St. Ephraim ~St. Columbcille ~ St. Brogan ~ St. Ultan ~ Bede the Venerable & Monk Adso ~ St. Edward ~ The Brahan Seer ~ Frater Balthassar Mas ~ Rudolfo Gilther ~ Liber Mirabilis ~ Mother Shipton ~ Rigord of St. Denis ~ Hepidanus ~ Caesarius of Heisterbach ~ Johann Friede ~ Anonymous ~ Pere Nechtou ~ Trappist Monk ~ Catholic Nuns ~ Anna Emmerich ~ Hildegard of Bingen ~ St.Odile ~ The Seeress of Prague ~
Anna Maria Taigi ~ Marie Jehannet ~ The Mother of All People ~ Melanie Calvat ~ Our Lady of Fatima ~ Our Lady of Garabandal ~ St. Malachi ~ St. John Capistrano ~
The Monk of Padua ~ Pope Pius X ~ St. John Bosco ~ The Monk of Premol ~ The Angelic Pope & Great Monarch ~ St. Cataldus of Tarentino ~ Rabanus Maurus ~
St. Caesarius of Arles ~ Merlin Ambrosius ~ Pope Leo VI ~ Joaquim Merlin ~ Barthalomew Holzhauser ~ St. Francisco de Paola ~ Abbe Souffrant ~ The Mother of Bourg ~ Cheiro ~ Mathias Lang ~ M. Tarabich ~ Alois Irlmaier ~ The Birch Tree Prophecies ~ Johannes Lichtenberger ~ Spielbahn ~ Bernard Rembold ~ The Prophecy of Mayence ~ The Monk of Werl ~ Wessel Eilert ~ Antonius ~ Peter Schlinkert ~ Brother Anthony  ~ Paracelsus ~ Alchemy & Prophecy ~ References.

Chapter 4 ~ Marian Prophecy: Venerable Mary of Agreda ~ Our Lady of La Salette ~ Our Lady of Lourdes ~ St. John Bosco ~ Our Lady of Fatima ~ Our Lady of Garabandal ~ Padre Pio ~ Sr. Agnes Sasagawa ~ Veronica Lueken ~ Maria Bianchini ~ Our Lady of Medjugorje ~ References

Chapter 5 ~ Moslem Prophecy: Signs of Qiyamah ~ Dajjal ~ Imam Mahdi ~ Isa / Jesus ~ Yajuj & Majuj ~ Dabbah al-Ard ~ Minor Signs ~ The Great Hour & Day of Doom ~ References

Chapter 6 ~ Asian Prophecy: Hindu Prophecy ~ Buddhist Prophecy ~ Zoroastran Prophecy ~ Bahai Prophecy

Chapter 7 ~ Michel Nostradamus : Biography ~ Recently Fulfilled Quatrains ~ The Moslem Invasion of Europe ~The Papacy ~ The Grand Monarch ~ The Antichrist ~ Earth Changes ~ The Presages ~ The Sixains ~ The "Lost Quatrains" ~ References.

Chapter 8 ~ American Prophecy :Aztec Prophecy ~ Quetzelcoatl ~ The Eagle Bowl Calendar ~ Maya Prophecy ~ Inca Prophecy ~ Hopi Prophecy ~ Prophecy Rock ~ Deganawida ~ Crazy Horse ~ Sioux & Navajo, &c.~ Tecumseh ~ Stalking Wolf ~ Mary No-Eyes ~ Sun Bear ~ George Washington ~ Molly Pitcher ~ General McClellan ~ David Croly ~ Joseph Smith ~ Charles Evans ~ Orson Pratt  ~ Brigham Young ~ D. Modin ~ Edgar Cayce ~ Dannion Brinkley ~ Gordon-M. Scallion ~ Lori Toye ~ Jeanne Dixon ~ Nostradamus ~
Novus Ordo Seculorum ~ References.

Chapter 9 ~ Cycles, Earth Changes & Time:  Introduction ~ The 20-Year Cycle of U.S. Presidential Deaths ~ The Kondratieff Wave ~ Cycle of Power, Affiliation & War ~ Edward Dewey ~ The Wheeler Weather Cycle ~ Tchijevsky: Universal Historical Process ~ Astrometeorology  ~ Pole Shifts ~ Geomagnetic Depletion ~ Extinction Events ~ The McKenna/I Ching Apocalpypse ~ The Physics of Time ~ Time Cameras (Ernetti ~ Von Lubek ~ Pelley ~ De La Warr) ~ Time & Mind ~ The End? ~ References.

 

 

 

Chapter 1: Ancient Western Prophecy

 

    1.  Prophecy as a Historical Force

    1a. The Delphic Oracle

    1b. Egyptian Prophecies

    1c. Alexander the Great

    1d. The Caesars

    2.  The Sibylline Oracles

    3.  Reference

 

    1. Prophecy as a Historical Force

 

    PROPHECIES are memories of possible futures, echoing across time and space. Prophecy is a proven talent of the human mind --- one that baffles our notions of time, fate, and free will. The future is revealed to us through dreams, drugs, religious epiphany, magical rituals and the mantic arts. If a predicted event does not occur, then the seer has misinterpreted the psychic impression or was hallucinating. But false prophecies do not disprove or discredit the many that have been fulfilled. Indeed, many major events have been foretold with astonishing accuracy. Prophecy has exerted a powerful influence on the course of history. Many great persons, such as Alexander the Great, Julius and Augustus Caesar, and George Washington, were gifted with prophecy.

 

    Hundreds of ancient and modern prophets have given accounts of their visions. Many of them are concerned with global catastrophes in the "near future". Although no prophet has been 100% accurate, many of the seers represented here have made short-and long-term predictions that were fulfilled during and after their lifetimes. Considering the established credibility of these visionaries, their warnings of impending doom deserve our close attention. It behooves us to know the signs of the times, to recognize the shadows that great events cast before them. Prophecies can help guide some of us out of harm's way when "insanity will attack the spirit of man and unrestrained hate shall rage." In any event, with grace, courage and love, some of us will survive to live in peace at long last.

 

    Time is running out for these prophecies to be fulfilled or annulled. It is not too late to heed the warnings and prevent some disasters. The outcome of events can be modified by right action, unless and until it is too late. Prophecies also can be misunderstood and misused, and yet prove to be historically effective, though not in the ways we might expect. Prophecies often tend to be self-fulfilling, a kind of deathwish that derives power from feedback between people and circumstances. The Delphic Oracle of Apollo is an excellent example of this process.

 

    1a. The Delphic Oracle ~

 

    The utterances of the Greek Oracles of Dodona and of Apollo at Delphi were gospel in their time, and guided the course of Greek and Roman history for several centuries. The Delphic Oracle was located on Mount Parnassus. There the virgin priestesses, called Pythia, uttered ecstatic prophecies during an elaborate ritual that included chewing the leaf of a sacred bay tree and drinking from the holy fountain Kassotis that flowed from Omphalos, "the navel of the the earth." The Pythia sat on a tripod over a fissure in the cavern Adyton, and breathed the vapors arising from the abyss. The fumes induced a trance in them, and they proceeded to pronounce (or more often mumble incoherently) messages that were interpreted by attendant priests, who conveyed their translations to the supplicants. Socrates declared:

 

    "Such prophecy is akin to madness, but it is a madness which is the special gift of heaven, and the source of the chiefest blessings among men. For prophecy is a madness, and the prophetess at Delphi and the priestesses of Dodona, when out of their senses have conferred great benefits to Hellas, both in public and private life, but when their senses were few or none."

 

    The Oracle at Delphi was enriched with gifts from grateful supplicants who worshipped and propitiated Apollo and his oracle with beautiful temples and fountains, a theater and stadium, thousands of marble, bronze and gold statues, and many other gifts of exquisite workmanship. The Roman author Cicero wrote, "Never could the oracle of Delphi have been so overwhelmed with significant presents from all kings and nations had not the ages proven the truth of its oracle."

 

    Heraclitus wrote, "The god of Delphi neither revealeth, nor concealeth, but hinteth." However, while most of its advice was given in ambiguous terms, the Delphic Oracle also gave exact answers on occasion. Both types of response were exemplified in the case of Croesus, King of Lydia (6th century BC). The immensely wealthy monarch was concerned about the threat posed by Cyrus the Elder, King of Persia and Babylon. Seeking divine counsel, King Croesus tested several of the most eminent oracles of his time: Zeus Ammon in Libya, Dudyma near Miletus, Amphiarus and Trophonia in Boeotia, Zeus Dodona in Epirus, and Abae and Delphi in Phoeis.

 

    Only the Delphic Oracle correctly answered the test question posed by Croesus: What was King Croesus engaged in at the moment of the query (which was on the hundredth day since they had departed from Sardis)? The Phytia answered thus: "I can count the sands and I can measure the Ocean, I have ears for the silent, and know what the dumb man meaneth. Lo, on my sense there striketh the smell of shell-covered tortoise, boiling now in fire with the flesh of lamb in a cauldron, brass in the vessel below and brass the cover of it."

 

    The messengers returned to Sardis and reported the Pythia's answer, which was completely correct and satisfactory to Croesus. The king then made a huge sacrificial offering to Apollo and presented the Oracle with many priceless gifts. He asked, "Whether Croesus should march against the Persians, and if so, whether he should join himself with any army of men as his friends."

 

    The Oracle replied, "After crossing the Halys, Croesus will destroy a great empire." Croesus also inquired if he would have a long reign, to which the Pythia answered, "Nay, when a mule becometh king of Medes, flee, soft-soled Lydian, by pebbly Hermus, and stay not, nor feel shame to be a coward." This answer did not please Croesus, but since it seemed impossible for a mule to be king, he did not worry about it. Finally, he asked about his deaf-mute son. The Oracle replied: "Son of Lydia, ruler of men, Croesus, thou prince of fools, desire not to hear in thy halls the voice long prayed for of a son speaking. He will speak first on a day that is not propitious."

 

    This last answer disappointed Croesus, but encouraged by the first, he formed an alliance with Sparta and mounted an army against Cyrus the Great. Croesus crossed the river Halys to invade Cappadocia, but withdrew to his own capitol at Sardis after a fierce battle at Pteria. Croesus then disbanded his army, but Cyrus followed him with the Persian army and besieged Sardis, which soon fell.

 

    Pythia's prophecy thus became clear. Croesus did indeed destroy a great empire --- his own. And a "mule" did become monarch of Media insofar as Cyrus was born of mixed parentage, as are mules; his mother was a princess of Media, and his father was a Persian. The third prophecy was fulfilled when a Persian soldier attacked Croesus without recognizing him. Croesus' deaf-mute son suddenly cried out, "Man, do not kill Croesus!"

 

    Soon after becoming Emperor of Rome in 54 AD, Nero killed his mother, then went vacationing in Greece. When he visited the Oracle at Delphi, the Pythia shouted angrily at Nero:

 

    "Your presence here outrages the god you seek. Go back, matricide! The number 73 marks the hour of your downfall!"

 

    Nero was infuriated and had the Pythia buried alive in the sacred cavern, along with the bodies of the temple priests after their hands and feet had been chopped off.

 

    Nero thought the number 73 would be his age at death. He was only 30 years old then, so he did not worry about it. Actually, the number related to Galba, who was 73 years old when he succeeded Nero in 68 AD.

 

    Before he came to rule the Roman Empire, Hadrian visited the Delphic Oracle and drank from the sacred fountain Kassotis. Thus he learned firsthand of his destiny. After he reached the throne, Hadrian ordered the fountain to be plugged up to prevent anyone else from getting the same idea from the same source.

 

    Emperor Julian had the blockage removed during his reign (361-363 AD) because he believed it should be available to everyone. He said:

 

    "Through the Oracles of Apollo, the greater part of civilization had come into being because they had revealed the will of the gods in the sphere of politics, as well as religion, which they regulated wisely for those who kept their advice."

 

    The Delphic Oracle endured until 390 AD, when Emperor Theodosius closed the temple; his successor, Arcadius, demolished it.

 

    1b. Egyptian Prophecies ~

 

    The priests of ancient Egypt were powerful magicians who practised the mantic arts for the kings and pharoahs and accurately predicted the course of Egypt's dynastic history. The rulers also occasionally received advice directly from the gods.

 

    For example, about 1420 BC, when Thutmose IV was still a prince and had uncertain prospects for rulership, the god Harmachis-Chepera Re-Tenu appeared to him in a dream and promised that if Thutmose would clear away the sand that had accumulated around the Sphinx (the image of the god), he would rule over both North and South Egypt --- the entire land. Thutmose immediately set men to work at the task, and subsequently enjoyed the fulfillment of the god's promise.

 

    Similarly, it was truly prophesied to Nut-Amon (circa 670 BC):

 

    "All the land of the south is thine, and thou shalt have dominion over all the land of the north. The White Crown and the Red Crown shall adorn thine head. The length and breadth of the land shall be given unto thee, and the god Amon, the only god, shall be with thee."

 

    The birth of Jesus Christ was foretold almost 2,000 years before the event by Chechepetresonbu, an Egyptian priest at Heliopolis during the reign of Sesostris II (1906-1887 BC) had a prophetic vision:

 

    "The ideal ruler for whose advent he longs --- he brings cooling to the flames. It is said that he is the shepherd of all men. There is no evil in his heart... Where is he today? Behold, his might is not seen."

 

    Nectanebo, the last king of Egypt, also was a prophet, astrologer, and Hermetic magus who used his skills wisely to prevent his assassination and to win the wars he fought. Eventually, however, he abdicated and left Egypt for Macedonia because the gods no longer would cooperate in his magical operations. In Macedonia, he earned a good reputation as an astrologer. He was consulted by King Phillip while Olympia was pregnant with Alexander. Nectanebo constructed a natal horoscope for the most auspicious moment of birth, and insisted to Olympia that she must not allow the child to be born until the moment he specified. At that time the earth quaked, the sky tore with lightning, and thunder sounded like cosmic drum rolls saluting the event. As the infant gave his first cry, Nectanebo announced:

 

    "O Queen, now thou hast given birth to a governor of the world." (2)

 

    1c. Alexander the Great ~

 

    The night before Queen Olympia and King Phillip met as newleyweds in the bridal chamber, Olympia dreamed that a flash of lightning discharged within her womb with a thunderous crash. A sheet of fire erupted and spread flaming in all directions, then faded away. Phillip later dreamed that he was sealing up his wife's womb with the image of a lion. The sage Aristander of Telesmus interpreted these signs to mean that Olympia was pregnant, for we do not seal up anything empty, and that the son she bore would be courageous, as a lion symbolizes.

 

    Alexander had many precognitive dreams that benefited his career. The most famous of his dreams occurred while he laid siege to the city of Tyre. Alexander dreamed that he had captured a satyr dancing on a shield. Aristander interpreted the dream as an acronym of the Greek words "Sa Tyros", meaning, "Tyre is yours." After a seven month siege, it became his prize. He also had a dream in which he saw Heracles reach out and call from the walls of Tyre. Thus inspired, Alexander won the city on the next day.

 

    When Alexander's friend Ptolemaeus was wounded in battle by a poison arrow, death seemed imminent. Alexander dreamed that he was watching his wife Olympia feed a fish with roots of strange plants. The fish showed Alexander where the plants could be found. When Alexander awoke he searched out the plants and administered them to Ptolemaeus, who recovered. Later he became Pharoah of Egypt.

 

    Having conquered Egypt, Alexander wanted to build a great city, to be called Alexandria. Again he had a prophetic dream in which an ancient sage quoted certain passages in Homer's writings referring to Pharos. Alexander went quickly to Pharos, where he found an excellent site with outstanding advantages. Alexander ordered that a city be mapped out to fit the site. The Macedonians had no chalk with them so they marked the area with barley. Suddenly, countless flocks of birds of all species flew to the place and ate every grain of barley. This amazing omen disturbed Alexander, but his soothsayer told him it meant that Alexandria would be a nurse and feeder of great men of every race. The library of Alexandria became the greatest in the ancient world.

 

    1d. The Caesars ~

 

    All of the mantic arts, and especially astrology, were widely practiced in ancient Rome. Several astrologers accurately predicted the destinies of the Caesarian dynasty andother emperors. The Romans took dreams so seriously that the citizens of Rome were legally bound to report to the Senate any dreams that could be connected with the security and destiny of the empire.

 

    The astrologer Tyrasyllus accurately figured that Claudius would die when he was "63 years, 63 days, 63 watches, 63 hours old" on October 13, 54 AD. Claudius was murdered by his wife Agrippina, who fed him a dish of poisoned mushrooms when she learned that he might not name Nero as his heir. He died the next day, on October 13.

 

    Claudius and Nero frequently consulted the astrologer Barbillius for advice. He had predicted that Claudius would die in the 14th year of his reign, and he told Agrippina that Nero would reign. "But," he warned her, "if he comes to the throne, he will kill his mother." Her lifelong ambition was to make her son Emperor of Rome; thus she replied, "If he but reigns, I do not care. Let him kill me." And he did.

 

    Perhaps the most famous Roman prophecy was the warning, "Beware the Ides of March" (March 15) given to Julius Caesar by the seer Spurinna Vestritius during a religious sacrifice. The night before his assassination, Caesar's wife Calpurnia dreamt that the turret of her house crumbled and that the corpse of Caesar was carried into their home, and she wept over him. In the morning, she pleaded with Caesar not to go to the Senate, but he would not heed her despite his own suspicions. Brutus argued that a great throng was awaiting his arrival at the Senate and he must not disappoint them. On his way there he met the seer Spurinna and said to him, "The Ides of march are here without any calamity." Spurinna replied, "Yes, they are here, but they have not yet gone." Caesar died that day in 44 BC.

 

    Augustus was Julius Caesar's adopted son and successor. When Augustus went to Philippi in 42 BC to revenge the murder of Julius by Brutus and company, he was too weak to walk and had to be carried in a litter. Cassius' forces overran Augustus' camp and captured many soldiers. But Augustus had been carried away by his doctor and hidden in a marsh until the battle ended. The doctor swore that he had been awakened by a dream telling him to remove Augustus.

 

    The Roman historian Dion Cassius recorded the following prophecy by the astrologer-senator Nigidius Figulus concerning Augustus Caesar, the son of Octavius:

 

    Scarcely was the boy born when Nigidius Figulus prophesied for him the absolute empire of the world. Among his contemporaries, this prophet was held to be the wisest in the knowledge of the stars and constellations... When he saw that Octavius, because of the birth of his son, was somewhat late in getting to the Curia.. He came towards him and asked him why he was so tardy. When he heard the reason, he announced:

 

    "You have given us a master."

 

    Octavius, depressed by this announcement [in those days many Romans still thought they were a democratic nation], wished to have the child slain. But the prophet advised him against it, saying:

 

    "It were impossible for anything of the sort to happen to this child."

 

    Later, when Octavius was leading an army in Thrace, he consulted a local oracle concerning his son. As the priest poured wine over the altar, a flame burst forth, leapt to the roof of the temple, and into the sky. The priests told Octavius that such an omen had occurred only once before --- to Alexander the Great during a sacrifice.

 

    While still a young man and before rising to power, Augustus consulted the sage Theogenes for his horoscope. When Augustus told his birth time to Theogenes, the man knelt before the youth and forecast his ascent to imperial power. The horoscope so impressed Augustus that he had it published and minted a silver coin with the sigil of Capricorn, his Sun sign.

 

    To express appreciation for his great good fortune, Augustus built a temple of peace. He consulted the Delphic Oracle, asking how long the temple would stand and peace last. The Oracle answered, "Until a virgin gives birth to a child and yet remains a virgin." As that seemed impossible, Augustus thought the oracle was predicting eternal peace. He dedicated the temple with a tablet inscribed "Templum pacis aeterna." But at the birth of Christ, the temple collapsed "without warning or discoverable cause."

 

    At the same time Christ was born, Augustus Caesar was consulting the Tiburtine Sibyl to ask if he should accept the title "God of the nations" which the Senate wanted to confer on him. While the Sibyl consulted her sacred books, a brilliant meteor flashed across the sky. The Sibyl took the celestial omen as her answer, saying:

 

    "Look! It is a sign of the future that is revealed to you. One world is ending, and another is beginning. A child has just been born, who is the king of future millenia, the true god of the world. He is of humble birth and of an obscure race. His divinity is unrealized; when he at last makes himself known, he will be persecuted. He will work miracles, he will be accused of trafficking with evil spirits, but I see him victor in the end over death, rising from the place where his murderers entombed him. He will reunite all nations."

 

    2. The Sibylline Oracles ~

 

    The ancient prophecies known as the Sibylline Oracles or Sibyllae are attributed to divinely inspired seeresses who lived in the Greek colonies in the 8th century BC. The earliest reference to a Sibyl was by the philosopher Heraclitus (ca. 500 BC):

 

    "The Sibyl with frenzied lips, uttering words mirthless, unembellished, unperfumed, penetrates through the centuries by the powers of the gods."

 

    The Sibyllae were presented to Tarquin I (The Proud), the fifth king of Rome, by the Sibyl of Cumae in 615 BC. She offered him nine books foretelling the destiny of the Romans with instructions to be followed so that the predicted events would follow their course. The Sibyl demanded a payment of 300 gold philippi, a large sum, but Tarquin refused the offer. The Sibyl then burned three volumes of the set, and again requested 300 philippi for the remaining books. Tarquin again declined the offer, whereupon the Sibyl burned three more of the books, and again demanded the same price. King Tarquin was thus convinced of the value of the books, and paid for the remaining three volumes. Only fragments of one book survive to this day.

 

    The Sibyllae were very popular with the Romans, who installed them in the temple of Jupiter Capitolinus, guarded by a special priesthood. The Sibyllae were consulted during crises of the Republic and upon the appearance of unusual omens. The books were destroyed in 83 BC when Rome burned during a civil war. The Senate assigned three senators to reconstruct the remaining book as much as possible. Emperor Augustus later collected all available Sibylline verses from Greece and other Roman colonies and edited them into about 200 spurious oracles. The books were destroyed by the Vandal General Flavius Stilicho "in order to cause the ruin of the Empire by getting rid of its guarantee of eternal life." (3-6)

 

    The Sibylline Oracles were well respected by the Jewish and early Christian Fathers, who quoted them frequently and even published their own revised editions containing Judaeo-Christian prophecies and teachings for dissemination amongst the pagans. The Sibylline Oracles (1:381-388) include this prediction of the birth of Christ:

 

    "And then the child of the great God to men

    Shall come incarnate, being fashioned like

    The mortals on the earth. And he shall bear

    Four vowels, and the consonants in Him

    Are twice told; and the whole sum I name:

    For eight ones, and as many tens to these,

    And yet eight hundred will the name reveal

    To men who are given up to unbelief."

 

    In the Greek language in which this prophecy was written, Jesus is spelled Iota, Eta, Sigma, Omicron, Upsilon, Sigma. The gematrial values are: Iota, 10 (vowel 1); Eta, 8 (vowel 2); Sigma, 200 (consonant); Omicron, 70 (vowel 3); Upsilon, 400 (vowel 4, line 384); Sigma, 200 (consonant, "twice told", line 385); total, 888 (lines 386 and 387).

 

    The Tiburtine Sibyl, composed ca. 500 AD, includes a description of the legendary Final Emperor, who will be succeeded by the Antichrist:

 

    "At that time the Prince of Iniquity who will be called Antichrist will arise from the tribe of Dan. He will be the Son of Perdition, the head of pride, the master of error, the fulness of malice who will overturn the world and do wonders and great signs through dissimulation. He will delude many by magic art so that fire will seem to come down from heaven. The years will be shortened like months, the months like weeks, the weeks like days, the days like hours, and an hour like a moment. The unclean nations that Alexander, the Indian king, shut up will arise from the North. These are the 22 realms whose number is like the sand of the sea. When the king of the Romans hears of this he will call his army together and vanquish and utterly destroy them. After this he will come to Jerusalem, and having put off the diadem from his head and laid aside the whole imperial garb, he will hand over the empire of the Christians to God the Father and to Jesus Christ His Son. When the Roman Empire shall have ceased, then the Antichrist will be openly revealed and will sit in the House of the Lord in Jerusalem. While he is reigning, two very famous men, Elijah and Enoch, will go forth to announce the coming of the Lord. Antichrist will kill them and after three days they will be raised up by the Lord. Then there will be a great persecution, such as has not been before nor shall be thereafter. The Lord will shorten those days for the sake of the elect, and the Antichrist will be slain by the power of God through Michael the Archangel on the Mount of Olives"

 

    The Vaticinium Erythrian Sibyl was composed in the 12th century. Part III contains this Catholic Sibyl's view of apocalypse:

 

    " There will arise another king from Heliopolis and he will wage war against the king from the East and kill him. And he will grant a tax-exemption to entire countries for three years and six months, and the earth will bring forth its fruit, and there is none to eat them. And there will come the ruler of perdition, he who is changed, and will smite and kill him. And he will do signs and wonders on earth. He will turn the sun into darkness and the moon into blood. And after that the springs and rivers will dry up, and the Nile will be transformed into blood. And then there will appear two men who did not come to know the experience of death, Enoch and Elijah, and they will wage war upon the ruler of perdition. And he will say: "My time has come," and he will be angered and slay them. And then he who was crucified on the wood of the cross will come from the heavens, like a great and flashing star, and he will resurrect those two men. And he who was hung on the cross will wage war with the son of perdition and will slay him and all his host. Then the land of Egypt will burn twelve cubits deep, and the land will shout to God: "Lord, I am a virgin." And then the son of God will come with great power and glory to judge the nine generations. And then Christ will rule, the son of the living God, and his holy angels. Amen, so be it...

 

    "The Last Judgment will follow the Abomination. Signs will precede. There will be four kinds of unusual color in the elements and a change in the course in the heavenly bodies. There will be a celestial sign in that the air will appear at times yellow, at times pitch-black, now green, now clear red. Apollo will be split, now in ten, now in four, now in two parts; the moon will run together with the sun. Those dwelling on the earth will be struck with fear when they see the stars all bloody. At the same time the earth will well up in different places, and there will be a fearful sign of commotion. There will be collision of kingdoms, seizure of thrones, earthquakes, and famines. Out of desire for food mothers will abase their sons and daughters in debauchery... All these things are indications of the Abomination for whom there is no rule.

 

    "When three signs come the inhabitants of the earth should know that he is near. In the city of Aeneas a 100-year old woman will bear twins with the aid of the faithless. A burning river will issue from Mt. Aetna and devour the inhabitants. After this two peaks will crash together in the snowy mountains, the earth there will be opened in an abyss, and a snowy mist will ascend to heaven.

 

    "After these things, there will be a gathering together of many nations bestial in their manner of life and a division of the world into ten sceptres. The vilest forms of copulation will precede pregnancies, the worst of all being that of the Abomination. He will then kill many kings whom he has put under his yoke. The Spouse will be silent, the cock will grow hoarse, and there will be abuse of the Lamb. Heaven, the sun, and the elements will seem to be a testimony to the Abomination in that he will do wonders, make the stars dark, weaken the perfect, regain the Jews. All this will happen so that he may renew what was old and cast out what has been renewed...

 

    "The Last Judgment will be imminent; the signs will precede it. The sun will be frequently eclipsing and stretching out in vast fashion will destroy. The Euphrates will be dried up to a mere trickle; Aetna will be laid open on two sides, Avernus will roar, and three parts of the inhabitants of Sicily will perish. Pharos will swell up most horibly and flood the nearby areas. After this the sea will sink to the depths and the fish gathered together will give forth a roar. Then the heavens will be opened in four parts, there will be thunder, and the inhabitants of the earth will hear the threats of Judgment. Ineffable things will blare forth on the trumpet. Blameless heralds will announce the destruction of all things, saying: "Let there be humility and repentence!"...

 

    "Then all the kings and princes will appear and behold the Lamb who pays back all men uupon his throne of terror. No discrimination of wealthy or poor will take place there, but only the weighing of merits. Then crimes will be made evident, fear and trembling and horror of the abyss set out for punishment will strike all so that there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth. They will stretch out their hands in prayer, but the lamb will be inflexible; he will be fearful in punishing. In his sight there will be lightning and thunder, merit along with sins. Blessing will be on his right; curses will come from his left. He will judge the good and evil to lift the former on high and allow hell to swallow the latter to the fate of the demons. This is the end of the book of the Erythraean Sibyl of Babylon."

 

    Much of what little remains of the Sibylline Oracles exists in fragments. The following are most apoclyptic and well written:

 

    "And then will God speak with a mighty voice

    To all rude people of an empty mind;

    And judgments from the mighty God shall come

    Upon them, and they shall be destroyed

    By an immortal hand. And fiery swords

    Shall fall from heaven on earth, and mighty lights

    Shall come down flaming in the midst of men.

    And mother earth shall be tossed in those days

    By an immortal hand...

    Then shall all the elements of all the world

    Be desolate, air, earth, sea, flaming fire,

    And sky and night, and all days to one fire

    And to one barren shapeless mass to come.

    For all the luminous stars shall fall from heaven;

    No more will winged birds fly through the air,

    Nor footsteps be on ear; for all wild beasts

    Shall perish, voices of men, beasts and birds

    Shall be no more. The world, being disarranged,

    Shall hear no useful sound, but the deep sea

    Shall echo back a mighty threatening voice,

    And swimming, trembling creatures of the sea

    Shall all die; and no longer on the waves

    Will sail a freighted ship. The earth shall groan

    Bloodstained by wars; and all the souls of men

    Shall gnash their teeth --- the souls of lawless men,

    Wasted by lamentations and by fear,

    By hunger, thirst and pestilence and murders ---

    And they shall call it beautiful to die,

    And death will flee from them, for death no more

    Nor night shall give them rest. And many things

    Will they in vain ask God who rules on high,

    And then he will turn openly his face

    Away from them... All these things to my mind did God reveal

    And all that has been spoken by my mouth

    Will be fulfilled...

    No more will treacherous gold and silver be

    Nor earthly wealth, nor toilsome servitude,

    But one vast friendship and one mode of life

    Will be with glad people, and all things

    Will common be, and equal light of life.

    And wickedness from earth in the vast sea

    Shall sink away. And then the harvest-time

    of Mortals is near. Strong necessity

    Is laid upon these things to be fulfilled.

    Nor then will any other traveler say,

    Recalling, that men's perishable race

    Shall ever cease. And then o'er all the earth

    A holy nation will the sceptre hold

    Unto all ages with their mighty sires..."

 

    3. References  [Not included in the Internet Edition] ~

 

 

Chapter 2

Biblical Apocalypsis

 

    

    1. Judaeo-Christian Messianism

    2. Jesus Christ

    3. The Resurrection & Rapture

    4. Ezekiel

    5. Joel

    6. Zechariah

    7. Daniel

    8. Esdras

    9. Epistle of the Apostles

    10. Epistle of James

    11. Apocalypse of Thomas

    12. The Revelation of John

    13. Esther of Sidon

    14. The Bible Code

    15. The Millennial Kingdom

 

    1.   Judaeo-Christian Messianism ~

 

    Beginning with Genesis and continuing through the Revelation of St. John, the Hebrew prophets spoke forth in Jehovah's name to promise their downtrodden countrymen divine deliverance from their oppressors.

 

    The Bible contains 1,817 predictions in 8,352 verses; the Old Testament includes 1,239 predictions in 6,641 verses, and the New Testament contains 578 predictions in 1,711 verses, for a total of 27% predictive material. This multitude of prophecies assures the Jews and Christians that God will deliver Israel from its enemies and itself and build it into a glorious empire to which a conquered world will be subject.

 

    Christians hold the Bible to be the infallible word of God, but several passages in the book caution against taking prophecies as gospel: I Samuel 9:9; Jeremiah 23:11, 14, 16, 25-28, 30-32, 40; Deuteronomy 18:22; Matthew 7:15-23; ibid., 13:57; ibid., 24:5, 23, 24. Ezekiel 3:17-19 defines the prophets' task:

 

    "Son of Man, I have made thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore hear the word at my mouth, and give them warning from me.

 

    "When I say unto the wicked, thou shalt surely die: and thou givest him not warning, nor speakest to warn the wicked from his wicked ways, to save his life; the same wicked man shall die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand.

 

    "Yet if thou warn the wicked, and he turn not from his wicked way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul."

 

    Insanity is often concomitant with prophetic ability. According to Hosea 9:7, "The prophet is a fool, and the spiritual man is mad." Jeremiah 29:26 described his fellow prophets as "every man that is mad", and in II Kings 9:11, the prophet Elijah is called a "mad fellow" for his bizarre behavior. Yet there is method in their madness: the whole of Jewish and Christian belief predicts a personal, enlightened, and divinely appointed king --- the Messiah --- by whom the Holy Kingdom of God will be established.

 

    "Messiah" is the Anglicized form of the Hebrew word Mashiah (anointed). The use of the word derives from its reference to Aaron and his sons, who were anointed with oil and consecrated to the service of Jehovah (Exodus 28: 41). The High Priest of Israel was titled "The Mashiah of God" (Leviticus 4: 3, 5, 16) and the Jewish kings were "the Anointed of the Lord" (I Samuel 2: 10, 35, etc.). Some of the prophets also were anointed (I Kings 19: 16). The prophetic concept of a Messiah first appears in Isaiah 11: 1-12:

 

    "And there shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of his roots:

 

    "And the spirit of the Lord shall rest upon him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord;

 

    "And shall make him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord: and he shall not judge after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of his ears:

 

    "But with righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked.

 

    "And righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins, and faithfulness the girdle of his reins.

 

    "The wolf shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid: and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child shall lead them.

 

    "And the suckling child shall play on the hole of the asp, and the weaned child shall put his hand on the cockatrice's den.

 

    "They shall not hurt or destroy in all my holy mountain; for the earth shall be full of knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.

 

    "And in that day there shall be a root of Jesse, which shall stand for an  ensign of the people; to it shall the Gentiles seek; and his rest shall be glorious.

 

    "A shoot out of the stock of Jesse" refers to a genealogical or spiritual descendant of the royal Davidic lineage.

 

    The Jewish Messianic program calls for two Messiahs. The first, Messiah ben Joseph, will be killed in Jerusalem by Armilus (the Antichrist). He will be resurrected by Messiah ben David, who will kill Armilus in turn.

 

    In Sefer Ta'am Z'qenim, Eliziezer Askenazi transmitted an explicit Jewish prophecy, first recorded by Hai Gaon (938-1038 AD), which describes to the two Messiahs:

 

    "When eight years will be left of the years of the end, which are the years of the beginning of the redemption... a man will rule over Israel for not less than nine months and not more than three years. At that time a man will arise from among the Children of Joseph... and he will be called Messiah of God. And many people will gather around him in Upper Galilee, and he will be their king... But most of Israel will be in their exile, for it will not be clear to them that the end has come. And then Messiah ben Joseph, with the men who rally around him, will go up from Galilee to Jerusalem, and they will slay the procurator of the king of Edom, and the people who will be with him... And when all the nations hear that a king has risen among the Children of Israel in Jerusalem, they will rise up against them in the other countries and will expel them, saying: "Until now you were with us in faith, and so that you should have neither king nor prince; but now that you have a king you must not dwell in our land."

 

    "And many of Israel will go out into the desert... and will dwell there in tents, and many of them will lack bread and water... and they will suffer in accordance with their deeds. And many of them will leave the covenant of Israel, for they will become weary of their lives...

 

    "And when Messiah ben Joseph and all the people with him will dwell in Jerusalem, Armilus will hear their tidings and will come and make magic and sorcery to lead many astray with them, and he will go up and wage war against Israel, and will defeat Messiah ben Joseph and his people, and will kill many of them, and will capture others, and divide their booty.. And he will slay Messiah ben Joseph and it will be a great calamity for Israel... Why will permission be granted to Armilus to slay Messiah ben Joseph? In order that the heart of those of Israel who have no faith should break, and so they will say: "This is the man for whom we have hoped; now he came and was killed and no redemption is left for us." And they will leave the covenant of Israel, and attach themselves to the nations, and the latter will kill them.

 

    "And to those who are left in the land of Pathros, Messiah ben David will reveal himself...

 

    "And most of the slain will be in the land for forty days. When Messiah ben Joseph is killed, his body will remain cast out for forty days, but no unclean thing will touch him, until Messiah ben David comes and brings him back to life, as commanded by the Lord. And this will be the beginning of the signs he will perform, and this is the resurrection of the dead which will come to pass. And then Messiah ben David and Elijah and Israel, who come from the deserts to Jerusalem, will sit in peace and safety for many days, and will build houses and plant vineyards, and they will succeed in herds and property, until Gog will hear their tidings... And the Land of Gog and Magog is of the Land of Edom... And they will come to fight and they will wage war against Jerusalem and Messiah ben David, and Elijah and all the people who are in it..."

 

    The Jewish Sephir Zohar (2:7b) contains a similar prophecy:

 

    "Sufferings will overtake Israel, and all the nations and their kings will consult together against her, and many evil decrees will arise and will bring trouble upon trouble, and each subsequent one will cause the earlier to be forgotten. And then a pillar of fire will appear, positioned from Above to Below for forty days, and all the nations of the world will see it. At that time King Messiah will be stirred up to come forth from the Garden of Eden, from that place which is called Bird's Nest. And he will arise in the Land of Galilee. And on the day on which he comes there the whole world will tremble, and all the children of the world will hide in caves and crevices, and will think that they cannot be saved... The Messiah will arise and reveal himself in the Land of Galilee because that was the first place to be destroyed in the Holy Land; therefore he will reveal himself there of all places, and from thence he will stir up battles in the whole world. And after the forty days in which the pillar of fire will stand from the earth to heaven in the sight of the whole world, and the Messiah will reveal himself, there will arise from the east a star flaming with all colors. And seven other stars will surround that star and attack it in battle from all sides, three times every day, for seventy days, and the children of the world will see it. And that star will wage war against them with arrows of flaming fire which will erupt on all sides, and it will crush them until it swallows them every evening. And in the morning it will disgorge them, and they will again wage war against it in the sight of the whole world, and thus every day for seventy days. And after the seventy days that star will be hidden, and the Messiah will be hidden for twelve months. And that pillar of fire will return as before, and in it the Messiah will be hidden, and that pillar will not be visible. After twelve months they will raise the Messiah in that pillar to the firmament, and there he will receive power and the crown of kingship. And when he descends, that pillar of fire will again be visible as before to the eyes of the whole world. And thereafter the Messiah will be revealed, and many nations will gather against him, and he will stir up wars in the whole world. And at that time the Holy One, blessed be He, will manifest His power against all the nations of the world, and King Messiah will become known in all the world, and all the kings of the world will rise up to wage war against him. And many of the wicked among the Jews will join them and come with them to wage war against King Messiah. And then the whole world will darken for fifteen days, and many of the People of Israel will die in that darkness..."

 

    2.  Jesus Christ

 

    In the Bible, Jesus never called himself Messiah, except once by implication (Matthew 22: 41). Although Jesus often spoke of God as Father and himself as the Son, he never used the expression Son of God as a title for himself. Evangelists, however, use the term freely when referring to Jesus.

 

    As the Suffering Messiah, as he is so often described, Joshua of Nazareth or Jesus Christ fulfilled many prophecies in the Old Testament. Jesus also prophesied at length and in detail concerning the "latter days" of civilization. The prophetic message of the New Testament is to announce His imminent return to redeem the prodigal family of humanity after it has been tested and purified in hell on earth.

 

    The time preceding the return of Christ will be characterized by degeneracy and apostasy. Unbelievers will mock the promise of Christ's Second Coming. (I Timothy 4:1; II Timothy 3:1 & 4:3; II Peter 3:3; II Thessalonians 2:3, and Luke 17:26). Christ will appear in the spirit before doing so in the flesh.

 

    The first mention of the Second Coming of Christ is found in Psalms 96:13. It is also mentioned or described in the following citations:

 

    Acts 1:11; I Chronicles 16:33; Colossians 3:4; I Corinthians 1:7 and 15:23; Daniel 7:13; Hebrews 9:28; Isaiah 2:2, 4:1, and 26:21; James 5:7; John 2:28 and 14:3; Jude 1:14; Luke 9:26 and 17:20; Zephaniel 1:12 and 3:8; Malachi 3:1; Mark 8:38; Matthew 16:27 and 24:30; I Peter 1:7; Revelation 1:7, 12:5 and 19:11; I Thessalonians 1:10, 2:19, 3:13, 4:15 and 5:23; II Thessalonians 2:1; I Timothy 6:14; II Timothy 1:10 and 4:1; Titus 2:13; Zechariah 14:5; and Zechariah 1:12 and 3:8.

 

    Jesus' own prophesies about the Apocalypse are recorded in Mark 13, Matthew 24:1, and as follows from Luke 21:

 

    "And he said, take heed that ye be not deceived, for many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and the time draweth near: go ye not therefore after them.

 

    "But when ye shall hear of wars and commotions, be not terrified, for these things must first come to pass; but the end is not by and by.

 

    "Then he said to them, nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:

 

    "And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines and pestilences: and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven.

 

    "But before all these, they shall lay their hands upon you, and persecute you, delivering you up to the synagogues, and into prisons, being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake.

 

    "And it shall turn to you for a testimony.

 

    "Settle it therefore in your hearts, not to meditate before what ye shall answer:

 

    "For I will give you a mouth and wisdom, which all your adversaries shall not be able to gainsay nor resist.

 

    Jesus elaborated further in Luke 12:11 and in Matthew 10:16:

 

    "And ye shall be betrayed both by parents, and brethren, and kinsfolk, and friends; and some of you they shall cause to be put to death.

 

    "And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake.

 

    "But there shall not an hair of head perish.

 

    "In your patience possess ye your souls.

 

    "And when ye shall see Jerusalem encompassed with armies, then know that the desolation thereof is nigh.

 

    "And let them which are in Judea flee into the mountains: and let them which are in the midst of it depart out: and do not let them that are in the countries enter thereinto.

 

    "But woe to them that are with child, and to them that give suck, in those days! For there shall be great distress in the land, and wrath upon the people.

 

    "And they shall fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led away captive into all nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the time of the Gentiles be fulfilled.

 

    "And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars, and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring:

 

    "Mens' hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.

 

    "And then they shall see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.

 

    "And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, till all be fulfilled.

 

    "Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away..."

 

    3.   The Resurrection & Rapture

 

    The Advent of the Messiah, the Great Day of Judgment, and the Resurrection of the Dead are cornerstones of the Jewish and Christian faiths. Ideas about the Resurrection began to develop from a possible misinterpretation of Ezekiel 37. However, his vision of the Dry Bones restored to life more properly symbolizes Zionism, the Restoration of the Jews to Israel. This prophecy was transformed and projected into a necromantic hope for the revival of the righteous dead so that they too can enjoy the good life on Earth with Jesus. The idea of the Resurrection goes to show that people will believe anything, provided it's incredible. Yet it may well happen anyway, for nothing is impossible to God:

 

    "Many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt." (Daniel 12:2)

 

    "The dead men shall live, together with my dead body shall they arise. Awake and sing ye that dwell in the earth... and the earth shall cast out the dead." (Isaiah 26:19)

 

    Another important element of New Testament prophecy is called the Rapture or Translation, in which event faithful Christians will be removed from the Earth. Many Christians believe that the Rapture will be timed to rescue them from the misery of the Apocalypse. But according to Matthew 24:31, the Rapture follows the Apocalypse:

 

    "Immediately after the tribulation of those days... then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven... and he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other".

 

    This promise is reaffirmed in I Corinthians 15:51-52:

 

    "Behold, I show you a mystery; we shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed.

 

    "In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised up incorruptible, and we shall be changed.

 

    "For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality."

 

    There is no difference between the Resurrection and the Rapture except that one refers to the dead and the other to the living. Both the dead and living in Christ will be transformed into immortal bodies. The Rapture of the living Christians is prophesied by other Bible authors. Mark 13:27 merely repeats Matthew 24:31; Luke 17:34-36 is more original:

 

    "I tell you, in that night there shall be two men in one bed; the one shall be taken, and the other shall be left. Two women shall be grinding together; the one shall be taken, and the other shall be left; two men shall be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other one shall be left.

 

    "The Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of an archangel, and with the trump of God, and the dead in Christ shall rise first.

 

    "Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air, and so shall we ever be with the Lord." (I Thessalonians 4:16 )

 

    The Biblical Rapture has taken on a modern form in the Great Exodus or World Evacuation project that is planned as a mission of mercy by extraterrestrials to rescue some earthlings from harm in the event of a global disaster. The Space Brother Kuthumi explains it thus through a human channel:

 

    "The situation is greatly related to international affairs. It cannot be dogmatically determined the exact nature of the event that will precipitate these crucial events. Whether a panic button reaction or a polarity that cannot be maintained, when a certain critical point is reached in planetary affairs, the changing of the auric color and magnetic field surrounding the earth will automatically trigger the plan into action.

 

    "The unpredictable element of human action must be considered. The freedom of will of humanity prevents any actual knowing of the moment and time when these things will occur, for the action and reaction of humanity to given influences and situations are a key factor. The onset of war on a devastating level would be a crucial incident, which would then precipitate intervention of a cataclysmic nature. Geological factors taking place within the orb itself are an intricate part of the triggering action. The combination of both of these events would trigger the first two phases of evacuation immediately in a secret manner. The third phase would follow shortly thereafter. For the third phase is a public occurrence, while the first two are covert maneuvers, to insure their completion...

 

    "The Space Confederation has announced that the coming evacuation will not necessarily involve landings except in rare isolated areas. They have measured the hostility factor within the core of your protective forces... It was determined that in most cases, a large majority of these forces would openly attack us and fire upon us in the event of our appearing. This they would do even in disastrous circumstances and disrupt rescue, thinking it to be some form of invasion.

 

    "We are therefore forced to forsake almost all landings... and to resort to the invisible levitation plan...

 

    "As the scenario reaches its final stages it will be experienced as a great time warp. Time will appear to stand still in some experiences and in others, to feel like entire lifetimes in hours, moments, or days...

 

    "The Great Evacuation will come upon the world very suddenly. The flash of emergency events will be as lightning that flashes in the sky. So sudden and so quick in its happening that it is almost over before you are aware of its presence. And so it will be when events that warrant this action have come to this planet. It is not possible to totally describe these events, but it is possible to instill at this time into the hearts of humanity the hope and the knowledge of our vigilance and emergency actions on their behalf." (8)

 

    4.   Ezekiel

 

    When the Jews returned to Israel after World War II, they fulfilled several prophecies of the rebirth of that nation: Obadiah 17; Isaiah 11:1 and 35:10 and 36:8-12, 24. Ezekiel's famous vision of the Dry Bones restored to life (37:1-12, 21) has been interpreted as foretelling both the restoration of the Jews to Israel and the Resurrection of the Dead.

 

    Ezekiel also had a vision of "Gog and Magog." The name Gog is the Hebrew equivalent of the Assyrian Gugu (Gyges, king of Lydia, ca. 670-653 BC) in the extreme north of Asia Minor. Noah's sons Mesech and Tubal settled there after the Deluge (Genesis 6-10). Today the area is part of Russia. Gog, Mesech, and Tubal are the prophet's symbolic names for Russia, Iran, Turkey and Armenia as described in Ezekiel 38 and 39:

 

    "And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, set thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince of Mesech and Tubal, and prophesy against him.

 

    "And say, thus saith the Lord God; behold, I am against thee, O God, the chief prince of Mesech and Tubal.

 

    "And I will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy jaws, and I will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horse and horsemen, all of them clothed in all sorts of armor....

 

    "Persia, Ethiopia, and Libya with them... Gomer and all his bands; the house of Togarmah of the north quarter, and all his bands: and many people with thee.

 

    "Be thou prepared, and prepare for thyself, thou, and all thy company that are assembled unto thee, and be thou a guard unto them.

 

    "And after many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out of many people, against the mountains of Israel, which have always been waste; but it is brought forth out of all nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them.

 

    "Thus saith the lord God; it shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought:

 

    "And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates.

 

    "To take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.

 

    "Sheba, and Dedan, and the merchants of Tarshish, with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee, Art thou come to take a spoil? Hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey, to take away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil?

 

    "Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; in that day when my people in Israel dwelleth safely, shall thou not know it?

 

    "And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army:

 

    "And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes.

 

    "Thus saith the Lord God; art thou he of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those days many years that I would bring thee against them?

 

    "And it shall come to pass at the same time when God shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face.

 

    "For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken; Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel;

 

    "So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground.

 

    "And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains, saith the Lord God; every man's sword shall be against his brother.

 

    "And I will plead with him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire and brimstone.

 

    "Thus I will magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord.

 

    "Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord God; behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Mesech and Tubal:

 

    "And I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause you to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel.

 

    "Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thine bands, and the people that is with thee: I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the fields to be devoured.

 

    "And I will send a fire upon Magog, and among them that dwell carelessly in the isles; and they shall know that I am the Lord.

 

    "And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth and set on fire and burn the weapons, and they shall burn them with fire seven years:

 

    "So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any of the forests, for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God.

 

    "And it shall come to pass in that day, that I shall give unto Gog a place there of graves, a place of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea, and it shall stop up the noses of the passengers: and there shall they bury Gog and his multitude; and they shall call it the valley of Hamon-Gog.

 

    "And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land.

 

    "And they shall sever out men of continual employment, passing through the land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it; after the end of seven months they shall search.

 

    "And the passengers that pass through the land, when any seeth a man's bone, then he shall set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it in the Valley of Hamon-Gog.

 

    "And also the name of the city shall be Hamonah. Thus shall they cleanse the land."

 

    In short, if the Russians and allies invade Israel, they will be destroyed. Eighty per cent of the invaders will be annihilated. The Israelis will burn captured weapon stocks instead of cutting down trees for firewood. The dead will be buried in the valley of Hamon-Gog; the undertakers will be at the task for several months.

 

    5.   Joel

 

    The prophet Joel lived in the 8th century BC. Prophecies make up 68% of his 73 verses, warning us of these latter days (Joel 2:1-11, 20, 21, 28-31 & 3:1-2, 9-21):

 

    "Blow ye the trumpet in Zion, and sound an alarm in my holy mountain: let all the inhabitants of the land tremble: for the day of the Lord cometh, for it is nigh at hand;

 

    "A day of darkness and of gloominess, a day of clouds and of thick darkness, as the morning spread upon the mountains: a great people and a strong; there hath not ever been the like, neither shall be any more after it, even to the years of many generations.

 

    "A fire devoureth before them; and behind them a flame burneth: the land is as the garden of Eden before them, and behind them a wilderness; yea, and nothing shall escape them.

 

    "The appearance of them is as the appearance of horses; and as horsemen, so shall they run.

 

    "Like the noise of chariots on the tops of mountains shall they leap, like the noise of a flame of fire that devoureth the stubble, as a strong people set in battle array.

 

    "Before their face the people shall be much pained: all faces shall gather blackness.

 

    "They shall run like mighty men; they shall climb the wall like men of war; and they shall march every one on his ways, and they shall not break their ranks:

 

    "Neither shall one thrust another; they shall walk every one in his own path: and when they fall upon the sword, they shall not be wounded.

 

    "They shall run to and fro in the city; they shall run upon the wall, they shall climb up upon the houses; they shall enter in at the windows like a thief.

 

    "The earth shall quake before them; the heavens shall tremble: and the sun and the moon shall be dark, and the stars shall withdraw their shining:

 

    "And the Lord shall utter his voice before his army: for his camp is very great: for he is strong that executeth his word: for the day of the Lord is great and very terrible...

 

    "But I will remove far off from you the northern army, and will drive him into a land barren and desolate, with his face toward the east sea, and his hinder part toward the utmost sea, and his stink shall come up, and his ill savor shall come up, because he hath done great things.

 

    "And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, and your young men shall see visions:

 

    "And also upon the servants and upon the handmaids in those days will I pour my spirit.

 

    "And I will shew wonders in the heavens and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke.

 

    "The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and terrible day of the Lord come.

 

    "And it shall come to pass, that whomsoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be delivered: for in Mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the Lord hath said, and in the remnant whom the Lord shall call.

 

    "For, behold, in those days, and in that time, when I shall bring again the captivity of Judah and

 

    "I will also gather all nations, and will bring them down into the valley of Jehosaphat, and will plead with them there for my people and for my heritage Israel, whom they have scattered among the nations, and parted my land...

 

    "Proclaim ye this among the Gentiles: Prepare war, wake up the mighty men, let all the men of war draw near; let them come up!

 

    "Beat your plowshares into swords, and your pruning hooks into spears: let the weak say, I am strong.

 

    "Assemble yourselves together round about: thither cause thy mighty ones to come down, O Lord.

 

    "Let the heathen be wakened, and come up to the valley of Jehosaphat: for there will I sit to judge the heathen round about.

 

    "Put ye in the sickle, for the harvest is ripe: come, get you down; for the press is full, the fats overflow; for their wickedness is great.

 

    "Multitudes, multitudes in the valley of decision: for the day of the Lord is near in the valley of decision.

 

    "The sun and the moon shall be darkened, and the stars shall withdraw their shining.

 

    "The Lord also shall roar out of Zion, and utter his voice from, Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth shall shake: but the Lord will be the hope of his people, and the strength of the children of Israel...

 

    "Egypt shall be a desolation, and Edom shall be a desolate wilderness, for the violence against the children of Judah, because they had shed innocent blood in their land.

 

    "But Judah shall dwell for ever, and Jerusalem from generation to generation.

 

    "For I will cleanse their blood that I have not cleansed; for the Lord dwelleth in Zion."

 

    6.   Zechariah

 

    This prophecy is attached (but not attributed) to Zechariah (13:8, 9& 14:1-9):

 

    "And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die, but the third part shall be left therein.

 

    "And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: and they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, it is my people and they shall say, the Lord is my God.

 

    "Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoils shall be divided in the midst of thee.

 

    "For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city.

 

    "Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle.

 

    "And his feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the Mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the east and toward the west, and there shall be a very great valley; and half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half of it toward the south.

 

    "And ye shall flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains shall reach unto Azal: yea, ye shall flee, like as ye fled before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the Lord my God shall come, and all the saints with thee.

 

    "And it shall come to pass in that day, that the light shall not be clear, nor dark;

 

    "But it shall be one day which shall be known to the Lord, not day, nor night: but it shall come to pass, that at evening time it shall be light.

 

    "And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go forth from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter it shall be.

 

    "And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day there shall be one Lord, and His name one.

 

    "And this shall be the plague wherewith the Lord will smite all the people that have fought against Jerusalem; their flesh shall consume away while they stand upon their feet, and their eyes shall consume away in their holes, and their tongues shall consume away in their mouth."

 

    7.   Daniel

 

    The prophet Daniel lived in Babylon during the Jewish exile about 600 BC. Daniel's book contains four apocalyptic visions that describe the rise of four beasts that symbolize the successive empires of Babylon, Persia, Greece, and Rome. The vision describes Rome as a beast with ten horns. In recent years, this symbol has been interpreted to mean the European Common Market or NATO.

 

    Many Bible scholars affirm that the prophecies of Daniel were fulfilled long ago, and they have presented sound arguments supported by history. For example, in the Sibylline Oracle 3:381-400, written ca. 140 BC, the ten horns (Daniel 7:7, 20, 24) are recognized as the ten kings preceding Antiochus Epiphanes (175-164 BC). The historian Josephus identified the "little horn" (Daniel 7:20-27) with Antiochus Epiphanes. In the 4th century AD, the Neo-Platonist philosopher Porphyry in his Arguments Against the Christians showed that Daniel 11 is not a prophecy, but a history of the Seleucids and Ptolemies. However, history seems to repeat itself with new actors, so some of Daniel's history may well be prophecies that apply to the Antichrist. The following are genuine prophecies pertaining to these latter days:

 

    "And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences, shall stand up.

 

    "And his power shall be mighty, but not by his own power; and he shall destroy wonderfully, and shall prosper, and practice, and shall destroy the mighty and holy people.

 

    "And through his policy also he shall cause craft to prosper in his hand, and he shall magnify himself in his heart, and by peace he shall destroy many: he shall also stand up against the Prince of princes; but he shall be broken without hand.

 

    "Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon the holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy.

 

    "Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and build Jerusalem unto Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks; the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troubled times.

 

    "After threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that come shall destroy the wall and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.

 

    "And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even unto the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate. (Daniel 8:23-25)

 

    In other words, the Antichrist will make a covenant with Israel, but he will break it by desecrating Solomon's Temple, which will be rebuilt by that time. The Tribulation shall begin immediately thereafter. Biblical exegetes hold that David's "weeks" are "weeks of years" (seven years), if not also of days. Concerning the Tabernacle, see also Ezekiel 41-43, Malachi 3:1, Haggai 2:9, and Amos 9:11. The following are from Daniel 11:21-45; ibid., 12:1:

 

    "And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honor of the kingdom, but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries.

 

    "And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully; for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people.

 

    "He shall enter peaceably even unto the fattest places of the province; he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers: he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil and riches;

 

    "Yea, and he shall forecast his devices against the stronghold, even for a time.

 

    "Then he shall return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land.

 

    "At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south, but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter.

 

    "For the ships of Chittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant; so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.

 

    "And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.

 

    "And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall be corrupt by flatteries; but the people that do know their God shall be strong and do exploits;

 

    "And they that understand among the people shall instruct many; yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoils, many days.

 

    "Now when they fall, they shall be helped a little bit, but many will cleave to them with flatteries.

 

    "And some of them understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end, because it is yet for a time appointed.

 

    "And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of Gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished; for that that is determined shall be done.

 

    "Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god, for he shall magnify himself above all.

 

    "But in his estate he shall honor the god of forces; and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things.

 

    "And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over.

 

    "He shall enter into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown; and the land of Egypt shall not escape.

 

    "But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the precious things of Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps.

 

    "But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.

 

    "And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas and the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

 

    "And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people; and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time; and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written within the book."

 

    8.   Esdras

 

    The apocryphal author Esdras suffered through long fasts and other penances to induce his visions of the apocalypse and human destiny, but the editors of the Bible did not find his writings worthy of inclusion in the good book:

 

    "There will come a time when the inhabitants of the earth will be seized with panic. The way of truth will be hidden from sight, and the land will be barren of faith. There will be a great increase of wickedness, worse than anything you now see or ever have heard of. The country you now see ruling the world will become a trackless desert, laid waste for all to see. After the third period (if the Most High grants you a long enough life) you will see confusion everywhere. The sun will suddenly begin to shine in the middle of the night, and the moon in the day-time. Trees will drip blood, stones will speak nations will be in confusion, and the courses of the stars will be changed. A king unwelcome to the inhabitants of the earth will succeed to the throne; even the birds will all fly away. The dead Sea will cast up fish, and at night a voice will sound out, unknown to many but heard by all. Chasms will open in many places and spurt out flames incessantly. Wild bests will range far afield, women will give birth to monsters, fresh springs will run with salt water, and everywhere friends will become enemies. Then understanding will be hidden, and reason withdraw to her secret chamber. Many will seek her, but not find her; the earth will overflow with vice and wickedness. One country will ask another, "Has justice passed your way, or any just man?", and it will answer, "No." In those days men will hope , but hope in vain; they will strive, but never succeed." (II Esdras 5:1-13)

 

    "The time draws near when I shall come to judge those who live on the earth, the time when I shall inquire into the wickedness of wrongdoers, the time when Zion's humiliation will be over, the time when a seal will be set on the age about to pass away. Then I will perform these signs: the books shall be opened in the sight of heaven, and all shall then see at the same moment. Children only one year old shall be able to talk, and pregnant women shall give birth to premature babies of three or four months, who shall live and leap about. Fields that were sown shall suddenly prove unsown, and barns that were full shall suddenly be found empty. There shall be a loud trumpet-blast and it shall strike terror into all who hear it. At that time friends shall make war upon friends as though they were enemies, and the earth and all its inhabitants shall be terrified. Running streams shall stand still; for three hours they shall cease to flow.

 

    "Whoever is left after all that I have foretold, he shall be preserved, and shall see the deliverance that I bring and the end of this world is mine. They shall all see the men who were taken up to heaven without ever knowing death. Then shall men on earth feel a change of heart and come to a better mind. Wickedness shall be blotted out and deceit destroyed, but fidelity shall flourish, corruption be overcome, and truth, so long unfruitful, be brought to light." (II Esdras 6:18-28)

 

    9.   The Epistle of the Apostles

 

    The apocrypha includes the so-called Epistle of the Apostles, which contains this prophetic warning and advice:

 

    "In the last days the kinsman shall show no favor to his kinsman, nor any man to his neighbor. And they that were overthrown shall rise up and behold them that overthrew them; and men shall take from one and give to another... But they that are deceivers in the world and the enemies of righteousness, upon them shall come the fulfillment of the prophecy of David, who said: Their feet are swift to shed blood, their tongue uttereth slander, adder's poison is under their lips. I behold thee companying with thieves, partaking with adulterers, thou continuest speaking against thy brother and puttest stumbling blocks before thine own mother's son... And there shall be many that believe on my name and yet follow after evil and spread vain doctrine. And men shall follow after them and their riches, and be subject unto their pride, and lust for drink and bribery, and there shall be respect of persons among them... There shall come forth another doctrine, and because they shall strive after their own advancement, they shall bring forth an unprofitable doctrine. And therein shall be a deadly corruption, and they shall teach it, and shall turn away from eternal life. But woe unto them that falsify this my word and commandment, and draw away them that hearken to the commandment of life; for together with them they shall come into everlasting judgment."

 

    10.   The Epistle of James ~

 

    This apocryphal Epistle from the Nag Hammadi scrolls is purported to be a prophecy by Jesus:

 

    "There shall be wonders and strange appearances in heaven and on earth before the end of the world comes. "Tell us now, how shall we perceive it?"

 

    "And he answered us: "I will teach it to you that believe, as wellas them who shall hear that man and believe in me. In those years and days it shall come to pass. The sun and moon fighting with the other, a continual rolling and noise of thunder and lightning, and earthquake; cities falling and men perishing in their overthrow, a continual dearth for lack of rain, a terrible pestilence and great mortality, mighty and untimely, so they that die lack burial: and the bearing forth of brethren and sisters and kinsfolk, nor any man to his neighbor.

 

    "And they that were overthrown shall rise up and behold them that overthrew them, that they lack burial, for the pestilence shall be full of hatred and pain and envy: and man shall take from one and give to another, and thereafter shall it wax yet worse than before.

 

    "Then shall my Father be wroth at the wickedness of men, for many are their transgressions and the abominations of their uncleanliness weigheth heavy upon them in the corruption of their life.

 

    "Lord, will not then the nations say: "Where is their God?"

 

    "And he answered and said unto us: "Thereby shall the elect be known, that they, being plagued with such afflictions, come forth." We said: "Will then their departure out of the world be by a pestilence which giveth them pain?" He answered us: "Nay, but if they suffer such affliction, it will be a proving of them."

 

    "In those years and days shall war be kindled upon war, the four ends of the earth shall be in commotion and fight against each other. Thereafter shall be quakings of clouds, and dearth, and persecutions of them that believe in me and against the elect. Thereupon shall come doubt and strife and transgressions against one another..."

 

    11.   The Apocalypse of Thomas ~

 

    "Hear thou, Thomas, the things which must come to pass in the last times: there shall be famine and war and earthquakes in divers places, snow and ice and great drought shall there be, and many dissensions among the peoples.

 

    "At that time shall be a very great rising of the sea, so that no man shall tell the news to any man. The kings of the earth and the princes and captains shall be troubled, and no man shall speak freely. Grey hairs shall be seen upon boys, and the young shall not give place unto the aged. After that shall rise another king, a crafty man, who shall hold rule for a short space: in those days there shall be all manners of evils, even the death of the race of men from the east even unto Babylon. And thereafter death and famine and sword in the land of Canaan even unto Rome. Then shall all the fountains of waters and wells boil over and be turned into dust and blood. The heaven shall be moved, the stars shall fall upon the earth, the sun shall be cut in half like the moon, and the moon shall not give up her light.

 

    "On the fourth day at the first hour, the earth of the east shall speak, the abyss shall roar: then shall all the earth be moved by the strength of a great earthquake. In that day shall all the idols of the heathen fall, and all the buildings of the earth. These are the signs of the fourth day. And on the fifth day, at the sixth hour, there shall be a great thundering suddenly in the heaven, and the powers of light and the wheel of the sun shall be caught away, and there shall be a great darkness over the world until evening, and the stars shall be turned away from their ministry. In that day all nations shall hate the world and despise the life of this world. These are the signs of the fifth day.

 

    "After a little space there shall arise a king out of the east, a lover of the law, who shall cause all good things and necessary to abound in the house of the Lord: he shall show mercy unto the widows and to the needy, and command a royal gift to be given unto the priests: in his days shall be abundance of all things.

 

    "In the last times there shall be many dissensions among the peoples, blasphemy, iniquity, envy, and villainy, indolence, pride and intemperance, so that every man shall speak that which pleaseth him. And my priests shall not have peace among themselves, but shall sacrifice unto me with deceitful minds: therefore will I not look upon them. Then shall the priest behold the people parting from the House of the Lord and turning unto the world, as well as transgressing in the House of God... The House of the Lord shall be desolate and her altars be abhorred.. The place of holiness shall be corrupted, the priesthood polluted, distress shall increase, virtues shall be overcome, joy perish, and gladness depart. In those day evils shall abound: there shall be respecters of persons, hymns shall cease out of the House of the Lord, truths shall be no more, covetousness shall abound among the priests: an upright man shall not be found."

 

    12.   The Revelation of John ~

 

    The Revelation of St. John is the 66th and last book of the Bible. It is one of the most prophetic and controversial. Although it is attributed to St. John, who allegedly received this knowledge when he was imprisoned at Patmos, there are many indications that the book actually is a plagiarized Mithraic document. The ancient mystery cult of Mithra was the official religion of Rome and Christianity's chief competitor for men's souls. Eventually Christianity dominated and destroyed Mithraism. In the process, the Church adopted much of Mithraic doctrine and symbolism into Christian dogma and rituals.

 

    The extensive editing suffered by the book (and the entire Bible) is highlighted in the closing words of Revelation 22: 18-19:

 

    "For I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man shall add unto these things, God will add unto him the plagues that are written in this book: And if anyone takes away from the words of the book of this prophecsy, God will take away his part from the Book of Life, from the Holy City, and from the things which are written in this book."

 

    The above is from the Authorized King James and other versions. Older versions read: "...if any man shall take away an jot or tittle from the words of this book.." Jots and tittles are the Hebrew equivalent of periods and commas. If this prophetic curse is effective, then the editors of the Bible are in serious trouble.

 

    We are not concerned here with the fate of editors, however, but with Revelation's prophetic message. Therefore, as John tells us in Chapter 2:7, "He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the Churches":

 

    "And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood.

 

    "And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

 

    "And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together, and every mountain and island were moved out of their places." (Revelation 6:12-14 )

 

    Apparently, one of the first signs of God's wrath will be a mighty earthquake. The sun's light will be darkened, and the moon will be reddened. These effects could be caused by volcanic dust. The heavens will be deranged, possibly because of a shift of the earth's axis. "The stars of heaven fell to earth" may describe a huge meteor shower.

 

    "And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea; and the third part of the sea became blood;

 

    "And the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships ere destroyed.

 

    "And the third angel sounded, and there fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters;

 

    "And the name of the star is Wormwood; and the third part of the waters becamewormwood; and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.

 

    "And the fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars; so as the third part of them was darkened, and the day shone not for a third part of it, and the night likewise." (Revelation 8: 8-12 )

 

    Revelation 17 and 18 describe the "Mystery Babylon", a symbolic scenario that continues to fascinate exegetes of prophecy:

 

    "And there came one of the seven angels that had the seven vials, and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither; I will shew unto thee the judgment of the great whore that sittest upon many waters:

 

    "With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.

 

    "So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns.

 

    "And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet color, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:

 

    "And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.

 

    "And I saw a woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus; and I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.

 

    "And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou marvel? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns.

 

    "The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.

 

    "And here is the mind that hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman sitteth.

 

    "And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.

 

    "And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.

 

    "And the ten horns which thou saweth are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.

 

    "These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is the Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.

 

    "And he saith unto me, "The waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.

 

    "And the ten horns which thou saweth upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire.

 

    "For God hath put in their hearts to fulfill his wish, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.

 

    "When the woman which thou saweth is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth." (Revelation 17:1-8)

 

    Scholarly exegesis has determined that apart from the Resurrection, Tribulation and Millenium, St. John's vision of the Apocalypse refers to leading historical events of his time. Since then, theological and political editorialists have variously identified the Beast and Harlot as Mohammed, the Papacy, Napoleon, Hitler, etc.. An acceptable historic interpretation, free of theological odium, suggests that the beast from the sea (Revelation 13:1) is the Roman Empire. The Mark of Beast (Revelation 13:16) is the emperor's image on the coin of the realm. The abomination of desolation was fulfilled by Caligula, who confiscated several Jewish synagogues and defiled them by installing his own statue. The historian Josephus (Antiq. XIII, viii, 2) noted that Caligula even sought to have a statue of his image erected in the Temple of Jerusalem.

 

    The seven heads of the beast were seven emperors, five of whom had fallen by St. John's time: Augustus, Tiberius, Caligula, Claudius, and Nero, who died in 68 AD. The sixth one was Vespasian (70-79 AD), and the seventh, "yet to come," was Titus, who reigned a mere two years (79-81 AD): "But when he comes he must continue a short space" (Revelation 17:9-11). The eighth emperor-head was Domitian (81-96 AD), who was identified with the beast "which was, and is not, and shall come up out of the bottomless pit... And the beast which was and is not: the same also is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition." This mysterious language can be explained by thewidespread contemporary belief that Nero was still alive (as documented by Tacitus: Hist. II, 8and the Sibylline Oracles V, 28-33). In the opinion of pagan authors such as Juvenal (IV, 38), Domitian was a second Nero and thus "the one that was, that is not, and that is to return."

 

    In this scheme of interpretation, the ten horns (Revelation 17:12-16) represent the vassal rulers under Rome's supremacy. The second beast, the False Prophet (Revelation 13:11), signifies the apostate Christians who tried to corrupt their fellows into adopting heathen practices such as Christmas (Mithra's birthday) and the Eucharist sacrament (another Mithraic ritual). The woman in travail (Revelation 12) is the Church, whose child is Christ.

 

    This summary interpretation suffers from two difficulties: (1) its enumeration passes over three emperors (Galba, Otho, and Vitellius), but they may be discounted since each one reigned but a few months; (2) the prophet assigned his work to the reign of Vespasian, who was "the one that is," rather than Domitian as suggested above. However, it was customary for apocalyptic authors to predate their writings to give them the appearance of being older and thus more accurately prophetic. John followed this practice. No fraud was intended by this literary device; it was merely a peculiar stylistic convenience suited to the subject matter.

 

    The Antichrist legend is the biblical and medieval anthropomorphictransformation of the ancient Babylonian Dragon myth, adapted to Christian apocalyptic purposes. Tiawat ("Sea"), the Dragon of Chaos, was a myth among the Akkadian founding fathers of Babylon some 6,000 years ago. Tiawat, a crocodilian female monster, presided over the confusion of waters prior to the creation of the other Babylonian gods. Tiawat rebelled against the new gods, but was defeated and imprisoned. Tiawat in fact represented the estuary of the Euphrates River, which raged out of control until it was confined somewhat and diverted by a vast system of dikes and irrigation canals. Wilhelm Bousset explains the matter in The Antichrist Legend: A Chapter in Christian and Jewish Folklore. (9)

 

    The words "Mystery Babylon" and the Roman numerals DCLXVI (666) appear on the hat worn the Pope. This has led some people to speculate that the Catholic Church is the Mystery Babylon and the Beast.

 

    The entirety of Revelation 18 is a description of a great city on seven hills, obviously Rome. The ten horns or kings may represent the member nations of the European Common Market.

 

    Revelation 9 describes monstrous creatures which combine characteristics of locusts, scorpions, horses and men. These probably refer to modern military equipment. They could also be the products of genetic engineering, if not an act of God:

 

    "And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth; and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power.

 

    "And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree; but only those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads.

 

    "And to them it was given that they should not kill them, but that they should be tormented five months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he striketh man.

 

    "And in those days shall men seek death, and shall not find it; and shall desire to die, and death shall flee from them.

 

    "And the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto battle, and on their heads were as it were crowns of gold, and their faces were as the faces of men.

 

    "And they had hair as the hair of women, and their teeth were as the teeth of lions.

 

    "And they had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle.

 

    "And they had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails, and their power was to hurt men five months." (Revelation 9:3-10)

 

    Thereafter, the sources of the Euphrates River will dry up. This will facilitate the invasion of a huge army from Asia:

 

    "And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God,

 

    "Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.

 

    "And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men.

 

    "And the number of the army of horsemen were two myriad myriad [myriad = 10,000]; and I heard the number of them.

 

    "By these was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone which issued out of their mouths." (Revelation 9:13-16, 18)

 

    The prophets Malachi (4:5, 6) and Zechariah (4:14) wrote that God would send the prophet Elijah to earth before the Battle of Armageddon. John also foretells the appearance of two great prophets in the latter days:

 

    "And I will give power unto my two witnesses, that they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth.

 

    "These are the two olive branches, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth.

 

    "And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies: and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed.

 

    "These have the power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will.

 

    "And when they have finished their testimony, the beast shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them.

 

    "And their dead bodies shall lie in the streets of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.

 

    "And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and a half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.

 

    "And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, and make merry, and shall send gifts to one another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwell upon the earth.

 

    "And after three days and an half the Spirit of Life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet, and great fear fell upon them that saw them.

 

    "And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.

 

    "And at that hour there was an earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake there were slain of men seven thousand, and the remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven." (Revelation 11:3-8, 11-13 )

 

    The Two Witnesses will be murdered at the behest of the Beast, whose appearance is described in Revelation 13:1-8. Authors of the Bible call this evil personage by different names: Little Horn (Daniel 11:21); Assyrian (Isaiah 10:5); Chaldean (Habukkuk 1:6); Nebuchadnessar (Ezekiel 29:19); Man of Sin and Son of Perdition (II Thessalonians 2:3-9); Beast 666 (Revelation 13 & 17); Antichrist (I John 2:18), and Armilus (Sephir Zohar). The first use of the popular term Antichrist occurs in I John 2:18, 22. However, in these instances the term is merely applied to anyone who refused to acknowledge Jesus as the Messiah.

 

    Because Habukkuk calls him the Chaldean, and Isaiah named him the Assyrian, some exegetes think that the Antichrist will be a Muslim leader. Others claim that he will be from the Jewish tribe of Dan. He will rise to power through diplomacy and intrigue, supported by Arab oil money and the European Common Market. He will be assassinated but will revive from a fatal neck wound in a "miraculous" manner (and with the aid of modern medical science). He will be "born again" and thereafter exert enormous charismatic power and demonstrate phenomenal magical effects with the aid of his propagandist, the False Prophet. Together they will deceive many people (even some Christians) into thinking that the Beast is Messiah. He will make a covenant with Israel, but will break it after three and a half years of relative peace. For another three and a half years humanity will live and die in utter misery, culminating in the battle of Armageddon. During the tribulation the corrupt Christian Church will suffer terrible martyrdom, horror with grace.

 

    "And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.

 

    "And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion; and the dragon gave him power, and his seat, and great authority.

 

    "And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed; and all the world wondered after the beast.

 

    "And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? Who is able to make war with him?

 

    "And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.

 

    "And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven.

 

    "And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given unto him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.

 

    "And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.

 

    "If any man hath an ear, let him hear.

 

    "He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and faith of the saints.

 

    "And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and spake as a dragon.

 

    "And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.

 

    "And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on earth in the sight of men.

 

    "And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image of the beast, which had the wound by the sword, and did live.

 

    "And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.

 

    "And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads.

 

    "And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had that mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.

 

    "Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is six hundred threescore and six." (Revelation 13:1-8 )

 

    The number of the Beast, 666, can be understood as a credit card number without which people will unable to buy, sell, bank or hold employment. Such technology exists today and awaits implementation, probably in the form of subcutaneous microcircuit implants. Other interpretations have been advanced based on a cabalistic translation of the alphabet into numbers. For example, if 6 is added to each successive number, so that A=6, B=12, C=18, and so on, then "computer" equals 666. So does "Kissinger", who meets several of the Biblical qualifications for the Man of Sin. Henry received the "wound of the sword" (Revelation 13:3, 12, 14) by undergoing open-heart surgery in 1982. His diplomatic career produced a "covenant" (the Camp David Treaty) with Israel and Egypt. His success has been "conquest by flattery" (Daniel 11:21). According to the Sephir Zohar (v.i.), the Son of Perdition is a Jew; so is Kissinger. At his advanced age, however, it is quite unlikely that he is the person in question.

 

    The thrall of Antichrist will last for less than four years; then the wrath of God will be loosed upon mankind:

 

    "And I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the seven angels, Go your way, and pour out the vials of wrath of God upon the earth.

 

    "And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men who had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image.

 

    "And the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea.

 

    "And the third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became as blood.

 

    "And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given to him to scorch men with fire.

 

    "And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over these plagues: and they repented not to give him glory.

 

    "And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain,

 

    "And blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds.

 

    "And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great River Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.

 

    "And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.

 

    "For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them unto the battle of that great day of God Almighty.

 

    "And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.

 

    "And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, it is done.

 

    "And there were voices, and thunders, and lightning; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great.

 

    "And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell; and great Babylon came into remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of wine of the fierceness of his wrath.

 

    "And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found.

 

    "And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceedingly great." (Revelation 16:1-21)

 

    The Seven Judgments (the plague of sores, the poisoned waters, extreme heat, and giant hail) will drive the Beast and his subjects to desperation. They will vent their frustration against Israel in the Battle of Jehosaphat or Armageddon. The Beast and company will be defeated and killed by Messiah Jesus, as described in Revelation 19.

 

    13.   Esther of Sidon ~

 

    Esther of Sidon was an Essene who chronicled the life of Jesus (whom she never knew) after interviewing many of his disciples. She was martyred in Athens in 86 AD. Her writings were collected by Emperor Vespasian, and were preserved in the Vatican archives. They emerged in 1997. Esther recorded the "Ten Final Messages of the Savior" which he allegedly gave as promises while he was in the Garden of Gethsemene. These promises are to be fulfilled in the Latter Days. Esther states:

 

    "All that the Lord promised will come to pass in the end times, when men will count on their fingers and marvel that 2,000 years have passed since his death. In those days the gates of Heaven will be opened wide for the angels to carry within the righteous hosts of the Rapture."

 

    The Ten Great Promises of Jesus are said to be: (1) an herbal panacea, (2) the Rapture, (3) a last chance to repent on Judgment Day, (4) signs in the sky will warn of the Second Coming, (5) angelic guidance for humanity, (6) eternal life, (7) the gospel of Christ will be spread throughout the universe, (8) the Second Coming, (9) Heaven will be located in space by astronomers, (10) a divinely inspired system of space travel will be discovered.

 

    Esther also is attributed with numerous predictions about modern medicine, world finance and human welfare, war and peace, extreme weather conditions before and during the Apocalypse, the reigns of Satan and of Christ.

 

    14.   The Bible Code ~

 

    In the 1990s, Dr. Eli Rips, a leading expert in group theory, used computer analysis to discover a prophetic code hidden in the Old Testament. He published his study of "Equidistant Letter Sequences in the Book of Genesis" in the mathematical journal Statistical Science (1994) in collaboration with physicist Doron Witztom and cryptologist Harold Gans. According to Rips, et al., "When the Book of Genesis is written in to-dimensional arrays, letter sequences spelling words with related meanings often appear in close proximity... Randomization analysis shows that the effect is significant at the level of 0.00002..." The odds against the code being random are so high as to be impossible; the code appears to be genuine, but its origin remains a mystery, apparently divine.

 

    Rips, et al., found dozens of prophecies, many of which have already been fulfilled. Several warn of disasters in our near future. For example, they found the words "Hitler", Nazi and enemy", "Evil man", and "Slaughter" in Genesis 8: 17-21; "Shakespeare", "Hamlet" and "Macbeth" in Leviticus; "Wright brothers" and "Airplane" in Genesis 30-43; "Edison", "Lightbulb", and "Electricity" in Numbers 11-14; "Newton" and "Gravity" in Numbers 18 and 19; "Einstein" and "Science" in Numbers; "Atomic holocaust", and "World War" encoded with "in the End of Days" in plain text; "Man on Moon" and "Spaceship" in Numbers; "President Kennedy", "to die", "Dallas", "Oswald", "Ruby", etc., in Genesis and Numbers.

 

    The assassination of Yitzhak Rabin was mentioned, and the name of his assassin, "Amir". The prophecy was dated "In 5756" (September 1995) and located ("Tel Aviv"). The Gulf War was foretold: "Fire on 3 Shevat" (18 January 1991, the date of the first Scud missile attack) and "Hussein picked a day" (Genesis 14: 6-17).

 

    The code also predicts the murder of Prime Minister Netanyahu, but no date is given. Furthermore, the code warns of "Holocaust of Israel", "the next war" with "Libya"; "It will be after the death of the Prime Minister" (Genesis 25: 11).

 

    According to the Bible Code, Armageddon will occur "in 5760" (2000) and "in 5766" (2006). In the year 2113, Israel will be "empty, depopulated, desolated" (Deuteronomy 33: 14); "For everyone, the great terror, fire earthquake" (Deut. 34: 12). A "Great Earthquake" is repeatedly mentioned, scheduled for the years 2000 and 2006. Los Angeles will be destroyed by a quake in 5770 (2010); China and Japan also will be struck thus. A comet will strike the earth in 2012. (7, 8)

 

    15.   The Millenial Kingdom ~

 

    When Christ returns, hewill be accompanied by an army of saints (Joel 3:11; Zechariah 14:5; Matthew 16:27 and 25:31; Mark 8:38; Luke 8:26; Thessalonians 1:7) He will also bring the raptured Christians with Him (Isaiah 27:13; Joel 2:32; Micah 2:12; Revelation 14:1). The wrath of God will be temporarily suspended (Revelation 8:1). Many Jews will repent and convert to Christ (Hosea 1:11, Zechariah 12;10; Luke 13:35; Matthew 23:39; Joel 2:2; Romans 11:26). The converted Jews will escape from Jerusalem by way of a valley which will be created by an earthquake when Christ sets foot on the Mount of Olives (Ezekiel 47:1-5; Acts 1:1-12; Zechariah 14:4,5). Jews will join the Christian forces (Zechariah 12:5; ibid., 14:14). According to Leviticus 26:8, the strength of the Jewish soldiers will be made superhuman by divine grace: "And five of you shall chase an hundred, and an hundred of you shall put ten thousand to flight, and your enemies shall fall before you by the sword." See also Zechariah 17:8 in this regard.

 

    The Jewish and Christian forces will recapture Jerusalem (Zechariah 12:5 and 14:11) and rebuild the city (Zechariah 12:6 and 14:11). The wrath of God will resume (Revelation 7 and 8; Isaiah 8:7; ibid., 13:9-10; ibid., 19:1-10, 17-20, 22-24; Joel 3:19). The Tigris and Euphrates Rivers will dry up to prepare the way for the invasion of the Middle East by the Chinese army (Revelation 9:14). The Nile River also will cease to flow. Concerning the fate of Egypt, see also Jeremiah 46:7-9; Deuteronomy 26:68; Isaiah 19:1-5, 17-25; Ezekiel 29:15; ibid., 20:36, 37; ibid., 30; Isaiah 11:15; Zechariah 1:11). The Antichrist will gather his armies at Har-Megiddo (Mt. Megiddo), also known as Armageddon. Har-Megiddo is about 55 miles north of Jerusalem, on the southern rim of the Valley of Jehosaphat (Joel 3:2, 9-14). It has been an important battlefield throughout Jewish history. Jehosaphat means "judgment of Jahweh" or "judgment of the Eternal."

 

    Jehosaphat and Armageddon also are referred to in Numbers 24:17; Deuteronomy 28:7; ibid., 30:7; I Samuel 2:10; Daniel 11:45; Revelation 16:16; Zephariah 3:8; II Thessalonians 2:8; Joel 13:16; ibid., 14:17-20; and Zechariah 14:1-4.

 

    According to Daniel 7:11 and Revelation 19:20, the Antichrist and his followers will be cast into a lake of fire.

 

    There will be a period of darkness in which the sun, moon and stars are obscured (Joel 2:2, 10, 31 & 3:15; Revelation 8:12; Isaiah 24:23 & 13:10; Zechariah 14:6; Mark 13:24; Matthew 24:29; Luke 21:25; Acts 2:19-20; Revelation 6:12, 14).

 

    Christ will then rule the earth (Genesis 49:10; Psalms 2:6; ibid., 22:28; ibid., 72:10; I Chronicles 16:33; Isaiah 2:4; Revelation 11:15; Zechariah 9:10; I Samuel 2;10; Ezekiel 21:27; Daniel 7:14, 27; Micah 4:3; II Timothy 4:1; Psalms 72:8; Luke 1:32; I Corinthians 15:24-25; Hebrews 1:13).

 

    All violence will be restrained by God's presence (Leviticus 26:6-8; Isaiah 2:4; Hosea 2:18; Deuteronomy 18:7; ibid., 30:7; Micah 4:3).

 

    There will be abundant crops and general prosperity (Exodus 23:25; Leviticus 26:5-6; Hosea 2:21; Joel 3:18; Psalms 72:7,16; Isaiah 4:2; ibid., 61:4; Genesis 8:21, 22; Amos 9:13,14; Deuteronomy 28:11,12).

 

    There will be no diseases, and people will enjoy extended lifespans (Exodus 23:25; Deuteronomy 7:15; Isaiah 35:5-6).

 

    Fertility and birthrates will increase (Exodus 23:26; Deuteronomy 7:14; ibid., 28:4,11; Isaiah 9:3).

 

    After 1,000 years, Satan will be released to deceive the nations and test their faith, but he will be defeated (Jeremiah 25:29-38; ibid., 45:5; Revelation 11:18; ibid., 20:3,7-9).

 

    Heaven and Earth shall pass away; there will be a new heaven and a new earth (Malachi 4:1; Matthew 24:35; Isaiah 66:20; ibid., 65:17; ibid., 60:19-20; Revelation 20:11; ibid., 21;1; Mark 13:31; Hebrews 1:10-12; ibid., 12:26,27; II Peter 3:7, 10-12).

 

    Then comes the Final Judgment of all men (Ecclesiastes 3:17, 18; Matthew 25:31-33; II Timothy 4:1; Revelation 11:18; ibid., 20:13; Acts 10:42; Romans 2:5,6,16; ibid., 14:10-12; Hebrews 6:2; ibid., 9:27; I Peter 1:3,4).

 

    After the Final Judgment, God's Heavenly City, the New Jerusalem, will descend to Earth (Revelation 3:12; ibid., 21:2, 10-27).The Righteous will gather there (Isaiah 60:21; ibid., 65:17-19; Matthew 13:49; ibid., 24:34, 46; Revelation 22:3-5). There will be a healing of nations (Revelation 22:1-3). God and Christ will rule forever (II Chronicles 9:8; Ezekiel 37:25; Daniel 2:44; ibid., 7:14, 18, 27; Micah 4:7; Luke 1:33; Psalms 72:17; ibid., 102:26, 27. (1, 2, 4-6)

 

    19.   References  [Not available in the Internet Edition]

 

 

Chapter 3

 

European Prophets

 

    

    1. Pseudo-Methodius

    2. St. Hilarion

    3. St. Ephrem

    4. St. Columbcille

    5. St. Brogan

    6. St. Ultan

    7. Bede the Venerable & Monk Adso

    8. St. Edward

    9. The Brahan Seer

    10. Balthasar Mas

    11. Rudolfo Gilthier

    12. Liber Mirabilis

    13. Mother Shipton

    14. Rigord of St. Denis

    15. Hepidanus

    16. Caesarius of Heisterbach

    17. Johann Friede

    18. Anonymous

    19. Anonymous

    20. Anonymous

    21. Pere Nechtou

    22. Catholic Nuns

    23. Anna Emmerich

    25. St. Odile

    26. The Seeress of Prague

    27. Anna Taigi

    28. Marie Jehannet

    29. Melanie Calvat

    30. Our Lady of Fatima

    31. Our Lady of Garabandal

    32. St. Malachi

    33. The Monk of Padua

    34. St.Capistran

    35. Pope Pius X

    36. St John Bosco

    37. The Monk of  Premol

    38. The Angelic Pope &…

    39. St. Cataldus

    40. Rabanus Maurus

    41. St. Caesarius

    42. Merlin Ambrosius

    43. Pope Leo VI

    44. Sibylline Oracles

    45. Joaquim Merlin

    46. Barthalomew Holzhauser

    47. St. Francisco de Paola

    48. Abbe Souffrant

    49. The Mother of Bourg

    50. Cheiro

    51. Mathias Lang

    52. M. Tarabich

    53. Alois Irlmaier

    54. The Birch Tree Prophecies

    55. Johannes Lichtenberger

    56. Spielbahn

    57. Bernard Rembold

    58. The Prophecy of Mayence

    59. The Monk of Werl

    60. Wessel Eilert

    61. Antonius

    62. Peter Schlinkert

    63. Brother Anthony

    64. Paracelsus

    65. Alchemy & Prophecy

    66. References

 

 

 

    Through psychic stress induced by faith or other dispositions, many cleric and lay Christians have enjoyed --- or suffered --- many apocalyptic visions. Pope Benedict IV (1657-1758), generously decreed that "the recipients of prophecy may be angels, devils, men, women, children, heathen or gentiles; nor is it necessary that a man should be gifted with any particular disposition in order to receive the light of prophecy provided that his intellect and senses be adapted for making manifest the things which God reveals to him."

 

    Apocalyptic prophecy is a particular species of eschatology (dealing with death and final judgment). Many of such prophecies are not inspired originals, but are paraphrases of earlier writings (such as the Sibylline oracles) that were incorporated with hopeful political propaganda for the historical period in which the writers lived. However, such pseudo-prophecies contain valuable fragments which can be distinguished and selected for the present purpose. Many others of the representative prophecies included here were genuine original visions of doom, untainted by the odium of theology and politics.

 

    1. The Pseudo-Methodius ~

 

    The prophecies attributed to St. Methodius of Patara (a martyred bishop of the 4th century) are some of the earliest post-biblical Christian prophecies extant. Most authoritative scholars now agree that the prophecies are the work of a pseudonymous author who wrote in Syriac circa 680 AD. The manuscript in question(Monumenta Patrum Orthodoxographa, 1569) was located in the Patrium Veterum Library nearly 1000 years after the death of St. Methodius. (1)

 

    The pseudo-Methodius collection comprises several distinguishable documents that recur in fragments in many other Medieval prophecies: (1) a historical survey of the nations, beginning with Adam; (2) Gideon's victory over the Ishmaelites; (3) a history of Alexander the Great and Gog-Magog (the Huns, who will attack the world again in the latter days); (4) the new Roman Empire and the ascendancy of Islam; (5) the Moslem reign of terror; (6) the victory of a holy Roman Emperor; and (7) the overthrow of Gog-Magog by the Roman Emperor, the birth of the Antichrist, and the Last Judgment. The following excerpts may have some bearing on our future:

 

    "A time will come when the enemies of Christ will boast: "We have subjected the earth and all its inhabitants, and the Christians cannot escape our hands." Then a Roman Emperor will arise in great fury against them... Drawing his sword, he will fall upon the foes of Christianity and crush them. Then peace will reign on earth, and priests will be relieved of all their anxieties.

 

    "In the last period Christians will not appreciate the great grace of God who provided a monarch, a long duration of peace, a splendid fertility of the earth. They will be very ungrateful, lead a sinful life, in pride, vanity, unchastity, frivolity, hatred, avarice, gluttony, and many other vices, [so] that the sins of men will stink more than a pestilence before God. Many will doubt whether the Catholic faith is the true and only saving one and whether the Jews are correct when they still expect the Messiah. Many will be the false teachings and resultant bewilderment. The just God will in consequence give Lucifer and all his devils power to come on earth and tempt his godless creatures...

 

    "...Then suddenly tribulation and distress will arise against them [the Moslems]. The King of the Greeks, i.e., the Romans, will come out against them in anger, roused as from a drunken stupor like one whom men had thought dead and worthless [Psalms 77:65]. He will go forth against them from the Ethiopian sea and will send the sword and desolation into Ethribus, their homeland, capturing their women and children living in the Land of Promise [Israel]. The sons of the king will come down with the sword and cut them off from the earth. Fear and trembling will rush upon them and their wives and their children from all sides. They will mourn their offspring, weeping over them and all the villages in the lands of their fathers. By the sword they will be given over into the hands of the king of the Romans -- to captivity, death, and decay.

 

    "The King of the Romans will impose his yoke upon them seven times as much as their yoke weighed upon the earth. Great distress will seize them; tribulation will bring them hunger and thirst. They, their wives, and their children will be slaves and serve those who used to serve them, and their slavery will be a hundred times more bitter and hard. The earth which they destituted will then be at peace; each man will return to his own land and to the inheritance of his fathers... Every man who was left captive will return to the things that were his and his fathers', and men will multiply upon the once desolated land like locusts. Egypt will be desolated, Arabia burned with fire, the land of Ausania burned, and the sea provinces pacified. The whole indignation and fury of the King of the Romans will blaze forth against those who deny the Lord Jesus Christ. Then the earth will sit in peace and there will be great peace and tranquillity upon the earth such as has never been nor ever will be any more, since it is the final peace at the End of Time...

 

    "Then the "Gates of the North" will be opened and the strength of those nations which Alexander shut up there will go forth. The whole earth will be terrified at the sight of them; men will be afraid and flee in terror to hide themselves in mountains and caves and graves. They will die of fright and very many will be wasted with fear. There will be no one to bury the bodies. The tribes which will go forth from the North will eat the flesh of men and will drink the blood of beasts like water. They will eat unclean serpents, scorpions, and every kind of filthy and abominable beast and reptile which crawls upon the earth. They will consume the dead bodies of beasts of burden and even women's abortions. They will slay the young and take them from their mothers and eat them. They will corrupt the earth and contaminate it. No one will be able to stand against them.

 

    "After a week of years, when they have already captured the city of Jappa, the Lord will send one of the princes of his host and strike them down in a moment. After this the King of the Romans will go down and live in Jerusalem for seven and a half-seven times, i.e., years. When the ten and a half years are completed the Son of Perdition will appear.

 

    "He will be born in Chorazaim, nourished in Bethsaida, and reign in Capharnaum. Chorazim will rejoice because he was born in her, and Capharnaum because he will have reigned in her. For this reason in the Third Gospel the Lord gave the following statement: "Woe to you, Chorazaim, woe to you Bethsaida, woe to you Capharnaum --- if you have risen up to heaven, you will descend to hell" [Luke 10:13, 15]. When the Son of Perdition has arisen, the King of the Romans will ascend Golgotha upon which the wood of the Holy Cross is fixed, in the place where the Lord underwent death for us. The king will take the crown from his head and place it upon the cross and stretching out his hands to heaven will hand over the kingdom of the Christians to God the Father. The cross and crown of the king will be taken up together to heaven. This is because the Cross on which our Lord Jesus Christ hung for the common salvation of all will begin to appear before him at his coming to convict the lack of faith of the unbelievers. The prophecy of David which says, "In the last days Ethiopia will stretch out her hand to God" [Psalm 67:32] will be fulfilled in that these last men who stretch out their hands to God are from the seed of Chuseth, the daughter of Phol, king of Ethiopia. When the Cross has been lifted up on high to heaven, the King of the Romans will directly give up his spirit. Then every principality and power will be destroyed that the Son of Perdition may manifest...

 

    "When the Son of Perdition appears, he will be of the tribe of Dan, according to the prophecy of Jacob. This enemy of religion will use a diabolic art to produce many false miracles, such as causing the blind to see, the lame to walk, and the deaf to hear. Those possessed with demons will be exorcised. He will deceive many and, if he could, as our Lord has said, even the faithful elect.

 

    "Even the Antichrist will enter Jerusalem, where he will enthrone himself in the temple as a god (even though he will be an ordinary man of the tribe of Dan to which Judas Iscariot also belonged).

 

    "In those days, the Antichrist will bring about many tribulation; but God will not allow those redeemed by the divine blood to be deceived. For that reason, he will send his two servants, Enoch and Elias, who will declare the prodigies of the Antichrist to be false, and will denounce him as an impostor. After the death and ruin of many, he will leave the Temple in confusion; and many of his followers will forsake him to join the company of the righteous. The seducer, upon seeing himself reproached and scorned, will become enraged and will put to death those saints of God. It is then that there will appear the sign of the Son of Man, and he will come upon the clouds of heaven."

 

    2. St. Hilarion ~

 

    St. Hilarion of Czenstochau was born at Tabatha, Palestine about 291 AD. He died on Cyprus circa 371. As a boy he was sent to study in the schools of Alexandria in Egypt. He became a Christian after studying with St. Anthony, the great "Father of Anchorites", and adopted the ascetic life of a hermit. He began to exorcise demons and performed miraculous cures, thus attracting over 300 disciples. He also was gifted with prophecy. According to St. Hilarion, World War III will be preceded by the appearance of a great comet. Here is his vision of our near future:

 

    "After the World War they will make peace but not a lasting peace. They will immediately begin again preparing to strike at one another...

 

    "Before the Christian Churches are renovated and united, God will send the Eagle, who will travel to Rome and bring much happiness and good. The Holy Man will bring peace between the clergy and the Eagle and his reign will last four years. Then after his death God will send three men who are rich in wisdom and virtue. These men will administer the laws of the Holy Man and spread Christianity everywhere. Then there will be one Flock, one Faith, one Law, one Life, and one Baptism throughout the World.

 

    "The people of the Peninsula of Europe will suffer by unnecessary wars until the Holy Man comes. The people of Pannonia [Austria-Hungary] will be the cause of a great war, overcome a neighbor, and become an independent nation. Then will a Scourge of God come and chastise them, a Lion, which will reign a long time over the nation. The Lion will come from a high mountain in the Enlightened Nation between the Rhine and the North Sea, with a great army meet them by the mouth of the Rhine River and in a fierce battle almost entirely annihilate them.

 

    "From the Northeast, where the People live in crude Houses, they will move out in a swarm and cut their way to the midday Sea [Mediterranean] and swarm over to many kingdoms. There where upwards the Rivers wander [Africa], there with six Armies in the Black Sea will surrender; as soon as they have defeated the Stream from Rome, themselves will turn in the midday Sea...

 

    "Not far from the Outflow of one Plain, the great Eagle with a Leader will again come from the Rock Island. A final battle will be delivered. The wild horde will be defeated and made to pay, when they come, but will not win the Waste nor return to their Homeland...

 

    "One day, before the Comet shines, a lot of People (that inspired present company excepted) from Need and Misery will be wanting a Home. The great Empire in the Sea, who are a different Folk stock and origin, will be devastated by Earthquake, Storm and Flood. This Empire will suffer much Misfortune from the Sea. It will be divided into two islands and part of it will sink. The distant possession in the East will be lost through a Tiger and a Lion."

 

    This remarkable prophecy, nearly 1700 years old, apparently foretells the fate of England; it will be wracked and split by earthquakes and incursions of the ocean, and it will be invaded. This foresight has been reiterated by several other prophets since then.

 

    3. St. Ephrem ~

 

    Saint Ephrem was a 4th century Syrian churchman and writer, born in Mesopotamia. He wrote commentaries on the Bible and several theological treatises, homilies, and hymns. A collection of his prophecies about the Antichrist are found in Codex Barberinus XIV (The Utterances of St. Ephrem About the End of the World, and the Consummation of the Universe, and the Tribulation of the Nations). The following excerpts pertain to the Antichrist:

 

    "Let us learn, my friends, in what form shall come on earth the shameless serpent, since the Redeemer, wishing to save all mankind, was born of a Virgin and in human form crushed the enemy with the holy power of his godhead. This then the enemy, having learnt that again shall the Lord come from heaven in the glory of His divinity, thus bethought him to assume the form of His coming and beguile all men. So in very truth shall he be born of a defiled woman, his instrument. In the form of Him shall come the all-polluted, as a wily thief to beguile all beings. Humble and gentle, hating the speech of the unjust, overturning all idols, honoring piety, a good lover of the poor, exceedingly fair, altogether well disposed, pleasant towards all. To conciliate all, he plots craftily, that he may be loved soon by the peoples; neither gifts shall he accept, nor speak in anger. He shows himself not sullen, but ever cheerful. And in all these well-planned schemes he beguileth the world so long as he shall rule. For when the many peoples and nations shall behold such great virtues, fair deeds and powers, all of one mind shall become and with great joy shall crown him, saying one to another, surely there is not found such another man so good and just... For the shameless one, grasping authority, sends his demons unto all the ends of the earth to announce unto all that a great king hath appeared in glory; come thither and behold... The peoples shall be gathered, and they shall come that they may see God, and the crowds of the peoples shall cleave to him, and all shall deny their own God and invite their fellows to praise the son of perdition, and one on another they shall fall and with swords each other destroy... Magnifying his miracles, performing his portents, Deceiver and not in truth manifesting these things, in such fashion the tyrant removeth the mountains, and simulates falsely and not truly while the multitude stands by, many nations and peoples applauding him for his illusions... Again this same dragon stretches out his hands and gathers the multitudes of reptiles and birds; and likewise he moves over the surface of the deep, andas on dry ground he walks thereon. But he simulates these things... The lightnings shall be his ministers and signify his advent; the demons shall constitute his forces, and the princes of the demons shall be his disciples; to far-distant lands he shall send captains of his bands, who shall impart virtue and healing... A great conflict, Brethren, in those times amongst all men, but especially amongst the faithful, when there shall be signs and wonders wrought by the Dragon in great abundance, when he shall again manifest himself as God in fearful phantasms flying in the air, and show all the demons in the forms of angels flying in terror before the tyrant, for he crieth out loudly, changing his forms also to strike infinite dread into all men...

 

    "Then the skies no longer rain, the earth no longer beareth fruit, the springs run out, the rivers dry up, herbs no longer sprout, grass no longer grows, trees wither from their roots and no longer put forth fruits, the fishes of the sea and the monsters therein die out, and thus they say a fetid stench emits with a fearful roar, that men shall fail and perish through terror. And then in dread shall moan and groan all life alike when all shall see the pitiless distress that compasseth them by night and eke by day, and nowhere find the food wherewith to fill themselves... For stern governors of the people shall be appointed each in his place, and whoso bears with him the seal of the tyrant may buy a little food.

 

    "But before these things be, the Lord sendeth Elias the Thesbite and Enoch the compassionate, that they may proclaim reverence to the race of men, and openly announce unto all the knowledge of God, that they believe not nor obey the false one through fear, crying out and saying, "A deceiver, O men, is he; let no one believe in him." But few are those who shall then obey and believe in the words of these two prophets.

 

    "Many therefore of the saints as many are then found, as soon as they shall hear of the coming of the man of corruption, shall most speedily flee to the deserts and lie hid in the deserts and mountains and caves through fear, and strew earth and ashes on their heads, destitute and weeping both day and night with great humility. And this shall to them be granted by God the Holy One: And grace shall lead them unto the appointed places.

 

    "But all those dwelling in the east of the earth shall fly to the west, through their great fear, and again those dwelling under the setting sun unto its rising shall fly in trembling...

 

    "In the end like lightning flashing from heaven shall come God, our King and the deathless Bridegroom, in the clouds with glory unimaginable. And behold his Glory shall run the serried hosts of angels and archangels, all breathing flames, and a river full of fire, with a frightful crash...

 

    "How may we then endure, my beloved brethren, when we shall see the fiery river coming out in fury like the wild seething ocean, and the hills and the valleys consuming, and all the world and the works therein; then, beloved, with that fire the rivers shall fail, the springs shall vanish, the sea dry up, the air be agitated, the stars shall fall out from the sky; the sun shall be consumed, the moon pass away, the heavens rolled up like a scroll..."

 

    4. St. Columbcille ~

 

    The very influential Irish Saint Columbcille (also called Colm, Colum, Columba, and Comcille, 521-597 AD) was the founder of a great monastery on the Isle of Iona. There he wrote numerous religious tracts and prophecies that especially concern Ireland. St. Columbcille predicted the Viking raids on Eire from the 8th through 10th centuries, the Anglo-Norman invasion of 1169, the Turod conquest, the Irish rebellion of 1641, the great potato famine of 1845-50, and the invention of railroads ("In both North and South iron wheels shall support fiery chariots..."). He prophesied the following concerning what is now our near future:

 

    "Hearken, thou, until I relate things that shall come to pass in the latter ages of the world. Great carnage shall be made, justice shall be outraged, multitudinous evils, great suffering shall prevail, and many unjust laws will be administered. The time shall come when they will not perform charitable acts, and truth shall not remain in them, and truth shall not remain in them. They will plunder the property of the church, they will be continually sneering at each other, they will employ them at reading and writing. They will scoff at acts of humility; there will come times of dark affliction, of scarcity, monarchs will be addicted to falsehood. Neither justice nor covenant will be observed by any one people of the race of Adam; they will become hard-hearted and penurious, and will be devoid of piety. The clergy will become fosterers, in consequence of the tidings of wretchedness; churches will be held in bondage by the all-powerful men of the day. Judges will administer injustice, under the sanction of powerful, outrageous kings; the common people will adopt false principles. Oh, how lamentable shall be their position! Doctors of science will have cause to murmur, they will become niggardly in spirit; the aged will mourn in deep sorrow, on account of the woeful times that shall prevail. Cemeteries shall become all red, in consequence of the wrath that will follow sinners; wars and contentions shall range in the bosoms of every family. Excellent men shall be steeped in poverty, the people will become inhospitable to their guests, the voice of the parasite shall be more agreeable to them than the melody of the harp touched by the sage's finger. In consequence of the general prevalence of sinful practices, humility shall produce no fruit. The professors of science shall not be rewarded, amiability shall not characterize the people; prosperity and hospitality shall not exist, but niggardliness and destitution will assume their place. The changes of the seasons shall produce only half their verdure, the regular festivals of the Church will not be observed; all classes of men shall be filled with hatred and enmity toward each other. The people will not associate affectionately with each other during the great festivals of the seasons; they will live devoid of justice and rectitude, up from the youth of tender age to the aged. The clergy shall be led into error by the misinterpretation of their reading; the relics of the saints will be considered powerless, every race of mankind will become wicked! Young women will become unblushing, the aged people will be of irascible temper; the kine will seldom be productive, as of old; lords will become murderers. Young people will decline in vigor, they will despise those who have hoary hair; there will be no standard by which morals may be regulated, and marriages will be solemnized without witnesses. Troublous shall be the latter ages of the world, the dispositions of the generality of men I will point out, from the time they shall abandon hospitable habits -- with the view of winning honor for themselves, they will hold each other as objects for ridicule. The possessors of abundance shall fall through the multiplicity of their falsehoods; covetousness shall take possession of every glutton, and when satisfied their arrogance shall know no bounds. Between mother and daughter anger and bitter sarcasms shall continuously exist; neighbors will become treacherous, cold, and false-hearted towards each another. The gentry will become grudgeful, with respect to their trifling donations; and blood relations shall become cool towards each other; Church livings shall become lay property. Such is the description of the people who shall live in the ages to come; more unjust and iniquitous shall be very succeeding race of men. The trees shall not bear the usual quantity of fruit, fisheries shall become unproductive and the earth shall not yield its usual abundance. Inclement weather and famine shall come and fishes shall forsake the rivers. The people will be oppressed for lack of food, shall pine to death. Dreadful storms and hurricanes shall afflict them. Numberless diseases shall then prevail. Fortifications shall be built narrow during these times of dreadful danger.

 

    "Then a great event shall happen. I fail not to notice it: rectitude shall be its specious motive, and if ye be not truly holy, a more sorrowful event could not possibly happen.

 

    "I cannot observe after the death of Conn, aught but a sameness among his kindred clans, until the son of Ruadh from the glen appear, the span of the kingly reign shall be but brief. After the blameless son of Ruadh, Cathbarr from Cruachin shall assume the sovereign power, and though many fraudulent acts will be committed during his reign, he will be upon the whole friend to the church.

 

    "After the conclusion of a long and blood rule of Ireland by England, the garment of death will descend and the rowing wheels will arrive. Ten hundred compartments shall be in the fleet, and each compartment shall contain ten hundred men. The armament will spread its forces over the sea and land and rear up mounds with mangled bones. They will inflict on their enemies a severe, flesh-hewing course of warfare to such a degree that scarce a man of them shall escape. The fleet of rowing vehicles will remain two short years and a half.

 

    "This fleet that will come across the sea shall consist of ten ships, ten hundred fairy barks, ten hundred boats, ten hundred cock-boats and ten hundred spacious skiffs. The principal seaport belonging to the country abroad shall look to the west. Such a large assemblage of men never before met in the east or west; and never again shall such a muster congregate while Ireland is a seagirt island.

 

    "The nobility shall sink into humble life before the great war; that war will be proclaimed against them from beyond the seas, by means of which the frantically-proud race shall be subdued. The enemies of the English shall be aroused into activity --- they who reside in the eastern and western parts of the world --- so that they will engage in a battle on the circumscribed sea, in consequence of which the English will be defeated.

 

    "A fleet belonging to a foreign country will come hither, manned by the descendants of Golimh of the gold-embroidered garments, they shall lay prostrate the Gauls of the ships, and liberate the people who have been held in bondage. This fleet that shall arrive here from the east, cannot be impeded by the mighty ocean; through the impetuosity of its noisy breathing, its strange appearance shall be marked by flaming mouths. They will engage in furious conflict, it shall be a wonder that it will not be a mutual slaughter, the conflict of those who will come hither to sever the intricate knot.

 

    "After the English shall be defeated in this battle, they shall be harassed from every quarter; like a fawn surrounded by a pack of voracious hounds, shall be the position of the English among their enemies. The English afterwards shall dwindle down into a disreputable people, and every obstacle shall be opposed to their future prosperity; because they did not (rather: as long as they do not) observe justice and rectitude, they shall be forever after deprived of power! Three warnings will be given them before their final fall, the burning of the Tower of the great kings; the conflagration of the dockyard of the English, and the burning of the Treasury where gold is deposited."

 

    The first two warnings may have been fulfilled in World War II, when German air raids bombed the Tower of London and the dockyards. The burning of the Treasury has yet to occur. St. Columbcille concluded his prophecy with a promise of prosperity and the destruction of Ireland:

 

    "This new Eire shall be Eire the prosperous; great shall be her renown and her power, and there shall not be on the surface of the wide earth a country found to be equal to this fine country... Seven years before the last day, the sea shall submerge Eire by one inundation."

 

    5. St. Brogan ~

 

    Like St. Columbcille, the 6th century Irish Saint Brogan (also written "Bearchan") predicted a leader named Ruadh (Red) who will appear in Ireland n the latter days:

 

    "After the man whose cognomen will be Ruadh, a spirit of fire will come from the north; there will be but one Lord over Ireland. It is he who will bring affliction to the Gauls, by which their savage hordes shall suffer; until he will sail across the azure sea to Rome he will be a great king renowned for feats of arms."

 

    6. St. Ultan ~

 

    The Irish Saint Ultan of Ardbraccan (died 657) also predicted Ruadh:

 

    "Then the Ruadh will proceed to the south, he will offer much opposition to the English; my confidence is in the Redhead for valor --- he will free Eire from her difficulties. In a month after that hard-fought battle, another king will come from the north; I assure, without the least deception, that three battles will be broken in one day. The battle shall continue during a whole week; after that, the aliens shall be dispersed. Wednesday will be the day of the battle, by which the aliens shall be driven from their strongholds; none of them shall remain after that but what birds could not carry off in their claws!"

 

    7. Bede the Venerable & Monk Adso ~

 

    The British monk known as Bede the Venerable (to acknowledge his wisdom and learning) lived most of his life (circa 672-735) at the monastery of St. Peter and St. `Paul at Warmouth-Jarrow. he is recognized as the "father of British history". He was the first to date events "Anno Domine" (AD). The prophetic writings of Bede the Venerable are very similar to those of Monk Adso, who authored an apocalypse in 954 at the request of Queen Gerberga. The priest Albinus of Cologne borrowed it, and the work was published under his name. Bede's work lies at the base of Adso's, and both authors drew on some older, unidentified sources (probably a Sibylline book).

 

    Bede's prophecy is found in the Elucidorum of Honorius of Autun and Monumentum (22:146) by Godfrey of Citerbo (ca. 1190). It ends with a description of the "King by name and steadfast mind" and the advent of Antichrist. The end of the world ensues thereafter:

 

    "And then will arise a king by name and of steadfast mind. The same will be the steadfast king of the Romans and Greeks... and the King himself will have before his eyes the scripture saying:

 

    "The king of the Romans will claim for himself the whole kingdom of the lands; therefore he will lay waste all the islands and cities, and destroy all the temples of the false gods, and all the pagans will he call to baptism, and the cross of Christ shall be raised over all the temples..."

 

    Monk Adso, who borrowed from and added to the writing of Bede, wrote thus of the Antichrist:

 

    "Against the faithful will he rise up in three ways --- that is, by terror, by gifts, and by wonders; to the believers in him will he give gold and silver in abundance; but those whom he shall fail to corrupt by presents he will overcome by fear, and those whom he shall fail to vanquish by fear he will seek to seduce by signs and wonders...

 

    "The ruined Temple also, which Solomon raised to God, he shall build and restore to its former state... and he shall circumcise himself, and lie that he is the Son of God almighty... Thereafter shall he send his messengers and preachers to the whole world...

 

    "Then shall all the Jews flock unto him, and thinking they shall receive Christ they shall receive the devil... Coming to Jerusalem he shall be circumcised, saying to the Jews, I am the Christ promised unto you, who have come for your weal that I may gather and defend you that are scattered...

 

    "Then shall be sent into the world the two great prophets Elias and Enoch, who shall forearm the faithful with godly weapons against the task of the Antichrist, and they shall encourage and get them ready for the war... But after they have accomplished their preaching, the Antichrist shall rise up and slay them, and after three days they shall be raised up by the Lord...

 

    "The doctors also teach, as saith Pope Gregory, that Michael the Archangel shall destroy him on Mount Olivet in his pavilion and seat, in that place where the Lord ascended into heaven..."

 

    Here is Bede the Venerable on the Antichrist:

 

    "For he shall work such stupendous marvels, as to bid fire to come down from heaven... and the dead shall rise... he shall raise the dead, not verily, but the devil shall enter some dead man's body... and speak in him, that he may seem alive...

 

    "There shall go forth the two most glorious men Enoch and Elias to announce the advent of the Lord, and them shall the Antichrist slay, and after three days they shall be resuscitated...

 

    "The sign of the doom: the earth shall be moist with sweat; from heaven the king shall come to reign forever... At midnight in the hour when the angel made Egypt desolate, and when the Lord despoiled hell, in the same hour He shall deliver His elect from this world...

 

    "Fire shall burn up earth and sea and heaven... The springs shall fail, and the everlasting flame consume; He shall cast down the hills, and raise up valleys from the depth... From the heavens shall fall both fire and a sulfur stream."

 

    Bede also left this prophetic note among his writings:

 

    "As long as the Coliseum stands Rome will stand; when Rome falls, the world will fall."

 

    8. St. Edward ~

 

    St. Edward (died 1066) prophesied the following for England:

 

    "The extreme corruption and wickedness of the English nation has provoked the just anger of God. When malice shall have reached the fullness of its measure, God will, in his wrath, send to the English people wicked spirits, who will punish and afflict them with great severity, by separating the green tree from its parent stem the length of three furlongs. But at last this same tree, through the compassionate mercy of God, and without any national assistance, shall return to its original root, reflourish, and bear abundant fruit."

 

    The prophecy seemingly concerns the return of the English to Catholicism, to be followed by the blessings of abundance. The contradicts St. Columbcille, who denies them such forgiveness.

 

    9. The Brahan Seer ~

 

    The Gaelic Coineach Odhar Fiosaiche, or Kenneth MacKenzie, the Brahan Seer or "Warlock of the Glen", was the most highly respected of the Scottish prophets. The one-eyed magician foresaw the future through a hole in a smooth pebble that he always carried with him. Most of this predictions concerned 17th century Scotland, but he also foretold the Industrial Revolution and developments such as gas and water mains: "Fire and water shall run in long streams through all the streets and lanes of Inverness" and locomotives: "Long strings of carriages without horses shall run between Dingwall and Inverness." The Brahan Seer forecast a gloomy future for Scotland:

 

    "The day will come when the jaw-bone of the big sheep will put the plow on the rafters; when the sheep shall become so numerous that the bleating of one shall be heard by the other from Conchra in Lochalsh to Bun-da-Loch in Kintail, they shall be at the height of their price, and henceforth will go back and deteriorate, until they disappear altogether, and be so thoroughly forgotten that a man finding the jawbone of a sheep in a cairn, will not recognize it, or be able to tell what animal it belonged to. The ancient proprietors of the soil shall give place to strange merchant proprietors, and the whole Highlands will become one huge deer forest; the whole country will become so utterly desolated and depopulated that the crow of cock shall not be heard north of Druim-Uachdair; the people will emigrate to islands now unknown, but which shall yet be discovered in the boundless oceans after which deer and other wild animals in the huge wilderness shall be exterminated and browned by horrid black rains. The people will then return and take undisturbed possession of the lands of their ancestors...

 

    "The day will come when a river in Ester Ross shall be dried up.

 

    "At bleak Runish in Lochs, they will spoil and devour, at the foot of the drags, and will split heads by the score.

 

    "The day will come when there shall be such dire persecution and bloodshed in the county of Sutherland, that people can ford the river Oykel dryshod, over dead men's bodies.

 

    "A severe battle will be fought at Ardelve market stance, in Lochalsh, when the slaughter will be so great that people can cross the ferry over dead men's bodies. The battle will be finally decided by a powerful man and his five sons, who will come across from the Strath (the Achamore district).

 

    "A battle will be fought at Ault-nan-Torcan, in the Lewis, which will be a bloody one indeed. It will truly take place, though the time may be far hence, but woe to the mothers of sucklings that day. The defeated host will continue to be cut down till it reaches Ard-a-chaolais [about 7 miles from Ault-a-Torcan], and there the swords will make a terrible havoc.

 

    "When a holly bush shall grow out of the face of the rock at Torr-a-chuilinn [Kintail] to a size sufficiently large to make a shaft for a sledge-cart, a battle will be fought there.

 

    "However unlikely it may now appear, the Island of Lews will be laid waste by a destructive war, which will continue till the contending armies, slaughtering each other as they proceed, shall reach Tarbert in Harris. In the Caws of Tarbert, the retreating host will suddenly halt; an onslaught, left by a left-handed Maclaod, called Donald, son of Donald, will then be made upon the pursuers. The only weapon in this champion's hand will be a black sooty cabar, taken off a neighboring hut; but his intrepidity and courage will so inspire the fugitives that they will fight like mighty men, and overpower their pursuers. The Lews will then enjoy a long period of repose."

 

    10. Frater Balthassar Mas ~

 

    In 1630, Frater Balthassar Mas recorded a vision about England's destiny. Like several other prophets, he foresaw that the island will be inundated by the ocean:

 

    "I saw a land swallowed by the sea and covered with water, but afterwards I saw that little by little, the sea retreated and left the land visible, and the upper parts of the towers and the turrets of the cities rose and appeared more beautiful than before being swallowed by the sea, and it was told me that was England."

 

    11. Rudolfo Gilthier ~

 

    The monk Rudolfo Gilthier made the following prophecy in 1765. The French text was found in the Augustine Library in Rome:

 

    "From the Middle of the Twentieth Century on, there will be uprisings in all parts of Europe. The Republics will be upheaved. Kings, the Great, and Priests will be killed and Padres and Nuns will leave their Cloister. Hunger, Epidemics and Earthquakes will destroy numerous cities.

 

    "Rome will lose its Sceptre through following False Prophets. The Pope will be taken Prisoner by his attendants. The Church will be held hostage, and after a short time there will be no more Pope.

 

    "A Prince from the East with a great Army will move throughout Europe. The Republicans will be annihilated through the Rebellions. His Cross will be for God, he will fight for the Christian teachings and the Orthodox Belief, and he will subjugate the Kingdom of Mohammed. He will be a new Knight of the Faith, and Peace will be regained in the World." (3)

 

    12. Liber Mirabilis ~

 

    Liber Mirabilis is a collection of Medieval prophecies, first published in 1524. It was translated from Latin to French by Jean de Vatiguerro in 1831. The following anonymous apocalyptic prophecy is drawn from the book:

 

    "All elements will become altered, because it is necessary, that the whole condition of the Centuries becomes changed; Certainly will the Earth at many places be in a dreadful state of collapse and all living things will be swallowed up. Numerous strong Towns and Cities will be shattered and collapse in Earthquakes... The Sea will scream out and raise itself against the whole World. The Air will be dirty and be polluted because of the Grossness and Discord of Men...The air will completely change and because of Pestilence, Illness through it will break out, and will completely spoiled. Men will become like animals from the various new Diseases. They will be overcome and die suddenly. An indescribable plague will break out from a sudden and terrible Famine and will torment Men. It will be such great suffering in the whole World, and there is nowherein the West that this will not find its place. Since the beginning of the World there has been nothing as horrible as this."

 

    13. Mother Shipton ~

 

    The English seeress Mother Ursula Shipton, as she was popularly known, was christened Janet Ursula Southiel (Southill). She lived inYorkshire from 1488 to 1561, during the reign of Henry VII. The first collection of her visions was published in 1641, and a more complete edition was published in 1646 by the astrologer and alchemist Sir William Lilly in his Collections of Prophecies. Most of her prophecies concerned her own times, but numerous fragments pertain to our future. Mother Shipton allegedly wrote the following verses about today and the near future, but in 1862 the English editor Charles Hindley admitted to the authorship of this falsely ascribed but nonetheless highly accurate prophecy, which includes descriptions of the radio, television, airplanes, and World Wars, including possibly WW3:

 

    "Carriages without horses shall go.

    And accidents fill the world with woe.

    Around the world thoughts shall fly

    In the twinkling of an eye.

    Waters shall yet more wonders do

    Now stranger, yet shall be true.

    The world upside down shall be

    And gold be found at the root of tree.

    Through the hills man shall ride

    And no horse be at his side.

    Underwater men shall walk,

    Shall ride, shall sleep, shall talk.

    In the air man shall be seen

    In white, in black, in green:

    Gold shall be found in mid stone

    In a land that's now unknown;

    Fire and water shall wonders do,

    England shall admit a Jew.

    Women will dress like men and trousers wear,

    And cut off all their locks of hair.

    They will ride astride with brazen brow,

    And love shall die, and marriage cease,

    And nations wane and babes decrease,

    And wives shall fondle cats and dogs;

    And men shall live much like hogs,

    Just for food and lust.

    When pictures look alive, with movements free,

    When ships, like fishes, swim beneath the sea,

    When men, outstripping birds, can soar the sky,

    Then half the world, deep-drenched in blood, shall die.

    The fiery year as soon as over,

    Peace shall then be as before.

    Plenty everywhere be found,

    And men with swords shall plow the ground.

    All England's sons that plow the land,

    Shall be seen with book in hand.

    Learning shall so ebb and flow,

    The poor shall most wisdom know.

    And water wind where corn doth grow;

    Great houses stand in farflung vale,

    All covered o'er with snow and hail.

    Taxes for blood and war

    Shall come to every door.

    And state and state in fierce strife

    Will seek after each other's life.

    But when the North shall divide the South

    An Eagle shall build in the Lion's mouth.

    In London Primrose Hill shall be,

    Its center hold a Bishop's See.

    Three times shall lovely France

    Be led to play a bloody dance;

    Before the people shall be free,

    Three tyrant rulers shall she see:

    Three times the people's hope is gone,

    Three rulers in succession, be ---

    Each sprung from different dynasty.

    Then, when the fiercest fight is done,

    England and France shall be as one.

    The British olive next shall entwine

    In marriage with the German vine

    The Jew that once was held in scorn

    Shall of a Christian be born,

    A house of glass shall come to pass

    In England --- but alas! alas!

    A war will follow with the work

    Where dwells the Pagan and the Turk.

    The gods will send the Dragon back

    To light the sky his tail will crack

    Upon the Earth and rend the Earth

    And man shall flee, King, Lord and serf."

 

    14. Rigord of St. Denis ~

 

    The French chronicler Rigord of St. Denis lived in the 12th century. He wrote a prophetic text in Latin, which was later translated and printed by Fritz Baer. The following parts pertain to our future:

 

    "At that time from the sea will rise a very strong wind, which will strike terror in the hearts of men, and it will raise sand and dust from the surface of the earth, until it will cover the trees and the towers... And there will be heard in the air quakes and thunder and voices which will strike terror in the hearts of men, and all the countries will be covered with sand and dust... For that wind will rise from the west corner and reach until the west corner, encompassing all the countries of Egypt and Ethiopia... and also the lands of Rome.

 

    "After those events of the winds, five miracles will come to pass one after another.

 

    "First, a most wise man will arise from the east, versed in secret wisdom, that is, in wisdom which is beyond man. And he will walk in justice and will teach the law of truth, and he will cause many to return to straight mores from the darkness of ignorance, and from unbelief to the way of truth, and he will instruct the sinners in the way of righteousness, and he will not pride himself with being counted among the prophets.

 

    "Secondly, a man will come forth from Elam and will assemble a multitude of great forces (Daniel 11:1), and will wage a great war against the nations (Zechariah 14), and he will not live long.

 

    "Thirdly, up will rise another man who will say that he is a prophet. He will hold a book in his hand and say that he was sent by God and by His prophets. And with his teachings he will cause many nations to go astray, and will seduce even more. But that which he will prophesy will come upon his own head. And he, too, will not live long.

 

    "Fourthly, a comet will be seen in heaven -- a star, that is, with a tail or appendage -- and this apparition will signify destructions and tumults and hard strifes, and withholding of rains, and dryness of the earth, and mighty battles, and the flowing of blood upon the earth of the east, and from beyond the River Habor it will reach to the very end of the west. And the just and the truly righteous will be oppressed and will suffer persecutions, and the house of prayer will be destroyed.

 

    "Fifthly, there will be an eclipse of the sun, like the color of fire, until the whole body of the sun will be obscured, and at the time of the eclipse there will such darkness over the earth as there is at midnight on those nights when there is no moonlight, in the days of the rains..."

 

    15. Hepidanus ~

 

    The Swiss monk Hepidanus, who lived in the 11th century, accurately foresaw the coming of Napolean Bonaparte, the French Revolution, Adolf Hitler, and World Wars I and II. Furthermore, he saw a third World War:

 

    "From North to South, the world will be split into two mighty hosts. The North will march against the South, the son against the father, and bring misfortune with him across the mountains as the night follows the day... A gloomy cloud will appear, and a terrible tempest will come forth from this cloud. It will consume a third of mankind, still living then. And it will destroy a third of all the crops, villages, and cities, and there will be a great misery and lamentation.

 

    "A mighty empire will vanish thereafter, and another will take its place. From the East blows a storm, from the West a hurricane howls; woe to those who come into the sphere of this bloody whirlpool. Thrones a thousand years old will fall from the height... between the Rhine, the Elbe, and the Danube there will be a vast morgue, and a landscape of vultures and ravens... When a sign of fire will appear in the heavens, the time will have come close for these days to engulf humanity... but the date, when this sign will flash across the heavens, no mortal will know." (5)

 

    16. Caesarius of Heisterbach ~

 

    Caesarius of Heisterbach was a Cistercian monk who lived in Cologne from 1180 to 1240. Caesarius foretold the rise of Napolean and the event of the French Revolution. He also predicted the following events, still to come:

 

    "There will be no Pope, and the air will be as a pestilence, destroying men and beasts alike. Not since the creation of the world has one experienced such misfortune."

 

    17. Johann Friede ~

 

    According to a vision received by Johann Friede (1204-1257), an Austrian monk of the Order of St. John, several extraordinary phenomena will give warning that the present order of civilization is about to end:

 

    "When the great time will come, in which mankind will face its last, hard trial, it will be foreshadowed by striking changes in nature; the alteration between cold and heat will become more intensive, storms will have more catastrophic effects, earthquakes will destroy greater regions and the seas will overflow many lowlands. Not all of it will be the result of natural causes, but man will penetrate into the bowels of the earth and will reach into the clouds, gambling with its own existence. Before the powers of destruction will succeed in their design, the universe will be thrown into disorder, and the age of iron will plunge into nothingness. When the nights will be filled with more intensive cold and the day with heat, a new life will begin in nature. The heat means radiation from the earth, the cold the waning light of the sun. Only a few more years and you will become aware that sunlight has become perceptibly weaker. When even your artificial light will cease to give service, the great event of the firmament will be near.

 

    "The nebula of the Greater Bear will arrive in the vicinity of earth... and will fill the space of five hundred suns at the horizon. It will more and more cover up the light of the sun until the days will be like nights at full moon. The illumination will not come from the moon, but from Orion, which constellation, by the light of Jupiter, will send forth its rays on the Greater Bear and will dissolve its nebula with the force of light.

 

    "By this time mankind will be stricken with terror. Birds will be like reptiles and will not use their wings. Animals of the ground, in fear and alarm, will raise such a clamor that it will make human hearts tremble. Men will flee their abodes in order not to see the weird occurrence. Finally, complete darkness will set in and last for three days and three nights.

 

    "During this time, men, deprived of the power of light, will fall into a slumber-like sleep from which many will not awaken, especially those who have no spark of spiritual life. When the sun will again rise and emerge, earth will be covered with a blanket of ashes like snow in winter, except that the ashes will have the color of sulfur. Damp fog will ascend from the ground, illuminated by igneous gases.

 

    "Of mankind there will be more dead than there have been casualties in all wars. In the abodes of the children of light, the Book of Revelations will be read, and in the palaces of the Church they will await the arrival of the great comet. On the seventh day after the return of light, earth will have absorbed the ashes and formed such a fertility as has not been experienced ever before. But Orion will cast its ray on the earth and show a path toward the last resting place of the greatest and most eminent man who had ever lived on the earth. The survivors will proclaim his ancient doctrine in peace and will institute the millennium, announced by the Messiah in the light of true brotherly and sisterly love for the glory of the Creator and for the blessedness of all mankind."

 

    18. Anonymous ~

 

    An unknown 17th century German monk left this prophecy, which Ludwig Emmerich recorded in Die Zukunft der Welt (The Future of the World):

 

    "The twentieth century will be a period of terror and misery. In that century everything evil and disagreeable that can be imagined will happen. In many countries the princes will rise up against their father, the citizens against authority, the children against their parents, the pagans against God, entire peoples against the established order. A civil war will break out in which almost all the world will be turned upside down. Financial disasters and ruin of property will cause many tears to fall. Men will be without mind and without piety. Poisoned clouds and rays which can burn more deeply than the equatorial sun, iron armies marching, flying vessels full of terrible bombs and of arrow, fatal flying stars and sulphuric fire destroying great cities. This century will be the most perverse of all because men will raise themselves up and destroy each other mutually."

 

    Today we know that the "poisoned clouds" are those produced by pollution, chemical warfare, or atomic fallout. The burning rays are lasers, the iron armies are tanks, the flying vessels are airplanes, and "fatal flying stars" are rockets.

 

    19. Anonymous ~

 

    In his collection of Voix Prophetiques (1872), Abbe Curique of Metz, France, included this anonymous prediction of a war between the East and West:

 

    "A terrible war will ensue. the enemy will come from the East like a flood. In the evening they will call "Peace, Peace", but the next day they will be before our doors. There will be an early and beautiful spring in the year in which the war will start. The cows will walk through opulent grass in the meadows in April. Wheat can be harvested, but oats not any more. The conflict, in which one half the world will oppose the other half, will not be of long duration. God will scare the warring factions by producing a terrible natural catastrophe."

 

    20. Anonymous ~

 

    In the 16th century, an unknown German monk in the Maria Laach monastery recorded this prophecy of our times:

 

    "The twentieth century will bring death and destruction, defection from the Church; families, cities, and governments will go to pieces. It will be the century of three great wars, which will follow each other in decades and will become increasingly devastating and bloody. Not only the Rhineland but all countries to the East and West will be laid desolate. After Germany has lost a terrible war, there will soon follow yet another. There will be no bread for the people and no hay for the cattle. Poisonous vapors, created by human hand, will sink down, destroying everything. Insanity will attack the spirit of man, and unrestrained hate shall rage. Evil will destroy evil, and many innocents shall perish."

 

    21. Pere Nechtou ~

 

    Pere Nechtou (died ca. 1790) was the Father Superior of the Company of Jesus in Belgium, and the author of several ascetic works. He made this prophecy for France:

 

    "When those things come to pass which will bring on the triumph of the Church, then such confusion will reign on earth that people will think God has permitted them to have their own contrary will and that the provenance of God is not concerned about the world. The confusion will be so general that mankind will not be able to think aright, as if God had entirely withheld his providence from mankind, and that, during the worst crisis, the best that can be done would be to remain where God has placed us, and persevere in fervent prayer.

 

    "Two parties will be formed in France which shall fight unto death. The party of evil will at first be stronger; the good side shall be weaker. At that time there shall be such a terrible crisis that people, frightened by events, shall believe that the end of the world has come. Blood shall flow in several large cities. The very elements shall be convulsed. It will be like a little general judgment. A great multitude of persons shall perish in these calamitous times. But the wicked shall never prevail. They indeed shall conspire for the destruction of the Church, but time shall not be allowed them, because this frightful crisis shall be of short duration. When all will be considered lost, all will be found safe.

 

    "During this revolution, which shall very likely be general, and not confined to France, Paris shall be destroyed so completely that, twenty years afterwards, fathers will promenade their children over the ruins, and they will ask what place that was; to satisfy their questions, they will tell them: "My child, here was a great city; God destroyed it, because of its crimes." Paris shall certainly be destroyed, but before this occurs, such signs and portents shall be observed, that all good people will be induced to fly away from it. After this most terrible event, everything shall return to order; justice shall reign in the world, and the counter-revolution shall be accomplished. The triumph of the Church will then be so complete that nothing like it shall ever be seen, for this will be the last victory of the Church upon earth. Those persons who shall behold this last revolution will thank God for having preserved them to witness this glorious triumph of the Church.

 

    "A man disliked by France will be placed on the throne; a man of the house of Orleans will be made king. It is only after this event that the counter-revolution shall begin.

 

    "As when the fig tree begins to sprout and produce leaves, it is a certain sign that summer is near, so when England shall begin to wave in power, the destruction of Paris shall be near at hand. This shall be a sign. England shall, in her turn, experience a more frightful revolution than that of France. It shall continue long enough to give time for France to recover her strength, then she will help England return to order and peace."

 

    22. Catholic Nuns ~

 

    Several Catholic nuns of the 19th century reported their visions of a third and final world war and three days of darkness that will enshroud the planet. Such a darkness is prophesied several times in the Bible, and may have served to inspire their prophecies; see Joel 2:10, 31 and 3:15; Matthew 24:25, 29; Revelation 6:12, 14 and 8:12; Zechariah 14:6, 7; Isaiah 13:10 and 24:23; Mark 13:24; Luke 21:25, and Acts 2:19, 20.

 

    Sister Palma Maria (d. 1863) of Oria, Italy, saw the event thus:

 

    "There will be an attempt by the sectaries to establish a republican government in France, Spain and Italy; a civil war will, in consequence, break out in those countries, accompanied by other dreadful punishments, as pestilence and famine, the massacre of priests, and also of some dignitaries of the Church. Rome shall have to endure severe trials from the malice of wicked men. But at the critical moment, when the rebellious Republicans shall attempt to take possession of the Holy City, they shall be suddenly arrested at the gates and forced to fly away in terror...

 

    "There shall be three days of darkness, during which the atmosphere will be infected by innumerable devils, who shall cause the death of large multitudes of unbelievers and wicked men.

 

    "Blessed candles alone shall be able to give light and preserve the faithful Catholics from this impending scourge. Supernatural prodigies shall appear in the heavens. There is to be a short but furious war, during which the enemies of religion and of mankind shall be universally destroyed. A general purification of the world, and the universal triumph of the Church are to follow."

 

    In 1878, the year of her death, Sister Marie de Jesus Crucifice of Pau, France, made this prophecy of apocalypse:

 

    "All states will be shaken by war and civil conflict. During a period of three days of darkness, those who walk along the paths of deprivation will perish; only the fourth part of humanity will survive. The clergy, too will be greatly reduced in number, as most of them will die in the defense of the faith or their country."

 

    The French nun Marie Dehenny de la Faudais received a similar vision in 1819:

 

    "There will be three days of continuous darkness. During this fearful darkness only candles which have been blessed will burn. One candle will last for threedays, but in the houses of the impious they will not burn. During these three days demons will appear in horrible and nauseating forms and will make the air resound with appalling blasphemies. Rays and flashes will penetrate through the streets at an unusual time of the year. The sea will reverse in foamy waves upon the Earth. Indeed, our planet will become one huge cemetery. The bodies of the impious as well as with those of the just will cover the soil. The famine which will follow will be enormous; all the vegetation of the earth will be destroyed as also will be three-fourths of mankind. The crisis will come suddenly and the disaster will be universal."

 

    The prophecies of Sister Rosa Columba of Taggia (died 1847) also foretell of tribulation for the Catholic Church:

 

    "A great revolution will spread over all of Europe and peace will not be restored until the white flower, the Lily, has taken possession of the throne of France. Not only religious communities, but also good lay Catholics, shall have their property confiscated. Many of the nobility shall be cast into prison. A lawless democratic spirit of disorder shall reign supreme throughout all Europe. There will be a general overthrow. There shall be a great confusion of people against people, and nations against nations, with clashing of arms and beating of drums. The Russians and Prussians shall come to make war in Italy. They shall profane many churches, and turn them into stables for their horses. Some bishops shall fall from the faith, but many more will remain steadfast and suffer much for the Church. There will be a great persecution of the Church, begun by her own children.

 

    "Many terrible calamities impend over Italy. Priests and religious shall be butchered and the earth, especially in Italy, shall be watered with their blood.

 

    "The persecution in Italy is to begin by the suppression of the Jesuits; they shall be called back again; then a third time they will be suppressed and never more revived.

 

    "During a frightful storm against the Church, all religious orders will be abolished except two, namely, the Capuchins and the Dominicans, together with the Hospitalers, who shall receive the pious pilgrims who, in great numbers, shall go to visit and venerate the many martyrs in Italy, killed during the impending persecution."

 

    Shortly before her death in 1847, Sister Marie Lataste, who was a nun of the Sacred Heart, made this vague prophecy of doom for Paris:

 

    "O Paris, execrable city, for how long have you deserved my indignation! Your inhabitants will one day curse you, for that you have steeped them in your baleful atmosphere, and even those to whom you gave refuge will hurl their maledictions at you, because they have found death in your bosom!

 

    "Pray for France; pray much and never cease from praying. France shall not perish. When disorder and confusion are at their height in France, the merciful God will intervene in a marvelous manner, overthrow the evildoers and restore order. Afflictions shall come over the earth. Oppression shall reign in the city which I love, and where I have left my heart. She shall be in mourning and desolation, surroundedon every side by her enemies, like a bird caught in the net. During three years and a little more, this city shall appear overcome. But my Mother will come to that city; she will take the hand of the old man sitting on the throne, and will say to him: "Lo! the hour has come; rise up; behold thine enemies. I make them disappear, one after another, and they shall disappear forevermore. Thou hast given me glory both on earth and in heaven. Behold, men venerate thy name, venerate thy courage, venerate thy power: thou shalt live, and I will live with thee. Dry up thy tears, old man; I bless thee!"

 

    Peace shall return to the world, because the Blessed Virgin Mary will breathe over the storms and quell the"m. Her name will be praised, blessed and exalted forever. Prisoners or captives shall recover their liberty; exiles shall return to their country, and the unfortunate or unhappy shall be restored to peace and happiness..."

 

    Marie de Terreaux of Lyons made a doomsday prophecy in 1843, with these warning signs:

 

    "These events will be preceded by a bad year. But, on the contrary, the year of the events will be an exceptionally fertile year, yet too few people will have remained on the earth to consume this abundance".

 

    In 1790, Helena Walraff predicted thus:

 

    "The Pope will be forced to flee, followed by four cardinals. He will find refuge in Cologne."

 

    23. Anna Emmerich ~

 

    Anna Katherine Emmerich, "The Nun of Dulmen", was a German ecstatic visionary and stigmatic, born in Flamske in Westphalia on September 4, 1774. She died in February 1824. In 1802, at age 28, she entered the Augustine convent at Agnetenburg (Dulmen). She was zealous, and her ecstasies and other spiritual manifestations disturbed her more serene sisters. When the convent closed in 1812, she found refuge in the house of a poor widow. She became bedridden in 1813, and began to show stigmata such as crosses on her breast and the wounds of Christ. In 1817, a scrupulous investigation by an episcopal committee determined her stigmata to be genuine. (8, 9)

 

    In 1819, the poet Klemens Brentano was induced to visit Anna, and he was astounded when she recognized him; he had been shown to her in a vision as the man who would enable her to fulfill God's command to put in writing the revelations made to her, for the benefit of human souls. This Brentano did with great care.

 

    Anna Emmerich said that the Papacy will be replaced by a council of twelve new apostolic disciples who will merge with the people and bring forth a renewal of spiritual life after World War III. In 1820, Anna received this vision:

 

    "All around me I see a terrible, bloody war, which approaches from Midnight, the North, and Evening, the East. I heard that Lucifer -- if I am not wrong, would be let go for a time, fifty or sixty years before the year 2000. I saw the earth covered with darkness, everything was withered and barren, everything made the impression of pining away. It seems that even the waters of the springs were exhausted. I saw how the labor of darkness multiplied among the people, I saw countries and people in the greatest of distress, and fighting each other violently. In the center of the battleground was a giant abyss, into which the warring factions seemed to fall.

 

    A pale faced man floated slowly over the earth and, loosening the cloths which wrapped around his sword, he t"hrew them on sleeping cities, which were bound by them. This figure also dropped pestilence on Russia, Italy, and Spain. A red noose lay around Berlin, and from there it came to Westphalia. Now the man's sword was naked, bands red as blood hung from its hilt and blood trickled from it on Westphalia...

 

    "...The Jews shall return to Palestine, and become Christians toward the end of the world."

 

    24. Hildegard of Bingen ~

 

    Nearly 900 years ago, the Abbess Hildegard, founder of the Benedictine convents at Bingen and Eibingen, predicted such events as the coming of Protestantism, the fall of the Holy Roman Empire, the diminution of both the spiritual and temporal powers of the Holy See, and the universal secularization of Church property. Three popes, two emperors, and many bishops, saints, and common people sought advice from "The Sibyl of the Rhine".

 

    She was born in 1098 at Bockelheim. When Hildegard was 8 years old, her parents placed her in the care of a recluse nun, and she remained in the service of God for the rest of her life. While still a child, she began to have beatific visions:

 

    "Up to my fifteenth year I saw much, and related some of the things seen to others, who would inquire with astonishment, whence such things might come. ... Frequently, I my conversations, I would relate future things which I saw as if present, but, noting the amazement of my listeners, I became more reticent."

 

    When she was about 40 years old, Hildegard received a spiritual command to publish her visions for the world to share. Her best known work, Scrivias, (ca. 1145) is a record of 26 visions. Like many other prophets, Hildegard foresaw the decline of the Church and the rise of Antichrist, whose career she described in detail:

 

    "The time is coming when princes and people will renounce the authority of the Pope. Individual countries will prefer their own Church rulers to the Pope. The German Empire will be divided. Church property will be secularized. Priests will be persecuted. After the birth of Antichrist heretic will preach their false doctrines undisturbed, resulting in Christians having doubts about their holy Catholic faith."

 

    "Toward the end of the world, mankind will be purified through sufferings. This will be true especially of the clergy, who will be robbed of all property. When the clergy has adopted a simple manner of living, conditions will improve.

 

    "A powerful wind will rise in the North carrying heavy fog and the densest dust by divine command and it will fill their throats and eyes so they will cease their savagery and be stricken with great fear. After that there will be so few men left that seven women will fight for one man, that they will say to the man: "Marry me to take the disgrace from me." For in those days it will be a disgrace for a woman to be without child, as it was by the Jews in the Old Testament.

 

    "Before the Comet comes, many nations, the good excepted, will be scoured with want and famine. The great nation in the ocean that is inhabited by people of different tribes and descent by an earthquake, storm and tidal waves will be devastated. It will be divided, and in great part submerged. That nation will also have many misfortunes at sea, and lose its colonies in the east through a Tiger and a Lion. The Comet by its tremendous pressure, will force much out of the ocean and flood many countries, causing much want and many plagues. All sea coast cities will be fearful and many of them will be destroyed by tidal waves, and most living creatures will be killed and even those who escape will die from a horrible disease. For in none of these cities does a person live according to the laws of God.

 

    "Peace will return to Europe when the white flower again takes possession of the throne of France. During this time of peace the people will be forbidden to carry weapons and iron will be used solely for making agricultural implements and tools. Also during this period the soil will be very productive and many Jews, heathens and heretics will join the Church.

 

    "The son of perdition (the Antichrist), who will reign very few of times, will come at the end day of the duration of the world, at the times corresponding to the moment just before the sun disappears from the horizon...

 

    "After having passed a licentious youth among very perverted men, and in a desert, she being conducted by a demon disguised as an angel of light, the mother of the son of perdition will conceive and give birth without knowing the father. In another land, she will make men believe that her birth was some miraculous thing, seeing that she had not appointed a spouse, and she will ignore that, she will say, how the infant she had brought into the world had been formed in her womb, and the people will regard it as a saint and qualified to the title.

 

    "The son of perdition is this very wicked beast who will put to death those who refuse to believe in him; who will associate with kings, priests, the great and the rich; who will mistake the humility and will esteem pride; who will finally subjugate the entire universe by his diabolic means.

 

    "He will gain over many people and tell them: "You are allowed to do all that you please; renounce the fasts; it suffices that you love me; I who am your God."

 

    "He will show them treasures and riches, and he will permit them to riot in all sorts of festivities, as they please. He will oblige them to practice circumcision and other Judaic observances, and he will tell them: "Those who believe in me will receive pardon of their sins and will live with me eternally."

 

    "He will reject baptism and evangelism, and he will reject in derision all the precepts the Spirit has given to men of my part.

 

    "Then he will say to his partisans, "Strike me with a sword, and place my corpse in a proper shroud until the day of my resurrection." They will believe him to have really given over to death, and from his mortal wound he will make a striking semblance of resuscitation.

 

    "After which, he will compose himself a certain cipher, which he will say is to be a pledge of salute; he will give it to all his servitors like the sign of our faith in heaven, and he will command them to adore it. Concerning those who, for the love of my name, will refuse to render this sacrilegious adoration to the son of perdition, he will put them to death amidst the cruelest torments.

 

    "But I will defend my two Witnesses, Enoch and Elias, whom I have reserved for those times. Their mission will be to combat the man of evil and reprimand him in the sight of the faithful whom he has seduced. They will have the virtue of operating the most brilliant miracles, in all the places where the son of perdition has spread his evil doctrines. In the meanwhile, I will permit this evildoer to put them to death; but I will give them in heaven the recompense of their travails.

 

    "Later, however, after the coming of Enoch and Elias, the Antichrist will be destroyed, and the Church will sing forth with unprecedented glory, and the victims of the great error will throng to return to the fold."

 

    Hildegard elaborated on the life of Antichrist in her book Heptachronon:

 

    "The Man of Sin will be born of an ungodly woman who, from her infancy, will have been initiated into occult sciences and the wiles of the demon. She will live in the desert with perverse men, and abandon herself to crime with so much the greater ardor, as she will think she is authorized thereby to by the revelations of an angel. And thus, in the fire of burning concupiscence she will conceive the Son of Perdition, without knowing by what father. Then she will teach that fornication is permitted, declaring herself holy and honored as a saint.

 

    "But Lucifer, the old and cunning serpent, will find the fruit of her womb with his infernal spirit and entirely possess the fruit of sin.

 

    "Now when he shall have attained the age of manhood, he will set himself up as a new master and teach perverse doctrine. Soon he will revolt against the saints; and he will acquire such great power that in the madness of his pride he would raise himself above the clouds; and as in the beginning Satan said: "I will be like unto the most high", and fell; so in those days, he will fall when he will say in the person of his son, "I am the Savior of the World!"

 

    "He will ally himself with the kings, the princes and the powerful ones of the earth; he will condemn humility and will extol all the doctrines of pride. His magic art will feign the most astonishing prodigies; he will disturb the atmosphere, command thunder and tempest, produce hail and horrible lightning. He will move mountains, dry up streams, reanimate the withered verdure of forests. His arts will be practiced upon the elements, but chiefly upon man will he exhaust his infernal power. He will seem to take away health and restore it. How so? By sending some possessed soul into a dead body, to move it for a time. But these resurrections will be of short duration.

 

    "At the sight of these things, many will be terrified and will believe in him; and some, preserving their primitive faith, will nevertheless court the favor of the Man of Sin or fear his displeasure. And so many will be led astray among those who, shutting the interior eye of their soul, will live habitually in exterior things...

 

    "After the Antichrist has ascended a high mountain and been destroyed by Christ, many erring souls will return to truth, and men will make rapid progress in the ways of holiness."

 

    Hildegard gave more details about the Antichrist in her Vision X:

 

    "Nothing good will enter into him nor be able to be in him. For he will be nourished in diverse and secret places, lest he should be known by men, and he will be imbued with all diabolical arts, and he will be hidden until he is of full age, nor will he show the perversities which will be in him, until he knows himself to be full and superabundant in all iniquities.

 

    "He will appear to agitate the air, to make fire descend from heaven, to produce rainbows, lightning, thunder and hail, to tumble mountains, dry up streams, to strip the verdure of trees, of forests, and to restore them again. He will also appear to be able to make men sick or well at will, to chase out demons, and at times even to resuscitate the dead, making a cadaver move like it was alive. But this kind of resurrection will never endure beyond a little time, for the glory of God will not suffer it.

 

    "Ostensibly he will be murdered, spill his blood and die. With bewilderment and consternation, mankind will learn that he is not dead, but has awakened from his deathsleep.

 

    "From the beginning of his course many battles and many things contrary to the lawful dispensation will arise, and charity will be extinguished in men. In them also will arise bitterness and harshness and there will be so many heresies that heretics will preach their errors openly and certainly; and there shall be so much doubt and incertitude in the Catholic faith of Christians that men shall be in doubt of what God they invoke, and many signs shall appear in the sun and moon, and in the stars and in the waters, and in other elements and creatures, so that, as it were in a picture, future events shall be foretold in their portents.

 

    "Then so much sadness shall occupy men at that time, that they shall be led to die as if for nothing. But those who are perfect in the Catholic faith will await in great contrition what God wills to ordain. And these great tribulations shall proceed in this way, while the Son of Perdition shall open his mouth in the words of falsehood and his deceptions, heaven and earth shall tremble together. But after the fall of the Antichrist the glory of the Son of God shall be increased.

 

    "As soon as he is born, he will have teeth and pronounce blasphemies; in short, he will be a born devil. He will emit fearful cries, work miracles, and wallow in luxury and vice. He will have brothers who are also demons incarnate, and at the age of twelve, they will distinguish themselves in brilliant achievements. They will command an armed force, which will be supported by the infernal legions.

 

    "After the Son of Perdition has accomplished all of his evil designs, he will call together all of his believers and tell them that he wishes to ascend into heaven.

 

    "At the moment of his ascension, a thunderbolt will strike him to the ground, and he will die.

 

    "The mountain where he was established for the operation of his ascension, in an instant will be covered with a thick cloud which emits an unbearable odor of truly infernal corruption... At the sight of his body, the eyes of great number of persons will open and they will be made to see their miserable error.

 

    "After the sorrowful defeat of the Son of Perdition, the spouse of my Son, who is the Church, will shine with a glory without equal, and the victims of the error will be impressed to reenter the sheepfold.

 

    "As to the day, after the fall of Antichrist, when the world will end, man must not seek to know, for he can never learn it. That secret the Father has reserved for Himself."

 

    Hildegard repeated much of the above in more detail in Scivias, Vision XI: 25-27, 33-41.

 

    25. St. Odile ~

 

    Saint Odile was born blind to Duke Attich (or Adalric), Lord of Alsace, France, in the 7th century. Her father sent her to the convent of Baume-les-Dames near Besancon, where she was miraculously healed by St. Erhard, Bishop of Ratisbon. Thereafter she became known as Odile ("Daughter of Light"). In thanksgiving, her father allowed Odile to convert the family castle into a nunnery. Odile lived there in piety until her death in 720.

 

    Most of St. Odile's prophecies concerned her own time and local events, but one prophecy attributed to her is a detailed description of World War II, which was fulfilled in every detail. Here is her warning about World War III and the Antichrist:

 

    "There will come a time when war will break out, more terrible than all other wars combined, which have ever visited mankind. A horrible warrior will unleash it, and his adversaries will call him Antichrist. All nations of the earth will fight each other in this war. The fighters will rise up to the heavens to take the stars and throw them on the cities, to set ablaze the buildings and to cause immense devastations. Oceans will lie between the great warriors, and the monsters of the sea, terrified by everything that happens on or under the sea, will flee to the deep. Battles of the past will only be skirmishes compared to the battles that will take place, since blood will flow in all directions. The earth will shake from the violent fighting. Famine and pestilence will join the war. The nations will then cry "Peace, peace", but there will be no peace. Thrice will the sun rise over the heads of the combatants, without having been seen by them. But afterwards there will be peace, and all who have broken peace will have lost their lives. On a single day more men will have lost been killed than the catacombs of Rome have ever held. Pyres will be erected greater than the greatestcity, and people will ascend the highest mountains to praise God, and nobody will want to make war anymore. Strange signs will appear in the skies: both horns of the moon will join the cross. Happy will be those who will have survived the war, since the pleasures of life will begin again, and the sun will have a new brilliance...

 

    "Woe to those who, in those days, do not fear the Antichrist, for he is the father of those who are not repelled by crime. He will arouse more homicides and many people will shed tears over his evil customs. Men will set themselves one against the other and at the end will want to re-establish order. Some will try to do so, but this will not succeed and thus will end up even worse off than before! But if things will have reached the summit and if the hand of man can no longer do anything, it will be put in the hands of Him, who can send down a punishment so terrible that it will not have been seen before. God has already sent the Flood, but he has sworn never to send one again. What he will do will be something unexpected and terrible." (4)

 

    26. The Seeress of Prague ~

 

    The Seeress of Prague was a Bohemian orphan who traveled with gypsies throughout the Holy Land, the Orient, Italy, and Europe before settling down in her old age in Prague. The Seeress predicted many modern inventions, as well as the end of this civilization. She died in 1658. Her prophecies, made while in trance, were written down by her gardener. Here is a sample:

 

    "In the Fog-land [England], a Virgin girl will become Queen [Victoria] and will bring her land Empire and Greatness. These blessing will remain for a long time. However, the coming Race will not be worthy of their Pay, and they will marry each other; following relationships within the Family will not make it possible to sustain this wealth, and this will then end after about 300 years, after which the Land of Fog will sink into the Ocean...

 

    "In Germany speaks a Man [Hitler], whose sign is a strange Cross with Arms [swastika] , and he speaks to his Folk and promises them Might and Dominion. He aligns with the Axe-Bearer of the Eternal State [Mussolini], but this will bring him no luck.

 

    "His Soldiers with steel Horses that move on Tracks will come to Prague. The people of the Moldaustadt [Prague] are guilty of greed. The Cross-Bearer feels sure of himself and looks with Pride over the City.

 

    "But he feels he does not have enough power and moves further into the World. He gives the order and his Officers and Soldiers move thousands of miles to the North, South, East and West. They will melt under the black Sun [Africa], and freeze in the Snow blizzards of the Bear-Land [Russia]. The War will have no end for some time and from the Sky will fall Pitch and Sulfur. Great Cities will go up in Flames.

 

    "Mankind is partially annihilated. They want to overcome God Himself. With bad hearts they will sow a Mushroom, whose Seed will fall from the Sky to Earth. Great is the Fear, for the Mushroom reaches to the sky and overshadows much of the land. Through this Poison Thousands will die a horrible Death.

 

    "The Cross-Bearer also will find an End and for a Thousand Years they will try to find his Body.

 

    "A small Box with round knobs will bring Mankind Joy and Desire into the smallest Rooms. Music, frolic and laughter come from this remarkable Thing, and people shall listen to the good and bad words.

 

    "Darkness has entered into the Heart. The people are so strange. All knowledge is mischief that threatens the World. Everyone knows the Unholiness that moves through, but everyone hates, nobody wants to believe in God. They are building a Tower of Steel, filled with Water, and believe with this to rule the Stars. Because of their Boldness, Men will become carried away with presumptuousness and will have grief in difficulty. The People will come to suffer very heavily, because the Human Spirit feels it has conquered over the all, and the Nature is changed.

 

    "I see a small cornered thing in their hands, which will give them information about everything they wish to know. On a white Surface, there appears a small box in which we can see People, Animals, Mountains and Valleys. Beautiful Music accompanies the Figures, and the People are happy over it. But all their joys will mean nothing.

 

    "Tears will flow out of their Eyes and they will flow in a torrential Stream. God's Voice will sound from the Sky, and the People will fall to their Knees shaking.

 

    "A Ball, propelled from Water, rolls over the Earth. It could bring Blessings, but it brings only Need.

 

    "A colored Box will help Mankind, to open the Womb of the Earth. But Poison and Fire will be their harvest and it will be difficult for them to close the Womb. Glowing Air itself will become useless, and the Ice of the North will melt and the Land will become prosperous.

 

    "A small Land will become large and then again a Man will be born, who will be great with the power of the All. Millions will applaud him and raise their Hands to him, and he will be strong, the trouble to banish. But even him a dark power will bring to an End, and a Plate made of heavy Steel will crush this Worm.

 

    "Yet all at once Mankind will realize that they are fighting a desperate War, but somehow an unjust War will become a holy Quest. Later, but later than ever they will attain the Judgment of it all. Joyous and freer will men then be but also a great deal poorer. The Sheep of the world will learn in their Spirit, and they will ban Lies and Dogma, and the Work of their Spirit will take first place over Work with their Hands. Because of this the Fields will yield many times what today is thought to be great Blessing, and Mankind will a Day of Work in four hours.

 

    "They will hold Rod in hand, which will bring joy with skillful use. It can also delay Death. Balls will be formed of the Food, which they will eat when they are hungry. But they will not become satisfied and full because the Bean makes their bodies even hungrier. Again there will be surprises, and they will think of totally remarkable things to help Mankind. On the Streets there will be Wagons, which are faster than anything else but which possess no Wheels. Out of Glass and Earth garments will be woven, and these will last a lifetime. The Night they will make to Day, and out of blown Glass pipes will come bright daylight.

 

    "They will again mock God. Their crimes will disgust God, because they will be able to manufacture People artificially. These artificial Humans, however, are poor in Spirit, because they have only small brains, but they will be strong and resilient, so there will come a new Time of Slavery.

 

    "New Religions will come, and there, where today stands the Statue of Holy Wenzel, a high Tower will crown a new Temple. Splendid will this Temple be, built with Gold and Silver.

 

    "Again there are dark Times. In the Year in which two Fives are across Nineteen, on the Day of holy Veronika [Feb. 4] will Mankind Scream in Fear out into the World, and the End of Prague will certainly happen. The Earth will be raped and God will hold a horrible trial.

 

    "Nothing compares previously to anything like this. Out of East there comes a Dragon, who looks gross. Out of his 9 Tongues and 99 Eyes there will shoot deadly lightning and out of his open Mouth there will blow a poisonous Breath. Prague, my dear Prague, you will find a unique but gruesome End. One Breath dissociates your Walkways, sweet and warm. The people will feel amazed. Thousands of People will lie to rest with horribly twisted Faces, and will freeze in spite of the Warmth. The End is at Hand. Ten dampened blows to the Church are in the air. Yellow dust clouds and poisonous Dusts will take the Breath of Man and Animal. In the City there is Fire everywhere. The Earth moves, deep Crevices open and draw into them the Dead and the Living. The Cemeteries open themselves and the Skeletons laugh a gruesome laugh. Everything sinks into the black depths.

 

    "From Vysehrad comes a Fireball, Blunders fly through the Air and everywhere there is screaming, and a Fire Ocean. Everything that was the result of Men, lies in Disarray and Ashes. Life is wiped out. I only see pieces and Skeletons. Slowly the Clouds move away. There, where the Dome once stood, I see only a bloody Fireball. It is over, Prague, your destiny has fulfilled itself."

 

    Apparently, the Chinese army will reach Prague, which will be attacked with poison gas and finally nuked. Before that time, humans will be cloned and the clones will be enslaved. (3)

 

    27. Anna Taigi ~

 

    The Italian Trinitarian tertiary and mystic Anna Maria Taigi was born in Sienna on 1769; she died in Rome in 1857. One day in the 1790s, a Servite priest who met her in the streets of Rome heard a voice within him telling him that she would be entrusted by God to his guidance and become a saint. Anna later went to that priest for confession after the birth her first child. Anna was the wife of a foul-tempered valet (Domenico Taigi), and raised their seven children and nursed her repulsively ill mother in a crowded house. Despite such circumstances, she was often in ecstasy and had prophetic gifts. A mystic sun surrounded by a crown of thorns appeared to her, and within it she foresaw distant events. However, she exercised her gift only when it was demanded by charity. She was consulted frequently by Popes Leo XII and Gregory XVI, and by Napolean Bonaparte's mother. Here is her account of a vision she received concerning our future:

 

    "God will ordain two punishments: One, in the form of wars, revolutions and other evils, will originate on earth; the other will be sent from Heaven. I see above the earth an intense darkness which will last for three days and nights. Nothing will be visible and the air will vomit pestilence, which will claim principally but not exclusively the enemies of religion. During these three days, artificial light will be impossible. Only sacred candles can be lighted and will afford light. During this alarm, the faithful should stay in their houses and recite the Rosary and give Misericords to God. He who out of curiosity opens his window to look out or leave his house will fall dead on the spot.

 

    "On this terrible occasion so many of these wicked men, enemies of His Church, and of their God, shall be killed by this divine scourge, that their corpses around Rome will be as numerous as the fishes, which a recent inundation of the Tiber had carried into the city. All the enemies of the Church, secret as well as known, will perish over the whole earth during that universal darkness, with the exception of some few, whom God will soon after convert. The air shall be infested by demons, who will appear under all sorts of hideous forms.

 

    "After the three days of darkness, Saints Peter and Paul, having come down from heaven, will preach throughout the world and designate a new Pope. A great light will flash from their bodies and settle upon the cardinal, the future pontiff. Then Christianity will spread throughout the world. Whole nations will join the Church shortly before the reign of the Antichrist. These conversions will be amazing. Those who survive shall have to conduct themselves well. There shall be innumerable conversions of heretics, who will return to the bosom of the Church; all will note the edifying conduct of their lives, as well as that of other Catholics. Russia, England and China will come into the Church.

 

    "France will fall into frightful anarchy. The French people shall have a desperate civil war, in which old men themselves will take up arms. The political parties having exhausted their blood and their rage, without being able to arrive at any satisfactory understanding, shall at the last extremity agree by common consent to have recourse to the Holy See. Then the Pope shall send France a special legate, in order that he may examine the state of affairs and the dispositions of the people. In consequence of the information received, His Holiness himself shall nominate a most Christian king for the government of France...

 

    "Religions shall be persecuted, priests shall be massacred, the churches shall be closed, but only for a short time; the Holy Father shall be obliged to abandon Rome." (7-9)

 

    28. Marie Jehannet ~

 

    The French nun Marie Julie Jehannet (born 1850) manifested stigmata on her hands and feet from age 23 until her death in 1900. During that entire period she lived without sleep, food or drink! Although she lay bedridden for several years in her old age, she always had the face of a young girl. She made the following prophecy in March 1891:

 

    "There will a three-day Darkness in the entirety of nature; during the three Nights and two Days there will be an uninterrupted night.

 

    "The lit Candles will be all the Light to be had. A single candle will last for three Days. Lightning will smash into those homes, but they will not wipe out the light of the candles. Neither the wind nor the storm nor earthquake will destroy the lighted candles.

 

    "But in the Houses of the Godless and those who have not found God through all this, there will be bad spirits in the most horrible configurations imaginable and they will make the strangest sounds ever heard. Red clouds like blood will move across the heavens. The cracking and thunder will shake the Earth. Unbelievable lightning will shake the streets in a way that has never been seen. The Earth will shake to its Foundation. The Water of the Ocean will foam over the Land and will be tossed over the embankment. And the entire Earth will become a Cemetery. The Famine will then be great. This Crisis will happen very quickly, and the Punishment will be the same all over the World."

 

    Another recorded version of the prophecy states:

 

    "The earth will be like a vast cemetary. Corpses of the impious and of the just will cover it. The earth will tremble to its fundaments, then great waves will agitate the sea and invade the continents."

 

    29. Melanie Calvat ~

 

    The shepherdess Melanie Calvat (1831-1940) was the daughter of a stonemason in La Salette, France. On September 19, 1846, Melanie, then 14 years old, andMaxime Giraud, age 11, were approaching a mountain stream near when they saw a ball of light downhill from them, looking "as though the sun had fallen there. A beautiful lady, all light and flowers," appeared out of the brilliant light and sat down on a stone in apparent great sorrow. The woman then levitated before Melanie and Maxime and addressed them with a prophetic message to the world, warning of a terrible future in which spirituality would decline and the clergy would degenerate. Then the Antichrist would come, followed by God's wrath:

 

    "France, Italy, Spain and England will be at war. Blood will flow on the streets, Frenchmen will fight Frenchmen and Italian against Italian and in the end will come a war that will be terrible.

 

    "For a period of time God will not remember Italy or France for they will have forgotten the Gospel. The evil ones will display all their malice and there will be murders even in houses. At the first blow of the sword of God which will fall, like lightning on humanity, the mountains and all nature will tremble because the disorder and the misdeeds of man will rise to the vault of heaven.

 

    "Paris will be destroyed by fire and Marseilles will be inundated by the sea, other great cities will be destroyed by fire and razed to the ground. The just will have to suffer much: their prayers, penitence, and tears will rise to heaven; all the people of God will pray for pardon and sing misericords, and they will come to Me for My intercession and My help... There will be reconciliation between God and man and peace. They will serve, adore, and glorify Jesus Christ: love will blossom everywhere. The new rulers will be the right arm of the holy Church, which will be strong, humble, pious, poor, fervent, and a perfect imitator of the virtue of Jesus Christ. The Gospel will be preached everywhere and men will make great progress in the faith because there will be union between the workers for Jesus Christ and all who live in the fear of God.

 

    "But this peace will not last for long; twenty-five years of plenty will be almost forgotten and the sins of men will be the cause of all the punishment which will once again be meted out to Earth.

 

    "A forerunner of Antichrist will marshall an army drawn from all nations, united under his banner. He will lead them in a bloody war against those still faithful to the living God. He will shed much blood in eradicating the cult of the living God and by taking His place. Then there will be seen many types of punishment on Earth besides the diseases and hunger which will be universal. Wars will follow wars and the final one will be led by one of the ten kings of Antichrist who will have only one will and will be the only ones to rule in the world.

    "Before this event the world will have apparent peace and people will think of nothing but pleasure and the bad ones will commit sins of all kinds. But the sons of the Holy Church, the Sons of Faith, My perfect imitators, will grow in the love of God and in all virtue, under the guide of the Holy Spirit. I will fight on their side until they arrive at the fullness of time.

 

    "For the evil done by men even Nature will cry out and earthquakes will occur in protest even against those who have committed crimes on Earth. The Earth will tremble and you yourself will also tremble of you, who are dedicated to the service of Christ, yet inside only admire yourselves. Tremble! The Lord is on the point of giving you into the hands of your enemies, inasmuch as the holy places are contaminated by corruption. Many convents are no longer the houses of God, but pastures of "Asmodeus," that is of the devil, impurity, and their followers.

 

    "Thus the time will be reached in which the Antichrist will be born of a Jewish nun, a false virgin who will have intimate relations with the ancient serpent, the master of luxury. His father will be a bishop. As soon as he is born he will have teeth and pronounce blasphemies; in a word he will be a born devil. He will emit fearful cries, work miracles and wallow in luxury and impurity. He will have brothers who are demons incarnate as he will be, but sons of evil, and at the age of twelve years they will distinguish themselves in brilliant victories. Almost all of them will be the head of an armed force, supported by the infernal legions.

 

    "The seasons will change their characteristics, the Earth will be lit with a fiendish red light; the water and the fire will cause terrible seismic movements which will engulf mountains and cities.

 

    "Rome will lose the Faith and become the seat of the Antichrist. The demons allied to Antichrist will operate on Earth and in the sky and Humanity will become worse. But God will not give up his truly faithful servants who are men of good will. The Gospel will be preached everywhere to all the people and the nations will know the truth.

 

    "I make an urgent appeal to the whole universe; I call the true disciples of God who lives and reigns in the sky! I use my voice as the perfect imitator of the Word Incarnate, Christ, the only Savior of men. I warn my sons, those truly devoted to me, who are faithful to Me because they lead me to My Son, whom I carried in My arms and Who lives always in My Spirit. Lastly, I appeal to the apostles of the last days, the disciples faithful to Jesus Christ who wait for the rule Melanie will receive for them, who lead a life despising the world and themselves and who live in sight of a world in poverty and humility, in silence and in self-effacement, in continual prayer and in mortification, in love and in union with God in concealment and in suffering.

 

    "The time has come that you should show yourselves to lighten the world. Go and show yourselves, my beloved sons. I am with you and in you. While your faith is the light which will help you in these days of disappointment, your zeal will give you fame in the glory of Christ.

 

    "Fight, Sons of light, you small number who see, because the time of times, the final end, is near.

 

    "The Church will be in the dark, the world will be convulsed, but in this confusion Enoch and Elijah will appear full in the spirit of God. They will preach, and in their words will be the power of God, and men of good will believe in God, and many spirits will be consoled, in virtue of the Holy Spirit they will make great progress and condemn the diabolical errors of Antichrist.

 

    "Woe to the inhabitants of the Earth. There will be sanquinary war, hunger, pestilence and epidemics, terrible rains of insects, thunder which will shake entire cities, earthquakes which will make entire regions uninhabitable. Voices will be heard in the air, and men will strike their heads against the wall, wishing for death, but this will bring them, for their part, terrible torture. Blood will flow everywhere. Who could ever report victory unless God shortened the time of trial?

 

    "Enoch and Elijah will be put to death; pagan Rome will be destroyed and fire will fall from heaven destroying three cities. The sun will be blackened and only the Faith will survive.

 

    "The time is at hand. The abyss is opening: the king of darkness is watching, the beast is watching with his subjects who will proclaim him "savior of the world." He will rise into the air superbly to reach the sky, but the breath of Archangel Michael will kill him. He will fall back and the earth will shake without ceasing for three days. It will then open its womb full of fire and the best and his followers will be allowed into the eternal abyss of inferno. Then water and fire will purify the earth to destroy all human pride and everything will be renewed.

 

    "If humanity is converted, stones and rocks will become fertile and produce grain, and the fields will give abundant harvest." (4)

 

    30. Our Lady of Fatima ~

 

    On May 13, 1917, in a field called Cova da Iria near the Portuguese village of Fatima, "a beautiful lady from Heaven", shining like the sun and standing on a cloud over a beech tree, appeared to three children: Lucia Dos Santos (age 10) and her two cousins, Francisco (9) and Jacinta Marti (7). Lucia saw and heard the Madonna and spoke with her. Jacinta also saw and heard her, but did not speak, and Francisco only saw the Virgin. The radiant being spoke with the children for several minutes, and asked them to meet her again at the same place on the 13th of each month until October. Then, she promised, she would identify herself. (4, 9, 13, 14)

 

    The Madonna reappeared six times in all, and the reports of the events drew increasing crowds of spectators. About 50 persons attended on June 13, and nearly 70,000 were present on October 13. Many witnesses saw a bright cloud over the beech tree, but only the three children could see and hear the woman.

 

    At the behest of a group of political activists and doubters who wished to "put an end to the nonsense," the civil prefect of Outrem seized, interrogated and threatened the children for two days in the hope of forcing a confession of fraud from them. Though the children had been prevented from meeting the Madonna on August 13, she appeared to them on August 19 at Valinhos, near the site of her first appearance. The Madonna then told them that she would appear a final time on October 13, and then produce a miracle.

 

    On that day the Madonna transmitted the prophecy known as the Secret of Our Lady of the Rosary. It was a rainy day, but newspaper journalists who were eyewitnesses reported that the rain stopped suddenly and the sun reappeared. In the words of A. Garret, a professor at Coimbra University, the sun looked like "a burnished wheel cut out of mother of pearl. This disc spun dizzily around... It whirled upon itself with mad rapidity, then advanced, blood red, towards the Earth, threatening to crush us with its weight." Terrified spectators fell to their knees in prayer. The sun returned to normal, then twice again repeated the prodigy. In addition, the rain-soaked clothes of the audience dried out during the brief time of the solar phenomenon.

 

    The Secret of Our Lady of the Rosary is a three-part prophecy that she ordered to be kept secret for 25 years or until the death of Lucia, whichever came first. Francisco and Jacinta died in the influenza pandemic that ravaged Europe in 1918 and 1919. Lucia became a Dorothe Sister, and in 1948 she became a Barefoot Carmelite in a closed convent at Coimbra. Lucia learned to write, and recorded the text of the secret prophecy. This was kept in the Bishopric of Leiria until 1943, when Pope Pius XII revealed the first two parts through the agency of Cardinal Schuster. The final, secret part of the prophecy was opened by Pope John XXIII and several cardinals in 1960, according to the Madonna's directions, but it was not revealed to the public. The first section is a vision of Hell. The second part predicts World War II. The following segment was published with Papal approval:

 

    "If you do what I tell you, many souls will be saved and we shall have peace. The war is coming to an end; but it does not cease to offend the Lord, and another, more terrible one will break out. When you see a night lit up by an unknown light, you will know that it the great sign that God gives you of the next punishment of the sins of the world with war, famine, and persecution against the Church and against the Holy Father.

 

    "In order to prevent this, I have some to intercede for the consecration of Russia to my Immaculate Heart and the communion of the first Sabbaths.

 

    "If you carry out my demands, Russia will be converted and there will be peace. Otherwise the errors will be spread around the world, provoking war and persecution against the Church; many good people will become martyrs, the Holy Father will suffer much; many nations will be suppressed...

 

    "But in the end my Immaculate Heart will triumph, the Holy Father will consecrate Russia for me, which will be converted and the world will be granted a period of peace..."

 

    The "great sign", "a night lit up by an unknown light," occurred on January 25, 1938. It has been explained as an unusual aurora borealis. World War II began soon afterward.

 

    The secret section of the prophecy of Our Lady of the Rosary was leaked by Pope John XXIII to certain Roman Catholic officials and world leaders of the USA, USSR, and Britain. On October 15, 1963, the German journal News Europe published the alleged text of the secret portion of the Fatima Prophecy. The text cannot be verified, but it is widely accepted as being genuine:

 

    "Have no fear, little one. I am the Mother of God who speaks to you and asks you to publish the message I am going to give you to the whole world. You will find strong resistance while you do so. Listen well and pay attention to what I tell you.

 

    "Men must be set on the right road once more. With suppliant humility, men must seek forgiveness for sins committed already and for sins which will be committed. You wish me to give you a sign, so that everyone will accept My Words, which I am saying through you, to the human race. I have seen the Prodigy of the Sun and all believers, unbelievers, peasants, countrymen, wise men, journalists, laics and priests, all have seen it. And now I proclaim in my name: A great punishment shall fall on the entire human race, not today and not tomorrow, but in the second half of the 20th century! I have already revealed to the children Melanie and Maximime at La Salette, and today I repeat it to you for the human race has sinned and has trampled down the Gift which I have made. In no part of the world is life in order, Satan rules in the highest position, laying down how things should be done. He will effectually succeed in bringing his influence right up to the top of the Church; succeed in seducing the spirits of the great scientists who invent thearms. And if humanity opposes me I shall be obliged to free the arm of My Son. Now I see that God will punish man with a severity that has not been used since the Flood.

 

    "The time of times will come and everything will come to an end if humanity is not converted, and if things remain as they are now or get worse, the great and powerful men will perish just as will the small and weak.

 

    "For the Church, too, the time of its greatest trial will come. Cardinals will oppose cardinals and bishops against bishops. Satan will march in their midst and there will be great changes at Rome. What is rotten will fall, never to rise again. The Church will be darkened and the world will shake with terror. The time will come when no king, emperor, cardinal or bishop will await Him who will, however, come, but in order to punish according to the designs of my Father.

 

    "A great war will break out in the second half of the 20th century. Fire and smoke will fall from heaven, and waters of the oceans will become vapors, the scum will arise in a confused manner, and everything will sink down. Millions and millions of men will perish while this is going on and those who survive will envy the dead. The unexpected will follow in every part of the world, anxiety, pain and misery in every country. Have I seen it? The time is getting ever nearer and the abyss is getting wider without hope. The good will perish with the bad, the great with the small, the Heads of the Church with their faithful, and the rulers with their people. There will be death everywhere as a result of the mistakes of the unfeeling and the partisans of Satan, but when those who survive all these happenings are still alive, they will proclaim God once again and His Glory, and will serve Him as in the time when the world was not so perverted.

 

    "Go, my little one and proclaim it. For that purpose I shall always be at your side to help you."

 

    The following version of the third prophecy of Fatima has been in circulation since about 1985, and published in various newspapers and magazines :

 

    "A great plague will befall mankind in the year 2000. Nowhere in the world will there be order, and Satan will rule the highest places, determining the way of things. Satan will even succeed in asserting himself at the top of the Church.

 

    "He will succeed in seducing the spirits of the great scientists who invent arms, with which it will be possible to destroy a large part of mankind in a few minutes. Satan will have in his power the leaders who command the people and who will incite them to produce enormous quantities of arms.

 

    "God will punish man more thoroughly than with the Flood. There will come the time of all times and the end of all ends. The great and the powerful will perish together with the small and weak.

 

    "Even for the Church, it will be the time of its greatest trial. Cardinals will oppose cardinals, bishops will oppose bishops. Satan will walk in their midst and in Rome there will be great changes. The Church will be darkened and the world will be shaking with terror.

 

    "A huge war will erupt: fire and smoke will fall from the sky. The waters of the ocean will become mist, and the foam will rise to tremendous heights and everyone will drown.

 

    "Millions and millions of men will die from hour to hour. Whoever remains alove will envy the dead. Everywhere one turns one's glance there will be anguish and misery, ruins in every country.

 

    "The time draws nearer, the abyss widens without hope. The good will perish with the bad, the great with the small, the princes of the church with the faithful, the rulers with their people.

 

    "There will be death everywhere because of the errors committed by the crazed and the followers of Satan, who will then and only then rule the world.

 

    "At the last, those who survive will at every chance newly proclaim God and His glory and they will serve Him as when the world was not so perverted."

 

    On her death-bed (February 1920), Jacinta told Mother Godinho:

 

    "There is a secret of Heaven and one of earth, and the latter is terifying. It will seem as though it were already the end of the world. And in this cataclysm everything will be separated from the sky, which will turn white as snow."

 

    Since 1970, Our Lady has been appearing to Veronica Lueken, "The Seeress of Bayside" (NY), who transmits the Madonna's messages. On June 8, 1974, Jacinta also channeled a message through Veronica:

 

    "It is true that I gave a final message [to Mother Godinho], but I, too, could not give the date --- only to warn the world that a great Warning would come to mankind. It would be a great cataclysm Warning, and then there would be a great Miracle. And after that, if nothing changes and man continues to offend the Father, He would have to start this terrible, terrible trial. For there will be a great War and there will be a great, terrible chastisement."

 

    Our Lady also sent the following prophetic messages through Vronica Leuken:

 

    "All who remain in the light of grace will have no fear. They will pass through this great Warning without suffering." (April 5, 1975)

 

    "There will be a tremendous explosion, and the sky shall roll back like a scroll. This force shall go within the very core of the human. He will understand his offenses to his God." (June 12, 1976)

 

    "As the day follows night, so shall this Warning follow soon. Beware of the sunrise! Do not look up to the sky --- the flash! Close your windows; draw your shades; remain inside. Do not venture outside your door, or you will not return... Keep blessed candles, water, food within your homes. The candles of those who have remained in the state of grace shall not be extinguished, but the candles in the homes of those who have given themselves to Satan shall not burn!"

 

    The Madonna's comment about sacred candles repeats the same notion in the prophecies of Sister Palma Maria, Marie Dehenny, Anna Taigi, and Marie Jehannet.

 

    31. Our Lady of Garabandal ~

 

    In June 1961, The Virgin Mary appeared to four young girls near the village of Garabandal in northwest Spain; she continued to visit them over four years. The apparition gave the girls numerous general lectures urging repentance, and foretold them of a miraculous sign that will appear some day. It is known that the event will occur between March-May 8-16 on a Thursday at 8:30 p.m. It will appear within a year of the Warning foretold by Our Lady of Fatima. The seer Conchita will know of the event 8 days in advance. It will happen on the feast day of a Eucharist martyr, and will coincide with a "great event" of the Catholic Church. The local bishop also will learn of the impending sign, and will allow priests to go to Garabandal. Conchita said this about the event:

 

    It will be visible to all those who are in the village and surrounding mountains; that the sick who are present will" be cured and the incredulous will believe. It will be the greatest miracle that Jesus will have performed for the world. There won't be the slightest doubt that it comes from God and that it is for the good of mankind. A sign of the Miracle, which it will be possible to film or televise, will remain forever."

 

    32. St. Malachi ~

 

    The Irish archbishop St. Malachi (also known as Maelm Haedoc Va Morgair) was born in 1095 at Armaugh, Ireland. He died in 1148. St. Malachi was gifted with miracles and prophecy. In 1132 he succeeded to archbishopric of Armagh, but resigned in 1138 to take a journey to Rome to visit Pope Innocent III. En route, he visited St. Bernard (who later wrote St. Malachi's biography) at Clairvaux, France. There he wrote his famous prophecy predicting 112 individual Popes by name from Celestine II (1143-1144) to the very end of the Papacy. The Benedictine monk Arnold de Wion found the original manuscript in the library of the Vatican and included it in his book Lignum Vitae (1595). The series includes many accurate descriptions of the popes in two or three word phrases. Those of the 20th century are translated from Latin as follows. (2, 11, 12)

 

    Lumen in Coelo (Light in Heaven): the 101st in St. Malachi's series was Pope Leo XIII, whose Pecci family coat-of-arms bears a comet.

 

    Ignis Ardens (Ardent Fire): Pope Pius X (1903-1914).

 

    Religio Depopulata (Religion Depopulated): Benedict XV (1914-1922); during World War I, depopulation was the order of the day.

 

    Fides Intrepida (Intrepid Faith): Pope Pius XI (1922-1939).

 

    Pastor Angelicus (Angelic Shepherd): Pope Pius XII (1939-1958).

 

    Pastor et Nauta (Shepherd and Pilot): Pope John XXIII (1958-1963) was the patriarch ("Shepherd") of the port city of Venice (hence "Pilot") before he was elected Pope.

 

    Flos Florum (Flower of Flowers): Pope Paul VI (1963-1978); his family coat-of-arms has a floral crest of the fleur-de-lys.

 

    De Medietate Lunae (Middle of the Moon), number 108: The 33-day reign of Pope Paul Ispanned two full moons; he died during the half-moon phase ("Middle of the Moon") in 1979.

 

    De Labore Solis (Labor of the Sun): Pope John Paul II was born during a total eclipse of the sun.

 

    De Gloria Olivae (Glory of the Olive), number 110, will be the penultimate Pope, according to St. Malachi.

 

    Peter Romanus (Peter of Rome); St. Malachi gave more details about the last Pope:

 

    During the final persecution of the Holy Roman Catholic Church there will sit upon the throne Peter the Roman, who will pasture his flock in the midst of many tribulations. With these passed, the city of the hills will be destroyed, and the awful judge will judge the peoples.

 

    33. The Monk of Padua ~

 

    Another series of papal prophecies was made by the Monk of Padua. His predictions existed in manuscript form before 1790, but were not published until 1889. The prophecies relate to the last 20 popes and actually names them. However, the names are not in accord since the ascension of Benedict XV in 1914. The Monk of Padua expected him to take the name of Paul VI, but Benedict did not oblige him.

 

    The Monk wrote of Pope John Paul I (whom he named Pius XII), that "From the half-moon proceeds this Pope sent to Rome by the Divine Doctor. Hail, O our well-beloved Father, Pius IX, the most Holy Mediator, future victim!" In his book In God's Name (1984), David Yallup claimed that Pope John Paul was poisoned with digitalis (to give the appearance of a heart attack) because he planned to press an investigation of the Vatican Bank's links to the Propaganda Due (P-2) Masonic Lodge and a network of front companies in Europe and South America, whereby millions of dollars were channeled for secret purposes. No autopsy was performed, and the body was quickly embalmed. The Pope also was preparing to liberalize the Church's position on birth control, and he planned to remove several high officials, among them Archbishop Paul Minkus (president of the Vatican Bank).

 

    The Monk of Padua wrote this about Pope John Paul II:

 

    "Thanks to an excellent work of the sun, the earth has nourished the devoted flock of a most holy shepherd --- our very Holy Father, Gregory XVIII, a priest altogether admirable."

 

    The next Pope (St. Malachi's De Gloria Olivae) was named Leo XIV:

 

    "Oh, what a messenger of peace of the glory of the olive tree, of the Lord, oh, what a protector, all filled with goodness! -- the Pope, Leo XIV, energetic monarch, a glorious reign."

 

    The monk's predictions end there, without mention of St. Malachi's "Peter Romanus".

 

    34. St. John Capistran ~

 

    St. John Capistran of Italy (1385-1456) began his social career as a lawyer. In 1412 he was appointed governor of Perugia by the King of Naples. After an unconsummated marriage, he obtained a dispensation to enter religion, and received the priesthood in 1425. He was a phenomenal success as a preacher. He also wrote many books, including this prophecy of the last eight popes:

 

    "The ox shall again be full of life and his trumpets shall resound with sweet lowing.

    A great city beast shall succeed and devour the pastures of the little ones.

    He shall come from the North wind, enter into the sanctuary and the Church will renew her seed.

    He shall explain the ten heads of the dragon and he shall destroy in the Holy Land the Author of Wickedness.

    The people will be dying with hunger when he is created who will divide and give to the poor.

    The Tree shall give forth its fruits, but the destroying beast shall devour them.

    The brightness of the exposed countenances shall be lifted, and the faces of the proud shall fall before the face of the oppressor.

    There shall be signs of the sun and moon when there shall be created a man stronger than any prince, and he shall renew the face of the Church. At this time the Antichrist shall have been trodden underfoot and all the world shall enjoy the faith and peace of the Most High."

 

    35. Pope Pius X ~

 

    In 1909, during an audience for the general chapter of the Franciscan Order, Pope Pius X suddenly fell into a trance. The audience waited in reverent silence. When he awoke, the Pope cried out:

 

    "What I see is terrifying! Will it be myself? Will it be my successor? What is certain is that the Pope will quit Rome, and in leaving the Vatican he will have to walk over the dead bodies of his priests.

 

    "Do not tell anyone this while I am alive."

 

    Just prior to his death (August 20, 1914), Pope Pius X had another vision:

 

    "I have seen one of my successors, of the same name, who was fleeing over the bodies of his brethren. He will take refuge in some hiding place; but after a brief respite he will die a cruel death.

 

    "Respect for God has disappeared from human hearts. They wish to efface even God's memory. This perversity is nothing less than the beginning of the last days of the world."

 

    36. St. John Bosco ~

 

    St. Giovanni (John) Bosco (1815-1888) was the founder of the religious orders of the Salesians and the Salesian Sisters. Don Bosco, as he was familiarly known, devoted himself to counseling and educating homeless children, and he has been their patron saint since he was ordained in 1934. St. John was gifted with prophecy, concerning which he said, "Do not call me a prophet until the things I have foretold have come to pass."

 

    His predictions especially concern the Catholic Church and the Papacy, which will be forced to evacuate Rome when "Cossack horses will drink from St. Peter's fountain." The following is his most famous prophecy:

 

    "War comes from the south, peace from the north. French laws no longer recognize the Creator, but the Creator will make himself recognized and will visit her thrice with the rod of his wrath. In the first visit he breaks her pride by conquest, plundering ruined harvest and butchery of men and beasts.

 

    "In the second visit the great prostitute of Babylon, which makes decent people sigh and call the Brothel of Europe, will be left without a leader and will be a victim of disorder.

 

    "Paris! Paris! Instead of arming yourself in the name of the Lord, you fortify with Houses of Immorality. They will be destroyed by you yourself. Your idol, the Pantheon, will be burnt to ashes in order that this may come true: "violence, uttereth lies against me." Your enemies will reduce you to want, to hunger, to fear, and will make you the abomination of nations. Ah, woe to you, if you do not recognize the hand that strikes you! I want to punish immorality, the despising of, and the contempt for My Law, says the Lord.

 

    "In the third visit you will fall into the hands of foreigners. Your enemies standing afar offwill behold your palaces in flames. Your homes will become a heap of ruins with the blood of your heroes who are no more.

 

    "But there will come a great warrior from the North carrying a banner and on the right hand that supports it is written: "The Irresistible Hand of the Lord." At that very moment there went out to meet him the Venerable Old Man of Lazio, holding aloft a brilliantly glowing torch. The banner then increased in size and turned from black to snow-white. In the middle of the banner, in letters of gold, there was written the name of Him who is able to do all things. The warrior with his men bowed and shook hands with the Venerable Old Man.

 

    "Now Heaven's voice is addressed to the Shepherd of shepherds. You are now in conference with your advisors. The enemy of the good does not stand idle one moment. He studies and practices all his arts against you. He will sow discord among your consultors; he will raise up enemies amongst my children. The powers of the world will belch forth fire, and they would that the words be suffocated in the throats of the custodians of my law. That will not happen, they will do no harm but to themselves. You must hurry. If you cannot untie the knots, cut them. If you find yourself hard pressed, do not give up but continue until the head of the hydra of error is cut off. This stroke will make the world and Hell beneath it tremble, but the world will be safe and all the good will rejoice. Keep your consultors always with you, even if only two. Wherever you go, continue and bring to an end the work entrusted to you. The days fly by, your years will reach the destined number; but the great Queen will ever be your help, as in times past, so in the future She will always be the exceeding great fortress of the Church.

 

    "Ah, but you, Italy, land of blessings! Who has steeped you in desolation! Blame not your enemies, but rather your friends. Can you not hear your children asking for the bread of faith and finding only those who smash it to pieces? What shall I do? I shall strike the shepherds, I shall disperse the flock, until those sitting on the throne of Moses search for good pastures and the flock listens attentively and is fed.

 

    "Of the flock and over the shepherds My hand will weigh heavy. Famine, pestilence, and war will be such that mothers will have to cry on account of the blood of their sons and of their martyrs dead in a hostile country.

 

    "And to you, Rome, what will happen! Ungrateful Rome, effeminate Rome, proud Rome! You have reached such a height that you search no further. You admire nothing else in your Sovereign except luxury, forgetting that you and your glory stands upon Golgotha. Now he is old, defenseless, and despoiled; and yet at his word, the word of one who was in bondage, the whole world trembles.

 

    "Rome! To you I will come four times.

 

    "The first time, I shall strike your lands and the inhabitants thereof.

 

    "The second time, I shall bring the massacre and the slaughter even to your very walls. And will you not yet open your eyes?

 

    "I shall come a third time and I shall beat down to the ground your defenses and the defenders, and at the command of the Father, the reign of terror, of dreadful fear, and of desolation shall enter into your city.

 

    "But My wise men have now fled and My law is even now trampled underfoot. Therefore I will make a fourth visit. Woe to you if My law shall still be considered as empty words. There will be deceit and falsehood among both the learned and the ignorant. Your blood and that of your children will wash away your stains upon God's law. War, pestilence and famine are the rods to scourge men's pride and wickedness. O wealthy men, where is your glory now, your estates, your palaces? They are the rubble on the highways and byways.

 

    "And your priests, why have you not run to "cry between the vestibule and the Altar," begging God to end these scourges? Why have you not, with the shield of faith, gone upon the housetops, into the homes, along the highways and byways, into every accessible corner to carry the seed of My word? Know you that this is the terrible two-edged sword that cuts down My enemies and breaks the Anger of God and of men?

 

    "These things must come one after another. They are inexorable.

 

    "Things are happening too slowly.

 

    "But the August Queen of Heaven is present.

 

    "The power of the Lord is in His hands. He scatters His enemies as a cloud. The Venerable Old Man attires himself in all his ancient raiment.

 

    "There will come a violent hurricane.

 

    "Iniquity is consummated. Sin will have its end. And before two full moons of the month of flowers will have run their course, the rainbow of peace will rise above the earth.

 

    "The Great Minister will see the bride of his King arrayed in festive fashion.

 

    "Throughout the world the sun will appear so luminous that the likes of which never has been seen since the tongues of fire descended on the Cenacle until this day, nor will such a sun ever be seen again until the very last of days.

 

    "It was a dark night. Men could no longer tell which way to take in order to return to their homes. Suddenly there appeared in the heavens a very bright light that illuminated the steps of the travelers as though it was midday. At that moment there was seen a host of men and women, of young and old, of nuns, monks and priests with the Holy Father at the head. They were going out from the Vatican and were arranging themselves in line for a procession.

 

    "And then there came a furious storm which clouded that light somewhat and made it appear that light and darkness were engaged in battle. In the meantime they arrived at a little square covered with dead and wounded, some of whom cried aloud and asked for help.

 

    "Very many were dropping out of the line of procession. After having walked for a time that would correspond to two hundred risings of the sun they realized that they were no longer in Rome. Struck with fear they all ran to the Holy Father to defend him personally and to attend to his wants. Instantly two angels were seen carrying a banner; they presented it to the Holy father and said: "Receive the banner of He Who fights and scatters the strongest armies of the world. Your enemies are dispersed. Your children with tears and sighs beg you to return."

 

    "Looking at the banner one could see written on one side, "Queen conceived without sin," and on the other side, "Help of Christians."

 

    "The Holy Father joyfully took the banner, but looking closely at the small number of those who remained with him, he becamevery sad.

 

    "The two angels add: "Go quickly and console your children. Write your brothers dispersed throughout the world that there must be a reform in the morals of men. That cannot be obtained except by distributing to the people the bread of the Divine Word. Catechize the children, preach the detaching of the heart from the things that are of the earth. The time has come," concluded the two angels, "when the poor shall evangelize the people. Vocations will come from among those working with the spade, the ax, the hammer to the end that they fulfill the words of David: God has raised up the poor from the land in order to place them on the thrones of the princes of His people."

 

    "Having heard that, the Holy Father began the march. The farther he went the greater did the procession behind increase. When finally he set foot in the Holy City, he wept bitter tears for the distress in which he found the people and the large number now missing. As he entered St. Peter's he intoned the "Te Deum" to which a choir of angels replied singing: "Glory to God in the highest and on earth peace to men of good will."

 

    "With the end of the hymn there came an end to the thick darkness and the sun shone with a brightness all its own.

 

    "The cities, the towns, and villages were thinly populated. The land had been leveled down as if by a hurricane, by a tempest, and a hail storm. People went from one to another saying in tones of great emotion: "There is a God in Israel."

 

    "From the beginning of the exile until the singing of the "Te Deum", the sun rose in the East two hundred times. The time that passed for the fulfilling of these things corresponds to four hundred risings of the sun."

 

    37. The Monk of Premol ~

 

    In 1783, a manuscript of prophecy believed to be the work of an anonymous monk in the mid-17th century was found among the papers of a notary who had administered the monastery of Premol near Genoble, France. The prophecy is broad in scope, stretching from the French Revolution to the end of civilization as we know it. Among the predicted events that remain to be fulfilled are the destruction of Paris, Israel, and Rome, the escape of the Pope, and the advents of the Grand Monarch of Europe and the Angelic Pope. The following section of the prophecy is excerpted from Liber Mirabilis, published by Adrian Peladon:

 

    "The spirit conducted me into the heavens and said to me: "It is written that the Archangel Michael will do battle with the Dragon before the Triangle of God.

 

    "Then the spirit added: "Open the doors to your understanding; the Archangel and the Dragon are the two spirits that will contend for the kingdom of Jerusalem; and the triangle is the glory of the Almighty...

 

    "...Is such a sacrifice not enough to appease your wrath, O Lord? But no, what then is this noise of arms? These cries of war and fear? What do the four winds bring? Ah! The dragon has appeared in all countries and has brought terrible confusion everywhere. There is war everywhere.

 

    "Individuals and nations rise against each other. Wars! Wars! Civil wars, foreign wars! What terrifying clashes! Everything is dead or in mourning; and famine stalks the earth.

 

    "The general revolution has followed. In these future happenings will Paris be destroyed? Jerusalem! Jerusalem! Save yourself from the fire of Sodom and Gomorrah, and from the sack of Babylon. Why, Lord, do you not stop all this with Your Arm? Is the fury of men not enough without flaming ruin?

 

    "Must the elements also serve as an instrument of thine wrath? Stop, O Lord, stop! Thy cities are already crumbling by themselves. The elements are set loose. Cities are destroyed by fire.

 

    "Mercy, pardon for Zion! But thou are deaf to our cries, and the mountain of Zion comes crumbling down with a deafening roar!

 

    "The Cross of Christ now surmounts only a heap of ruins.

 

    "And it is here that I see the king of Zion abandon his staff and his triple crown and, shaking the dust of these ruins from his feet, make haste to flee toward other shores. And that is not all, O Lord; your Church is rent asunder by her own children!

 

    "The children of Zion are divided into two camps --- one faithful to the fugitive pontiff, and the other inclined or disposed to the government of Zion respecting the Sceptre, but breaking in pieces the triple crown.

 

    "And I saw out of the Orient a significant young Man; he rode on a Lion and held a flaming Sword in his hand. And France sang in front of him. And on his Path, many people fell before him, because the Spirit of God was with him. He rode into the ruins of Rome, and laid his Hand in the Hand of the pope.

 

    "And the one places the mutilated tiara upon the ardent head, determined to institute reforms that the opposing faction rejects; and confusion reigns in the sanctuary...

 

    "But my spirit wanders and my eyes become obscured at the sight of this terrible cataclysm. But the Spirit said to me that the man who hope in God does penance, because the all-powerful and merciful God will draw the world out of confusion and a new world will commence. Then the Spirit said to me: "Here is the beginning of the end of Time which begins!" And I awoke terrified."

 

    38. The Angelic Pope & Great Monarch ~

 

    A large corpus of prophetic literature deals with a "Grand Monarch" and "Angelic Pope". Some critics have dismissed these as wishful thinking and political propaganda. Many such predictions are just that, but the consensus of these visionary scenarios, spread over a period of 1500 years, is remarkably consistent. Perhaps an interim of enlightened, absolutemonarchy would be an elegant solution to the crisis of leadership in modern times; it is a reasonable hope. No such characters are mentioned in Biblical prophecy, except perhaps in Daniel 12:1. Prophecies of the Grand Monarch began to appear within a few centuries after Christ, and served to support the notion of divine right of kings. However, he is not present on the stage of current affairs; perhaps he is waiting in the wings.

 

    During the 12th century, the Papacy rose to its pinnacle as a universal religious authority and political power, in gross contradiction to the spiritual ideal of poverty and simplicity. The contrast between the opulent popes and the people's hopes for more saintly pontiffs gave rise to a powerful new apocalyptic dream of the "Pastor Angelicus" (Angelic Pope). There are no references to an enlightened Pope in the Bible, but he became a psychic necessity after the 13th century and has continued to manifest in prophecy since then.

 

    Also during the 13th century, the Pope began to become identified with the Antichrist, and for good reason. For example, the inscription on the Pope's miter reads "VICARIUS FILII DEI" (Vicar of the Son of God). In the Latin gematria (according to which each letter has a numeric value), the inscription equals 666, the Number of the Beast in St. John's Revelation. The words "Mystery Babylon" and the Roman numerals DCLXVI (666) also appear on the Golden Carp hat which the Pope wears.

 

    The idea of the Angelic Pope and the Antichrist-Pope caught on soon after the holy Benedictine hermit Peter Morrone was chosen as Pope (against his will) two years after the death of Nicholas IV in 1292. The cardinals could not agree on the successor, until Morrone was chosen "either by desperation or by revelation". He took the name Celestine V. The hermit was quite unfit for the arduous task of the Papacy and abdicated within six months. While acting as Pope, he built a hut for himself within the papal palace at Napoli and lived there in holy poverty. This gave rise to the popular opinion that he was the Angelic pope. His successor Boniface VIII (1294-1303) imprisoned Celestine V and was one of the worst men ever to hold papal office. This further inspired contemporary predictions of super-holy popes and the Great Monarch. Several of the following prophecies concern these characters.

 

    39. St. Cataldus of Tarentino ~

 

    St. Cataldus was a scholar, born ca. 500 AD at Rathan in Mamonia, Ireland near the great monastery of Lismore. Inspired with missionary zeal at a young age, he went on a pilgrimage to Jerusalem. On his return he was shipwrecked on Tarentum at the heel of Italy. He preached fervently to the local people and worked many miracles, thus bringing them all to repentance. He is now the patron saint of the place. Cataldus is attributed with this prophecy:

 

    "The Great Monarch will be in war till he is forty years of age; a king of the House of Lily, he will assemble great armies and expel tyrants from his empire. He will conquer England and other island empires. Greece he will invade and be made king thereof. Colchis, Cyprus, the Turks and barbarians he will subdue and have all men worship the Crucified one. He will at length lay down his crown in Jerusalem."

 

    40. Rabanus Maurus ~

 

    The Blessed Rabanus Megentius Maurus, Benedictine Abbot of Fulda and Archbishop of Mainz (b. 776, d. 856), was a well-known teacher and writer, and one of the most learned men of his time. He reviewed the prophetic literature of his period and reported thus:

 

    "Our principal doctors agree in announcing to us that towards the end of time one of the descendants of the kings of France shall reign over all the Roman Empire; and that he shall be the greatest of the Empire; and that he shall be the greatest of the French monarchs, and the last of his race.

 

    "After having most happily governed his kingdom, he will go to Jerusalem, and depose on Mount Olive his sceptre and crown. This shall be the end and conclusion of the Roman and Christian Empire."

 

    41. St. Caesarius of Arles ~

 

    Saint Caesarius (469-542) served as Archbishop of Arles from 502 to 542, and he was the papal vicar for Gaul and Spain at the same time. He is considered to be one of the truly relevant writers of the patristic age. In his book Mirabilis liber prophecias revelationes, he correctly predicted the French Revolution. He also gave this prophecy of the Great Pope and Grand Monarch:

 

    "When the entire world, and in a special manner France, and in France more particularly the provinces of the north, of the east, and above all, that of Lorraine and Champagne, shall have been a prey to the greatest miseries and trials, then the provinces shall be succored by a prince who had been exiled in his youth, and who shall recover the crown of the lilies.

 

    "This prince shall extend his dominion over the entire universe. At the same time there will be a great Pope, who be most eminent in sanctity and most perfect in every quality. This Pope shall have with him the Great Monarch, a most virtuous man, who shall be a scion of the holy race of the French kings. This Great Monarch will assist the Pope in the reformation of the whole earth. Many princes and nations that are living in error and impiety shall be converted, and an admirable peace shall reign among men during many years, because the wrath of God shall be appeased through their repentance, penance, and good works. There will be one common law, only one faith, one baptism, one religion. All nations shall recognize the Holy See of Rome, and shall pay homage to the Pope. But after some considerable time fervor shall cool, iniquity shall abound, and moral corruption shall become worse than ever, which shall bring upon mankind the last and worst persecution of the Antichrist, and the end of the world.

 

    "There shall be a great change and as great an effusion of blood as in the time of the Gentiles: the Universal Church and the whole world shall deplore the ruin and capture of that most celebrated city, the capital and mistress of France; the altars and temples shall be destroyed; the holy virgins after experiencing many outrages, shall fly from their monasteries: the pastors of the Church shall abandon their pulpits and the Church itself be despoiled of all temporalities.

 

    42. Merlin Ambrosius ~

 

    The legendary Celtic magus Merlin Ambrosius supposedly brought the stones of Stonehenge from Ireland to Salisbury Plain by magical levitation, and counseled King Arthur. He has had over 100 pseudo-epigraphic Latin and vernacular texts attributed to him. Most of those texts were produced in Italy. The best representation of such writings is Les Prophecies de Merlin, composed in Venice by an anti-imperialist Franciscan circa 1275. The ascribed prophecies were proscribed by the Council of Trent. The following excerpts pertain to the Grand Monarch:

 

    "There will come a German Anti-Pope. Italy and Germany will be sorely troubled. A French King will restore the true Pope.

 

    "After the destruction of England by seven kings there shall come a dreadful dead man, and with him a Royal Great Monarch of the best blood in the world and he shall set England on the right way and put out all heresies. He shall be the last King over England.

 

    "When the tail of Virgo shall enter Leo, and Scorpio shall ascend the back of Sagittarius, the northern kingdoms shall end in lust; and the power of the Island Monarchies shall be harnessed.

 

    "Cruel wars shall be scattered by the wind -- whose beginnings were by a staff: their growth and continuance by bastards -- and gulled by a revengeful hail...

 

    "Those on whom these things shall come, for grief and sorrow pine away. A prince of royal stock shall come forth, crowned from the northern parts --- to his own people unexpected, but desired by foreigners --- who, because he shall bear a "rampant lion" shall therefore be called a lion. He shall advance his conquering armies against his enemies and by woeful successes shall harness the territories of neighbor Princes. He shall exceed Alexander the Great in virtue and Cyrus in success. He shall cross the sea and be saluted Emperor by many kings. A certain ancient city he shall lay level with the ground.

 

    "In the meanwhile a powerful Prince out of the East shall provoke him to battle. Against whom the Lion shall march with all his forces and pitching his camp on the side of the Euphrates, shall await him. If the prince shall come over the river the Lion shall be overcome; but the Lion shall cross the river with his army and give his enemy a bloody defeat and be master of all the East.

 

    "Whilst these things are happening, divers petty kings from India shall break into Syria with mighty armies. provided for battle, they shall wait for the Lion about the Valley of Jehosephat, where they shall, by him, be all wholly cut off. Not long afterwards the Lion himself will die in eminent piety, after having established the Kingdom of the Fugitives...

 

    "There will be a Pope who will not dare so much as look at Rome. Similarly, one thing the Romans must understand, among others, is that before the death of the Pope, our Lord will make him suffer such disgrace that there will be nothing to compare with it. It is likewise necessary that the Romans know, among other things, that from that time on will begin their destruction, step by step, and that it will be because of their sins...

 

    "Merlin saith that in England shall be seen many strange things, as preaching of traitors, great rain and wind, great hunger among the common people, great oppression of blood, great imprisonment of many men and great battle; so that there will be few or no quiet places to abide in; the Prince shall forsake men of the Church, Lords shall forsake righteousness... Religious men shall be thrust out of their houses; the common people for fear shall not know which way to turn; parents shall be hated by their children; men of worship shall have no reverence of their inferiors; chastity will be broken by maids, wives and widows, religious men and virgins, with more ill than I can tell of, from the which God will defend us."

 

    43. Pope Leo VI ~

 

    Pope Leo VI (Leo the Philosopher) reigned for 7 months and 10 days during the second half of the 9th century; he died in 911. Little is known about him, but he is credited with the authorship of The Oracles of Leo the Wise, an illustrated 12th century Byzantine prophecy of future emperors, including the Last World Emperor:

 

    "There will arise an imperial deliverer --- an oriental Frederick --- who will save the kingdom and the people. He will come from the Mohammedans over whom he will rule --- adorned with all virtue --- poor but needing nothing --- two angels in the form of eunuchs will accompany him --- mankind will accept him as their ruler. He will conquer the Arabs --- no taxes after 12 years. Immediately after, there will set in a period of darkness, crime and revolution."

 

    44. Sibylline Fragments ~

 

    The Sibylline Oracles include these mentions of the Grand Monarch and the Angelic Pope:

 

    "A star shall arise in Europe over the Iberians, toward the great house of the North, whose beams shall unexpectedly enlighten the whole world. This shall be in a most desired time, when mortal men, being weary of armies, with joint consent embrace peace. Almost at the same time as this star, a light as ancient as the former, of the same age, burning with far more eager flames, shall extend his government to the coasts of the Antipodes. France shall first be yoked by this king or Prince. Britain shall humbly cast herself at his knees. Italy, pausing with greater deliberation upon high enterprises, shall contribute to him her languishing right hand. But this very light shall hide itself in the clouds of the gods long before his time with the mighty desire of mortal men...

 

    "The destruction of the world will occur when faith in godliness shall perish from men, and justice is hidden away in the world, and men become renegades and, living on unholy enterprises, commit deeds of shame, and acts, dastardly and evil; and no man takes account of the godly, but even in their senselessness, fond fools, they destroy themselves, rejoicing in acts of violence, turning their hands to deeds of bloodshed.

 

    "Now I will tell thee a very evident sign, that thou mayst understand when the end of all things is coming on the earth. When swords in the starlit heaven appear by night toward dusk and dawn, and straightaway dust is carried from heaven to earth, and the moon's rays shine forth and come back to earth, and a sign comes from the rock with dripping streams of blood, and in a cloud ye shall see a battle of foot and horse, as a hunt of wild beasts, like unto misty clouds, this is the consummation of war which God, whose dwelling is in heaven, is bringing to pass. From the sunrise God will send a king who shall give every land relief from the bane of war: some he shall slay and to others he shall consecrate faithful vows. Nor shall he do all these things by his own will, but in obedience to the good ordinances of the mighty God. And again the people of the mighty God shall be laden with excellent wealth, with gold and silver and purple adornment. The land shall bear her increase, and the sea shall be full of good things. And kings shall be weary of repelling evil one against another with wrath. Envy is no good thing for miserable souls.

 

    "The Lion Monarch shall be made famous unto all and shall subvert kingdoms, peoples and nations. Then God shall send a King from the sun, who shall cause all the people of the earth to cease from disastrous war. He will take away the intolerable yoke of slavery which is placed upon our necks, and he will do away with impious laws and violent chains. When he shall come there shall be fire and darkness in the midst of the black night."

 

    45. Joaquim Merlin ~

 

    Abbot Joachim Merlin (born circa 1480, died 1541) was a canon of Notre Dame; in 1529 he became the grand penitentiary after being imprisoned for two years in the court of Francis I, and he was exiled in Nantes for a year because of his opposition to the Lutherans. Upon his return to Paris in 1530 he became the vicar-general. The following lengthy prophecy of his is about the Great Pope:

 

    "After many prolonged sufferings endured by Christians, and after a too great effusion of innocent blood, the Lord shall give peace and happiness to the desolated nations. A remarkable pope will be seated on the pontifical throne, under the special protection of the angels. Holy and full of gentleness, he shall undo all wrong, he shall recover the states of the Church, and reunite the exiled temporal powers. He shall be revered by all people, and shall recover the kingdom of Jerusalem. As the only Pastor he shall reunite the Eastern to the Western Church, and thus only one faith will be in vigor. The sanctity of this beneficent Pontiff will be so great that the highest potentates shall bow before his presence. This holy man shall crush the arrogance of religious schism and heresy. All men will return to the primitive Church, and there shall be only one pastor, one law, one master --- humble, modest, and fearing God. The true God of the Jews, our Lord Jesus Christ, will make everything prosper beyond all human hope, because God alone can and will pour down on the wounds of humanity the oily balm of sweetness.

 

    "The heavens proclaim the glory of God, and the faithful are in joy and happiness, because the Lord has vouchsafed to be merciful to them. He shall invite his elect to the banquet of the Lamb, where melodious canticles and harmonious concerts will be heard.

 

    "The power of this Pontiff's holiness will be so great as to be able to check the fury and impetuosity of threatening waves. Mountains shall be lowered before him, the sea shall be dried up, the dead shall be raised, the churches shall be reopened and altars erected.

 

    "It should be known that there will be two heads, one in the East, and the other in the West. This Pope shall break the weapons and scatter the fighting hordes. He will be the joy of God's elect. This angelic pope will preach the gospel in every country. Through his zeal and solicitude the Greek Church shall be forever reunited to the Catholic Church.

 

    "Before, however, being firmly and solidly established in the Holy See, there will be innumerable wars and violent conflicts during which the sacred throne shall be shaken. But through the favor of divine clemency, moved by the prayers of the faithful, everything will succeed so well that they shall be able to sing hymns of thanksgiving to the glory of the Lord.

 

    "This holy Pope shall be both pastor and reformer. Through him the East and West shall be in everlasting concord. The city of Babylon shall then be the head and guide of the world. Rome, weakened in temporal power, shall forever preserve her spiritual dominion, and shall enjoy great peace. During these happy days the Angelic Pope shall be able to address to Heaven prayers full of sweetness. The dispersed nation shall also enjoy tranquillity. Six and a half years after this time the Pope will render his soul to God. The end of his days shall arrive in an arid province, situated between a river and a lake near the mountains...

 

    "At the beginning, in order these happy results, having need of a powerful temporal assistance, this holy Pontiff will ask the cooperation of the generous monarch of France. At that time a handsome monarch, a scion of King Pepin, will come as a pilgrim to witness the splendor of this glorious pontiff, whose name shall begin with "R."... A temporal throne being vacant, the Pope shall place on it this king whose assistance he shall ask.

 

    "When a monster shall appear in the sky, thou shalt find a ready escape towards the east, and after nine years thou shalt render thy soul to God.

 

    "A man of remarkable sanctity will be his successor in the Pontifical chair. Through him God will work so many prodigies that all men shall revere him, and no person will dare to oppose his holy precepts. He shall not allow the clergy to have many benefices. He will induce them to live by tithes and offerings of the faithful. He shall interdict pomp in dress, and all immorality in dance and songs. He will preach the gospel in person, and exhort all honest ladies to appear in public without any ornament of gold or precious stones. After having occupied the Holy See for a long time he shall happily return to the Lord.

 

    "His three immediate successors shall be men of exemplary holiness. One after the other will be models of virtue, and shall work miracles, confirming the teaching of their predecessors. Under their government the Church shall spread, and these Popes shall be called the Angelic Pastors."

 

    46. Barthalomew Holzhauser ~

 

    Barthalomew Holzhauser was a parish priest and an ecclesiastical writer. He was born in 1613 at Laugna in Bavaria, and died in 1658. Holzhauser came from a very large, poor family, but eventually he managed to gain an education and became a theologist. He served as a pastor and a dean, and founded a religious community. (6)

 

    Holzhauser was renowned for his extraordinary cures. He wrote several books, including his Visions (1646). Several of the ten visions have been fulfilled. The following describes a Great Monarch and Holy Pope, and a period of status consolationis, lasting from the Holy Pope to the Antichrist. It is followed by the status desolationis, lasting from the Antichrist till the end of the world:

 

    "[After a world war] will come a new period, in which two mighty ones will face each other. The wrangle between these two will begin in the second half of the twentieth century. It will overthrow mountains and silt up rivers. A great change will come to pass, such as no mortal man will have expected; Heaven and Hell will confront each other in this struggle, old states will perish and light and darkness will be pitted against each other with swords, but it will be swords of a different fashion. With these swords it will be possible to cut up the skies and split the earth. A great lament will come over all mankind and only a small batch will survive the storm, the pestilence and the horror. And neither of the two adversaries will conquer nor be vanquished. Both mighty ones will lie on the ground, and a new mankind will come into existence. God possesses the key to everything. Blessed is he who will then be able to praise him, having obeyed all his commandments. And the great monarch of the world will create new laws for the new mankind and will cause a new age to begin, in which there will be only one flock and one shepherd, and peace will be of long, long duration, for the glory of God in heaven and on earth...

 

    "When everything has been ruined by war; when Catholics are hard pressed by traitorous co-religionists and heretics; when the Church and her servants are denied their rights, the monarchies have been abolished and their rulers murdered... Then the Hand of Almighty God will work a marvelous change, something apparently impossible according to human understanding. There will rise a valiant monarch anointed by God. He will be a Catholic, a descendant of Louis IX, yet a descendant of an ancient imperial German family, born in exile. He will rule supreme in temporal matters. The Pope will rule supreme in spiritual matters at the same time. Persecution will cease and justice shall rule. Religion seems to be suppressed, but by the changes of entire kingdoms it will be made more firm.

 

    "He will root out false doctrines and destroy the rule of Moslemism. His dominion will extend from the East to the West. All nations will adore God their Lord according to the Catholic teaching. There will be many wise and just men. The people will love justice, and peace will reign over the whole earth, for divine power will bind Satan for many years until the coming of the Son of Perdition.

 

    "The reign of the Great Ruler may be compared with that of Caesar Augustus who became Emperor after his victory over his enemies, thereby giving peace to the world, also with the reign of Constantine the Great, who was sent by God, after severe persecution, to deliver both the Church and State.

 

    "On account of a terrible war Germany will wail, France will be the cause of all the woe, Germany will be terribly wounded, all will be impoverished. England shall suffer much. The King shall be killed.

 

    "After desolation has reached its peak in England, peace will be restored and England will return to the Catholic faith with greater fervor than before.

 

    "The Great Monarch will have the special help of God and be unconquerable.

 

    "The Fifth Epoch of time dates from the reign of Charles V until the reign of the Great Monarch.

 

    "The Sixth Age of the Spirit commences with the powerful Monarch and the Holy Pontiff... and will last until the appearance of the Antichrist. This will be an age of consolation in which God will console His Spirit of the affliction and the great tribulation of the preceding age. All the nations will be united in the Catholic faith. The sacerdocy will flower more than ever, and men will seek the kingdom of God in all solicitude.

 

    "The Lord will give good pastors to the Church. Men will live in peace, each in his own field. They will be reconciled with the one God. They will live in the shadow of the powerful Monarch and of his successors.

 

    "Many saints and doctors will flourish in the earth. Men will love reason and justice. Peace will reign in all the universe, because the divine power will bind Satan for many years, until the son of perdition will rave anew.

 

    "The Sixth Epoch of the World, which commences with the emancipation of the people of Israel and the restoration of the Temple and of the city of Jerusalem, will endure until the advent of Jesus Christ.

 

    "For likewise, in this epoch, the people of Israel will be consoled to a very high degree by the Lord, our God, who will deliver them from the captivity of Babylon. The kingdoms, the nations, and the people will submit to the Roman Empire, furiously vanquished by the very powerful and very illustrious monarch who will govern during fifty-six years, rendering the peace of the universe and reigning alone until the advent of Jesus Christand even after him. Thus, in the Sixth Age, God will delight his Church with the greatest prosperity.

 

    "For, although, in the Fifth Age, we saw everywhere the most deplorable calamities: whereas all is devastated by war; that the Church and its members are rendered tributaries; that the subjects are tormented and that all men conspire to erect republics: man himself will be so astonishingly changed by the hand of God, such that no one can imagine humanity. For the powerful monarch, who will come like an envoy of God, will destroy the republics thoroughly in climax; he will subdue all to his will and will employ his zeal in favor of the true Church of Christ. All the heresies will be relegated to hell. The empire of the Turks will be broken and this monarch will reign in the orient and in the occident. All the nations will come and adore the Lord their God in the true Catholic and Roman faith.

 

    "Now the Great Monarch also will dominate over all the beasts of the earth, that is to say over the barbarian nations, over the rebellious peoples, over the heretic republics and over all men dominated by their evil passions.

 

    "It is in that age that the relation of the sixth Spirit of the Lord will be known, that is to say the Spirit of Wisdom that God diffuses over all the surfaces of the globes in those times. For men will fear the Lord their God, they will observe the law and serve it with all their heart. The sciences will be multiplied and complete on the earth. The Holy Scriptures will be unanimously understood, without controversy and without the errors of heresies. Men will be enlightened, so much as in the natural sciences and in the celestial sciences.

 

    "Finally, the Sixth Church, the Church of Philadelphia, is the type of this sixth age, for Philadelphia signifies friendship of brothers, and again guarding the heritage in union with the Lord. Now all these characters convene perfectly in the sixth age, in which they will have love, concord and perfect peace and in which the powerful Monarch will have to consider almost the entire world as his heritage. He will deliver up the earth, with the aid of the Lord his God from all his enemies, of ruin and of all evil."

 

    47. St. Francisco de Paola ~

 

    Saint Francisco de Paola of Italy (1416-1507), founder of the order of Minim friars, was a miracle worker whose spiritual graces included prophecy. In that wise, St. Francis foretold the rise of a great Christian military leader out of Italy sometime in the future:

 

    "The great leader of the holy militia of the Holy Spirit shall overcome the world, and shall possess the earth so completely that no king or lord shall be able to exist, except that he belongs to the sacred host of the Holy Ghost. These devout men shall wear on their breasts, and much more within their hearts, the sign of the living God, namely, the Cross.

 

    "The first members of this holy order shall be natives of the city where iniquity, vice and sin abound. However, they shall be converted from evil to good; from rebels against God they shall become most fervent and most faithful in His divine service. That city shall be cherished by God and by the Great Monarch, the elect and the beloved of the Most High Lord. For the sake of that place all holy souls who have done penance in it shall pray in the sight of God for that city and its inhabitants. When the time shall come of the immense and most right justice of the Holy Spirit, His Divine Majesty wills that such city become converted to God, and that many of its citizens follow the great prince of the holy army. The first person that will openly wear the sign of the living God shall belong to that city, because he will through a letter be commanded by a holy hermit to have it impressed upon his heart and to wear it externally on his breast.

 

    "That man will begin to meditate on the secrets of God, about the long visitation which the Holy Spirit will make and the dominion that he will exercise over the world through the holy militia. O! happy man, who shall receive from the Most High the greatest privileges! He will interpret the hidden secrets of the Holy Ghost, and he shall often excite the admiration of men by his revealed knowledge of the internal secrets of their hearts. Rejoice, my Lord, because that Prince above other princes, and King over other kings, will hold you in the greatest veneration, and after having been crowned with three most admirable crowns, will exalt that city, will declare it free, and the seat of the Empire, and it shall become one of the first cities in the world...

 

    "He shall be a first-born son; in his childhood he will be like a saint; in his youth, a great sinner; then he will be converted entirely to God and will do great penance; his sins will be forgiven him, and he will become a great saint.

 

    "He shall be a great captain and prince of holy men, who shall be called "the holy Cross-bearers of Jesus Christ," with whom he shall destroy the Mahometan sect and the rest of the infidels. He shall annihilate all the heresies and tyrannies of the world. He shall reform the church of God by means of his followers, who shall be the best men upon earth in holiness, in arms, in science, and in every virtue, because such is the will of the Most High. They shall obtain the dominion of the whole world, both temporal and spiritual, and they shall support the Church of God until the end of time.

 

    "God almighty shall exalt a very poor man of the blood of Emperor Constantine, son of St. Helena, and of the seed of Pepin, who shall on his breast wear a red Cross. Through the power of the Most High he shall confound the tyrants, the heretics, and infidels. He will gather a grand army, and the angels shall fight for them; they shall kill all God's enemies.

 

    "From the beginning of the world, after the creation of man, and to the end of human generations, there have been and there shall be seen wonderful events upon the earth. Four hundred years shall not pass when his Divine Majesty shall visit the world with a new religious order much needed, which shall effect more good among men than all other religious institutions combined. This religious order shall be the last and the best in the Church; it shall proceed with arms, with prayer, and with hospitality. Woe to tyrants, to heretics, and to infidels, to whom no pity shall be shown, because such is the will of the most high! An infinite number of wicked men shall perish through the hands of the Cross-bearers, the true servants of Jesus Christ. They shall act like good husbandmen when they extirpate noxious weeds and prickly thistles from the wheat field. Those holy servants of God shall purify the earth with the deaths of innumerable wicked men.

 

    "How spiritually blind are those persons who, having no thought about things of God, fix their end in earthly objects. Wretched men! by far worse than the very beasts which are guided by their sense, because they cannot reason, they become brutalized. Hence they shall ever be in confusion. Let, therefore, the princes of this world be prepared for the greatest scourges to fall upon them. But from whom? First from heretics and infidels, then from the holy and most faithful Cross-bearers elected by the Most High, who, not succeeding in converting the heretics with science, shall have to make vigorous use of their arms. Many cities and villages shall be in ruins, with the deaths of an innumerable quantity of bad and good men. The infidels also shall fight against Christians and heretics, sacking, destroying, and killing the largest portion of Christians. Lastly, the army, styled "of the Church," namely, the holy Cross-bearers, shall move, not against Christians or Christianity, but against those infidels in pagan countries, and they shall conquer all those kingdoms with the death of a very great number of infidels. After this they shall turn their victorious arms against bad Christians, and destroy all the rebels against Jesus Christ. These holy Cross-bearers shall reign and dominate holily over the world until the end of time... But when shall this take place? When crosses with the stigmas shall be seen, and the crucifix shall be carried as the standard... This standard will be admired by all good Catholics; but at the beginning it will be derided by bad Christians and by infidels. Their sneers shall, however, be changed into mourning when they shall witness the wonderful victories achieved through it against tyrants, heretics, and infidels... That man (the leader of the Crucifers) will be a great sinner in his youth, but like St. Paul he will be drawn and converted to God. He shall be the founder of a new religious order different from all the others. He shall divide it into three classes, namely: (1) Military knights, (2) Solitary priests, (3) most pious hospitalers. This shall be the last religious order of the Church, and it will do more good for our holy religion than all other religious institutes. By force of arms he shall take possession of a great kingdom. He shall destroy the sect of Mahomet, extirpate all tyrants and heresies. He shall bring the world to a more holy mode of life. There will be one fold and one Shepherd. He shall reign until the end of time. In the whole earth there shall be only twelve kings, one emperor, one pope. Rich gentlemen shall be few, but all saints."

 

    48. Abbe Souffrant ~

 

    Abbe Souffrant, the Cure of Maumusson (d. 1828), left us this prophecy:

 

    "Before the Grand Monarch, terrible misfortunes are to arrive. The blood will flow in torrents, in the north and the south; the west will be spared because of its faith. But the blood will color so much to the north and to the south, that I see it flow like rain in a day of great storm, and I see the horses in blood up to their bridles. Paris will be destroyed, so much destroyed that the plow will pass it by...

 

    "The Grand Monarch will do things so astonishing and so marvelous that the most unbelieving will be forced to recognize the finger of God. In his reign all justice will be rendered.

 

    "God will use the Grand Monarch in order to exterminate all the heretic sects, all the superstitions, and to spread, in concert with the holy Pontiff, the Catholic religion in all the universe, except in Palestine, land of malediction. After the crisis, he will have a General Council, despite the oppositions made by the clergy itself. Afterwards there will be but one flock and one pastor, because all the infidels and the heretics (but not the Jews, whose mass will not convert until after the death of the Beast) will enter into the Latin Church, whose triumph will continue up to the destruction (persecution) of the Antichrist.

 

    "Toward the end of the usurper's reign, the Pope will die and he will have for his successor a young Pope, and it will be under him that the restoration will take place.

 

    "Some time before this restoration, it will be necessary to sustain an alien war; for that there will be a great levy of men, all the ones of eighteen to thirty years will be gone.

 

    "All the forces of government are gripped by this alien power; the interior of France will revolt. The civil crisis will be directed above all against religion... the shock will be terrible. They will battle from the south to the north during several weeks, and the last fifteen days, day and night. However, this crisis will not be long, but in it will perish more men than in the few times in ninety-three... it will make a smell over all the great cities.

 

    "The powers seeing this disorder in France, will arm not in favor of the legitimate, but in the purpose of sharing France, for the English will betray.

 

    "The Emperor of Russia will come as far as the Rhine, but an invisible hand will stop him; he will recognize the hand of God, and so he will be made Catholic.

 

    "At the moment one will believe all is lost, all will be won, for one will turn around by the way of God... Heaven will declare it in the favor of France; she will return the victory, but this will be attributed to the Lord, and not to men. The thing will be so surprising that the most vulgar will call it a miracle. And the Restoration will take place.

 

    "The Great Ruler will perform such great and noble deeds that the infidels will be forced to admit the workings of God's providence. Under his reign the greatest abundance will be practiced and the earth will bear in overabundance.

 

    "Between the cries "Everything is lost" and "Everything is saved," there will be scarcely any interval."

 

    49. The Mother of Bourg ~

 

    In 1857, the Limoge Mother Josefa of Bourg, who was the founder of the Congregation of the Sisters of the Savior, recorded this prophecy concerning the Great Pope and the Grand Monarch:

 

    "The chastisements of God will fall upon us in diverse manners. The plague, the trouble, the spilled blood. There will be in our France a frightful reversal! Nevertheless those days will be abrogated in favor of the just. God will elevate to the throne a model king, a Christian king. The son of Saint Louis will love religion, goodness, justice. The Lord will give him the light, the wisdom, and the power. He has prepared for it long beforehand and it will come to pass in the crucible of proof and suffering, but he is going to recall the exiles.

 

    "He, the Lord, will take him by the hand, and at the fixed day he will be placed on the throne. His destiny is to repair and regenerate; the consoled religion will flourish again, and all the people praise the reign of the heaven-sent Prince; but afterwards the evil will take over and endure more or less until the end of time. The light of On High has not been given to me for the last events of the world called the apocalypse."

 

    50. Cheiro ~

 

    In the late 19th and early 20th centuries the British occultist Louis Hamon, who is best remembered by his professional name Cheiro, won international fame and honor for his uncanny skill in predicting future events by means of astrology, cheiromancy (palmistry), and gematria (numerology).

 

    He was born near Dublin, Ireland in 1866 and was christened William Hohn Warner. He changed his name to Louis Hamon and assumed the title of Count and the mystic name Cheiro (from the Greek word for hand) when he entered into the professional practice of palmistry at the age of 24. Cheiro made many highly accurate prognostications for famous people during his successful 46-year career as a palm reader.

 

    In 1900 he was awarded the Order of the Lion and Sun by the Shah of Persia after the psychic saved the monarch's life by foiling an assassination attempt during a visit to the Paris Exhibition.

 

    Cheiro correctly predicted more than a dozen significant historical events, including: the death of Lord Horatio Kitchener, the imprisonment of Oscar Wilde, the career of British Prime Minister Arthur Balfour, the presidency of Grover Cleveland, the Russian Revolution, the Chinese Revolution, the death of Rasputin, the outbreak of the Boer War and World War One, the Great Depression, India's independence from Britain, the partitioning of India and Pakistan, the return of the Jews to Palestine and the establishment of Israel, and Franco's dictatorship of Spain.

 

    Several of Cheiro's prophecies remain to be fulfilled: a dictatorship will control France; a political union of China and Japan will control Asia; London will be destroyed by Soviet warplanes; New York City will be destroyed by an earthquake; Armageddon will occur when Russia, Libya, Ethiopia, and Iran invade Israel.

 

    51. Mathias Lang ~

 

    The "forest-prophet" Mathias Lang (also known as Muhlhias and Stormberger) lived in Bavaria from 1753 to 1820. Lang could not read or write, so his predictions went far beyond his educational horizon when he spoke of telephones, electricity, railroads, airplanes, and the atomic bomb. People mocked Lang during his lifetime, but history has proven the accuracy of many of his predictions, such as this one, made before thefirst World War:

 

    "When the iron road passing through the forest is built and the iron hound passes the deserted bay, afterwards, when the wagon without horse and shaft travels and people fly like birds in the sky, and when the silver fish flies over our forest... then is the war year. "

 

    The Kaltenberg-Deggendorf railway, the "iron road" through the Bavarian forest, was opened on August 1, 1914. The "iron hound" is less clear, but the "wagon without horse and shaft" is of course the automobile. The "silver fish" is a fair description of the Zeppelin, which flew over the Bavarian forest in 1914, just before the war began.

 

    Mathias Lang also accurately predicted World War Two. He spoke of our future in these terms:

 

    "After the Great War there will be no peace. The people will rise and all will fight against each other... The rich and noble will be killed. The World War will not make people better but much worse... Tell your children that their children will live to see the time when the earth will be cleared. God will do away with people because there will be no charity among men. Religious faith will decline; priests will not be respected; people will be intent only on eating and drinking; there will be many immensely rich people and large amounts of paupers; great wealth will not endure long, for the red caps will come. People will hide in forests and many will go into exile. After this civil conflict and general clearing people will love each other as much as previously they hated one another.

 

    "After World War II, people will think that peace has arrived, but it will be an interval only. One day a third World War will start, more awful than the preceding ones.

 

    "When women walk around in pants, and men have become effeminate, so that one will no longer be able to tell men from women, then the time is near.

 

    "People will build houses everywhere, high houses, low houses, one after another. When everyone builds, when everywhere buildings rise, everything will be cleared away.

 

    "There will be a holy Sign in the heavens, that a very severe Master will come and take off the Skin of the People. He will not rule very long, then when all that has happened as I said, then comes the great Clearing Away.

 

    "The Bavarian land will be devastated, and the land of Bohemia [Czechoslovakia] will be cleaned out as by a broom. Over all these places and over the Bohemian mountains will come the Reds... not the French, but the Reds.

 

    "It will happen overnight. While many people sit together in a guest house, outside the soldiers will draw near over the bridge. The mountain will be black with its people, and all will flee, each man will run through the forest. He who has two loafs of bread and loses somebody, he should let them lie and move on, so that he will come through with one loaf.

 

    "However, when you see the horror of the devastation, of which the Prophet Daniel has spoken, then flee as in Judea, to the mountain, and who is on the road, and who is in the field, do not turn around to fetch your garment.

 

    "The people who hide in Falkenstein will be spared.

 

    "The People will be sick and nobody can help them. Those who will make it must have an iron head. Those that have hidden during the great Clearing Away will say to every strange Person, "Brother, where have you stayed hidden --- Sister, where have you hidden yourself?" Then when people stand on top of the mountain, they will see no light in the whole forest.

 

    "And when one looks over the Danube and sees a cow, one should hang a golden bell on her.

 

    "The shepherds will walk around and put sticks in the ground and say, "This is where Rabenstein was, here where Straubing stood."

 

    "Then afterward a good time will come, that which is "Loved by Jesus Christ," and holy men will do wonders. Once people have their faith again, a long period of peace will follow. Those who are still alive will be given housing and as much land as they need. And the more hands one has, the more you will count.

 

    "Then there will be a shortened summer; winter and summer will not be distinguishable. Although everything around the Danube is wasted and dead, there will be people living in the woods and they will build houses in the woods --- beautiful houses, in fact, because all bad things are over and all difficulties have been surpassed. And soon the nettles will grow out of the old buildings. And the forest will grow again without war and death."

 

    Another prediction of World War Three brought much ridicule to Lang during the 19th century. He said that a road would be built over Pragel Pass between Straubing and Pilnersberg, and on it would march the invaders, the "red caps." The region Lang spoke of was so wild and inhospitable at that time that Lang's contemporaries could not imagine anyone living in that area, let along building a road there. Yet in 1972, construction was begun on a road over Pragel Pass, and today we can be certain that Lang was referring to Russians as the "Red" invaders. (3, 5)

 

    52. Mitar Tarabich ~

 

    The Serbian peasant Mitar Tarabich (1829-1899) received numerous visions throughout his life. The priest Zaharije Zaharich (1836-1918), who was Tarbich's godfather, recorded them. Tarabich accurately predicted local Serbian political events, and World Wars One and Two. The following prophecy concerns Serbia after World War Two, and the near future:

 

    "After the Great War, peace will reign all over the world. Many new states will appear... black, white, red and yellow. An international court is formed, which does not alow countries to fight each other. This court will be above all kings. Where a war starts, the Court will judge justly, trying to transform hatred and butchery into love and peace. The lucky ones who live to see these times will be more than happy.

 

    "After a while some great kings, as well as some small ones, will start to fake their respect for the Court, while doing whatever they please... Many small wars will begin because of this... Thousands upon thousands will de, but there will be no big wars.

 

    "There will be a few wars around the Kingdom of Israel, but sooner or later the peace will come even there.

 

    "In these wars, brothers fight brothers; then they make peace and kiss each other, but their hatred remains...

 

    "All these small wars are initiated by the great kingdoms because of their wickedness and malice. Those who fight and butcher each other do it because of their blind stupidity.

 

    "In our country, the time of peace and prosperity will last for a long time. Many a generation will be born to live and die in peace, knowing about war only through wise books, words and different strange apparitions [television?].

 

    "Our kingdom will be strong and well-loved and respected by everybody. People will eat only 'white' bread, and whole wheat just when they want to. Everybody will ride around in carts with no oxen. People will travel in the sky, looking down upon our land as if theyhad climbed on the doubled Tara mountain.

 

    "Down in Uzice, and all around these mountains, many factories will be built, and people will leave the land and come to work in them. For a long time they will love it, but then they will remember their land and go back to it.

 

    "Serbia will prosper best while the man with blue eyes on a white horse governs --- one who will come to Serbia, bringing some kind of new religion. He will.. lose his leg. From this wound he will die, not because of his great age. [Tito, who died in 1981 after the amputation of his leg]

 

    "After him, our land will be governed by some kind of commission, but it will never be as it was.

 

    "Even though the people in our kingdom will forget about misery and hunger and will live in great wealth, brother will start to hate and think evil of brother.

 

    "On our borders and over them, a new nation will appear. They will grow like grass after a deluge; they will be good and honest, and they will answer our hatred with reason. They will take care of each other like brothers. And we, because of our madness, shall think that we know everything and that we can do anything, and we shall baptise them with some new fate of ours, but all that will be in vain --- because they will believe only in themselves and in nobody else. Big trouble will become of it, because this nation will be brave. [The Bosnian war of the 1990s]

 

    "Many summers this trouble will last, and nobody will be able to stop it because that nation will grow like grass. One who will be born many summers after you [Zaharic] will be honest and intelligent; he will deal with them in peace.

 

    "We shall live in peace --- they there, us here and there.

 

    "You see, my godfather, when the world starts to live in peace and abundance after the Second Big War, all of that will be just a bitter illusion, because many will forget God and they will worship only their own human intelligence...

 

    "Men will build a box and within will be some kind of gadget with images, but they will not be able to communicate with me already dead, even though this image-gadget will be as close to this other world as hairs on the human scalp are close to each other. With the help of this gadget, man will be able to see everything that is happening all over the world.

 

    "People will drill wells deep in the ground and dig out gold ["black gold", oil] which will give them light, speed and power, and the Earth will shed tears of sorrow because there is much more gold and light on its surface than in its interior. The Earth will suffer because of these open wounds.

 

    "Instead of working in the fields, people will dig everywhere, in right and wrong places, but the real power will be all around them, not being able to tell them, 'Come on, take me, don't you see that I am here, all around you?' Only after many a summer, people will remember this real power,, and then they will realise how stupid it was to dig all those holes. This power will also be present in people but it will take a long time before they discover it and use it.

 

    "Thus man will live for a long, long time, not being able to know himself. There will be many learned men who will think through their books that they can know and do everything. They will be the great obstacle for this [self-] realization, but once people get this knowledge then people will see what kind of delusion it was when they listened to their learned men. When that happens, people will be so sorry that they didn't discover it before, because this knowledge is so simple.

 

    "People will do many stupid things, thinking that they know and can do everything, not knowing anything.

 

    "Wise men will appear in the Orient and their wisdom will cross all seas and frontiers but people will not trust this wisdom for a long time, and this real truth they will proclaim for a lie.

 

    "Their souls will not be possessed by the Devil, but by something much worse. They will believe that their delusion is the real truth, although there will be no truth in their heads.

 

    "Here at home it will be the same as all over the world. People will start to hate clean air and this divine freshness and all divine beauty and will hide in rankness. Nobody will force them to do that, but they will do it of their own free will.

 

    "Here in Kremna, many a field will become a meadow and many a home will be abandoned, but then those who have left will come back to heal themselves by breathing fresh air.

 

    "In Serbia it will not be possible to distinguish a man from a woman. Everybody will dress the same. This calamity will come to us from abroad but it will stay with us the longest. A groom will take a bride, but nobody will know who is who.

 

    "People will be lost and more and more senseless day by day. Men will be born not knowing who was their grandfather and great-grandfather. People will think that they know everything, but not a thing will they know.

 

    "The Serbs will separate from each other, and they will say, 'I am not a Serb, I am not a Serb.' The unholy one will infiltrate this nation and bed with Serbian sisters, mothers and wives. He will sire such children that among the Serbs, since the beginning of the world, these will be the worst of offspring. Only weaklings will be born, and nobody will be strong enough to give birth to a real hero.

 

    "At one time we shall disappear from this land of ours. We shall go to the north, and then realizing our stupid deed we shall return. When we come back, we shall wise up and chase away the unholy one, not to see him, in God's name, ever again.

 

    "The whole world will be plagued by a strange disease, and nobody will be able to find a cure. Everybody will say, 'I know, I know, because I am learned and smart', but nobody will know anything. People will think and think, but they will not be able to find the right cure, which will be with God's help, all around them and in themselves.

 

    "Men will travel to other worlds to find lifeless deserts there, and still, God forgive him, he will think that he knows better than God himself. There, except the eternal peace of God, he will see nothing, but he will sense with his heart and soul all of God's beauty and power. People will drive in rigs upon the Moon and stars. They will look for life, but life similar to ours they will not find. It will be there, but they will not be able to understand it and see that it is life...

 

    "The more people will know, the less they will love and care for each other. Hatred will be so great between them that they will care more for their different gadgets than for their relatives. Man will trust his gadget more than his first neighbor...

 

    "Among people of a nation far in the north, a little man will appear who will teach men about love and compassion, but there will be many Judases and hypocrites around him so that he will have many ups and downs. Not one of these hypocrites will want to know what is real human grace, but his wise books will remain, and all the words he will say, and then people will see how self-deceived they were.

 

    "Those who will read and write different books with numbers will think that they know the most. These learned men will let their lives be led by their calculations, and they will do and live exactly how these numbers tell them. Among these learned men there will be good and evil men. The evil ones will do evil deeds. They will poison air and water and spread pestilence over the seas, rivers and earth, and people will start to die suddenly of various ailments. Those good and wise will see that all this effort and hard work is not worth a penny and that it leads to the destruction of the world; and instead of looking for wisdom in numbers, they will start to seek it in meditation.

 

    "When they start to meditate more, they will be closer to God's wisdom, but it will be too late because the evil ones will already ravage the whole Earth, and men will start to die in great numbers. Then people will run away from the cities to the country and look for the mountains with three crosses, and there, inside, they will be able to breathe and drink water. Those who escape will save themselves and their families, but not for long because a great famine will appear. There will be plenty of food in towns and villages, but it will be poisoned. Many will eat because of hunger and die immediately. Those who will fast to the end will survive because the Holy Ghost will save them and they will be close to God...

 

    "The greatest and the angriest will strike against the mightiest and the most furious! When When this horrible war starts, woe to those armies armies that fly over skies; better off will be those who fight on ground and water.

 

    "People waging this war will have their scientists who will invent different and strange cannon-balls. When they explode, these cannon-balls, instead of killing, will cast a spell over all that lives --- people, armies and livestock. This spell will put them to sleep, and sleep they will instead of fight; and after, they will come back to their senses.

 

    "We will not fight in this war, but others will do battle over our heads. Burning people will fall from the sky over Pozega.

 

    "Only one country at the end of the world, surrounded by a great sea, as big as our Europe, will live in peace, without any troubles... Upon it or over it, not a single cannon-ball will explode![Probably Australia]

 

    "Those who will run and hide in the mountains with three crosses will find shelter and will be saved, to live after in abundance, happiness and love, because there will be no more wars..."

 

    53. Alois Irlmaier ~

 

    Alois Irlmaier was a dowser and well digger who lived in Freislassing, Bavaria. He was famous for his psychic abilities, and after World War II, many people sought his clairvoyant skills to locate their families and friends. Because of his fame, Irlmaier had a few enemies and was ridiculed and accused of being a warlock. But after appearing in court, the charges were dismissed, Irlmaier told the judge exactly what clothes the judge's wife was wearing that day and what she was doing. Even though he had never seen her, he proved to be completely correct, and the judge released him. (3, 5)

 

    The future appeared to Irlmaier as in a movie, with only numbers appearing veiled, coded, or incomplete. He predicted his own death in July 1959. His last words were: "I am glad that I can go now, because I won't have to experience what I see." Here are his accounts of the extraordinary visions he received:

 

    "The Third Great War comes, when three high-ranking men will be killed.

 

    "While the Bavarians sit at a card game in Wirthaus, the strange soldiers will look into the windows and doors.A totally black column of people will come from the East. Everything goes quite quickly. From the Golden City (Prague) it moves out. The first worm goes from the blue waters of the Danube northwest to the Swiss border. By Regensberg there stands no more bridge over the river, but southerly from the blue water they will not come. The second great push will come over Saxony westward against the Ruhr. The third army column from the northwest will go westward over Berlin. It all goes very quickly and fast. From the Danube to the coast will be controlled by the Grays. Two fleeing refugee groups will cross the river; the third is lost and encircled by the enemy. Munich, South Bavaria, and Austria need not have fear.

 

    "The enemy headquarters will be a red-roofed monastery, whose altar faces north [Freyung?].

 

    "I see the earth like a ball in front of me, above which only white clouds fly. Ten thousand doves rise out of the sand [Africa] and fly over us, but they do not drop down. But there where the headquarters of the others are, they throw black boxes, 25 centimeters high; there everything is wiped out.

 

    "Then the movement moves to the north and cuts off the third army.

 

    "Then it rains a yellow dust in a line. The golden line. The Golden City of Prague will be destroyed; it starts there. It continues in a straight line to the sea by the bay [Hamburg, Lubeck, or Stetin].

 

    "The tanks drive, but those who sit inside are covered with death. There where it falls, nothing will live. No trees, no flowers, no animals, no grass. Everything will wither and turn black. The houses will stand.

 

    "What it is, I don't know and cannot say. It is a long line. He who crosses it dies. The soldiers of the east cannot cross to the West, and the soldiers of the West cannot cross to the East. The wind blows the deadly cloud to the East. Suddenly the eastern armies collapse. They throw away everything they carry with them and try to escape to the North. But none of them will return.

 

    "But by the Rhine things will be finalized. From the three army movements not one soldier will be able to return home. There will be so many dead... thousands of bodies black, the rotting flesh falls from the bones.

 

    "Then comes a single aircraft from the East. It throws a "neutralizer" in the great water by England. Then the water lifts in one single piece as high as a tower and falls back down. It makes an earthquake and a giant wave and everything will be overflooded. Almost all of England and the European coast to Berlin will sink except for a few mountain peaks.

 

    "Simultaneously, a new land will arise which existed earlier [Atlantis]. Three great cities will sink. One through water [London]. The second will sink [New York], and the third just falls apart [Rome]. The city with the steel tower [Paris] will be set on fire by its inhabitants and will be leveled to the ground.

 

    "Also in Italy it will be very bad. All priests except six will be murdered. The Pope will flee.

 

    "Whoever lives south of the Danube need not worry about the Russians. The people between Watsman Mountain and Wendelstein need not worry and will be isolated.

 

    "Then from "K" [Koln?] flies out the flaming tongue up to the Northwest, West and South. Only once will the tongue fly so shortly, then burns a small town north of Saurisel [near Berechtsgarten].

 

    "The Munich people will not have much happen to them, but there will be a little distress. But a great famine will come and will take the animals from the farmer. Then the farmer really has to set himself to the task, for they will try to steal the very underwear off of him.

 

    "Simultaneously, there will stand up a large man, and at that point the war stops. The whole thing does not take very long.

 

    "The bearded people of seven yesterdays will finally end and their enemy will flee. On the riverbank they will camp and fight with desperation. There, however, their might will be annihilated, their power broken, so that hardly one will remain alive to return home to report their defeat.

 

    "I see three things, be they three days, three weeks, or three months, I don't know.

 

    "In Russia a new revolution will break out, and a civil war. The dead bodies will be so numerous that they will have difficulty removing them from the streets. The Russian people will begin to believe in Christ and the Cross will be honored once again.

 

    "The leaders will kill themselves, and in the blood the blame will be washed away. I see a red mass mixed with yellow faces. I see a total uprising and a horrible massacre and plunder. Then they will sing the Easter Song and burn candles before pictures of Mary. Through the power of the prayers of Christianity, this Monster out of Hell will die, and even young people will begin to believe again the Virgin Mother of God.

 

    "It will become dark on one day during the year. Then a huge thunderstorm will appear with bolts of lightning and thunder and an earthquake will move the earth. Do not go out of the house. No lights will burn except for candle lights. The stream of people stops. Whoever inhales the dust will develop cramps and die. Do not open the windows. Hand the windows with black paper on the glass. All open water will become poisonous, and all open food which has not been canned. Also all foods in glass will not make it.

 

    "Outside, the dust moves. Many people will die. After seventy-two hours everything will be over. But I will say it you again, do not go outside, do not look out of the window. Let the candles burn, keep watch, and pray. Overnight more people will die than in the combined two world wars.

 

    "Thereafter the Pope will return and the first great "Te Deum" will be sung in the Dome in Cologne. Then he will crown three kings, a Hungarian, an Austrian, and a Bavarian. The Bavarian is an old man with white hair, and he wears lederhosen. In the beginning there will be famine, but then the Danube returns to its level, thereafter there will be so many groceries brought up the Danube that all will be fed.

 

    "During this time the climate will change. It will become warmer, and the southern fruits and grapes will grow very well in Bavaria. And people will move there, who want to, and everybody can live where they want to and have as much land as they can handle. The land north and east of the Danube will be resettled. There are only a few people left. Then the traveling salesmen will say, buy my wares, or I will go crazy. The sausages will spill from the plates, there will be such an abundance. There will come a long, happy time, and those who live to experience it will be very happy...

 

    "The year 1999 will bring destruction, followed by peace. A darkness of 72 hours will precede peace. The time of the year may be autumn, for there will be snow on the mountains, but not yet in the lowlands. The sign if the Cross will appear in the heavens. The war will end as quickly as it began, and a natural phenomenon will end it. The last battle will be near Cologne, and it will be won by the West...

 

    "The "Great City" of the United States will be destroyed by rockets, and the West Coast will be invaded by Asians, but they will be beaten back...

 

    "The Third World War will come, but I cannot predict the year. It will be preceded by signs in the skies, which will be seen by millions of people. War will begin on a rainy night, shortly before harvest time, when the ears are full. War will begin after the assassination of an eminent politician in Czechoslovakia or in Yugoslavia. An invasion from the East will follow..."

 

    Shortly before his death (July 29, 1959), Alois Irlmaier added to his legacy with these details of World War III:

 

    "Nothing has changed. Indeed, events have come even closer and I can see them even better. I see two men who will kill the "third high-ranking person." They have been paid to do so. One of the murderers is a small black man, the other is a somewhat taller white man. It could possibly happen in the Balkans, but I'm not sure about it. Prior to the war there will be a fruitful year with good vegetable crops and plentiful fruits. After the murder of "the third" war will erupt without warning during the night. I see dust, and I see three numbers, two 8s and a 9. I do not know what the numbers mean, nor do I know the date and the time. "

 

    54. The Birch Tree Prophecies ~

 

    Just as it did in the First and Second World Wars, Germany is destined to play a key role in the Third. Several German prophets have named Westphalia as the area where the final battle of the war will be fought. After the collapse of the Russian attack on Europe, the surviving invaders will escape to an area about sixty miles northeast of Cologne, defined by the towns of Unna, Hamm, Suest, Werl, Holtum, and Kirsch-Hemmard.(5-7, 17)

 

    The original Birch Tree Prophecies were transmitted orally for centuries.  The Name "Birch Tree" probably is a mistranslation of the German word "Kirch" (cherry); The old German letter "K" looks like a "B". The earliest known written description was recorded in 1431 by Eberhard Windecke, the court historian of Kaiser Sigismund. It tells of a vision of a horrible battle between two "men" lasting two days and nights.

 

    In 1545, a chronicler from Lunen also recorded a vision of a battle of this scale. Another anonymous prophecy, dated 1701, was recorded by Beykirch in his Prophetstimmen (1849):

 

    "There will come a time when the world become very godless. The people will become self-reliant from the king, and there will bea general loss of respect for authority and those who are no longer true to their masters or to their relief will become the rulers. There will then be a general uproar, so that father will fight against son, and son will fight against father.

 

    "There will come a time when one will no longer respect the beliefs of the church and the school. New books will be introduced. There will come a time when the Catholic religion will feel very crowded, and there will be an attempt to get rid of it. People will enjoy play and joyous occasions about this time, and be generally fascinated by entertainment. But then it will not take very long for a change to step in. There will be an incredible war... On one side stands Russia and the entire North. And on the other side is France and the whole South under one first. This knight will come from Midday. He wears a white cloak with buttons that go down to his feet. He carries a Cross on his chest, and rides a donkey. He will be lame afoot. This knight is so together that no one tries to stop him. He is also a peacemaker. Great is his strength. He manages to get rid of all dance music and unnecessary clothes that people might wear.

 

    "The chief of the Prussian Army will be stopped in a place that is designed to make horse bridles.

 

    "The enemies who are strangers to Germany will be put to flight and they will not have time to take with them what will nourish them during their flight.

 

    "The barbarian peoples of the northern bear will come to conquer but their enemies will take courage and they will battle with the fury of despair. Then their power will be broken, its force will be annihilated and then some few people will be at pains to survive in order to carry home the news of their defeat.

 

    "The prince who will deliver the great combat will go to a church at Bremen to hear the Mass. From Bremen he will ride. From there he will see with his telescope toward the region of the Birch tree to observe the foes. Thereafter they will go up to Holtum, an area near Werl... By Holtum there stands a Crucifix between two linden trees. Before these linden trees he will kneel down, and for a long time he will pray with arms outstretched. Thereafter he will lead his soldiers, who are dressed in white, to the meeting. He will then remain after a bloody battle. He will be the victor. On a stream that flows from West to East near Berdberg and Sondberg there will be the most murdering and killing. There, after the battle this victorious master of the field, this Prince, will collect the people into the church of Schaffhausen near Werl and give them a talk."

 

    Another version of this prophecy is given in The Proceedings of the Heavenly Renewal from the Unknown Who Became Illuminated (Cologne, 1701):

 

    "When the time is near, people will not know how to dress. Women will wear hats like men, and pants like men. Then will follow a tragic and unlucky time like our Creator has spoken of before us. People will fear themselves on earth, and fear things that are to come.

 

    "Father will be against son, and son against father. Dogma will be perverted; men will try to overthrow the Catholic church! Mankind will become lovers of pleasure. The true and believing will not be found anymore, after which the independent peoples will fight wars against each other for a long time. Thrones will have collapsed, and kingdoms will collapse. And through this process, the unaffected East against the West will resort to heavy weapons. Then it is no longer over fatherland, language or belief. A war will follow after a winter which really was no winter, when there will be a soulless snow that will fall. The flowers will bloom very early in this year, and the cows will be up to their knees in grass by April. The first soldiers that come will wear cherry blossoms on their helmets. The rye will be brought in before the battle but the wheat won't. The soldiers are animals and will eat the wheat in the fields.

 

    "On the east field by Gravenstein, the soldiers will kill a red cow. However, they won't have much time to eat from it.

 

    "The citizens flee from the town. A young lass with a red skirt who is the last to cross the small creek will be shot. In the middle of Germany they will meet. Towns and villages will be destroyed. After, it will be necessary for the people to hide in the mountains and in the woods.

 

    In the nearby lower Germany, the battle will be decided. There will be battles like the world has never seen before. This terrible battle will begin by the Birch Forest near Bodberg. For three days they will fight; covered with wounds, they will fight until they stand in blood"... (3)

 

    55. Johannes Lichtenberger ~

 

    In 1488, Johannes Lichtenberger, the court astrologer of Frederick III, published his popular encyclopedia Prognostico in Latino, which contains predictions of World War III, the Grand Monarch, and the Holy Pope:

 

    "There will come a time when the people of the desert will assemble in German lands and will conquer the circle of the earth. They will destroy cities and empires. They will drink from the holy vessels, and priests will be strangled in holy places. But they will be destroyed near Cologne...

 

    "It says in The Book of the Frankish Kings that it will be from the Carolingian, that is from the race of King Charles of France, that an emperor names P will arise in the last days. He will be a prince and a monarch and will reform the churches of all Europe. After him there will be no other emperor...

 

    "Afterwards a hermit will arise, known for his great sanctity, as Joachim says in his Booke of Concordance, "A man in great sanctity lifted up to the Roman throne like an apostle" God will do miracles through him; no one will obey his laws. He will condemn plural benefices and incomes and will command that clerics live from tithes and offerings. he will forbid ostentatious clothing and all unseemly choruses and songs. He will command women to be without gold and jewels, and will bid the gospel to be preached. He will be Pope only for a brief time --- when four years are up, this most holy man will go happily to God.

 

    "Immediately after this, God will raise up three other very holy men, one after another. They will be alike in virtues and miracles and will confirm the decrees and deeds of their predecessor. Under their rule the Church will be renewed. They will be called the "Angelic Popes."

 

    56. Spielbahn ~

 

    In 1940, records were discovered of a lawsuit filed in 1772 against a weaver who was called Spielbahn or Lugnebahm (Liar-Path or Fool-Path) by his detractors. He appeared before the Elector's Court in Honnef, Germany, to account for these predictions:

 

    "A small people will arise and bring war into the world. When they build a bridge across the Rhine River near Mondorf, it would be advisable to be among the first to cross over it to the other side. A great barbarian country will sink down. With it will sink many false prophets. Many foreign people will be murdered here. Poison will fall as rain upon the fields, which will bring great hunger into Germany. Finally, a foreign king will rise and win victory for the just cause. The survivors of the adversary armies will flee as far as the Birch Tree; there the last battle will be decided for the good cause. Those who have been hiding in the mountains will return to plant the fields. Those brothers who have escaped the holocaust will return from abroad with their children and they will live again in peace at home. It will be a good and happy time."

 

    57. Bernard Rembold ~

 

    Bernard Rembold was a German monk who lived from 1689 to 1793. Here is his prophecy concerning the Birch Tree:

 

    "The beginning of a terrible time of blood will come when there will be a fierce battle near Cologne. It will be impossible to prevent this horrible devastation; gruesome war and destruction cannot be turned away. People will walk in blood up to the ankles. At last a foreign king will arise and gain victory for the just side. The remaining enemy will retreat to the Little Birch Tree, and there the last battle will be fought for the righteous cause. The foreigners have brought black death with them; whatever is spared by the sword, will be eaten by the pestilence. The land will be deserted and ownerless.

 

    "At that time France will be divided. The German Empire will select a simple man as the Emperor, who will rule for a short time. His successor will be the man for whom the world has longed. He will be called a Roman Emperor and give peace to the world. He will restore Siegberg and Heisterbach. He is the Grand Monarch foretold by Holzhauser. At that time there will be no Jews in Germany and the heretics will admit their error. A good and happy era will follow. God will be praised on earth and war will be no more... Then the fugitive brothers and their children will return and continue to live in peace in their native land.

 

    "When the Emperor of Germany flees for his life a man who carries his crown for him will be the man the world has long expected."

 

    58. The Prophecy of Mayence ~

 

    The Prophecy of Mayence is dated to 1854, and gives a detailed description of the Battle of the Birch Tree:

 

    "Woe to thee, great city; woe to thee, city of vice! Fire and sword shall succeed fire and famine. Courage, faithful souls! The reign of the dark shadow shall not have time to execute all its schemes. But the time of mercy approaches. A prince of the nation is in your midst. It is the man of salvation, the wise, the invincible; he shall count his enterprises by his victories. He shall drive the enemy out of France, he shall march from victory to victory, until the day of divine justice. That day he shall command seven kinds of soldiers against three to the quarter of Bouleaus between Hamm, Woerl, and Padenborn. Woe to the people of the East, thou shalt spread afar the cries of affliction and innocent blood. Never shall such an army be seen. Three days the sun shall rise upwards on the heads of the combatants without being seen through the clouds of smoke. Then the commander shall get the victory; two of his enemies shall be annihilated; the remainder of the three shall fly toward the extreme East."

 

    59. The Monk of Werl ~

 

    An anonymous Franciscan monk of Werl recorded this prophecy, which he received in 1701. It was first published in 1849:

 

    "There will be a terrible war. On one side will be peoples of the West, on the other those of the East. They will" arrive with a multitude of soldiers. The war will be fought for a long time with indecisive results until they reach the Rhine. There they will fight for three days until the waters of the Rhine will be all red. Then the affair will be decided at the Battle of the Birch Tree, where white, blue and gray soldiers will fight with such might and rage that those multitudes will be completely rubbed out. Then there will be peace and calm everywhere. The time will come when there will be general malcontent and contempt of religion. When persons will obey no more, when they will not be able to distinguish the rich and the poor, believe that the time is near. The whole north of Europe will wage war against the whole south led by a strong monarch. This man will restore divine order in the Church, state, and family, thus giving true peace to the nations."

 

    60. Wessel Eilert ~

 

    Another Westphalian seer, a farmer named Wessel Dietrich Eilert (also known as Old Jasper), left us more details about the Battle of the Birch Tree. Eilert lived in Huckarde near Dortmund, Germany, from 1764 to 1833. This prophecy was first published in 1848:

 

    "In the year when the war begins, it was possible to bring the corn in already, but not the wheat. Before this war there will be a time of general disloyalty; men will take evil for goodness and honor, deceit for politeness... There will be a general collapse of the fiber of society. This war will begin in the East. The war will break out very quickly. In the evening, one will want to say "Peace, Peace," but there is no peace, and in the morning the enemy will be at the door and all will resound with the din of war. It will last but a few days, and those who can hide for a few days will be safe. Also, the pull-out will be quite fast. One throws wheels and carriages into the water or the fleeing enemy will take everything with them. The people of over half the world will stand against each other. God will scare the two enemies with all His might. Only a few Russians will be able to return home to be able to take care of their situation there. The land will lose a lot of population so that women will have to work in the field, and seven girls will brawl for a man. The priesthood will be so rare that one will have to walk seven hours to hear the mass.

 

    "The Poles will in the beginning go under through the invasion. They will, however, fight against the invaders and will receive a king. France will be divided in three days. Spain will not be involved, but however the Spaniards will invade the areas and help to reestablish order with the churches. Austria will be spared; in fact, it will be pretty good there. The Roman Chair will stand empty for some time... This will not however be a war of religion, but all who believe in Jesus Christ will have a common cause... A principal sign of the times in which the war will break out will be the general indifference in matters of religion and the general corruption of mores in many places. At that time they will give believers the name of fools, and the faithless will pretend to be men of light.

 

    "There will be one religion that will unite all except for the Jews who will show their old stubbornness. On the Rhine stands a church that is built by all peoples' will. From there, where the next great war will break out, is what the people are supposed to believe. All confessions will be compatible.

 

    "Germany receives a new King and then follows a fortunate time."

 

    61. Antonius ~

 

    A German immigrant named Antonius, who was born Cologne in 1820, prophesied the final battle of World War III thus:

 

    "I saw a new war in Alsace. Suddenly from the French side out of Metz and Nancy, large troop transports, where after the battle began, which lasted two days, and which ended by winning over the Prussian commander. The French follow the Prussians over the Rhine in many directions. In a significant battle by Frankfurt, the Prussians were beaten heavily. They pulled back to Siegburg, where they ran into the Russians. The Russians treated the Prussians badly. It appears to me that the Prussians helped the French. The battle by Siegburg has never been equaled for horror. After several days the Russians and Prussians disengage and begin to pull back below Bonn on the west side of the Rhine River. The city of Cologne was shot at; only a quarter of the town was unaffected. They left shortly afterwards and the people were glad and clapped and their faces beamed."

 

    62. Peter Schlinkert ~

 

    Another mention of the Birch Tree occurs in a German prophecy by Peter Schlinkert (born 1730). During the Seven Years' War, Schlinkert also had a vision that saved the life of Duke Clemens of Westphalia. He wrote this about the Birch Tree:

 

    "At the Birch tree the armies of the West will fight a terrible battle against the armies of the East, and after many bloody sacrifices be victorious. The soldiers of the East will retreat over the Haar, and when the villagers see Rune in the Werler and Haar on fire, they must quickly flee into the Armsberger Wood. Another battle will be fought near the Ruhr Bridge by Obenheimer, but here only with artillery. A few days later the last great battle on German soil will be fought and that by the village Schmerleck on the so-called Lusebrink. The armies of the East will be completely annihilated and only a few will escape to return home with the news of defeat. there will be terrible lamentations.

 

    "After these days of mishap and misery, happiness and peace will return to Germany, even though in the first year women will have to march behind the plow."

 

    63. Brother Anthony of Aix-la-Chapelle ~

 

    In 1871, the French Brother Anthony recorded his vision describing the final battle near Cologne and the aftermath of the war:

 

    "Some day war will break out again in Alsace. I saw the French in Alsace with Strasbourg at their rear, and I saw Italians fighting with them. Suddenly great transports of troops arrived from the French side. A two-day battle ended with the defeat of the Prussian army. The French pursued the Prussians over the Rhine in many directions. In a second battle at Frankfurt, the Prussians lost again and retired as far as Siegburg, where they joined a Russian army. The Russians made common cause with the Prussians. It seemed to me as if the Austrians were aiding the French. The battle at Siegburg was more horrible than any before and its like will never occur again. After some days the Prussians and Russians retreated and crossed, below Bonn, to the left bank of the Rhine. Steadily pressed by their opponents, they retired to Cologne, which had been bombarded so much that only one-fourth of the city remained intact. Constantly in retreat, the remainder of the Prussian army moved to Westphalia, where the last battle went against them. The people greatly rejoiced because they were freed from the Prussians.

 

    "Then a new emperor, about 40 years old, was elected in Germany, and he met the Pope. Meanwhile, an epidemic broke out in the region devastated by the war, and many people died. After the battle in Westphalia, the French returned to their own country, and from then on there was peace between the French and the Germans. Industry and trade prospered, and many convents were founded. All the exiles returned to their homes. When I begged God to take the terrible vision away, I heard a voice saying: "Prussia must be humiliated and in a manner that it never again will bring sorrow to the Church." In the following year the Russians will war with the Turks, driving the latter out of Europe and seizing Constantinople. The new German Emperor will mobilize for war but the Germans will not go beyond their border. When afterward I was shown France and Germany I shuddered at the depopulation that had taken place. Soon after the Russo-Turkish War, England also will be visited by war."

 

    64. Paracelsus ~

 

    Theophrastus von Hohenheim, also known as Paracelsus, was a great Swiss physician, alchemist and occultist of the 16th century. His extraordinary mind was one of the most brilliant ever to grace humanity. He was a prolific writer; his publications revolutionized medicine in Europe. He made major contributions to Western mysticism, including a small book of 32 prophecies called Prognosticatio eximii doctoris Theophrasti Paracelsi (ca. 1530). Though the predictions were written in symbolic terms, several of them have been satisfied by history. Several others can be reasonably interpreted to give some understanding of his view of the future.

 

    Paracelsus associated the 4th Monarchy (the millennial new age) with the rediscovery of the alchemical Philosophers' Stone by the Grand Monarch, as suggested by the following section of a longer prophecy. (18)

 

    "... The people of the earth shall then be in commotion, and no ties of brotherhood, marriage, or friendship will be respected.

    The lion will join himself to the fishes.

    And the crown will be subject to the fine hat.

    Then will the rue-wreath be soiled with milk.

    And the pelican shall be devoured by his young.

    But the phoenix shall be consumed in the fire, and when the dew moistens the ashes he will revive again according to his nature.

    But he will become a noble phoenix, and will press hard upon the toad, and he will take to the lion and give him a choice.

    The lion will select the best and no more.

    Upon the other wild horse this phoenix will place a bridle and will ride it with spurs but without a saddle.

    Then a new generation of beasts with various strange heads shall be born. They will have many mouths and stomachs, but only one natural draught.

    The most profligate will maintain his magnificence, and his angels will be clothed in blood. They will be intent upon one work alone.

    A pair of horses will appear and in all places the wail of the fugitives will be heard.

    The dragon of sleep will cause the eagle to become weary of all magnificence.

    The fountain of life will commence to flow.

    And a white eagle will be changed into black.

    Milk and blood will decrease, and the animal tree will begin to grow.

    An old lion will be bound and a young lion will become free. He will please all those animals which the old had vexed.

    He will do even more, for he will change his mane and hair into silk.

    The bear will lay snares, and the ox-head will seek to gore him.

    The griffin will fly over him but will not harm him.

    Then shall the pearl, so long lost, be found by one of humble estate, and will be set, as a jewel, in gold.

    It will be given to the prince of all beasts, that is, to the right lion.

    He will hang it around his neck, and wear it with honor.

    He will resist the bear and the wolf, and rend them asunder; so that the beast of the forest shall be safe.

    Then will the old art flourish and no heed will be given to the new.

    Then will the New World begin, and the white and black shall disappear.

    All vain glory will be ended, and the plumes of the bird of the East shall be burned by the sun of the south.

    How then will it be with thee, oh thou lion and earthly one who art painted and bound with gold?

    All thy doing shall be changed, and the seven heads shall become one head. Out of this one, a head shall be born that shall be armed with a horn.

    This horn shall bruise all that which has so long brought sorrow to Iffinos.

    And the great city shall be the head of the less and shall become free from servitude.

    Europe shall be the head, Asia the crown, but Africa shall be the jewel."

 

    This prophecy is difficult to interpret, but some of the symbols are obvious: the phoenix is the alchemist king, who will be graced with the Philosophers' Stone, "the pearl, so long lost." The toad is France: that animal was the glyph from which the present fleur-de-lys was derived. The bear is Russia, the lion is England, and the griffin might the USA. The ox represents the Muslims.

 

    Several of Paracelsus' 32 prognostic figures have been fulfilled by historical events. The following seven figures are relatively clear and seem to pertain to our future:

 

    "Figure 7: Bishop Surrounded by Spears --- Because from time to time thou hast been self-willed, thou art predestined to be surrounded by much adversity. For thou hast not considered of thyself how thou art prefigured magically under the symbol of a stone, as both fat and lean. Thou dost not know it, therefore thou hast fallen beneath the punishment that hath broken up all empires. Had thine pretended wisdom and understanding been thine own thou would have taken thee as a mirror. But it is not so; therefore thy wisdom proveth to be a folly at this time.

 

    "Figure 8: Sword & Crown --- Who is he that knoweth on whom the sun shines, or whom it shall give, what man by himself can in no wise take? Therefore, because it is in the hand of God and He giveth it to whom He wills, thence it follows that man's resistance is in vain. For the hour hath come that thou shalt cease to be, notwithstanding thy strength, thy allies, thy power. For all thou hast established shall fall with thee. Thou shalt delude thyself and others to thy own pity."

 

    In the 1666 Strassburg edition of his works, Paracelsus offered some "Elucidations" to the figures:

 

    "Elucidation 7: They will seek much assistance from strangers, and bind one chain into another, and will erect and again let fall, break and make, and seek hither and thither where shelter from the heat may be found.

 

    "Elucidation 8: But the eighth symbol shall gain victory and triumph.

 

    "For if that were not to come to pass it would be impossible that on earth there should ever again be peace or rest so long as the world endures.

 

    "So totally will everyone act according to his will and forget why they are on earth, but only declare: Thus I will, thus I do."

 

    Here Paracelsus is condemning the Catholic Church for its pretensions, bigotry, and persecutions. The Church will be made to suffer in like wise for the past 2,000 years of superstitious suppression committed in the name of Jesus Christ. The weather will be terribly hot.

 

    "Figure 11: Bear Sucking His Paw --- Although the sun did once shine upon thee, and thou hast glutted thyself with food and plunder, yet thou hast not wisely considered the end, and hast forgotten the winter; therefore he taketh away thy pleasure, and will compel thee to suck thine own paws. For thou art bear-like, and have no further reason. Magic hath driven thee into the toils that thou shouldst be known. But if the wit of man had been thine, the winter wouldst not have overtaken thee.

 

    "Elucidation XI: To munch the paws is a meager diet, and it is painful to freeze after sunshine. But what one does of one's own choice, one must one's self have."

 

    The bear is Russia or Germany; Hitler's invasion of Russia can be inferred here, or else the collapse of the Communist regime.

 

    "Figure 26: "F" on a Rose in a Crown --- The Sibyl hath been mindful of thee when the placed the "F", and right well art thou not standing in the rose; for thou art ripe and time hath brought thee. What the Sibyl saith of thee shall be accomplished and even more shall be said of thee. The summer that bringeth roses is that contrary time where in all things are divided; which is an indication that man was building on sand. This must pass away, and thou shalt set it upon the rock that many shall be astounded. For when the time cometh, also herewith cometh that wherefore the time hath come.

 

    "Elucidation 26: For the sun shall enlighten him that will be the judge of himself."

 

    This prophecy probably refers to the Grand Monarch. The letter "F" may represent France, or a Quabbalistic initiation. The other references to the seasons, sand, rock and roses are alchemical symbols, though they may well have other meanings.

 

    "Figure 27: Five Swords --- It hath been forgotten that many heads rule badly, and that , but that each one should serve the other also only one should rule and not more. This is the cause that they have split up and parted, each one seeking his own opportunity. But it is not right to seek one's own opportunity, but that each should serve the other, and seek to be useful to the other and leave his own, as doth indeed but seldom happen, for this reason they will be put down; and to whom it is destined to be united, he shall be foremost, and under him shall rejoice those who have been long afflicted and distressed.

 

    "Elucidation 27: And neither alliances nor chains shall there be strong enough to hinder each from being harnesses to his own plow, even as is ordained for him.

 

    "Figure 30: Monk, Preacher & Mystic --- Thou hast often assembled, and much congregated, but the enemy was not with thee, therefore all things thou hast resolved were to no purpose and in vain. It must be alone that thou wilt forego thy claims, and what thou wouldst do if thou were to turn aside, and wouldst acknowledge thyself and others; then wouldst thou cease. But as thou desireth to be what thou shouldst not be, and wilt sit upon the chair of St. Peter, and whereas the same must fall; therefore thou mayst not continue in thy plots, for he shall turn aside thy design who is thy master.

 

    "Figure 31: Four Dancing Children --- There shall be such a total renewal and change that they will be as children that know nothing of the cunning and intrigue of the old. This shall be when they count LX, a little less, but not more [when LVX, Lux, Light comes]. Therefore it is well that we should remember that the time appeareth to be a long time according to a man's lifetime, but as a short time should we observe and consider it. For to cause so much to fall and to be overthrown, with such a raging and roaring lion that has so long grown, this cannot be done in a moment. But how well shall it be with him that shall be as a little child, for human knowledge causeth but unrest and grief.

 

    "Elucidation 31: And as little children without cunning or guile shall they appear."

 

    65. Alchemy & Prophecy ~

 

    In Chapter 8 of his treatise De Minerabilis, Paracelsus predicted the advent of Elias Artista (Elias the Artist), Master of Alchemy. Elsewhere in the literature of Hermetic science, Elias Artista is referred to as "a symbol of the ripeness of the age! He is the great day to come when all secrets shall be brought to light, and things now rooting in the dark earth shall be brought to light, and things now rooting in the dark earth shall come forth to full growth and flower and bear a treasure, which is for the healing of nations... a symbolic representation, the collective breath of generous vindications. Spirit of Liberty, of science and love which must regenerate the world!" (18)

 

    Paracelsus, Glauber, Thomas Norton, Alexander Seton and other alchemists wrote of Elias as if he were an individual. Paracelsus wrote: "What is small and humble, God has revealed, but the more important is still in the dark and shall likely remain so until the arrival of Elias Artista... One shall come after me whose splendor is not yet in this life, and who shall reveal much." According to Glauber, "This Elias Artista shall restore the true spagyric medicine of the old Egyptian Philosophy which was lost over a thousand years. He shall bring it with him and show it to the world."

 

    The 15th century alchemist Thomas Norton transmitted a poetic prophecy about Elias Artista in his Ordinal of Alchemy:

 

    "Arise by Surname when the change of Coin was had,

    Made some men sorry, and some men glad:

    And as to much people that change,

    Seemed a thing new and strange;

    So that season befell a wonderous thing,

    Touching this Science without leaving.

    That three masters of this Science all

    Lay in one Bed nigh to Leadenhall,

    Which has Elixirs perfect White and Red,

    A wonder such Three to rest in one Bed,

    And that within the space of days Ten,

    While hard it is to find one in Millions of Men.

    Of the Dukedom of Lorraine one I understand

    Was born, that other nigh in the middle of England,

    Under a Crosse, in the end of Shires three,

    The third was borne; the youngest of them is he.

    Which by his Nativity is by Clerks found,

    That he should honor all English ground;

    A Man might walk all the World about,

    And fail such Three Master to find out;

    Two be fleeting, the Youngest shall abide,

    And do much good in this Land at a Tide.

    But sin of Princes shall let or delay

    The Grace that he should do on a day.

    The eldest Master changed of him a song,

    And said that he should suffer much wrong

    Of them which were to him greatly beholden.

    And many things more this Master told,

    Which since that time hath truly befall,

    And some of them hereafter shall,

    Whereof one is truly (said he)

    After Troubles great Joy shall be

    In every quarter of this Land,

    Which all good Men shall understand:

    The younger asked when that should be,

    The old Man said when men shall see

    The Holy Cross honored both day and night,

    In the Land of God in the Land of Light;

    Which may be done in right good season,

    But long delayed it is without reason:

    When that begins note well this thing,

    That Science shall draw towards the King;

    And many more Graces ye may be told;

    Grace on that King shall descend,

    When he old Manners shall amend:

    He shall make full secret search,

    For this Science with dulcet speech;

    And among the Solitary,

    He shall have tidings certainly.

    So sought King Kalid of many men,

    Which helped Kalid at his need,

    His virtues caused him to speed. "

 

    The eminent British occultist Arthur E. Waite reprinted the prophecy in interpretive prose form in The Hermetic Museum:

 

    "This knowledge would often have been the glory of England's kings, if their hopes had been firmly placed upon God. One who shall have obtained his honors by means of this Art, will mend old manners, and change them for the better. When he comes, he will reform the kingdom, and by his goodness and virtue he will set an everlasting example to rulers. In his time the common people will rejoice, and render praise to God in mutual neighborly love. O King, who are to accomplish all this, pray to God the King, and implore His aid in the matter. So the glory of thy mind will be crowned with the glory of a golden age, which shall not then be hoped for as future."

 

    66. References ~ [Not available in the Internet Edition]

 

Chapter 4

 

Marian Prophecies

 

    1. Venerable Mary of Agreda

    2. Our Lady of La Salette

    3. Our Lady of Lourdes

    4. St. John  Bosco

    5. Our Lady of Fatima

    6. Our Lady of Garabandal

    7. Padre Pio

    8. Sr. Agnes Sasagawa

    9. Veronica Lueken

    10. Maria Bianchini

    11. Our Lady of Medjugorje

    12. References

 

    The misogynist Septuagint Council thoroughly edited the female principle from the first official edition of the New Testament, with the exception of a few polite mentions of Virgin Mary and Mary Magdalene (who may well have been Jesus’ wife; the "heretical" 1970s paperback book The Jesus Scroll makes that assertion). The Mother is not so easily suppressed by ignorance, however, and she has appeared to her devotees many times throughout Church history, albeit at irregular intervals. She often makes appointments for her next visit. She usually appears within a globe of white light, wearing a dress and scarf, her feet in a cloud, sometimes holding the infant Jesus. Lightning and thunder, clouds of unusual shapes, and angels sometimes accompany her manifestations. There were over 300 reported apparitions of Mary in the 20th century alone. The visitations reviewed here (in "chronological" order) include interesting prophecies, some of which have come to pass.

 

    1. Mary of Agreda ~

    

    The Venerable Mary of Agreda, who lived in the 17th century, left this Marian message for us today:

    

    "It was revealed to me that through the intercession of the Mother of God, all heresies will disappear. This victory over heresies has been reserved by Christ for His Blessed Mother...Before the Second Coming of Christ, Mary must, more than ever, shine in mercy, might and grace in order to bring unbelievers into the Catholic Faith."

 

    2. Our Lady of La Salette ~

 

    Maxime Giraud (L) & Melanie Calvat (R)

 

    The shepherdess Melanie Calvat (1831-1940) was the daughter of a stonemason in La Salette, France. On September 19, 1846, Melanie, then 14 years old, and Maxime Giraud, age 11, were approaching a mountain stream near when they saw a ball of light downhill from them, looking "as though the sun had fallen there. A beautiful lady, all light and flowers," appeared in the brilliant light and sat crying on a stone. Then she levitated before Melanie and Maxime and delivered a prophetic warning of a terrible future:

 

    "France, Italy, Spain and England will be at war. Blood will flow on the streets, Frenchmen will fight Frenchmen and Italian against Italian and in the end will come a war that will be terrible.

 

    "For a period of time God will not remember Italy or France for they will have forgotten the Gospel. The evil ones will display all their malice and there will be murders even in houses. At the first blow of the sword of God which will fall, like lightning on humanity, the mountains and all nature will tremble because the disorder and the misdeeds of man will rise to the vault of heaven.

 

    "Paris will be destroyed by fire and Marseilles will be inundated by the sea, other great cities will be destroyed by fire and razed to the ground. The just will have to suffer much: their prayers, penitence, and tears will rise to heaven; all the people of God will pray for pardon and sing misericords, and they will come to Me for My intercession and My help... There will be reconciliation between God and man and peace. They will serve, adore, and glorify Jesus Christ: love will blossom everywhere. The new rulers will be the right arm of the holy Church, which will be strong, humble, pious, poor, fervent, and a perfect imitator of the virtue of Jesus Christ. The Gospel will be preached everywhere and men will make great progress in the faith because there will be union between the workers for Jesus Christ and all who live in the fear of God.

 

    "But this peace will not last for long; twenty-five years of plenty will be almost forgotten and the sins of men will be the cause of all the punishment which will once again be meted out to Earth.

 

    "A forerunner of Antichrist will marshal an army drawn from all nations, united under his banner. He will lead them in a bloody war against those still faithful to the living God. He will shed much blood in eradicating the cult of the living God and by taking His place. Then there will be seen many types of punishment on Earth besides the diseases and hunger which will be universal. Wars will follow wars and the final one will be led by one of the ten kings of Antichrist who will have only one will and will be the only ones to rule in the world.

 

    "Before this event the world will have apparent peace and people will think of nothing but pleasure and the bad ones will commit sins of all kinds. But the sons of the Holy Church, the Sons of Faith, My perfect imitators, will grow in the love of God and in all virtue, under the guide of the Holy Spirit. I will fight on their side until they arrive at the fullness of time.

 

    "For the evil done by men even Nature will cry out and earthquakes will occur in protest even against those who have committed crimes on Earth. The Earth will tremble and you yourself will also tremble of you, who are dedicated to the service of Christ, yet inside only admire yourselves. Tremble! The Lord is on the point of giving you into the hands of your enemies, inasmuch as the holy places are contaminated by corruption. Many convents are no longer the houses of God, but pastures of "Asmodeus," that is of the devil, impurity, and their followers.

 

    "Thus the time will be reached in which the Antichrist will be born of a Jewish nun, a false virgin who will have intimate relations with the ancient serpent, the master of luxury. His father will be a bishop. As soon as he is born he will have teeth and pronounce blasphemies; in a word he will be a born devil. He will emit fearful cries, work miracles and wallow in luxury and impurity. He will have brothers who are demons incarnate as he will be, but sons of evil, and at the age of twelve years they will distinguish themselves in brilliant victories. Almost all of them will be the head of an armed force, supported by the infernal legions.

 

    "The seasons will change their characteristics, the Earth will be lit with a fiendish red light; the water and the fire will cause terrible seismic movements which will engulf mountains and cities.

 

    "Rome will lose the Faith and become the seat of the Antichrist. The demons allied to Antichrist will operate on Earth and in the sky and Humanity will become worse. But God will not give up his truly faithful servants who are men of good will. The Gospel will be preached everywhere to all the people and the nations will know the truth.

 

    "I make an urgent appeal to the whole universe; I call the true disciples of God who lives and reigns in the sky! I use my voice as the perfect imitator of the Word Incarnate, Christ, the only Savior of men. I warn my sons, those truly devoted to me, who are faithful to Me because they lead me to My Son, whom I carried in My arms and Who lives always in My Spirit. Lastly, I appeal to the apostles of the last days, the disciples faithful to Jesus Christ who wait for the rule Melanie will receive for them, who lead a life despising the world and themselves and who live in sight of a world in poverty and humility, in silence and in self-effacement, in continual prayer and in mortification, in love and in union with God in concealment and in suffering.

 

    "The time has come that you should show yourselves to lighten the world. Go and show yourselves, my beloved sons. I am with you and in you. While your faith is the light which will help you in these days of disappointment, your zeal will give you fame in the glory of Christ.

 

    "Fight, Sons of light, you small number who see, because the time of times, the final end, is near.

 

    "The Church will be in the dark, the world will be convulsed, but in this confusion Enoch and Elijah will appear full in the spirit of God. They will preach, and in their words will be the power of God, and men of good will believe in God, and many spirits will be consoled, in virtue of the Holy Spirit they will make great progress and condemn the diabolical errors of Antichrist.

 

    "Woe to the inhabitants of the Earth. There will be sanquinary war, hunger, pestilence and epidemics, terrible rains of insects, thunder which will shake entire cities, earthquakes which will make entire regions uninhabitable. Voices will be heard in the air, and men will strike their heads against the wall, wishing for death, but this will bring them, for their part, terrible torture. Blood will flow everywhere. Who could ever report victory unless God shortened the time of trial?

 

    "Enoch and Elijah will be put to death; pagan Rome will be destroyed and fire will fall from heaven destroying three cities. The sun will be blackened and only the Faith will survive.

 

    "The time is at hand. The abyss is opening: the king of darkness is watching, the beast is watching with his subjects who will proclaim him "savior of the world." He will rise into the air superbly to reach the sky, but the breath of Archangel Michael will kill him. He will fall back and the earth will shake without ceasing for three days. It will then open its womb full of fire and the best and his followers will be allowed into the eternal abyss of inferno. Then water and fire will purify the earth to destroy all human pride and everything will be renewed.

 

    "If humanity is converted, stones and rocks will become fertile and produce grain, and the fields will give abundant harvest."

 

    Another account of the apparition adds the following admonitions:

 

    "Come near, my children; do not be afraid. I am here to tell you great news.

 

    "If my people refuse to submit, I will be forced to let go the arm of my son. It is so strong and so heavy, I can no longer hold it back. How long a time I have suffered for you! If I want my son not to abandon you, I am obliged to plead with him constantly.

 

    "All nature will tremble because of the disorder and the misdeeds of men, which will rise to the very heavens. During the period of the hollow peace, the seasons will change.

 

    "The peace among men which will set in after the great scourge [WWII ?] will be only an ostensible peace. During this period the earth will shake because of manifold concussions and convulsions. Mankind will experience continuous wars, which finally will lead to the last great war.

 

    "A period of peace will follow (WWII implied) but only for the space of twenty-five years. The forerunner of the Antichrist will assemble an army of men drawn from many nations united under his banner. He will lead them in a bloody war against those still faithful to the living God.

 

    "The seasons will be altered, the earth will produce nothing but bad fruit; the stars will lose their regular motion; the moon will only reflect a faint reddish glow. Water and fire will give the earth's globe convulsions, and terrible earthquakes which will swallow up mountains and cities.

 

    "If you have wheat, you must not sow it. Anything you sow, the vermin will eat, and whatever does grow will fall into dust when you thresh it. A great famine is coming. Before the famine comes, children under seven will be seized with trembling and die in the arms of those who hold them. The rest will do penance through the famine. The walnuts will become worm-eaten; the grapes will rot.

 

    "Melanie, what I am about to tell you now will not always be a secret. You may make it public in 1858. The priests, ministers of my son, the priests, by their wicked lives, by their irreverence and their impiety in the celebration of the holy mysteries, by their love of money, their love of honors and pleasures, the priests have become cesspools of impurity. Yes, the priests are asking vengeance, and vengeance is hanging over their heads. Woe to the priests and to those dedicated to God who by their unfaithfulness and their wicked lives are crucifying my son again!

 

    "May the Pope guard against the performers of miracles. For the time has come when the most astonishing wonders will take place on the earth and in the air. Evil books will be abundant on earth and the spirits of darkness will spread everywhere. They will have great power over Nature: there will be churches built to serve these spirits. People will be transported from one place to another by these evil spirits, even priests. On occasion, the dead and the righteous will be brought back to life. Everywhere there will be extraordinary wonders, as true faith has faded and false light brightens the people. Woe to the princes of the Church who think only of piling riches upon riches to protect their authority and dominate with pride.

 

    "The Vicar of my Son will suffer a great deal because for a while the Church will yield to large persecution and will witness a frightful crisis. Spiritual faith having been forgotten, each individual will want to be on his own and be superior to people of same identity. They will abolish civil rights; all order and all justice would be trampled underfoot and only homicides, hate, jealousy, lies and dissension would be seen, without love for country or family.

 

    "The Holy Father will suffer a great deal. I will be with him until the end and receive his sacrifice. The mischievous would attempt his life several times to do harm and shorten his days, but neither he nor his successor will see the triumph of God. All the civil governments will have one and the same plan, which will be to abolish and do away with every spiritual principle, making way for materialism and vice of all kinds.

 

    "The earth will be struck by calamities of all kinds in addition to plague and famine which will be wide-spread. There will be a series of wars until the last war, which will then be fought by the ten Kings of the Antichrist, all of whom will have one and the same plan and will be the only rulers of the world. Before this comes to pass, there will be a kind of false peace in the world. People will think of nothing but amusement. The wicked will give themselves over to all kinds of sin. But the children faith will grow in their love for God and in all precious virtues. Blessed are the souls humbly guided by the Holy Spirit! I shall fight at their side until they reach a fullness of years.

 

    "The Church will be in eclipse, the world will be in dismay. Woe to the inhabitants of the earth! There will be bloody wars and famines, plagues and infectious diseases. It will rain with a fearful hail of animals. There will be thunderstorms which will shake cities, earthquakes which will swallow up countries. Voices will be heard in the air. Men will beat their heads against walls, call for their death, and on another side death will be their torment. Blood will flow on all sides. Who will be the victor if God does not shorten the length of the test? All the blood, the tears and the prayers of the righteous: God will relent. Enoch and Eli will be put to death. Pagan Rome will disappear. The fire of Heaven will fall and consume three cities. All the universe will be struck with terror.

 

    "The earth, which will have been in a continuous series of evolutions for three days, will open up its fiery bowels; and then water and fire will purge the earth and consume all the works of men's pride, and all will be renewed. God will be served and glorified."

 

    3. Our Lady of Lourdes ~

    

    The Immaculate Lady appeared on February 11, 1858 to Bernadette Soubirous, her sister Marie and a friend, Pancho. The children were gathering firewood when Bernadette heard sounds coming from the nearby grotto of Massabielle. Bernadette went to investigate, and found a rosebush moving as if it was being windblown (the air was calm). A young, beautiful Lady appeared from a golden cloud in the interior of the grotto and stood above the rosebush. She beckoned to Bernadette to approach, and they prayed together. Bernadette met Mary 18 times during the next 6 months, but she did not know who she was until the last visitation, when Mary said:

    

    "Que soy era Immaculado Conceptiou" (I am the Immaculate Conception).

    

    Mary instructed Bernadette to dig a hole at a certain spot and to drink and bathe in it. The hole became a spring, and Mary promised that it would heal those who used its water. Thousands of cures have occurred among the millions of visitors to Lourdes since then.

    Mary requested that a chapel be built in honor of her appearances there, but the local pastor refused to believe that the apparitions were genuine. He accused Bernadette of lying, and demanded that the apparition perform a miracle by making the rosebush bloom. The apparitions were determined to be genuine in 1862, and the site has become one of the major pilgrimage sites of Christians.

    Saint Bernadette Soubirous (Sr. Marie-Bernarde, The Sleeping Saint of Nevers) died April 16, 1879. Her body now lies incorrupt in the chapel of the convent of St.Gildard Sisters of Charity at Nevers. The Lady of Lourdes promised Bernadette in 1858:

    "I do not promise to make you happy in this world, but in the next".

 

    St. Bernadette Soubirous

 

    In September 1988. Father Don Stefano Gobbi received the following messages by the Blessed Virgin Mary concerning a period of 10 years of tribulation:

 

    "Today you are corning from every part of France to the foot of this rock upon which I appeared as the Immaculate Conception, to hold your great cenacle of prayer and fraternal sharing and to renew together the act of consecration to my Immaculate Heart.

 

    “From here I bless my Movement; from here I bless each one of you; from here I bless the Church and all humanity. You have entered into my times. On this day, I am asking you to consecrate to me all the time that still separates you from the end of this century of yours.

 

    “It is a period of ten years. These are ten very important years. These are ten decisive years. I am asking you to spend them with me because you are entering into the final period of the second Advent, which will lead you to the triumph of my Immaculate Heart in the glorious coming of my Son Jesus.

 

    “In this period of ten years there will come to completion that fullness of time which was pointed out to you by me, beginning with La Salette all the way to my most recent and present apparitions.

 

    “In this period of ten years there will come to its culmination that purification which, for a number of years now, you have been living through and therefore the sufferings will become greater for all.

 

    “In this period of ten years there will come to completion the time of the great tribulation, which has been foretold to you in Holy Scripture, before the second coming of Jesus.

 

    “In this period of ten years the mystery of iniquity, prepared for by the ever increasing spread of apostasy, will become manifest.

 

    “In this period of ten years all the secrets which I have revealed to some of my children will come to pass and all the events which have been foretold to you by me will take place.

 

    “Therefore I am asking you today to consecrate to me all this period of time, as though it were a more extended and continuous Marian Year. Open to me the doors of your hearts and let me work in you. Open to me the doors of your families, of your parishes, of your religious houses and let the immaculate light of my presence enter in.

 

    “Multiply your cenacles of prayer and live in the greatest trust and filial abandonment to me, without allowing yourselves to be seized by vain curiosity to know what is awaiting you.

 

    “May the water of divine mercy purify you of every sin and make of you new buds for the era of grace and of holiness which, in my Immaculate Heart, I am preparing for you each day.

 

    “From this most venerated shrine of mine, I bless you all."

 

    Fr. Gobbi

 

    4. St. John Bosco ~

 

    "St. Giovanni Bosco (1815-1888), the patron of editors and homeless children, founded the religious order of the Salesians (Society of St. Francis de Sales) in 1859. Don Bosco, as he was better known, was devoted to serving homeless children. He was ordained in 1934. He was also devoted to the Virgin Mary ("The August Queen of Heaven"), who graced him with some prophecies. St. John, however, said:

 

    "Do not call me a prophet until the things I have foretold have come to pass."

 

    His predictions especially concern the Catholic Church and the Papacy, which will be forced to evacuate Rome when "Cossack horses will drink from St. Peter's fountain." The following is his most famous prophecy:

 

    "War comes from the south, peace from the north. French laws no longer recognize the Creator, but the Creator will make himself recognized and will visit her thrice with the rod of his wrath. In the first visit he breaks her pride by conquest, plundering ruined harvest and butchery of men and beasts.

 

    "In the second visit the great prostitute of Babylon, which makes decent people sigh and call the Brothel of Europe, will be left without a leader and will be a victim of disorder.

 

    "Paris! Paris! Instead of arming yourself in the name of the Lord, you fortify with Houses of Immorality. They will be destroyed by you yourself. Your idol, the Pantheon, will be burnt to ashes in order that this may come true: "violence, uttereth lies against me." Your enemies will reduce you to want, to hunger, to fear, and will make you the abomination of nations. Ah, woe to you, if you do not recognize the hand that strikes you! I want to punish immorality, the despising of, and the contempt for My Law, says the Lord.

 

    "In the third visit you will fall into the hands of foreigners. Your enemies standing afar off will behold your palaces in flames. Your homes will become a heap of ruins with the blood of your heroes who are no more.

 

    "But there will come a great warrior from the North carrying a banner and on the right hand that supports it is written: "The Irresistible Hand of the Lord." At that very moment there went out to meet him the Venerable Old Man of Lazio, holding aloft a brilliantly glowing torch. The banner then increased in size and turned from black to snow-white. In the middle of the banner, in letters of gold, there was written the name of Him who is able to do all things. The warrior with his men bowed and shook hands with the Venerable Old Man.

 

    "Now Heaven's voice is addressed to the Shepherd of shepherds. You are now in conference with your advisors. The enemy of the good does not stand idle one moment. He studies and practices all his arts against you. He will sow discord among your consultors; he will raise up enemies amongst my children. The powers of the world will belch forth fire, and they would that the words be suffocated in the throats of the custodians of my law. That will not happen, they will do no harm but to themselves. You must hurry. If you cannot untie the knots, cut them. If you find yourself hard pressed, do not give up but continue until the head of the hydra of error is cut off. This stroke will make the world and Hell beneath it tremble, but the world will be safe and all the good will rejoice. Keep your consultors always with you, even if only two. Wherever you go, continue and bring to an end the work entrusted to you. The days fly by, your years will reach the destined number; but the great Queen will ever be your help, as in times past, so in the future She will always be the exceeding great fortress of the Church.

 

    "Ah, but you, Italy, land of blessings! Who has steeped you in desolation! Blame not your enemies, but rather your friends. Can you not hear your children asking for the bread of faith and finding only those who smash it to pieces? What shall I do? I shall strike the shepherds, I shall disperse the flock, until those sitting on the throne of Moses search for good pastures and the flock listens attentively and is fed.

 

    "Of the flock and over the shepherds My hand will weigh heavy. Famine, pestilence, and war will be such that mothers will have to cry on account of the blood of their sons and of their martyrs dead in a hostile country.

 

    "And to you, Rome, what will happen! Ungrateful Rome, effeminate Rome, proud Rome! You have reached such a height that you search no further. You admire nothing else in your Sovereign except luxury, forgetting that you and your glory stands upon Golgotha. Now he is old, defenseless, and despoiled; and yet at his word, the word of one who was in bondage, the whole world trembles.

 

    "Rome! To you I will come four times.

 

    "The first time, I shall strike your lands and the inhabitants thereof.

 

    "The second time, I shall bring the massacre and the slaughter even to your very walls. And will you not yet open your eyes?

 

    "I shall come a third time and I shall beat down to the ground your defenses and the defenders, and at the command of the Father, the reign of terror, of dreadful fear, and of desolation shall enter into your city.

 

    'But My wise men have now fled and My law is even now trampled underfoot. Therefore I will make a fourth visit. Woe to you if My law shall still be considered as empty words. There will be deceit and falsehood among both the learned and the ignorant. Your blood and that of your children will wash away your stains upon God's law. War, pestilence and famine are the rods to scourge men's pride and wickedness. O wealthy men, where is your glory now, your estates, your palaces? They are the rubble on the highways and byways.

 

    "And your priests, why have you not run to "cry between the vestibule and the Altar," begging God to end these scourges? Why have you not, with the shield of faith, gone upon the housetops, into the homes, along the highways and byways, into every accessible corner to carry the seed of My word? Know you that this is the terrible two-edged sword that cuts down My enemies and breaks the Anger of God and of men?

 

    "These things must come one after another. They are inexorable.

 

    "Things are happening too slowly.

 

    "But the August Queen of Heaven is present.

 

    "The power of the Lord is in His hands. He scatters His enemies as a cloud.

 

    "The Venerable Old Man attires himself in all his ancient raiment.

 

    "There will come a violent hurricane.

 

    "Iniquity is consummated. Sin will have its end. And before two full moons of the month of flowers will have run their course, the rainbow of peace will rise above the earth.

 

    "The Great Minister will see the bride of his King arrayed in festive fashion.

 

    "Throughout the world the sun will appear so luminous that the likes of which never has been seen since the tongues of fire descended on the Cenacle until this day, nor will such a sun ever be seen again until the very last of days.

 

    "It was a dark night. Men could no longer tell which way to take in order to return to their homes. Suddenly there appeared in the heavens a very bright light that illuminated the steps of the travelers as though it was midday. At that moment there was seen a host of men and women, of young and old, of nuns, monks and priests with the Holy Father at the head. They were going out from the Vatican and were arranging themselves in line for a procession.

 

    "And then there came a furious storm which clouded that light somewhat and made it appear that light and darkness were engaged in battle. In the meantime they arrived at a little square covered with dead and wounded, some of whom cried aloud and asked for help.

 

    Very many were dropping out of the line of procession. After having walked for a time that would correspond to two hundred risings of the sun they realized that they were no longer in Rome. Struck with fear they all ran to the Holy Father to defend him personally and to attend to his wants. Instantly two angels were seen carrying a banner; they presented it to the Holy Father and said:

 

    "Receive the banner of He Who fights and scatters the strongest armies of the world. Your enemies are dispersed. Your children with tears and sighs beg you to return."

 

    Looking at the banner one could see written on one side, "Queen conceived without sin," and on the other side, "Help of Christians."

 

    The Holy Father joyfully took the banner, but looking closely at the small number of those who remained with him, he became  very sad. The two angels add:

 

    "Go quickly and console your children. Write your brothers dispersed throughout the world that there must be a reform in the morals of men. That cannot be obtained except by distributing to the people the bread of the Divine Word. Catechize the children, preach the detaching of the heart from the things that are of the earth. The time has come," concluded the two angels, "when the poor shall evangelize the people. Vocations will come from among those working with the spade, the ax, the hammer to the end that they fulfill the words of David: God has raised up the poor from the land in order to place them on the thrones of the princes of His people."

 

    Having heard that, the Holy Father began the march. The farther he went the greater did the procession behind increase. When finally he set foot in the Holy City, he wept bitter tears for the distress in which he found the people and the large number now missing. As he entered St. Peter's he intoned the "Te Deum" to which a choir of angels replied singing:

 

    "Glory to God in the highest and on earth peace to men of good will."

 

    With the end of the hymn there came an end to the thick darkness and the sun shone with a brightness all its own. The cities, the towns, and villages were thinly populated. The land had been leveled down as if by a hurricane, by a tempest, and a hailstorm. People went from one to another saying in tones of great emotion:

 

    "There is a God in Israel."

 

    "From the beginning of the exile until the singing of the 'Te Deum', the sun rose in the East two hundred times. The time that passed for the fulfilling of these things corresponds to four hundred risings of the sun."

 

    The following prophecy (excerpted from a longer version) was given to St. Bosco by the Queen of Heaven:

 

    "In the midst of this endless sea, two solid columns, a short distance apart, soar high into the sky. One is surmounted by a statue of the Immaculate Virgin, at whose feet a large inscription reads Auxilium Christianorum (Help of Christians). The other, far loftier and sturdier, supports a Host of proportionate size, and bears beneath is the inscription Salus credentium (Salvation of believers).

 

    "The flagship commander -- the Roman Pontiff -- standing at the helm, strains every muscle to steer his ship between the two columns, from whose summits hang many anchors and strong hooks linked to chains. The entire enemy fleet closes in to intercept and sink the flagship at all costs. They bombard it with everything they have: books and pamphlets, incendiary bombs, firearms, cannons. The battle rages ever more furious. Beaked prows ram the flagship again and again, but to no avail, as unscathed and undaunted, it keeps on its course. At times, a formidable ram splinters a gaping hole in its hull, but immediately, a breeze from the two columns instantly seals the gash.

 

    "Meanwhile, enemy cannons blow up; firearms and beaks fall to pieces; ships crack up and sink to the bottom. In blind fury, the enemy takes to hand-to-hand combat, cursing and blaspheming. Suddenly the Pope falls, seriously wounded. He is instantly helped up, but struck a second time, dies. A shout of victory rises from the enemy, and wild rejoicing sweeps their ships. But no sooner is the Pope dead than another takes his place. The captains of the auxiliary ships elected him so quickly that the news of the Pope's death coincides with that of his successor’s election. The enemy's self-assurance wanes.

 

    "Breaking through all resistance, the new Pope steers his ship safely between the two columns; first, to the one surmounted by the Host, and then the other, topped by the statue of the Virgin. At this point, something unexpected happens. The enemy ships panic and disperse, colliding with and scuttling each other.

 

    "Some auxiliary ships, which had gallantly fought alongside their flagship, are the first to tie up at the two columns. Many others, which had fearfully kept far away from the fight, stand still, cautiously waiting until; the wrecked enemy ships vanish under the waves. Then they too head for the two columns, tie up at the swinging hooks and ride safe and tranquil beside their flagship. A great calm now covers the sea."

 

    St. John Bosco reiterated his prediction in 1862:

 

    "There will be an Ecumenical Council in the next century, after which there will be chaos in the Church. Tranquility will not return until the Pope succeeds in anchoring the boat of Peter between the twin pillars of Eucharistic Devotion and Devotion to Our Lady. This will come about one year before the end of the century."

 

    Not...

 

    5. Our Lady of Fatima ~

 

 

    On May 13, 1917, in a field called Cova da Iria near the Portuguese village of Fatima, "a beautiful lady from Heaven", shining like the sun and standing on a cloud over a beech tree, appeared to three children: Lucia Dos Santos (age 10) and her two cousins, Francisco (9) and Jacinta Marti (7). Lucia saw and heard the Madonna and spoke with her. Jacinta also saw and heard her, but did not speak, and Francisco only saw the Virgin. The radiant being spoke with the children for several minutes, and asked them to meet her again at the same place on the 13th of each month until October. Then, she promised, she would identify herself.

 

    The Madonna reappeared six times in all, and the reports of the events drew increasing crowds of spectators. About 50 persons attended on June 13, and nearly 70,000 were present on October 13. Many witnesses saw a bright cloud over the beech tree, but only the three children could see and hear the woman.

 

    At the behest of a group of political activists and doubters who wished to "put an end to the nonsense," the civil prefect of Outrem seized, interrogated and threatened the children for two days in the hope of forcing a confession of fraud from them. Though the children had been prevented from meeting the Madonna on August 13, she appeared to them on August 19 at Valinhos, near the site of her first appearance. The Madonna then told them that she would appear a final time on October 13, and then produce a miracle.

 

    On that day the Madonna transmitted the prophecy known as the Secret of Our Lady of the Rosary. It was a rainy day, but newspaper journalists who were eyewitnesses reported that the rain stopped suddenly and the sun reappeared. In the words of A. Garret, a professor at Coimbra University, the sun looked like "a burnished wheel cut out of mother of pearl. This disc spun dizzily around... It whirled upon itself with mad rapidity, then advanced, blood red, towards the Earth, threatening to crush us with its weight." Terrified spectators fell to their knees in prayer. The sun returned to normal, then twice again repeated the prodigy. In addition, the rain-soaked clothes of the audience dried out during the brief time of the solar phenomenon.

 

 

    The Solar Miracle at Fatima

 

    The Secret of Our Lady of the Rosary is a three-part prophecy that she ordered to be kept secret for 25 years or until the death of Lucia, whichever came first. Francisco and Jacinta died in the influenza pandemic that ravaged Europe in 1918 and 1919. Lucia became a Dorothe Sister, and in 1948 she became a Barefoot Carmelite in a closed convent at Coimbra. Lucia learned to write, and recorded the text of the secret prophecy. This was kept in the Bishopric of Leiria until 1943, when Pope Pius XII revealed the first two parts through the agency of Cardinal Schuster. The final, secret part of the prophecy was opened by Pope John XXIII and several cardinals in 1960, according to the Madonna's directions, but it was not revealed to the public. The first section is a vision of Hell. The second part predicts World War II. The following segment was published with Papal approval:

 

    "If you do what I tell you, many souls will be saved and we shall have peace. The war is coming to an end; but it does not cease to offend the Lord, and another, more terrible one will break out. When you see a night lit up by an unknown light, you will know that it the great sign that God gives you of the next punishment of the sins of the world with war, famine, and persecution against the Church and against the Holy Father.

 

    "In order to prevent this, I have some to intercede for the consecration of Russia to my Immaculate Heart and the communion of the first Sabbaths.

 

    "If you carry out my demands, Russia will be converted and there will be peace. Otherwise the errors will be spread around the world, provoking war and persecution against the Church; many good people will become martyrs, the Holy Father will suffer much; many nations will be suppressed...

 

    "But in the end my Immaculate Heart will triumph, the Holy Father will consecrate Russia for me, which will be converted and the world will be granted a period of peace..."

 

    The "great sign", "a night lit up by an unknown light," occurred on January 25, 1938. It has been explained as an unusual aurora borealis. World War II began soon afterward.

 

    The secret section of the prophecy of Our Lady of the Rosary was leaked by Pope John XXIII to certain Roman Catholic officials and world leaders of the USA, USSR, and Britain. On October 15, 1963, the German journal News Europe published the alleged text of the secret portion of the Fatima Prophecy. The text cannot be verified, but it is widely accepted as being genuine:

 

    "Have no fear, little one. I am the Mother of God who speaks to you and asks you to publish the message I am going to give you to the whole world. You will find strong resistance while you do so. Listen well and pay attention to what I tell you.

 

    "Men must be set on the right road once more. With suppliant humility, men must seek forgiveness for sins committed already and for sins which will be committed. You wish me to give you a sign, so that everyone will accept My Words, which I am saying through you, to the human race. I have seen the Prodigy of the Sun and all believers, unbelievers, peasants, countrymen, wise men, journalists, laics and priests, all have seen it. And now I proclaim in my name: A great punishment shall fall on the entire human race, not today and not tomorrow, but in the second half of the 20th century! I have already revealed to the children Melanie and Maximime at La Salette, and today I repeat it to you for the human race has sinned and has trampled down the Gift which I have made. In no part of the world is life in order, Satan rules in the highest position, laying down how things should be done. He will effectually succeed in bringing his influence right up to the top of the Church; succeed in seducing the spirits of the great scientists who invent the arms. And if humanity opposes me I shall be obliged to free the arm of My Son. Now I see that God will punish man with a severity that has not been used since the Flood.

 

    "The time of times will come and everything will come to an end if humanity is not converted, and if things remain as they are now or get worse, the great and powerful men will perish just as will the small and weak.

 

    "For the Church, too, the time of its greatest trial will come. Cardinals will oppose cardinals and bishops against bishops. Satan will march in their midst and there will be great changes at Rome. What is rotten will fall, never to rise again. The Church will be darkened and the world will shake with terror. The time will come when no king, emperor, cardinal or bishop will await Him who will, however, come, but in order to punish according to the designs of my Father.

 

    "A great war will break out in the second half of the 20th century [not...]. Fire and smoke will fall from heaven, and waters of the oceans will become vapors, the scum will arise in a confused manner, and everything will sink down. Millions and millions of men will perish while this is going on and those who survive will envy the dead. The unexpected will follow in every part of the world, anxiety, pain and misery in every country. Have I seen it? The time is getting ever nearer and the abyss is getting wider without hope. The good will perish with the bad, the great with the small, the Heads of the Church with their faithful, and the rulers with their people. There will be death everywhere as a result of the mistakes of the unfeeling and the partisans of Satan, but when those who survive all these happenings are still alive, they will proclaim God once again and His Glory, and will serve Him as in the time when the world was not so perverted.

 

    "Go, my little one and proclaim it. For that purpose I shall always be at your side to help you."

    The following version of the third prophecy of Fatima has been in circulation since about 1985, and published in various newspapers and magazines:

 

    "A great plague will befall mankind in the year 2000. Nowhere in the world will there be order, and Satan will rule the highest places, determining the way of things. Satan will even succeed in asserting himself at the top of the Church.

 

    "He will succeed in seducing the spirits of the great scientists who invent arms, with which it will be possible to destroy a large part of mankind in a few minutes. Satan will have in his power the leaders who command the people and who will incite them to produce enormous quantities of arms.

 

    "God will punish man more thoroughly than with the Flood. There will come the time of all times and the end of all ends. The great and the powerful will perish together with the small and weak.

 

    "Even for the Church, it will be the time of its greatest trial. Cardinals will oppose cardinals, bishops will oppose bishops. Satan will walk in their midst and in Rome there will be great changes. The Church will be darkened and the world will be shaking with terror.

 

    "A huge war will erupt: fire and smoke will fall from the sky. The waters of the ocean will become mist, and the foam will rise to tremendous heights and everyone will drown.

 

    "Millions and millions of men will die from hour to hour. Whoever remains alive will envy the dead. Everywhere one turns one's glance there will be anguish and misery, ruins in every country.

 

    "The time draws nearer, the abyss widens without hope. The good will perish with the bad, the great with the small, the princes of the church with the faithful, the rulers with their people.

 

    "There will be death everywhere because of the errors committed by the crazed and the followers of Satan, who will then and only then rule the world.

 

    "At the last, those who survive will at every chance newly proclaim God and His glory and they will serve Him as when the world was not so perverted."

 

    On her death-bed (February 1920), Jacinta told Mother Godinho:

 

    "There is a secret of Heaven and one of earth, and the latter is terrifying. It will seem as though it were already the end of the world. And in this cataclysm everything will be separated from the sky, which will turn white as snow."

    In 1981 while visiting in Fulda, Germany, Pope John Paul II was asked about the secret message of Fatima. He answered:

 

    "Due to the seriousness of the contents of the Fatima secret, my predecessors in the Throne of Peter have preferred to postpone the publication. Furthermore, it may be enough to the christian people to know that, if there is a message saying that the oceans will flood whole parts of the globe, and millions of people will die, from a minute to another, it is not really the case to will the publication of this secret message."

 

    In an interview with Sr. Lucia with Cardinal Ricardo Vidal in 1993, Sr. Lucia commented on the secret prophecy:

 

    "The triumph of the Immaculate Heart of Mary also refers to (her victory over) the errors that were being spread by Russia... Our Lady's Immaculate Heart triumphed over the errors that were being spread by Communist Russia. The Consecration of 1984 prevented an atomic war that would have occurred in 1985... The `era of peace' does not refer to a civil peace but rather to a peace that we are now living with the end of the spread of the errors of Communist Russia."

 

    Fr. Joseph de Ste. Marie, who served as Fatima expert to Pope John Paul II, said:

 

    "Let there be no hysteria concerning dates or concerning expectation of chastisements. The dates are unknown, the chastisement certain."

 

    Pope John Paul II was nearly assassinated on May 13, 1981 (the anniversary of Mary’s first apparitional appearance at Fatima). The gun was aimed at the Pope’s head, but Agca had to aim for his abdomen instead when the pontiff turned to a young girl who was wearing a picture of Our Lady of Fatima. While he was in the hospital, Pope John Paul reviewed the Church’s documentation of Fatima, and he read the secret Third Secret of Fatima. In 1984 the Pope consecrated Russia to the Immaculate Heart of Mary. Communism collapsed soon afterward.

 

    The Vatican released its official document, "The Message of Fatima", in June 2000. It includes the first and second parts of the "secret" of Fatima as written by Sr. Lucia on August 31, 1941, and a photostatic copy of the original manuscript of the third part of the secret, and comments by Sr. Lucia from conversation with Archbishops Bertone and Ferreira in April 2000 in the Carmel Monastery of St. Teresa of Coimbra in Portugal. Bertone noted:

 

    "As is well known, Pope John Paul II immediately thought of consecrating the world to the Immaculate Heart of Mary and he himself composed a prayer for what he called an 'Act of Entrustment' which was to be celebrated in the Basilica of St. Mary Major on June 7, 1981."

 

    Sodano said that the secret contained a prophetic vision similar to those found in the Bible, but the events to which the third part of the Secret of Fatima refers now seem part of the past:

 

    "That text contains a prophetic vision similar to those found in Sacred Scripture, which do not describe with photographic clarity the details of future events, but rather synthesize and condense against a unified background events spread out over time in a succession and a duration which are not specified. As a result, the text must be interpreted in a symbolic key.

 

    "The vision of Fatima concerns above all the war waged by atheist systems against the Church and Christians, and it describes the immense suffering endured by the witnesses to the faith in the last century of the second millennium. It is an interminable Way of the Cross led by the Popes of the twentieth century.

 

    "According to the interpretation of the 'little shepherds,' which was also recently confirmed by Sister Lucia, the 'bishop clothed in white' who prays for all the faithful is the Pope. As he makes his way with great effort towards the Cross amid the corpses of those who were martyred (bishops, priests, men and women religious and many lay persons), he too falls to the ground, apparently dead, under a burst of gunfire.

 

    "After the assassination attempt of May 13 1981, it appeared evident to His Holiness that it was 'a motherly hand which guided the bullet's path,' enabling the 'dying Pope' to halt 'at the threshold of death.' On the occasion of a visit to Rome by the then bishop of Leiria-Fatima, the Pope decided to give him the bullet which had remained in the jeep after the assassination attempt, so that it might be kept in the Shrine. At the behest of the bishop, the bullet was later set in the crown of the statue of Our Lady of Fatima.

 

    "The successive events of 1989 led, both in the Soviet Union and in a number of countries of Eastern Europe, to the fall of the Communist regime which promoted atheism. For this too His Holiness offers heartfelt thanks to the Most Holy Virgin. In other parts of the world, however, attacks against the Church and against Christians, together with the burden of suffering which they involve, tragically continue. Even if the events to which the third part of the Secret of Fatima refers now seem part of the past, Our Lady's call to conversion and penance, issued at the beginning of the twentieth century, remains timely and urgent today. 'The Lady of the message seems to read the signs of the times - the signs of our time - with special insight... The insistent invitation of Mary Most Holy to penance is nothing but the manifestation of her maternal concern for the fate of the human family, in need of conversion and forgiveness.'

 

    "In order that the faithful may better receive the message of Our Lady of Fatima, the Pope has charged the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith with making public the third part of the secret, after the preparation of an appropriate commentary."

 

    The following official Vatican version is alleged to be the complete translation of the original Portuguese text of the third part of the secret of Fatima that was revealed to the three pastorinhos children on July 13, 1917 at Cova da Iria-Fatima, as written by Sr. Lucia on January 3, 1944:

 

    "I write in obedience to you, my God, who command me to do so through his Excellency the Bishop of Leiria and through your Most Holy Mother and mine.

 

    "After the two parts which I have already explained, at the left of Our Lady and a little above, we saw an Angel with a flaming sword in his left hand; flashing, it gave out flames that looked as though they would set the world on fire; but they died out in contact with the splendor that Our Lady radiated towards him from her right hand: pointing to the earth with his right hand, the Angel cried out in a loud voice: 'Penance, Penance, Penance!' And we saw in an immense light that is God: 'something similar to how people appear in a mirror when they pass in front of it' a Bishop dressed in White 'we had the impression that it was the Holy Father'. Other Bishops, Priests, men and women Religious going up a steep mountain, at the top of which there was a big Cross of rough-hewn trunks as of a cork-tree with the bark; before reaching there the Holy Father passed through a big city half in ruins and half trembling with halting step, afflicted with pain and sorrow, he prayed for the souls of the corpses he met on his way; having reached the top of the mountain, on his knees at the foot of the big Cross he was killed by a group of soldiers who fired bullets and arrows at him, and in the same way there died one after another the other Bishops, Priests, men and women Religious, and various lay people of different ranks and positions. Beneath the two arms of the Cross there were two Angels each with a crystal aspersorium in his hand, in which they gathered up the blood of the Martyrs and with it sprinkled the souls that were making their way to God."

 

 

    Sr. Lucia & Pope John Paul II

 

    6. Our Lady of Garabandal ~

 

    In June of 1961, The Virgin Mary appeared to four girls (Conchita Gonzales, Mari Loli Mazon, Jacinta Gonzalez, and Mari Cruz Gonzalez, ages 11-12) near the village of San Sebastian de Garabandal in the Cantabrian Mountains of northwest Spain. The girls were praying together when they heard a thunderous sound and saw a beautiful angel. It said nothing, then disappeared. The girls ran to the village church and told everyone about the occurence. The angel appeared to them several more times before it announced that the Blessed Virgin would appear to them. Later that day she appeared in the company of two angels with an all-seeing eye above her. She visited the girls more than 2,000 times in the next four years. The apparition repeatedly urged repentance, and said that a miraculous sign will appear some day. Conchita wrote this about it in her Diary:

 

    "I am the only one to whom the Blessed Virgin spoke of the miracle. She forbade me to say what it will consist of. I can't announce the date either until eight days before it is due to occur. What I can reveal is that it will coincide with an event in the Church and with the feast of a saint, martyr of the Eucharist; that it will take place at 8:30 on a Thursday evening; that it will be visible to all those who are in the village and surrounding the mountains; that the sick who are present will be cured, and the incredulous will believe. It will be the greatest miracle that Jesus will have performed for the world. There won't be the slightest doubt that it comes from God and that it is for the good of mankind. A sign of the Miracle, which it will be possible to film or televise, will remain forever.

 

    "The Warning, like the Chastisement, is a fearful thing for the good as well as the wicked. It will draw the good closer to God and warn the wicked that the end of times are coming... The Warning is something that is seen in the air, everywhere in the world and is immediately transmitted into the interior of our souls. It will last a very little time, but it will seem a very long time because of its effect within us. It would be like fire. It will not burn our flesh, but we will feel it bodily and interiorly... [It will be] like two stars that crash and make a lot of noise, and a lot of light but they don't fall. It's not going to hurt us but we're going to see it and, in that moment, we're going to see our consciences."

 

    The event will occur between March 8-May16 on a Thursday at 8:30 p.m. (Garabandal time), within a year of the Warning foretold by Our Lady of Fatima. Conchita will be warned of the event 8 days beforehand. It will occur on the feast day of a Eucharist martyr, and it will coincide with a "great event" in the Church.

 

    The following message from Mary is excerpted from Conchita’s notes:

 

    "The Virgin told me about this on January 1st, 1965, up in the pine grove. I cannot say what it will consist of, because she did not command me to do so. And, as for when it is going to be, she did not tell me, so I do not know. What I do know is that it will be visible to everybody; it will be a direct work of God and will take place before the miracle. I do not know whether people will die because of it. They could only die from the shock of seeing it...

 

    "The Virgin told only me about the miracle. She forbade me to say what it will consist of. I cannot reveal the date either until eight days beforehand. What I am allowed to say is that it will coincide with an event in the Church, and with the feast of a Saint who is a martyr of the Holy Eucharist; it will be at half-past eight on a Thursday evening; it will be visible to everybody in the village and on the surrounding mountainsides; the sick who are present will be cured and the incredulous will believe. It will be the greatest miracle that Jesus has worked for the world. There will not remain the slightest doubt that it comes from God and is for the good of mankind. In the pine grove, a sign of the miracle will be left forever. It will be possible to film and televise it...

 

    "The punishment is conditioned to whether or not mankind heeds the Blessed Virgin's messages and the miracle. If it does take place, then I know what it will consist of, because the Virgin told me, but I am not allowed to say. What is more, I have seen the punishment. What I can assure you is that, if it comes, it is far worse than if we were enveloped in fire; worse than if we had fire above us, and fire beneath. I do not know how long a time will elapse after the miracle, before God sends it."

 

    In 1962, the Blessed Virgin told Conchita a prophecy of the popes; according to her, Pope John Paul II will be the last pope:

 

    "There would be two more popes after Pope Paul VI and that one of the popes would have a very short reign. After that would come the end times but not the end of the world."

 

    Conchita made this announcement on September 14, 1965:

 

    "The sign that will remain forever at the pines is something we will be able to photograph, televise, and see, but not touch. It will be evident that it is not a thing of this world but from God."

 

    Manifestation of the Eucharist on Conchita's Tongue:

 

    7. Padre Pio ~

 

    The stigmata of the Capuchin priest Padre Pio da Pietrelcina (1887-1968) bled about a cup of blood daily for 50 years. He also transmitted the following Marian prophecies, excerpted from a letter to the Commission of Heroldsbach, appointed by the Vatican to investigate his case:

 

    "My son, My son, I have been longing for this hour in which I again shall reveal to you the great love of My heart... Pray and make reparation to Me. Admonish others to do the same because the time is near at hand in which I shall visit My unfaithful people because they have not heeded the time of My grace. Persevere in prayer, so that your adversary shall have no dominion over you. Tell My people to be prepared at all times, for My judgment shall come upon them suddenly and when least expected -- and not one shall escape My hands, I shall find them all! I shall protect the just. Watch the sun and moon and the stars of the Heavens. When they appear to be unduly disturbed and restless, know that the day is not far away. Stay united in prayer and watching until the angel of destruction has passed your doors. Pray that these days will be shortened." (1949)

 

    "Pray! Make reparation! Be fervent and practice mortifications. Great things are at stake! Pray! Men are running toward the abyss of Hell in great rejoicing and merry-making, as though they were going to a masquerade ball or the wedding feast of the devil himself! Assist Me in the salvation of souls. The measure of sin is filled! The day of revenge, with its terrifying happenings is near -- nearer then you can imagine! And the world is seeping in false security! The Divine Judgment shall strike them like a thunderbolt! These Godless and wicked people shall be destroyed without mercy, as were the inhabitants of Sodom and Gomorra of old. Yes, I tell you their wickedness was not as great as that of our human race today! (Jan.23, 1950)

 

    "Keep your windows well-covered. Do not look out. Light a blessed candle, which will suffice for many days. Pray the Rosary. Read spiritual books. Make acts of Spiritual Communion, also acts of love, which are so pleasing to Us. Pray with outstretched arms, or prostrate on the ground, in order that many souls may be saved. Do not go outside the house. Provide yourself with sufficient food. The powers of nature shall be moved and a rain of fire shall make people tremble with fear. Have courage! I am in the midst of you." (Jan. 28, 1950)

 

    "Take care of the animals during these days. I am the creator and preserver of animals as well as man. I shall give you a few signs beforehand, at which time you should place more food before them. I will preserve the property of the elect, including the animals, for they shall be in need of sustenance afterwards as well. Let no one go across the yard, even to feed the animals-he who steps outside will perish! Cover your windows carefully. My elect shall not see My wrath. Have confidence in Me, and I will be your protection.

 

    "Hurricanes of fire will pour forth from the clouds and spread over the entire earth! Storms, bad weather, thunderbolts and earthquakes will cover the earth for two days. An uninterrupted rain of fire will take place! It will begin on during a very cold night. All this is to prove that God is the Master of Creation. Those who hope in Me, and believe in My words, have nothing to fear because I will not forsake them, nor those who spread My message. No harm will come to those who are in the state of grace and who seek My Mother's protection.

 

    "That you may be prepared for these visitations, I will give you the following signs and instructions: The night will be very cold. The wind will roar. After a time thunderbolt will be heard. Lock all the doors and windows. Talk to no one outside the house. Kneel down before a crucifix, be sorry for your sins, and beg My Mothers protection. Do not look during the earthquake, because the anger of God is holy! Jesus does not want us to behold the anger of God, because God's anger must be contemplated with fear and trembling.

 

    "Those who disregard this advice will be killed instantly. The wind will carry with it poisonous gases which will be diffused over the entire earth. Those who suffer and die innocently will be martyrs and they will be with Me in My Kingdom. Satan will triumph! But in three nights, the earthquake and fire will cease. On the following day the sun will shine again, angels will descend from Heaven and will spread the spirit of peace over the earth. A feeling of immeasurable gratitude will take possession of those who survive this most terrible ordeal, the impending punishment, with which God will visit the earth since creation.

 

    "I have chosen souls in other countries too, such as Belgium, Switzerland, Spain, who have received these revelations so that other countries also may be prepared. Pray Rosary, but pray it well, so that your prayers may reach Heaven. Soon a more terrible catastrophe shall come upon the entire world, such as never before has been witnessed, a terrible chastisement never before experienced!

 

    "How unconcerned men are regarding these things! Which shall so soon come upon them, contrary to all expectations. How indifferent they are in preparing themselves for these unheard of events, through which they will have to pass so shortly! The weight of divine balance has reached the earth! The wrath of My Father shall be poured out over the entire world! I am again warning the world through your instrumentality, as I have so often done heretofore.

 

    "This catastrophe shall come upon the earth like a flash of lightning! At which moment the light of the morning sun shall be replaced by black darkness! No one shall leave the house or look out a window from that moment on. I Myself shall come amidst thunder and lightning. The wicked shall behold My Divine Heart. There shall be great confusion because of this utter darkness in which the entire earth shall be enveloped, and many, many shall die from fear and despair.

 

    "On that day, as soon as complete darkness has set in, no one shall leave the house or look from out of the window. The darkness shall last a day and a night followed by another day and night, and another day-but on the night following, the stars will shine again, and on the next morning the sun shall rise again, and it will be SPRINGTIME!! In the days of darkness, My elect shall not sleep, as did the disciples in the garden. They shall pray incessantly, and they shall not be disappointed in Me. I shall gather My elect. Hell will believe itself to be in possession of the entire earth, but I shall reclaim it.

 

    "Again and again I have warned men, and often have I given them special opportunities to return to the right path; but now, wickedness has reached its climax, and the punishment can no longer be delayed. Tell all that the time has come in which these things shall be fulfilled." (Feb. 7, 1950)

 

    8. Sister Agnes Sasagawa ~

 

    Another Marian apparition that has been approved by the Catholic Church occurred in 1969 in Japan. An angelic being appeared to Sister Agnes Sasagawa, who was a postulant in the Order of the handmaids of the Eucharist. The angel gave her a prayer to add to her Rosary:

 

    "O My Jesus, forgive us our sins; save us from the fire of hell; lead all souls to heaven, especially those most in need."

 

    This prayer was one of those given by the Blessed Virgin to the children at Fatima! On June 12, 1973, Sister Agnes, who was deaf, heard a voice urging her to go pray in the chapel:

 

    "Do not fear. Pray with fervor not only because of your sins, but in reparation for those of all men. The world today wounds the most Sacred Heart of Our Lord by its ingratitudes and injuries. The wounds of Mary are much deeper and more sorrowful than yours. Let us go pray together in the chapel."

 

    When she went there, she saw brilliant beams of light emanating from the tabernacle. The light appeared during the next two days. On June 28, stigmata (the wounds of Christ) began to appear on her hands in the form of a bleeding cross. On July 6, while praying in the chapel, Sr. Agnes heard a the statue of the Virgin Mary speak to her, and other sisters saw blood dripping from the statue’s right hand later the same day. The phenomena repeated itself four times, ending on September 29. On that day, sisters witnessed "sweat" exuding from the statue’s forehead and neck. Then the statue began to "weep", and continued to do so until 1982. A Japanese TV crew was able to film the weeping phenomenon.

 

    Sister Agnes continued to receive messages from the angel (speaking for Mary) for 9 more years. The following prophecies are excerpted from the transmissions:

 

    "If men do not repent and better themselves, the Father will inflict a terrible punishment on all humanity. It will be a punishment greater than the deluge, such as one will never have seen before. Fire will fall from the sky and wipe out a great part of humanity, the good as well as the bad, sparing neither priests nor faithful. The survivors will find themselves so desolate that they will envy the dead."

 

    "Is the infirmity of your ears painful? Your deafness will be healed. Does the wound of your hand cause you to suffer? Pray in reparation for the sins of men. [The apparition gave the text of a prayer.] Pray very much for the pope, bishops, and priests. Tell your superior all that passed today..." (July 6, 1973)

 

    "If you love the Lord, listen to what I have to say to you. It is very important; you will convey it to your superior. Many men in this world afflict the Lord. I desire souls to console him to soften the anger of the heavenly father. I wish, with my son, for souls who will repair by their suffering and their poverty for the sinners and ingrates.

 

    "In order that the world might know his anger, the heavenly father is preparing to inflict a great chastisement on all mankind. I have intervened so many times to appease the wrath of the father. I have prevented the coming of calamities by offering him the sufferings of the son on the cross, his precious blood, and beloved souls who console him forming a cohort of victim souls. Prayer, penance and courageous sacrifices can soften the father's anger... Even in a secular institute prayer is necessary. Already souls who wish to pray are on the way to being gathered together. Without attaching too much attention to the form, be faithful and fervent in prayer to console the master." (August 3, 1973)

 

    "My dear daughter, listen well to what I have to say to you. You will inform your superior. As I told you, if men do not repent and better themselves, the father will inflict a terrible punishment on all humanity. It will be a punishment greater than the deluge, such as one will never seen before. Fire will fall from the sky and will wipe out a great part of humanity, the good as well as the bad, sparing neither priests nor faithful. The survivors will find themselves so desolate that they will envy the dead... The work of the devil will infiltrate even into the Church in such a way that one will see cardinals opposing cardinals, bishops against bishops. The priests who venerate me will be scorned and opposed by their confreres... churches and altars sacked; the Church will be full of those who accept compromises, and the demon will press many priests and consecrated souls to leave the service of the Lord. The demon will be especially implacable against souls consecrated to God. The thought of the loss of so many souls is the cause of my sadness. If sins increase in number and gravity, there will be no longer pardon for them. Today is the last time that I will speak to you in living voice. From now on you will obey the one sent to you and your superior."  (Oct. 13, 1973)

 

    9. Veronica Lueken ~

    

    The Virgin Mary and Jesus Christ appeared to Veronica Lueken over a period of 25 years during her Rosary vigils in Flushing Meadows Park, NY.

    

    The Blessed Virgin warned that unless we return to traditional morals,  World War III and a great comet will kill billions of people "within this century, if not sooner."

    

    Since the event did not come to pass in the 20th century, then perhaps we have rehabilitated sufficiently for Divine purposes, and catastrophe has been averted, but more likely it has merely been postponed. Our Lady has been appointed by God to warn humanity that there will be a cleansing by fire unless we repent and correct our ways. The chastisement will be preceded by a worldwide Warning, and that will be followed by a great Miracle. If mankind still refuses to change, then God will punish us.

    

    On April 21, 1973, Veronica Leuken received a Warning while in she was in ecstasy:

    "It's as though everything has exploded in the sky. There is a great flash! Then it's very hot - very warm - and it feels like you're burning. There is a huge explosion, and the sky becomes very white. . .and then there are colors - blues, purples. . . It 's like a huge explosion. Now this voice -- the voice ...! And the voice, Our Lady says, is a voice within you: "Your warning before the Chastisement! Flash, fire, and the voice within you! The final Warning before Chastisement.

    "Man will feel that the very powers of the elements have shaken the very foundations of his being. So great will be the impact of this Warning from the Father that none will doubt that it had come from the Father. . .It will be a major awakening to many. The rumbling and the shaking of the elements will set fright into many hearts. . .Hearts will shudder with fear and men will drop from fright... Many signs of an angry God will appear before you. . ."

 

    On June 12, 1976, the Blessed Virgin Mary told Mrs. Lueken that the Warning was close at hand:

 

    "My child, you must pray more: do much penance. For the Warning is coming upon mankind. There will be a tremendous explosion and the sky shall roll back like a scroll, this force shall go within the very core of the human. He will understand his offenses to his God. However, this Warning will be of short duration. and many shall continue upon their road to perdition, so hard are the hearts hardened now, My child."

 

    "The Eternal Father will send a Warning to mankind, a great Warning of such magnitude that very few will doubt that it comes from the Eternal Father and is not man-made." (July 25, 1978)

 

    "There is to come upon you a great Warning, of such magnitude that every man, woman and child will feel the burning fires within." (September 28, 1974)

 

    "All who remain in the light of grace will have no fear. They will pass through this great Warning without suffering." (April 5, 1975)

 

    "As the day follows night, so shall this Warning follow soon. Beware of the sunrise! Do not look up to the sky, the flash!!! Beware of the sunrise! Do not look up to the sky, the flash!!! Close your windows! Draw your shades! Remain inside: do not venture outside your door, or you will not return! Pray! Prostrate yourselves upon your floor! Pray with arms outstretched and beg for mercy of your God, the Father. Do not seek or receive your animals into your homes, for the animals of those who have remained of well spirit will be taken care of."

 

    "O My children, how many will try to go back and restore their homes when it is too late. Keep blessed candles, water, blankets, food within your homes. The candles of those who have remained in the state of grace shall not be extinguished, but the candles in the homes of those who have given themselves to Satan shall not burn! Amen. I say to you, as night follows day a great darkness shall descend upon mankind."

 

    "When the Warning is sent upon man, there will be no doubt in the minds of man that it descends from the heavens. However, those who have already committed themselves to Satan will see and yet not believe." (September 28, 1973)

 

    "The Father chooses to send upon you first a great manifestation, a Warning. And should you not listen to the voice within you, He will have no recourse but to go forth with the plan for full cleansing. My Son has given you His words; you have received one of the final warning given to man." (May 10, 1973)

 

    On June 8, 1974, Jacinta also channeled a message through Veronica:

 

    "It is true that I gave a final message [to Mother Godinho], but I, too, could not give the date --- only to warn the world that a great Warning would come to mankind. It would be a great cataclysm Warning, and then there would be a great Miracle. And after that, if nothing changes and man continues to offend the Father, He would have to start this terrible, terrible trial. For there will be a great War and there will be a great, terrible chastisement."

 

    Bishop John Mugavero of Brooklyn, however, issued a "Declaration Concerning the Bayside Movement" (November 4, 1986), in which he declared:

 

    "No credibility can be given to the so-called "apparitions" reported by Veronica Lueken and her followers.

 

    "The "messages" and other related propaganda contain statements which, among other things, are contrary to the teachings of the Catholic Church, undermine the legitimate authority of bishops and councils and instill doubts in the minds of the faithful, for example, by claiming that, for years, an "imposter (sic) Pope" governed the Catholic Church in place of Paul VI.

 

    "Those who persistently maintain that "no ecclesiastical permission is required for the publication or dissemination" of information concerning "revelations, visions or miracles," are erroneously interpreting the directives of the Holy See when they attempt to justify the publication of the propaganda literature on the "Bayside Messages."

 

    This warning was issued in 1988, but since then it has become just another failed prophecy:

 

    "I, as your Mother, I am terribly depressed in knowing what is fast coming upon mankind. I see beyond me a ball, a large ball. Were it placed next to the sun, this ball would be like two suns in the sky. But it is a ball of destruction, and I tell you, My children, We have been attempting to hold this back with all manners of graces, and fasting, and suffering. But the Eternal Father says, 'Look up, My child'; He said to look far up into the sky. Your human eyes cannot perceive yet what is up there, but there is a ball, to mankind known as 'unknown origin.' But it is not unknown: it is the Ball of Redemption.

 

    "Do not be affrighted, My child, you must see this, for it is important. Within this century this Ball will be sent upon mankind.

 

    "My child, I took you from your bed of pain and illness to bring you here to tell the world to prepare now. It is almost too late. We have asked also, urgently, and have had great cooperation from the earth's masses of people-- to Rome to tell them, Look up, and see what lies beyond your windows: a Ball that is fast hurtling towards earth! It will be here within this century, if not sooner. For even the scientists have failed to recognize the speed of this Ball."

 

    Veronica: "I see a terrible globe, it looks like a globe of fire. It's frightening! It's now bouncing around, like it has no control; as though it's not in a general place to be. It has bounced off another, what looks like a comet, and has actually destroyed the comet to the left."

 

    VM: "This one will not be destroyed; for mankind has listened, but has not followed a schedule, as We would say, placed upon mankind by Heaven., a schedule for prayers and repentance. This has not been done to the satisfaction of the Eternal Father. All must get down on their knees and beg for repentance of mankind. It is mankind's balance."

 

    Veronica: "And I see now, over on the right side, there's Michael; and he is holding a balance in his hands. He has on one of the balances, there seems to be gold and silver; but on the other, it seems to be heaped with rocks! And Our Lady is now touching Her lips again, like this, with Her crucifix and then Her finger, like this:

 

    VM: "My child, I also have to tell you: look up and see, and repeat what you see."

 

    Veronica: "I see a large crowd of people in Rome. No, it's not Rome, because I can't see the...I know the city. Looks like it may be in Russia. I am not familiar, Blessed Mother, with Russia or the buildings."

 

    VM: "You will understand, My child, because at this very moment there is a dissident under the number five of communism that is planning to kill the Pope. His words, We hear are, 'This time we will not fail to destroy him!'

 

    "Please, My children, pray for your Holy Father, the Pope. You must not lose him, for the one who comes after him will destroy if he can--he will attempt to destroy, I should say, My child and My children; he will attempt to destroy Pope John Paul II.

 

    "I know, My child, how this has both affrightened you, and also made you feel weak from terror. I did not want to bring you here at first, My child, as I know how weak and ill you have become; but you see, you must help Our children upon earth.

 

    "Also, they are so lacking in interest in many places. Children are disappearing by the thousands, and where do they go? They go straight to the pits of hell, as they become pawns in the hands of the satanists.

 

    "Yes, My child and My children -- and My child, Veronica -- you must be very careful. I have warned you not to go out alone, not even to your roadway; for you heard the music, My child. They were gathered beneath your windowsill.

 

    "I know, My child, I kept this from you at our last meeting, but it is urgent that you must know this. They are also going to try to murder you on your stoop. Do not be afraid, My child; your destiny is with Jesus and the Father.

 

    "Now, My child, I want you to look up, and look far into the sky. What do you see?"

 

    Veronica: "I see a group of people, talking outside a building. The building looks like it may be in Russia. That's the only place I saw spires like they have there. Now coming out of this building are two sinister-looking men. They're looking at shotguns. And they 're also whispering. I can't hear what they're saying, but they are mentioning the Pope. They keep repeating, 'the Pope.' Now both of them are laughing, like they have accomplished something bad; but they are laughing because they are demons!"

 

    VM: "My child, when We talk of demons, I also mentioned to you that you must be very careful and warn all that Satan was trying, and accomplished his mission, to go into the workrooms of the White Berets and the Blue Berets.

 

    "What is he going to do? He will bring discord and dissatisfaction. And what are you going to do, My child? You are going to pray more, and make a decision; for We are not allowing you to be alone. But you must gain wisdom by making a decision.

 

    "I leave that up to you, My child, as you will follow the rules of charity, holiness, and, also, faith. The greatest is faith: faith in your fellow man, not only accepting the sorrows of earth...

 

    "But do not search, My children, for wealth. Within two years or less, there will be a great crash of the market. The whole world's monetary systems will be paralyzed. That, My child, is why you had to come this evening to the grounds." [not...]

 

    A "Miraculous Photo" from Flushing Meadows:

    The Virgin Surrounded by Rosaries (December 31, 1999)

 

    A "Miraculous Photo" from Flushing Meadows:

    The Grim Reaper

 

    10. Maria Bianchini ~

 

    The Venezuelan stigmatist Maria Esperanza Bianchini, whose wounds appear on Good Friday, has been the reciprient of many mystical experiences since 1976. She has reported many conversations with the Virgin Mary, she has levitated during Mass, and has been seen to bilocate (appear in two places at once). She and several other persons have witnessed apparitions of the Blessed Virgin in the village of Cua in the Finca Betania region of Venezuela. In 1984, Mary explained the reason for her appearances:

 

    "I come to reconcile them, to seek them out, to give them faith, which has disappeared in the noise and din of an atomic awakening which is at the point of bursting out. My message is of faith, love and hope. More than anything, it brings reconciliation between people and nations. It is the only thing that can save this century from war and eternal death...If a change does not come and a conversion of life, one will perish under the fire, war and death...

 

    "Forgive one another. Love one another. Serve one another. Pray for the Church. Pray for priests. Return to the Sacraments, dear little children. Confess your sins while the sun shines. Sacrifice yourselves for the conversion of sinners and for peace in the world. All of you are children of God. All are loved."

 

    Mary also told Maria that mankind would be facing its hour of decision in the mid-1990's, when there would be grave danger of war involving Asia and Russia. Apparently humanity has passed that crisis for the time being. Mary also gave this warning:

 

    "There is coming the great moment of a great day of light. The consciences of this beloved people must be violently shaken so that they may 'put their house in order' and offer to Jesus the just reparation for the daily infidelities that are committed on the part of sinners..."

 

    The Grotto at Cua

 

    Visitors to the grotto have reported visions of the Blessed Virgin, falls of rose petals out of the air, angelic choirs, and healings.

 

    After more than 10 years of investigation by the Church, Bishop Pio Bello Ricardo stated:

 

    "After having studied repeatedly the apparitions of the Most Holy Virgin in Betania, and having begged the Lord earnestly for spiritual discernment, I declare that in my judgement said apparitions are authentic and have a supernatural character. I therefore approve, officially, that the site where the apparitions have occurred be considered as sacred..."

 

    Soon afterwards, a Eucharistic miracle occurred during the vigil of the Immaculate Conception on December 8, 1991. Father Otty Ossa (Maria’s spiritual advisor) was saying Mass when the Host began to bleed as he held it. Father Ossa said:

 

    "I broke the Host into four parts. When I looked down at the plate I could not believe my eyes. I saw a red stain forming on the Host and from it a red substance was beginning to emanate similar to the way blood spurts out in a puncture. After the Mass, I took the Host and protected it in the Sanctuary. The next day at six in the morning, I observed the Host and I found that the Blood was fluid and then began to dry, however to this day it still looks fresh. Amazingly, the Blood is only on one side, not bleeding through the exceedingly thin Host."

 

    The phenomenon was videotaped, and analysis of a sample of the blood showed it to be human.

 

    11. Our Lady of Medjugorje  ~

 

    In June, 1981, six youths from the village of Medjugorje in central Yugoslavia met Mother Mary on Mount Podbrdo. The apparitions have continued since then, albeit with decreasing frequency. Mary sends a message of faith, conversions, and fasting to brig peace to Earth. She has come to bring humanity back to her son Jesus Christ, and she warns that Satan is extremely active now; it is necessary to pray often and fervently to defend against his assaults. Medjugorje has subsequently become a major pilgrimage site for more than 10 million devout Christians. The Serbo-Croatian conflict erupted on the 10th anniversary of the apparition.

 

    Mary has entrusted each of the six visionaries with ten secrets concerning the fateful events that will occur if humanity fails to rehabilitate itself in due time. When the apparitions end at Medjugorje, all other Marian apparitions will stop. Then the secret prophetic events will transpire, and many humans will expire.

 

    A report sent from the Bishop of Mostar to the Pope stated:

 

    "According to Mirjana, during the apparition on December 25, 1982, the Madonna confided the tenth and last secret to her, and she revealed the dates on which the various secrets will come to pass. The Blessed Virgin revealed many aspects of the future to Mirjana, many more up to now than to the other seers. For that reason, I relate now what Mirjana told me in a conversation on November 5, 1983 I shall summarize the essential things she said, without any literal quotations. Before the visible sign is given to humanity, there will be three warnings to the world. The warnings will be warnings on the earth. Mirjana will witness them. Three days before one of these warnings, she will advise a priest of her choice. Mirjana's testimony will be a confirmation of the apparitions and an incentive for the conversion of the world. After these warnings, the visible sign will be given for all humanity at the place of the apparitions in Medjugorje. The sign will be given as the testimony of the apparitions and a call back to faith...

 

    "The ninth and tenth secrets are grave matters. They are a chastisement for the sins of the world. The punishment is inevitable because we cannot expect the conversion of the entire world. The chastisement can be mitigated by prayers and penance. It cannot be suppressed. After the first warning, the others will follow within a rather brief period of time. So it is that people will have time for conversion. This time is a period of grace and conversion. After the visible sign, those who are still alive will have little time for conversion. For that reason, the Blessed Virgin calls for urgent conversion and reconciliation. The invitation to prayer and penance is destined to ward off evil and war and above all to save souls. We are close to the events predicted by the Blessed Virgin. Convert yourselves as quickly as possible. Open your hearts to God. This is a message to all mankind."

 

    Father Tomislav has offered an explanation of another prophecy made by the Virgin in 1983:

 

    "They say that, with the realization of the secrets entrusted to them by Our Lady, life in the world will change. Afterwards, men will believe like in ancient times. What will change and how it will change, we don't know, given that the seers don't want to say anything about the secrets."

 

    In an interview conducted by Janice Connell 1990, Marijana clarified some of the earlier statements:

 

    "The first two secrets will be warnings to the world -- events that will occur before a visible sign is given to humanity. These will happen in my lifetime. Ten days before the first secret and the second secret, I will notify Father Petar Ljubicic. He will pray and fast for seven days, and then he will announce these to the world.

 

    "This sign will be given for the atheists. You faithful already have signs, and you have become the sign for the atheists. You faithful must not wait for the sign before you convert; convert soon. This time is a time of grace for you. You can never thank God enough for His grace. The time is for deepening your faith and for your conversion. When the sign comes, it will be too late for many."

 

    In a letter to Pope John Paul II dated December 16, 1983, Father Tomisav Vlasic reported concerning the revelations given by the Blessed Virgin to Mirjana:

 

    “After the apparition of the Blessed Virgin on November 30, 1983, Maria Pavlovic came to me and said. ‘The Madonna says that the Supreme Pontiff and the Bishop must be advised immediately of the urgency and great importance of the message of Medjugorje.

 

    “This letter seeks to fulfill that duty.

 

    “Five young people (Vicka Ivankovic, Maria Pavlovic, Ivanka Ivankovic, Ivan Dragicevic, and Jakob Colo) see an apparition of the Blessed Virgin every day. The experience in which they see her is a fact that can be checked by direct observation. It has been filmed. During the apparitions, the youngsters do not react to light, they do not hear sounds, they do not react if someone touches them, they feel that they are beyond time and space.

 

    "All of the youngsters basically agree that:

 

    "We see the Blessed Virgin just as we see anyone else. We pray with her, we speak to her, and we can touch her... The Blessed Virgin says that world peace is at a critical stage. She repeatedly calls for reconciliation and conversion... She has promised to leave a visible sign for all humanity at the site of the apparitions of Medjugorje... The period preceding this visible sign is a time of grace for conversion and deepening the faith... the Blessed Virgin ha promised to disclose ten secrets to us. So far, Vicka Ivankovic has received eight. Marija Pavlovic received the ninth one on December 8, 1983. Jakov Colo, Ivan Dragicevic and Ivanka Ivankovic have each received nine. Only Maria Dragicevic has received all ten... These apparitions are the last apparitions of the Blessed Virgin on earth. That is why they are lasting so long and occurring so frequently.

 

    "The Blessed Virgin no longer appears to Mirjana Dragicevic. The last time she saw one of the daily apparitions was Christmas 1982. Since then the apparitions have ceased for her, except on her birthday (March 18, 1983). Mirjana knew that this would occur.

 

    "According to Mirjana, the Madonna confided the tenth and last secret to her during the apparition on December 25, 1982. She also disclosed the dates on which the different secrets will come to pass. The Blessed Virgin has revealed to Mirjana many things about the future, more than to any of the other youngsters so far. For that reason I am reporting below what Mirjana told me during our conversation on November 5, 1983. I am summarizing the substance of her account, without word-for-word quotations:

 

    Mirjana said that before the visible sign is given to humanity, there will be three warnings to the world. The warnings will be in the form of events on earth. Mirjana will be a witness to them. Three days before one of the admonitions, Mirjana will notify a priest of her choice. The witness of Mirjana will be a confirmation of the apparitions and a stimulus for the conversion of the world.

 

    "After the admonitions, the visible sign will appear on the site of the apparitions in Medjugorje for all the world to see. The sign will be given as a testimony to the apparitions and in order to call the people back to the faith.

 

    "The ninth and tenth secrets are serious. They concern chastisement  for the sins of the world. Punishment is inevitable, for we cannot expect the whole world to be converted. The punishment can be diminished by prayer and penance, but it cannot be eliminated.

 

    "Mirjana says that one of the evils that threatened the world, the one contained in the seventh secret, has been averted, thanks to prayer and fasting. That is why the Blessed Virgin continues to encourage prayer and fasting:

    "You have forgotten that through prayer and fasting you can avert war and suspend the laws of nature."

 

    "After the first admonition, the others will follow in a rather short time. Thus, people will have some time for conversion.

 

    "That interval will be a period of grace and conversion. After the visible sign appears, those who are still alive will have little time for conversion. For that reason, the Blessed Virgin invites us to urgent conversion and reconciliation.

 

    "The invitation to prayer and penance is meant to avert evil and war, but most of all to save souls.

 

    "According to Mirjana, the events predicted by the Blessed Virgin are near. By virtue of this experience, Mirjana proclaims to the world: "Hurry, be converted; open your hearts to God."

 

    "In addition to this basic message, Mirjana related an apparition she had in 1982, which we believe sheds some light on some aspects of Church history. She spoke of an apparition in which Satan appeared to her disguised as the Blessed Virgin. Satan asked Mirjana to renounce the Madonna and follow him. That way she could be happy in love and in life. He said that following the Virgin, on the contrary, would only lead to suffering. Mirjana rejected him, and immediately the Virgin arrived and Satan disappeared. Then the Blessed Virgin gave her the following message in substance:

 

    "Excuse me for this, but you must realize that Satan exists. One day he appeared before the throne of God and asked permission to submit the Church to a period of trial. God gave him permission to try the Church for one century. This century is under the power of the devil; but when the secrets confided to you come to pass, his power will be destroyed. Even now he is beginning to lose his power and has become aggressive. He is destroying marriages, creating divisions among priests and is responsible for obsessions and murder. You must protect yourselves against these things through fasting and prayer, especially community prayer. Carry blessed objects with you. Put them in your house, and restore the use of holy water...

 

    "Holy Father, I do not want to be responsible for the ruin of anyone. I am doing my best. The world is being called to conversion and reconciliation. In writing to you, Holy Father, I am doing only doing my duty. After drafting this letter, I gave it to the youngsters so that they might ask the Blessed Virgin whether its contents are accurate. Ivan Dragicevic relayed the following answer: "Yes, the contents of the letter are the truth. You must notify first the Supreme Pontiff and then the Bishop."

 

    The Blessed Virgin at Medjugorje has said this concerning prophecy:

 

    "Do not think about wars, punishments, evil, because if you do you are on the road toward them. Your task is to accept divine peace, to live it, and to spread it."

 

    Medjugorje

 

    The primary message of the Blessed Virgin always has been one of Peace, Prayer, and Mercy, rather than of her prophecies, which are contingent upon the power of Prayer. According to Mary, the wrath of God and Jesus can be averted (or at least delayed) by repentance and the Rosary. This approach to world peace actually seems to have worked in the case of the fall of the USSR, which also prevented (or long delayed) the invasion of Europe by Soviet forces.

 

    Amen...

 

    12. References ~

    

    1.Connell, Janice T.: Visions of the Children: The Apparitions at Medjugorje

    2. Martindale, C.C.: The Meaning of Fatima; 1950, P.J. Kennedy & Sons, NY.

    3. De Marchi, John: Fatima, The Facts; 1950, Mercier Pres, Cork, Ireland; Read & authenticated by Sister Lucia.

    4. Santos, Lucia: Fatima in Lucia’s Own Words

    5. Zimdars-Swartz, Sandra: Encountering Mary: Visions From La Salette to Medjugorje

    6. The Messages of the Lady of All Nations: Queenship Publishing Co., P.O. Box 42028, Santa Barbara, CA 93140-2028 ; 1-800-647-9882

    7. The Internet (Keyword Search: Prophecy, Marian Apparitions)

 

 

Chapter 5

 

Moslem Prophecy

 

 

    1. Signs of Qiyamah

    2. Dajjal

    3. Imam Mahdi

    4. Isa / Jesus

    5. Yajuj & Majuj

    6. Dabbah al-Ard

    7. Minor Signs

    8. The Great Hour & Day of Doom

    9. References

 

    Prophecy is the history of possible futures, passing like movie previews through the minds of seers who may feel either blessed or cursed by their visions. Westerners have been saturated for two millenia with Judaeo-Christian visions of apocalypse, to the exclusion of any consideration for other opinions such as those of the Moslems.

 

    Islam has produced many prophecies concerning the end of this cycle of civilization. Some of them obviously derive from Biblical sources, while others are quite original and intriguing warnings of Fitnah (Tribulation) and Qiyamah (Judgment Day).

 

    Signs of Qiyamah ~

 

    The Holy Prophet Mohammed (peace be on him: pboh) made this general prophecy about the present state of affairs, recorded in the Mudkhal by Ibn-al-Hajj: "The Holy Prophet (pboh) said, "Prayers will be neglected, carnal desires will be pursued, transgressors will become leaders, it will not be possible to distinguish the faithful from the false, telling lies will become desirable, payment of Zakah will be taken as a burden, the believer will be deemed the most disgraceful and he will be pained at seeing evils all around and his heart will melt as salt in water but he will not be able to say anything. Rain will do no good; it will fall out of season. Males will commit adultery with males, and females with females. Women will dominate. The offspring will disobey their parents, friend will treat his friend badly, sins will be taken lightly. Mosques will have external decorations and beauty and there will be worshippers too but there will be hypocrisy and mutual enmity in their hearts. Then will appear a people from the West who will dominate the weak among my people. People will produce copies of the Holy Quran in letters of gold but will not act upon it. The Quran will be recited in a melodious way. Usury will become rampant. Human blood will have no value, religion will have no helpers. Singing women will be on the increase. The rich will perform the Hajjas as a pastime, the people of the middle class will do so to conduct business and the poor to beg for charity."

 

    In the Shama'il of Timirdi, the Prophet Mohammed (pboh) again predicted the wealth and decadence of the modern world: "The best of the generations is my generation, then those who follow them, then those who follow them, then after them will come a people who will praise themselves in abundance of wealth and love and plumpness..."

 

    "When the booty is taken in turn, property given in trust is treated as spoil, Zakah is looked on as a fine, learning is acquired for other than a religious purpose, a man obeys his wife and is unfilial toward his mother, brings his friend near and drives his father far off, voices are raised in the mosques, the most wicked member of a people becomes its leader, a man is honored through fear of the evil he may do, singing girls and stringed instruments make their appearance, wines are drunk, and the last members of this people curse the first ones, look at that time for a violent wind, an earthquake, metamorphosis, pelting rain, and signs following one another like bits of a necklace falling one after the other when its string is cut."

 

    Timirdi also recorded this narration by 'Imran ibn Husayn: "The Prophet (pboh) said: 'Some people of this Ummah will be swallowed up by the earth, some will be transformed into animals, and some will be bombarded with stones.' One of the Muslims asked, 'When will that be, O Messenger of Allah?' He said, 'When singers and musical instruments will become popular, and much wine will be drunk.'"

 

    Similarly, according to Ahmad, Abd Allah ibn Amr said: "I heard the Prophet say, If you see my Ummah fearing a tyrant so much that they dare not tell him that he is a tyrant, then there will be no hope for them. The Prophet said, Among my Ummah, some will be swallowed up by the earth, some bombarded with stones, and some transformed into animals."

 

    Huzafa narrates that Mohammed (pboh) said: "Qiyamah will not come till you see ten signs, which are: Smoke which spreads throughout the East and West for forty days; Dajjal; Da'aba, a four-legged beast of the length of 60 yards. He will have the stick of Musa [Moses] and ring of Sulaiman [Solomon]. In running he will have no equal. He will strike Mu'min with Musa's stick and will mark the word Mu'min on his face and similarly put the stamp of Kafr [Star of David] on the face of the Kafr; Rising of the sun from the West; Descent of Isa ibn Maryam [Jesus]; Juj and Majuj [Gog and Magog]; Sinking of the earth at three places, East, West, and Arabian Gulf; Fire which will emanate from one side of Aden and drive the people to Hasr.

 

    "These events also are said to be inevitable: The Kaaba will be burned down, after which Dajjal will abide on earth. Then Allah (sallallahu alayhe wa sallam: saws) will send Isa, who will look upon the Dajjal and kill him. Then the people will live for seven years with no rancor at all. Then Allah (subhanahu wa taala: swt) will send a cold wind from the side of Syria that will remove all the believers from the earth, leaving only the wicked. Then Satan will come to them in human form and ask them, 'Why don't you respond?' And they will ask him what orders he has for them, and he will command them to worship idols, and they will have an abundance of wealth. Finally, the trumpet will be blown. Then Allah (swt) will send rain like dew, and bodies of people will grow from it, then the trumpet will be blown again and they will stand up and begin to look around. Then it will be said, 'O people, go to your Lord, and make them stand there'. Then we will be questioned. Then it will be said, 'Bring out a group for the 999 out of 1000 for the Hell-Fire'. This will be the day that will make the children old because of its terror."

 

    The sinking of the earth in three places also has been interpreted as the defeat of armies.

 

    Abdullah ibn Amr reiterates Huzafa: "Allah's Messenger (pboh) said: The Dajjal will appear in my Ummah and he will stay for forty --- I cannot say whether he meant forty days, forty months or forty years. Allah will then send Isa ibn Maryam, who will resemble Urwah ibn Mas'ud. He will chase Dajjal and kill him. Then people will live for seven years, during which time there will be no rancour between any two persons. After that Allah will send a cold wind from the direction of Syria. None will survive on Earth, having a speck of good in him or faith in him: he will die. Even if some among you were to enter the innermost part of the mountain, this wind would reach that place also and cause your death. I heard Allah's Apostle (pboh) as saying: Only the wicked people will survive and they will be as careless as birds with the characteristics of beasts. They will never appreciate good nor condemn evil. Then Satan will come to them, in human form, and would say: Don't you respond? They will say: What do you order us to do? He will command them to worship the idols but, in spite of this, they will have an abundance of sustenance and lead comfortable lives. Then the trumpet will be blown and he who hears it will bend his neck to one side and raise it from the other side. The first one to hear that trumpet will be the person who is busy in setting right the cistern meant for supplying water to the camels. He will faint and the other people will also faint. Then Allah will send or He will cause to be sent rain which will be like dew and there will grow out of it the bodies of people. Then the second trumpet will be blown and they will stand up and begin to look around. Then it will be said: O people, go to your Lord. They will be made to stand there and they will be questioned. Then it will be said: Bring out a group for the Hell-Fire. It will be asked: How much? It will be said: Nine hundred and ninety-nine out of one thousand for the Hell-Fire. That will be the day that will make the children old because of its terror and that will be the day about which it has been said: "On the day when the shank will be uncovered". (Hadith 7023)

 

    Hudhayfah ibn Usayd Ghifari says likewise: "Allah's Apostle (pboh) came to us all of a sudden as we were in a discussion. He said: What do you discuss about? The Companions said: We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before, and he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the rising of the sun from the West, the descent of Jesus ibn Maryam (Allah be pleased with him), Juj and Majuj, and landslides in three places, one in the east, one in the west, and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly [judgment]." (Hadith 6931)

 

    Similarly, a narration by Abu Hurayrah states: "Allah's Apostle (pboh) said: Hasten to do good deeds before six things happen: the rising of the sun from the west, the smoke, the Dajjal, the beast, and the death of one of you, or the general turmoil." (Sahih Muslim, Hadith 7039)

 

    According to Hadhrat Abu Musa Ash’ari, the sage Rasulallah made these comments about life today: "Qiyamah  will come when: it will be regarded as a shame to act on Quranic injunctions; untrustworthy people will be regarded as trustworthy and the trustworthy will be regarded as untrustworthy; it will be hot in winter and cold in summer; the length of days will be stretched; a journey of a few days will be covered in a few hours; orators and lecturers will lie openly; people will dispute over petty issues; women with children will be displeased on account of them bearing offspring, and barren women remain happy on account of having no responsibility of offspring; oppression, jealousy, and greed will become the order of the day; people will blatantly follow their passions and whims; lies will prevail over truth; violence, bloodshed and anarchy will become common; shameless immorality is perpetrated publicly; the offspring will become a cause of grief and anger for their parents; legislation of matters pertaining to the Deen will be handed over to the worst elements of the Ummat, and if people accept them and are satisfied with their findings, then such persons will not smell the fragrance of Jannat."

 

    When Hadhrat Abdullah Ibn Mas’ood asked Rasulallah about the Signs of Qiyamah, he was told: "Music and musical instruments will be found in every home. People will indulge in homosexuality. There will be an abundance of illegitimate children. There will be an abundance of critics, tale-carriers, back-biters and taunters in society. People will establish ties with strangers and sever relations with their near and dear ones. Hypocrites will be in control of the affairs of the community and evil, immoral people will be at the helm of businesses. The Masjid will be decorated, but the hearts of people will be devoid of guidance. The courtyards of Masjids will be built beautifully and high pulpits will be erected. Various wines will be consumed in excess."

 

    Auf bin Malik also consulted about Qiyamah with Rasulullah, who said: "Count six things before the advent of Qiyamah: (1) my death; (2) the conquest of Jerusalem; (3) mass deaths among you people, just as when sheep die in large numbers during an epidemic; (4) abundance of wealth to such an extent that if a person were to be given a hundred dinars he will still not be satisfied; (5) general anarchy and bloodshed, that no Arab household will be spared from it; (6) then a life of peace as a result of a peace agreement between you and the Banil Asfaar [Romans, Christians] which they will break and attack you with a force consisting of eighty flags and under each flag will be an army of 12,000 men."

 

    The Moslems have several specific prophecies that pit them against Jews and Christians till the bitter, exhausted end. The return of the Jews to Israel, the current situation in the Mideast, and the probable future was predicted quite explicitly in the Quran:

 

    "And We said thereafter to the Children of Israel, dwell securely in the land, But when the second of the warnings come to pass We shall bring you a crowd, gathered out of various nations."  (Quran 17:104)

 

    "And they shall incur the wrath of Allah, and humiliation will be made to cling to them. This is because they disbelieved in the message of Allah, and killed the Prophets of Allah. This is because they disobeyed and exceeded the limits." (Quran 3:111)

 

    "And with those who say: We are Christians, We made a covenant, but they neglected a portion of that whereof they were reminded. So we allowed to stir up enmity and hatred among them to the Day of resurrection. And Allah will soon let them know the consequences of what they do." (Quran 5:14)

 

    "There is not a town but We will destroy it before the Day of Resurrection or chastise it with a severe chastisement." (Quran 17: 58)

 

    "On that day We shall let some of them surge against the others, and the trumpet will be blown. Then We shall gather them all together. And We shall bring forth hell, exposed to view, on that day before the misbelievers." (Quran 18: 99, 100)

 

    In Chapter "Fitnah" of Mishkah al Masabih, the Prophet Mohammed (pboh) says: "The last hour will not come before the Muslims fight the Jews and the Muslims kill them, so that Jews will hide behind stones and trees and the stone and the tree will say, "O Muslim, O servant of God! There is a Jew behind me; come and kill him." The only exception will be the box thorn; for it is one of the trees of the Jews."

 

    One of the many signs of Qiyamah, the Moslem tribulation, includes a prophecy transmitted by Abu Nadhrah about Iraq and Syria that was fulfilled by America’s mercenary Gulf War I and the occupation of Iraq by US carpetbaggers in 2003:

 

    "We were sitting in the company of Jabir bin Abdullah when he said: Soon the people of Iraq will neither receive any food nor any money. We asked: Why would such a thing happen? He replied: Because of the non-Arabs. Soon the people of Shaam (Syria) will neither receive any money nor grain. We asked as to why this would happen. He replied: Because of the Romans [Europeans/Christians]."

 

    Dajjal ~

 

    Moslems also have expectations of an antichrist; they call him al-Masih al-Dajjal ("Messiah-Liar"). He will deify Christ and pervert the words of the true Messiah. He will appear towards the end of this civilization. The location is variously given as the Jewish quarter of Isfahan, or in Khurasan, in al-Kufah, or between Shaam and Iraq.

 

    Mohammed (pboh) warned of him in Chapter "Fitnah" of Mishkah-al-Masabih: "Abdullah, son of Umar, says that the Messenger of Allah stood up among the people, and when he had extolled Allah in a fitting manner he mentioned the Dajjal and said: I warn you of him, and there is no Prophet who has not warned his people. Noah warned his people. You must know that he is one-eyed, whereas Allah is not one-eyed and behold that Dajjal is blind of the right eye and his eye would be like a floating grape."

 

    Mughirah ibn Shu'bah said: "None else had asked more questions from Allah's Messenger (pboh) about the Dajjal than I, but he simply said: My son, why are you worried because of him? He will not harm you. I said: The people think that he would have with him rivers of water and mountains of bread, whereupon he siad: He would be more insignificant in the sight of Allah than all these things." (Hadith 5352)

 

    An-Nawwas ibn Sam'an, one of the disciples of Mohammed, gave this account of Dajjal given by the Prophet: "Allah's Apostle (saws) mentioned the Dajjal one day in the morning. He sometimes described him as insignificant and sometimes described him as very significant, as if he were nearby in the date-palm trees. When we went to him in the evening and he read our faces, he said: What is the matter with you? We said: Allah's Apostle (saws), you mentioned the Dajjal this morning as insignificant and sometimes very important, until we began to think he was present in the date-palm trees.

 

    "So he said: I harbor fear in regard to you in so many other things besides the Dajjal. If he comes forth while I am among you, I shall contend with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth while I am not among you, a man must contend on his own behalf and Allah will take care of every Muslim on my behalf (and safeguard him against his evil). He will be a young man with twisted, cropped hair, and a blind eye. I compare him with Abdul Uzza ibn Qatan. He who among you will survive to see him should recite over him the opening verses of Surah al-Kahf (xviii). He will appear on the way between Syria and Iraq and will spread mischief right and left...

 

    "We said: Allah's Apostle (saws), how long will he stay on Earth?

 

    "He said: For forty days, one day like a year, one day like a month, one day like a week, and the rest of the days will be like your days.

 

    "We said: Allah's Apostle (saws) will one day's prayer suffice for the prayers of the day equal to one year?

 

    "Thereupon he said: No, but you must make an estimate of the time (and then observe prayer).

 

    "We said: Allah's apostle (saws) how quickly will he walk upon the earth?

 

    "Thereupon he said: Like cloud driven by the wind. He will come to the people and invite them (to a wrong religion); they will affirm their faith in him and respond to him. He will then give a command to the sky: there will be rainfall upon the Earth and it will grow crops. Then in the evening, their pasturing animals will come to them with their humps very high, their udders full of milk and their flanks distended. He will then come to another people and invite them. But they will reject him so he will go away from them; they will have a drought and nothing will be left with them in the form of wealth.

 

    "He will then walk through the desert and say to it: Bring forth your treasures. The treasures will come out and gather before him like a swarm of bees. He will then call someone in the flush of youth, strike him with the sword, cut him into two pieces. He will then call and the young man will come forward laughing with his face gleaming."

 

    According to Abu Huraira, Mohammed (pboh) once said: "May I not inform you about the Dajjal what no Apostle of Allah narrated to his people? He would be blind and he would bring along with him an image of Paradise and Hell-fire and I warn you as Nuh  [Noah] warned his people."

 

    Hudhaifa bin Yaman reported that Mohammed (saws) said: "Dajjal is blind of the left eye, with thick hair and there would be a garden and fire with him and his fire would be a garden and his garden would be fire."

 

    Uqba bin Amr Abu Mas'ud al-Ansari went to Hudhaifa bin Yaman and said to him: "Narrate what you have heard from the Prophet (saws) pertaining to the Dajjal.

 

    "He said that the Dijal would appear and there would be along with him water and fire and what the people would see as water that would be fire and that would burn and what would appear as fire that would be water and any one of you who would see that should plunge in that which he sees as fire for it would be sweet, pure water."

 

    Ubadah bin Saamit said this of Dajjal: "Maseeh Dajjal will be short, and his legs will be crooked. The hair on his head will be extremely twisted. He will have one eye with which he can see, while his other eye will be totally flat. It will neither be deep in its socket nor protruding."

 

    Al-Bukhari adds this detail: "When Dajjal appears, his complexion will be white and his right eye will be blind, while the left eye will shine like a bright star." (Book 77:68-92)

 

    In Moslem symbology, a man's right side is heaven and the left side is hell. Accordingly, Dajjal will be a Caucasian who is spiritually blind, yet illuminated with hell-fire. He will possess all things that would appear pleasant to him and his followers, but which will be repulsive to Believers.

 

    Ahmad  mentions another sign of Dajjal's appearance: "On his forehead will be written "Kafr" [the letters "Kaa", "Faa", and "Raa", Disbeliever]. Every Muslim will be able to read this whether literate or illiterate." Anas bin Malik reported the same detail, spoken by the Prophet (pboh). (Musnad 2: 223)

 

    Moslem prophecy lists many signs of the times that are repeated in different contexts in Islamic literature, which makes them difficult to compile in chronological order. Before Dajjal appears, there will be three years of drought. In the first year, the sky will withhold one-third of its water; in the second year, two-thirds, and in the third year, there will be no rain. All animals will die. When Dajjal appears, he will be followed by 70,000 Yahudis (Jews) from Isfahan (present-day Iran) wearing silk clothing, or wearing Persian shawls (according to Hadith 7034), and carrying double-edged swords.

 

    At that time the earth will collapse into sinkholes in various places: one in the east, one in the west, and one in Hejaz, Saudi Arabia. A fog will cover the earth for 40 days, during which time the non-believers will lay unconscious, while Moslems will suffer from a cold-like illness. The fog will be followed by three days of darkness. This will occur during the month of Zil-Hajj after Eidul-Adha. Then the sun will rise in the west. After this event, it will be too late to repent. A cold wind will kill all Moslem believers, leaving only the infidels alive to witness the Last Hour. When the angel Israfil blows his trumpet, the resurrection will begin.

 

    Dajjal is described in detail in Kanz al-Ummal (7:1998-2104). His "white ass" with 30-yard long ears may well be a description of an airplane. The comment that "His voice will be so loud that the whole world will hear him" probably refers to his use of radio and tv broadcasts:

 

    "And he will cure the blind and the lepers and will revive the dead... The sea will be ankle-deep for him. Underneath him will be a white ass. The length of each one of its ears will be 30 yards, and his one step will be the distance of a day's journey. The enemy of Allah will make his appearance and with him will be an army of Jews and various kinds of men and women...

 

    "The Holy Prophet Mohammed (pboh) said: There is no trial or tribulation greater than that of Dajjal since the creation of man up to coming of the Day of Resurrection...

 

    "The last to follow him will be the women and illegitimate children...

 

    "When Dajjal appears, the women will assume the appearance of men, and the men will assume the appearance of women. When Dajjal appears, there will be no part of the world left which he will not dominate, except the cities of Mecca and Medina.

 

    "Whoever hears about Dajjal should keep way from him. By Allah! One will come to come to him and will think that he is a believer, but he will follow him on account of the doubts that he will raise in his mind.

 

    "There will be some people accompanying Dajjal, who will say: We keep him company. Although we know that he is an unbeliever, we still keep his company so that we may eat his food.

 

    "His voice will be so loud that the whole world will hear him when he speaks.

 

    "Dajjal will travel the entire world and request the Earth to surrender its treasures, which it will willingly do.

 

    "He will claim himself to be Allah, and whoever has a weak faith and accepts him, Dajjal will put him into his heaven; but whoever has a strong faith in Allah and rejects Dajjal will be put into his hell fire. However, those who go into his heaven will find that Allah has turned it into hell, and those who go into his hell will find that Allah has turned it into heaven.

 

    "All these things Dajjal will do and dominate the entire world in 40 days, from the largest country to the smallest island; and his first day will be the length of one year, but the days will gradually decline into a normal day."

 

    Mishkah al-Masabih contains a similar prophecy of distorted time: "Asma, daughter of Yazid, son of al-Sakan reported the Prophet as saying: Dajjal will remain in the earth for 40 years, a year being like a month, a month like a week, a week being like a day, a day like the time it takes to burn a palm branch."

 

    These prophecies closely resemble the Tiburtine Sibyll’s oracle (ca. 500 AD) of time compression that will occur at the end this age: "The years will be shortened like months, the months like weeks, the weeks like days, the days like hours, and an hour like a moment."

 

    This effect could be caused by the passage of a wandering black hole-star near or through our solar system. Elsewhere, it is stated that Dajjal will remain on Earth for 40 days, during which time the first day will be one year, the second day will equal one month, the third day will last one week, and the fourth day on will be "normal". This equals 14 months.

 

    Chapter "Fitnah" in Mishkah al-Masabih includes the following prophecy about Dajjal: "We said, O Messenger of Allah, how swift will he travel on the Earth? He said: As the cloud is carried in the wind, He, Dajjal, will be jumping about between the Heavens and the Earth. He will then give command to the sky and it will give rain to the Earth, and it will produce crops. So the world's treasures will follow him as the bees follow their queen. Allah will give Dajjal the natural power of material knowledge, and the liberty to exercise that power in any way he wills, even to resurrect the dead.

 

    "Dajjal will come riding on an ass which will cross great distances very quickly. [Airplanes]. Dajjal will be blind in his right eye, and the left eye will shine like a star. His skin will be white. Dajjal will have so much power that he will be able to carry Heaven and Hell upon his shoulders. Dajjal will be accompanied by beautiful women and spirits and bastard children and other kinds of people --- including an army of Jews. He will have music and singing unlike any ever heard before, and whoever hears it will follow it.

 

    "When Dajjal appears and he cannot bring the whole world under his power and machinations and false beliefs, the Christian nations will stand up with 80 banners or flags in an effort to make peace in the world. But they will, in fact, betray the world and bring ultimate destruction to the entire human race."

 

    Rasulullah said: "Dajjal will come but it will be prohibited and impossible for him to enter Medina. He will set up camp in a barren land outside Medina. There will be three tremors. At that time, all the disbelievers and hypocrites will flee. In this way Medina will be purified of all evil hypocrites. One person who will be the best of persons will confront him by saying: I bear witness that you are the very Dajjal about whom Raulullah has informed us. Dajjal will say to his followers: If I kill this person and then revive him will you people still doubt me? They will answer: No. He will then kill this person and revive him. This person will say: I am totally convinced more than ever that you definitely are Dajjal. He will attempt to kill this person again but his efforts will now be in vain."

 

    Abu Hurayrah quotes Mohammed (pboh) concerning Dajjal, thus: "Allah's Messenger (pboh) said: Dajjal will come from the eastern side with the intention of attacking Medina until he will get down behind Uhud. Then the angels will turn his face towards Syria and there hewill perish." (Hadith 3187)

 

    Sahih al-Bukhariquotes this narration by Anas bin Malik: "The Prophet said: As-Dajjal will come and encamp at a place close to Medina and then Medina will shake thrice, whereupon every Kafr [unbeliever] and hypocrite will go out towards him."

 

    al-Bukharioffers a Hadith, narrated by Abdullah bin Umar, wherein Mohammed (pboh) says: "While I was sleeping, I saw myself in a dream performing Tawaf around the Ka'aba. Behold, I saw a reddish-white man with lank hair, and water was dropping from his dead. I asked, 'Who is this?' They replied: 'The son of Mary'. Then I turned my face to see another man with a huge body, red complexion and curly hair and blind in one eye. His other eye look like a grape protruding out. They said: 'He is Ad-Dajjal'. The man he resembled most is Ibn Qatan, a man from the tribe of Khuza'a."

 

    Sahih Muslim states: "Allah's Apostle (pboh) said: You have heard of the city, one side of which is inclined and the other is on the coast [Constantinople]. They said, Yes, Allah's Apostle (pboh). Thereupon he said: The Last Hour will not come until 70,000 people from Banu Isra'il attack it. When they land there, they will neither fight with weapons nor shower arrows but will only say: 'There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest',and one side of it will fall. Thawr [one of the narrators] said: I think that he said: The area on the coast. Then they will say for the second time ''There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest', and the other side will fall. They will say: 'There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest', and the gates will be opened for them and they will enter. They will be collecting spoils of war and distributing them among themselves when a noise will be heard and it will be said: Verily, the Dajjal has come. Thus they will leave everything there and turn to fight him." (Hadith 6979)

 

    Sahih Muslim also gives this account by Abu Hurayrah: "Allah's Apostle (pboh) said: The Last Hour will not come until the Romans land at al-Amiq or in Dabiq. An army consisting of the best soldiers of the people on Earth at that time will come from Medina to oppose them. When they arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans will say: Do not stand between us and those Muslims who took prisoners from among us. Let us fight them. The Muslims will say: Nay, by Allah, we shall never turn aside from you and from our brethren so that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third of the army, whom Allah will never forgive, will run away. A third, which will be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eyes, would be killed. The third who will never be put on trial will win and they will be the conquerors of Constantinople. As they are busy in distributing the spoils of war after hanging their swords by the olive trees, Satan will cry: The Dajjal has taken your place among your families. They will then come out, but it will be of no avail. When they reach Syria, he will come out while they are still preparing themselves for battle, drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer will come and then Isa ibn Maryam (pboh) will descend and lead them in prayer. When the enemy of Allah sees him, it will disappear just as salt dissolves in water, and if Isa were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely. Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on Isa's lance." (Hadith 6924)

 

    Imam Mahdi ~

 

    Moslems also expect the advent of Imam Mahdi ("The Guided One"). The Shia sect claims that he will appear out of a tunnel (which he entered at the age of 5) in Samarra; allegedly his name is Muhammed ibn al-Hasan ibn al-Askari.

 

    A Hadith from Abu Allah ibn Masud says: "The Prophet (pboh) said, If there were only one day left for the world, that day would be lengthened until a man from among my descnedants or from among the people of my Household [Ahl al-Bayt, a descendant of Fatimah through Hasan], was sent; his name will be the same as my name, and his father's name will be the same as my father's name. He will fill the earth with justice and fairness, just as it will have been filled with injustice and oppression. The world will not end until a man of my housefold, whose name is the same as mine, holds sway."

 

    According to Sa'id [Master] ibn-I Jabir, the prophet Mohammed (pboh) told Ibn-I Abbas this similar prophecy of Imam Mahdi: "Even if the entire duration of the world’s existence has already been exhausted and only one day is left before Qiyamah, Allah will expand that day to such a length of time, as to accommodate the kingdom of a person from my Ahlul-Bayt who will be called by my name. He will fill the earth with peace and justice as it will have been full of injustice and tyranny by then.

 

    "We (I and my family) are members of a household that Allah has chosen for them the life of the Hereafter over the life of this world; and the members of my household (Ahlul-Bayt) shall suffer a great affliction and they shall be forcefully expelled from their homes after my death; then there will come people from the East carrying black flags, and they will ask for some good to be given to them, but they shall be refused service; as such, they will wage war and emerge victorious, and will be offered that which they desired in the first place, but they will refuse to accept it till they pass it to a man from my family who appears to fill the Earth with justice as it has been filled with corruption. So whoever reaches that time ought to come to them even if crawling in the snow since among them is the Khalifatullah al-Mahdi."

 

    In a similar prophecy, Abd Allah said: "Whilst we were with the Prophet (pboh), some young men from Banu Hashim approached us. When the Prophet (pboh) saw him, his eyes filled with tears and the color of his face changed. I said, We can see something has changed in your face, and it upsets us. The Prophet (pboh) said, We are the people of a Household for whom Allah has chosen the Hereafter rather than this world. The peolpe of my Household will suffer a great deal after my death, and will be persecuted until a people carrying black banners [the Abbasids]  will come out of the east. They will instruct the people to do good, but the people will refuse; they will fight until they are victorious, and the people do as they asked, but they will not accept it from them until they hand over power to a man from my hosuehold. Then the earth will be filled with fairness, just as it had been filled with injustice. If any of you live to see this, you should go to him even if you have to crawl across ice."

 

    Thwaban transmitted another version of this prophecy: "The Prophet (pboh) said, Three men will be killed at the place where your treasure is [the Ka'aba]. Each of them will be the son of a Khalifah, and none of them will get hold of the treasure.  Then the black banners will come out of the East, and they will slaughter you in a way which has never been seen before. Then he said something which I do not remember; then, If you see him, go and give him your allegiance, even if you have to crawl over ice, because he is the Khalifah of Allah, the Mahdi."

 

    Likewise, Abd Allah said: "The Prophet said (pboh), A man from my household, whose name is like mine, will take power".

 

    Rasulullah makes similar claims for Imam Mahdi: "This world will not come to an end until one person from my progeny rules over the Arabs, and his name will be the same as my name.

 

    "Al Mahdi will be from my progeny. His forehead will be broad and his nose will be high [or, hooked]. He will fill the world with justice and fairness at a time when the world will be filled with oppression. He will rule for seven years.

 

    "There will be four peace agreements between you and the Romans. The fourth agreement will be mediated through a person who will be from the progeny of Hadhrat Haroon and will be upheld for seven years. He will be from my progeny and will be 40 years of age. His face will shine like a star and he will have a black spot on his left cheek. He will don two Qutwaani cloaks and will appear exactly as a person from Bani Israel.

 

    "After the death of a Ruler there will be some dispute between the people. At that time a citizen of Medina will flee and go to Mecca. While in Mecca, certain people will approach him between Hajrul Sawad and Maqaame Ibraheem, and forcefully pledge their allegiance to him. Thereafter a huge army will proceed from Syria to attack him but when they will be at Baida, which is between Mecca and Medina, they will be swallowed into the ground. On seeing this, the Abdaals of Shaam as well as large numbers of people from Iraq will come to him and pledge their allegiance to him. Then a person from Quraish, whose uncle will be from the Bani Kalb tribe will send an army to attack him, only to be overpowered, by the will of Allah. This defeated army will be that of the Bani Kalb. Unfortunate indeed is he who does not receive a share from the booty of the Kalb. This person will distribute the spoils of war after the battle. He will lead the people according to the Sunnat and during his reign Islam will spread throughout the world. He will remain seven years. He will pass away and the Muslims will perform his Janazah salaat."

 

    Other prophecies made by Mohammed (pboh), and transmitted by Ibn Majah and Ahmad, give these details about Imam Mahdi: "There will be a Caliph in the last period of my Ummah who will freely give handsful of wealth to the people without counting it. Al-Mahdi is from our Ahlul-Bayt; no doubt Allah will enforce his appearance within a night...

 

    "The Mahdi is one of us, from among the people of my housefold. In one night Allah will inspire him and prepare him to carry out his task successfully."

 

    According to Ahmad, Abu Said said: "By Allah, every ruler we have had has been worse than the previous one, adn every year has been worse than the year before, but I heard the Prophet (pboh) say, Among your rulers will be one who will give out wealth freely, without counting it. A man will come and ask him for money, and he will say, Take; the man will spread his cloak out and the ruler will pour money into it. The Prophet (pboh) spread out a thick cloak he had been wearing, to demonstrate the man's actions; then he gathered it up by the corners and said, Then the man will take it and leave."

 

    This prophecy is found in Imam Ali ibn Abu Talib's Nahj'ul Balagha [The Path of Eloquence], Khutba 141, 187: "The Imam who will create a world state will make the ruling nations pay for their crimes against society. He will bring succor to humanity. He will take out the hidden wealth from the breast of the earth and will distribute it equitably amongst the needy deserving. He will teach you simple living and high thinking. He will make you understand that virtue is a state of character which is always a mean between the two extremes, and which is based on equity and justice. He will revive the teaching of the Holy Qur'an and the traditions of the Holy Prophet after the world has ignored them as dead letters. He will protect and defend himself with resources of science and supreme knowledge. His control over these resources will be complete. He will know how supreme they are and how carefully they will have to be used. His mind will be free from desires of bringing harm and injury to humanity. Such a knowledge to him will belike the property which was wrongly possessed by others and for which he was waiting for the permission to repossess and use. He, in the beginning, will be a poor stranger unknown and uncared for, and Islam then will be in the helpless and hopeless plight of an exhausted camel who has laid down its head and is wagging its tail. With such a start he will establish an empire of God in this world. He will be the final demonstration and proof of God's merciful wish to acquaint man with the right ways of life.

 

    "Moreover, he said: Verily, a time will come upon you wherein nothing will be more concealed than the truth, nothing more manifest than falsehood, and nothing more manifest than falsehood, and nothing more than lies about God and his Apostle. The people of that time will possess no commodity more difficult to sell than the Book when it is correctly recited, or one more in demand when its passages are misinterpreted. There will be throughout all lands nothing more detested than good deeds, or more renowned than evil ones. The reciters of the Qura'an will have cast it away, and those who memorize it will have deliberately erased it from their minds. The book and its disciples will, on that day, be ostracized and outcast, two friends together on the road, to whom no one will offer shelter. The Book and its disciples will be, in that age, among the people and yet neither among them nor with them. For error is incompatible with guidance.

 

    "Even though the Book and its disciples might come together, the people would agree to keep separate. They would divert from the community, as if they were the leaders of the Qura'an rather than it being their leader. Nothing will remain of it among them save the name; they will know nothing of it save its calligraphy and script. Before, they had not made an example of the righteous by maiming them, or called their sincerity towards God a lie, or punished good deeds with the penalties for crimes. They who preceded you perished because they went on hoping for too long and their allotted terms expired. Then the Promised One descended, by whom excuses are rejected and upon whom repentance has no effect, and with whom are the calamity and the affliction."

 

    According to Abu Dawud, who devoted a chapter of his Sunan to Imam Mahdi, "Ali said, whilst looking at his sone al-Hasan, This son of mine is a Sayyid [master], as the Prophet (pboh) named him. Among his descendants there will be a man named after your Prophet (pboh). He will resemble him in behavior but not in looks..."

 

    Abu Dawud also quotes the Hadith of Jabir ibn Samrah, in which the Prophet (pboh) says: "This religion will remain strong until twelve Caliphs have ruled over you... All of them will be from Quraysh... Then there will be Fitnah and killing."

 

    According to Abu Dawud, Umm Salamah reported that the Prophet (pboh) said: "People will begin to differ after the death of a Khalifah [Caliph]. A man from the people of Madinah [Medina] will flee to Makkah [Mecca]. Some of the people of Makkah will come to him and drag him out against his will; they will swear allegiance to him between al-Rikn and al-Maqam. An army will be sent against him from Syria; it will be swallowed up in the desert between Makkah and Madinah. When the people see this, groups of people from Syria and Iraq will come and swear allegiance to him. Then a man from Quraysh whose mother is from Kalb will appear and send an army against them, and will defeat them; this will be known as the Battle of Kalb. Whoever does not witness the spoils of this battle will muss much! The Mahdi will distribute the wealth, and will rule the peole according to the Sunnah of the Prophet (pboh). Then he will die, and the Muslims will pray for him."

 

    Other details given elsewhere describe him thus: his father’s name will be Abdullah; his mother’s name will be Aamina. He will stutter, and on occasion this will frustrate him so much that he will slap his thigh. He is short and has a ruddy face. His hair sticks up. He will be 40 years of age when he makes his appearance. An eclipse of the sun and moon will occur in the Ramadan observance just before he emerges. When the people pledge their allegiance to him, a voice will speak from the sky, saying, "This is the representative of Allah, the Mahdi; listen to him and obey him". His army will march under a black flag; it will come from Khurasaan.

 

    Isa / Jesus ~

 

    Jesus Christ (whom the Moslems call Hadhrat Isa or Isa ibn Maryam, the Messiah of Guidance) also figures prominently in Muslim prophecy. Christians deny the validity of the prophet Mohammed (pboh), but his followers acknowledge Jesus Christ as a great prophet, albeit not as the demigod that Christians have made of him. In the opinion of Moslems, Jesus (alayhe sallam: as) was sent only to the Children of Israel. He had no responsibility whatsoever to other nations or people. The Moslems justifiably resent the putative "Christians" who foist their disfunctional pretensions on other, older cultures (not that the Moslems are much better in that regard, in some respects).

 

    The Surah an-Nisaaa (4:156-159) condemns the Jews for their killing of Jesus (as), and states that Allah (swt) declares their claims to be false. According to Moslem doctrine, a disciple who resembled Jesus sacrificed himself voluntarily: "And because of their saying, 'We killed Messiah, Jesus son of Mary, the Messenger of Allah' --- but they killed him not, nor crucified him, but it was made to appear to them so.

 

    "But Allah raised him up (with his body and soul) unto Himself; and Allah is Ever All-Powerful, All-Wise.

 

    "And there is none of the people of the Scripture [Jews and Christians] but must believe in him before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection, he will be a witness against them."

 

    Isa will appear during the lifetime of Imam Mahdi. He will descend from heaven on a cloud (or supported by two angels). He will land among a righteous group of 800 men and 400 women. He will be of medium build, red-faced, with hair that appears wet. Isa will carry two flexible swords and a shield, with which he will destroy Dajjal at the Gate of Hudd in the valley of Ifiq; otherwise, at Baad Lud (Lydda). Then the final war with the Jews will begin; the Believers will be the victors. Isa will "break the cross" and "kill the swine". Thereafter, all wars will end, including Jihad, and people will return to their own countries. Peace will be on the Earth, and there will be an abundance of crops. People will worship one God. Isa will marry, have children, and live thus for another 19 years (40 years total). There will be no illness or death for a period of 40 years. All venom will be removed from poisonous insects and animals, nor will animals harm anyone. The earth shall be so fertile that even if a seed is planted in a rock, it will sprout there. Fruit will grow to huge size. There will be so much milk that a single camel, cow or goat will feed a tribe.

 

    The narration by An-Nawwas ibn Sam'an concerning Mohammed's warning of Dajjal, also mentions the second coming of Jesus: "It will at this very time that Allah will send Isa ibn Maryam (as). He will descend at the white minaret on the eastern side of Damascus [at the time of Salat al-Fajr, the morning prayer], wearing two garments lightly dyed with saffron and placing his hands on the wings of two Angels. When he lowers his head, there will fall beads of perspiration from his head, and when he raises it up, beads like pearls will scatter from it. Every non-believer who smells the odor of his body will die and his breath will reach as far as he is able to see. He will then search for Dajjal until he catches hold of him at the gate of Ludd [in Israel] and kills him.

 

    "Then a people whom Allah had protected will come to Isa ibn Maryam, and he will wipe their faces and inform them of their ranks in Paradise. It will be under such conditions that Allah will reveal to Jesus these words: I have brought forth from among My servants such people against whom none will be able to fight; you take these people safely to Tur, and then Allah will send Gog and Magog and they will swarm down from every slope. The first of them will pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them passes, he will say: There was once water there.

 

    "Isa and his companions will then be besieged here (at Tur, and they will be so hard pressed) that the head of the ox will be dearer to them than one hundred dinars. Allah's Apostle (saws), Jesus (as), and his companions will supplicate Allah, Who will send to them insects (which will attack their necks) and in the morning they would perish as one single person. Allah's Apostle (saas), Jesus, and his companions, then come down to Earth and they will not find on Earth as much space as a single span that is not filled with putrefaction and stench. Allah's Apostle (saas), Jesus (as), and his companions will then beseech Allah who will send birds whose necks would be like those of Bactrian camels and they will carry them away and throw them where Allah wills.

 

    "Then Allah will send rain which no house of mud-bricks or tent of camel-hair will keep out and it will wash the Earth until it resembles a mirror. Then the Earth will be told to bring forth its fruit and restore its blessing and, as a result thereof, there will grow such a big pomegranate that a group of people will be able to eat it and seek shelter under its skin, a dairy cow will give so much milk that a whole party will be able to drink it. The milking camel will give such milk that the whole tribe will be able to drink from it, and the milking-sheep will give so much milk that the whole family will be able to drink from it. At that time Allah will send a pleasant wind which will soothe people even under their armpits. He will take the life of every Muslim and only the wicked will survive who will commit adultery like asses and the Last Hour would come to them."

 

    Quran 27 states: "The holy cities of Mecca and Medina will be the only two places not dominated by Dajjal, and even these he will attempt to dominate: but, when he goes to these two cities, he will find angels guarding them with swords in their hands.

 

    "Then Allah will send Isa from Heaven and he will be brought by two angels to the roof of the Ka'bah [or: on Amasjid in Dasmascus, Syria]. He will descend during the Fajr prayer. When the people see Isa on top of the Ka'bah they will bring ladders to help him down. After which Isa with other Moslems will declare war on Dajjal and ultimately slay him and break the cross. Isa will convert the whole world to Islam and rule by the principles of Qur'anic Law for 40 years. Then he will pass away and be buried next to the grave of the Holy Prophet Mohammed (pboh)."

 

    Yajuj & Majuj ~

 

    As in the Bible, Moslem prophecy also foretells the invasion of the Mideast by Gog and Magog (usually thought to be Russia and allies, or perhaps the Chinese), whom they call Yajuj and Majug. Long ago they were imprisoned behind a magical wall built between two huge mountains by Zul Qarnain. Yajuj and Majug cannot climb over the barrier until Allah wills it, nor does it occur to them to go around. Instead, they attempt to tunnel under it, stopping every evening just short of success, rather than persisting round the clock. Allah fills the tunnel again every night. They will not break through until Allah allows them to think the words "If Allah wills it".

 

    "And when Yajuj and Majuj are set loose, they shall rush forth from every hill." (Quran 21:96)

 

    Yajuj and Majuj will be released in two groups. At that time, believers should go to Mt. Sinai. When Yajuj and Majuj reach Mt. Khamrim in Israel, they will claim victory. The prayers of believers will be answered; Yajuj and Majuj will be covered with infectious boils that will kill them. Other sources state that Allah will send a worm that will kill them. Chapter "Fitnah" has more to say about the matter:

 

    "Yajuj and Majuj are still behind a barrier somewhere on this Earth, continuously trying to break down the barrier or wall, in order to be free. But Allah does not allow them to break it, until the time when He is ready for them to do so. The first sign of the breaking of the barrier will be the fire which will rise in Sham [Syria].

 

    "Their population will be vast in numbers... Their death rate is much lower than that of the rest of the world. Their physical body is so strong that their two ears are like those of an elephant, one of which they sleep on, while the other ear covers their entire body.

 

    "Before the time comes for their release from behind the barrier, Allah will send Isa from Heaven to slay Dajjal, and Jesus will still be on this Earth when the time comes for Yajuj and Majuj to be set free. Then Allah will tell Isa to take the believing servants of Allah with him and shelter them in the mountains. Allah will then break the barrier and let Yajuj and Majuj free, and they will surge forth and devour everything upon the earth. All vegetation, animals, the waters of the whole world and even human beings will be devoured by them, and not a single drop of water will be left in the Gulf of Tiberius. Their voice will be so loud that the whole world will shake and tremble at the power of it. After they have devoured everything they will still not be satisfied, and they will rush through the sky and begin to shoot arrows into the heavens in order to try and kill Allah. And Allah in turn will fulfill their wish and command the angels to put blood on the arrows and return them to earth.

 

    "When they see the arrows return to earth covered in blood, they will believe that they have killed Allah. Then they will say: "We have killed God, now let us try to dominate the moon and sky."

 

    "At that time Allah will send down some kind of disease upon them which will eat all the flesh from their bones... The smell from their bodies when they die from this disease will spread all over the world. Then it is that Isa, with all other Moslems who have hidden in the mountains, will pray to Allah to save them from the disease and death. Then a great cloud will cover the sky and Allah will send down rain for 40 days. At first the rain will be red, the color of blood. It will then turn green and will wash away the smell and the bodies. The rain will finally become clear and purify everything."

 

    Dabbah al-Ard ~

 

    Quran 27:82, etc., also describes Dabbah al-Ard, "A Creature from the Earth.". His appearance will be heralded by the forementioned three days of darkness and a shift of the Earth's axis of rotation:

 

    "And when the word comes to pass against them, We shall bring forth a Creature from the Earth, Dabbah al-Ard, that will speak to them, because people did not believe in our messages...

 

    "After Dajjal and Yajuj and Majuj have passed away, the entire world will believe in Islam and praise Allah. Much later, Islam will decline again, to a lower extent than during the time of Dajjal. Suddenly, Allah will darken the whole world with smoke; the night will last 72 hours or longer. The sun will rise in the west, instead of the east, and it will travel only one-third of its course before setting again. On the next day, the sun and moon will resume their normal course.

 

    "This will be the last opportunity to repent to Allah, for then he will close the door of mercy. The Earth will quake and Mt. Safaa near Mecca will split open. Dabbah al-Ard will come forth from the crack. His face will be human, but with horns on his head; his body as a horse, his legs like a camel's while his rump is of a deer, and his tail is of a cow. He will be 60 cubits tall. In one of his monkey hands he will hold the staff of Moses, and on the other hand he will wear the ring of Solomon. He will stride the Earth at great speed, and as he travels he will mark the forehead of believers with the  staff of Moses [Mu'mim]. Their faces will then shine bright as the moon. But the unbelievers will be stamped with Solomon's ring, and their faces will become black and horrible. Thus will the believers and unbelievers be distinguished. Then Dabbah al-Ard will disappear as suddenly as he manifested. Then Allah will hold the Day of Judgment."

 

    Other descriptions of Dabbah al-Ard state that he will be about 120 long. He will visit every person on earth and speak to each in their own language.

 

    Allah (swt) says in Surah Al-Naml 82: "When the Word is fulfilled against them, We shall bring out from the earth a beast to them, which will speak to them because mankind believed not with certainty in Our Ayât".

 

    Minor Signs ~

 

    Numerous minor prophecies offer details about the latter days:

 

    "A breeze from the south" will cause sores to appear in the armpits of Muslims, and they will die from it. This seems to indicate a new form of biological warfare attacking the lymph nodes.

 

    Abu Hurairah quotes the Prophet (pboh) thus: "The Euphrates will disclose a golden treasure. Whoever is present at that time should not take anything of it."

 

    In another quotation, Abu Hurairah repeats the above with elaboration: "The Prophet said, The Hour will not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people will fight. Ninety-nine out of every hundred will die, but every one among them will say that perhaps he will be the one who will survive."

 

    Timirdi recounts this Hadith from Ali ibn Abi Talib: "The Prophet said: 'If my Ummah bears fifteen traits, tribulation will befall it.' Someone asked, 'What are they, O Messenger of Allah?' He said, 'When any gain is shared out only among the rich, with no benefit to the poor; when a trust becomes a means of making a profit; when paying Zakat becomes a burden; when a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother; and treats his friend kindly whilst shunning his father; when voices are raised in the mosques; when the leader of a people is the worst of them; when people treat a man with respect because they fear some evil he may do; when much wine is drunk; when men wear silk; when female singers and musical instruments become popular; when the last ones of this Ummah curse the first ones --- then let them expect a red wind, or the earth to swallow them, or to be transformed into animals.'"

 

    Abu Hurairah reported that the Prophet (saws) said: "By Him Who sent me with the Truth, this earth will not pass away until people are afflicted with landslides, are pelted with stones, and are transformed into animals." The people asked, "When will that be, O Messenger of Allah?" He said, "When you see women riding in the saddle, when singers are common, when bearing false witness becomes widespread, and when men lie with men and women with women".

 

    Ibn Majah transmitted this warning of apostasy in the latter days: "Hudhayfah ibn al-Yaman said, 'The Prophet said: Islam will become worn out like clothes are, until there will be no-one who knows what fasting, prayer, charity and rituals are. The Qur'an will disappear in one night, and no Ayah will be left on earth. Some groups of old people will be left who will say: We heard our fathers saying La ilaha illa Allah, so we repeated it.'

 

    "Silah asked Hudhayfah: 'What will saying La ilaha illa Allah do for them when they do not know what prayer, fasting, ritual and charity are?' Hudhayfah ignored him; then Silah repeated his question three times, and each time Hudayfah ignored him. Finally he answered: 'O Silah, it will save them from Hell', and said it three times."

 

    According to a Hadith from Bukhari, narrated by Abu Hurairah, the Prophet (pboh) said: "The Hour will not come until the buttocks of the women of Daws move whist going around Dhu l-Khalasah."

 

    The idol Dhu l-Khalasah was worshipped by the Daws (a tribe in Yemen) before Islam.

 

    Similarly, 'A'ishah said: "I heard the Prophet (sallallahu alayhe wa sallam) say, 'Day and night will not pass away until people begin to worship Lat and 'Uzza' [pre-Islamic Arabic goddesses].

 

    Abu Hurairah quotes The Prophet (pboh) thus concerning women and an unidentified people with a predilection for whips (perhaps a reference to sado-masochism): "There are two types among the people of Hell whom I have not yet seen. The first are people who have whips like the tails of oxen, with which they beat people, and the second are women who are naked in spite of being dressed; they will be led astray and will lead others astray, and their heads will look like camels humps. These women will not enter Paradise; they will not even experience the faintest scent of it, even though the fragrance of Paradise can be perceived from such a great distance."

 

    Elsewhere, Abu Hurairah again said: "I heard the Prophet say, If you live for a while, you will see people go out under the wrath of Allah and come back under His curse, and they will have in their hands whips like the tail of an ox."

 

    Abu Sa'id said that the Prophet (saws) said: "The Hour will not come until the time when a man will leave his home, and his shoes or whip or stick will tell what is happening to his family."

 

    According to another version of this report, the Prophet (saws) said: "By Him in Whose hand is my soul, the Hour will not come until wild animals talk to men, and a man speaks to his whip or his shoe, and his thigh will tell him about what happened to his family after he left."

 

    This is a clear prophecy about the modern invention of cellphones. The mention by Abu Hurairah of "whips like the tail of an ox" may be an attempt to describe the antennas on cellphones, radios, cars, and televisions.

 

    Ibn Majah relates that Abd Allah ibn 'Umar said: "The Prophet (saws) came to us and said, 'O Muhajirun, [pilgrims] you may be afflicted by five things; God forbid that you should live to see them. If fornication should become widespread, you should realise that this has never happened without new diseases befalling the people which their forebears never suffered. If people should begin to cheat in weighing out goods, you should realise that this has never happened without drought and famine befalling the people, and their rulers oppressing them. If people should withhold Zakat, you should realise that this has never happened without the rain being stopped from falling; and were it not for the animals' sake, it would never rain again. If people should break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, you should realise that his has never happened without Allah sending an enemy against them to take some of their possessions by force. If the leaders do not govern according to the Book of Allah, you should realise that this has never happened without Allah making them into groups and making them fight one another."

 

    Ahmad recorded a Hadith by Allah ibn 'Amr, who said: "I went to the Prophet (pboh) one day whilst he was performing Wudu' [ablution] slowly and carefully. He raised his head, looked at me and said, 'Six things will happen to this Ummah: the death of your Prophet ' --- and when I heard that I was aghast --- this is the first. The second is that your wealth will increase so much that if a man were given ten thousand [dinars], he would still not be content with it. The third is that tribulation will enter the house of every one of you. The fourth is that sudden death will be widespread. The fifth is a

    peace-treaty between you and the Romans: they will gather troops against you for nine months --- like a woman's period of childbearing --- then they

    will be the first to break the treaty. The sixth is the conquest of a city.' I asked, 'O Messenger of Allah, which city?' He said, 'Constantinople'."

 

    Ahmad says that Abu Hurairah said that the Prophet (pboh) said: "Woe to the Arabs from the great evil which is nearly approaching them: it will be like patches of dark night. A man will wake up as a believer, and be a kafir [unbeliever] by nightfall. People will sell their religion for a small amount of worldly goods. The one who clings to his religion on that day will be as one who is grasping an ember - or thorns."

 

    Mohammed (pboh) also mentioned these minor signs, which are evident today: Knowledge will disappear and ignorance will appear, even though books will be widesread... Adultery and fornication will be prevalent, performed in public, and there will be new sexual diseases and many bastard children... Fornication will be widespread among leaders, when people stop forbidding evil... Leaders will be oppressors, and the worst of people... When the Moslems are large in number, the nations of earth will gather against them "like hungry people going to sit at a table full of food"... The people of Iraq will have no food or money due to oppression by the "Romans" (the US invasion of Iraq, 2003)... There will be much food, but much of it will have no blessing... People will refuse when they are offered food...   Profit will be shared only with the rich; the poor will not benefit... People will become uncharitable misers, and good deeds will decrease... Men will walk in the marketplace with their thighs exposed (shorts)... Men will begin to look like women and women like men... People will dance till late at night... Women will enter the business world, and will refuse to have children... Children will be foul and full of rage...

 

    Rain will be acidic...Smoke will appear over cities (smog/haze pollution)... Earthquakes will increase... Men will try to make the desert green (the Israeli kibbutz program)... A fire near Aden in Yemen will spread to Syria, where it will stop. A few years after the fire, Qiyamah will begin... Moslems will conquer India a few years before the return of Isa... Wild animals will be able to talk with people.

 

    The Great Hour & Day of Doom ~

 

    The exact time of (al-Sa'at al'Uzma (the Great Hour), or Day of Doom, is known only to God.

 

    Anas ibn Malik told this Hadith (reported by Ibn Majh and Bukhari) spoken by the Prophet: "I shall tell you a Hadith which I heard from the Messenger of Allah, and which no one will tell you after me. I heard him say, 'Among the signs of the Hour will be the disappearance of knowledge and the appearance of ignorance. Adultery will be prevalent and the drinking of wine will be common. The number of men will decrease and the number of women will increase until there will be fifty women to be looked after by one man.'"

 

    Ali ibn Abi Talib quotes the Prophet (pboh) thus: "The Hour will come when leaders are oppressors, when people believe in the stars and reject al-Qadar [Divine Decree, prophecy] when a trust becomes a way of making a profit, when people give to charity reluctantly, when adultery becomes widespread --- when this happens, then your people will perish.'"

 

    As recorded by Bukhari, Abu Hurairah reported that the Prophet (saws) said: "The Hour will not come until the following events have come to pass: people will compete with one another in constructing high buildings; two big groups will fight one another, and there will be many casualties --- they will both be following the same religious teaching; earthquakes will increase; time will pass quickly; afflictions and killing will increase; nearly thirty dajjals will appear, each of them claiming to be a messenger from Allah; a man will pass by a grave and say, 'Would that I were in your place'; the Sun will rise from the West; when it rises and the people see it, they will all believe, but that will be the time when 'No good will it do to a soul to believe in them then, if it believed not before'; and a wealthy man will worry lest no one accept his Zakat [charity]."

 

    Some exegetes claim that the rising of the Sun in the West refers to the rise of Islam in Europe, but it more likely indicates a shift of the Earth's axis, which is predicted by several prophets of other cultures.

 

    Abu Sa'id al-Khudri states that the Prophet (saws) said: "Thunderbolts will increase so much as the Hour approaches that when a man comes to a people, he will ask, 'Who amongst you was struck by a thunderbolt this morning?' and they will say, 'So-and-so and so-and-so was struck'."

 

    Abu Hurairah recorded that the Prophet (saws) said: "The Hour will not come until there has been rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents."

 

    Ibn Majah narrated this Hadith: "The Prophet said: Just before the Hour, there will be days in which knowledge will disappear and ignorance will appear, and there will be much Harj" [killing in the Ethiopian language; also quoted by Bukhari in Volume 9, Book 88, Numbers 183, 185 &186, narrated Abu Musa)

 

    In like wise, according to Bukhari, Abu Hurairah (radiallahu anhu) said: "The Prophet said, Time will pass rapidly, knowledge will decrease, miserliness will become widespread in peoples hearts, afflictions will appear, and there will be much Harj. The people asked, O Messenger of Allah, what is Harj? He said, Killing, killing!"

 

    Ahmad recorded a report by Abd Allah ibn 'Amr, that the Prophet (saws) said: "The Hour will not come until Allah takes away the best people on earth; only the worst people will be left; they will not know any good or forbid any evil."

 

    Ahmad also quotes Mohammed (pboh) via Alba'al-Salami, thus: "I heard the Prophet (saws) say: 'The Hour will only come upon the worst of the people'."

 

    The Sahih of Al-Bukhari transmits this warning from Mohammed (pboh): "The least of the signs of the Last Hour will be a fire which will gather mankind together from the East and West... Finally, a cold wind will come and kill all believers, leaving only unbelievers on the earth who will then witness the Last Hour. The angel Israfil will blow a trumpet, and the resurrection of all human beings will begin...

 

    "The Hour will come suddenly: when a man has milked his she-camel and taken away the milk, but he will not have time to drink it; before a man repairing a tank for his livestock will be able to put water in it for his animals; and before a man who has raised a morsel of food to his mouth will be able to eat it."

 

    Mohammed (pboh) speaks of the Day of Doom, thus in Quran 56: "Say: The ancients, and the later folk shall be gathered at the appointed time of a known day. Then you erring ones, you that cried lies, you shall eat of a tree called Zakkoum, and you shall fill therewith your bellies and drink on top of that boiling water, lapping it down like thirsty camels. This shall be their hospitality on the Day of Doom."

 

    "So, when the Trumpet is blown with a single blast and the earth and the mountains are lifted up and crushed with a single blow, then, on that day, the Terror shall come to pass, and heaven shall be split, for upon that day it shall be very frail, and the angels shall stand upon its borders, and upon that day eight shall carry above them the throne of the Lord. On that day you shall be exposed, not one secret of yours concealed..." (Quran 69)

 

    Another version of the Trumpet prophecy states that, at the first sounding everyone will be struck with terror, at the second blast, all will be struck down, and all will be resurrected at the third. The Qur'an emphatically describes two trumpet blasts, which have been interpreted to represent two Resurrections:

 

    "And there shall be a blast on the Trumpet, and all who are in the Heaven and all who are on the earth shall expire, save those whom God shall vouchsafe to live. Then there shall be another blast on it, and lo! Arising they shall gaze around them: and the earth shall shine with the light of her Lord." (Qur'an 39: 68-69)

 

    "One day, the disturbing trumpet blast shall disturb it which the second blast shall follow. Verily, it will be but a single blast." (Qur'an 79: 6, 7, 13)

 

    Amen.

 

    References ~

    1. Ali Akbar: Israel and Prophecies of the Holy Quran; 1963/1971, Serag Publishing, UK.

    2. Mufti Afzal Hoosen Elias:  Major Signs of Qiyamat.

    3.Gharm-Allah El-Ghamdy: Signs of the Last Hour, (1991)

    4. Dr Suhaib Hasan: "50 Signs of the Day of Judgment from the Words of Allah & His Messenger"; Lecture at Cambridge Univ., January 2000)

    5. www.islaam.com ; compilations by A. Abu Ismail

 

 

Chapter 6

 

Asian Prophecy

 

    

    1. Hindu Prophecy

    2. Buddhist Prophecy

    3. Zoroastran Prophecy

    4. Bahai Prophecy

    

 

     As do the Christian, Jewish and Moslem religions, the Asian faiths of the Hindus, Buddhists, Zoroastrans and Baha’i also include detailed prophecies that warn of the impending end of this cycle of civilization, and the return of a World Savior. The Japanese yearn for the arrival of Miroku Bantsu or Rigden Japo. The Altai of Asia call him the White Burkhan and Oirot ("Messenger"). Hindus expect the advent of the Kalki Avatar and Maitreya. He is called the Saoshyant by the Zoroastrans. Tibetans expect the advent of Gessar Khan to save them from the Chinese.

 

    1. Hindu Prophecy ~

 

    According to Hindu cosmology, the universe is cyclical, passing through four world ages. Each yuga, as they are called, is shorter and less pleasant than the previous epoch due to the degeneration of morality. Currently we are in the last, the Kala Yuga, in which dharma (correct behavior), is only one-fourth of its beginning quality. The Kala Yuga is only 4,320,000 years long. At its end, religion will disintegrate and society will become more secular. When the world becomes hopelessly degenerate, it will end in catastrophe and a new mahayuga (“great yuga”) will begin. One thousand yugas is one day in the life of Brahma, the godhead of Hinduism. At the end of each day, the universe comes to an end and is resorbed into the Brahma for an equally long night, during which time it exists only potentially. He reappears at dawn, and creation begins anew. The present age is the first day of the 51st year of Brahma’s life. He lives 100 years, each of which comprises 360 days and nights. Then he dies, and the universe is dissolved into nothingness that lasts for another cosmic century. Then he is reborn to live another 311,040 billion years.

 

    The Kali Yuga allegedly began in 3012 BC, so apparently we have many cosmic hours to wait for it to end; nevertheless, many people believe that the end is nigh. At that time, the Kalki (White Horse) Avatar, the tenth and final incarnation of Vishnu, will arrive. The heavens will open and he will appear on his white horse with his sword “blazing like a comet”. He will destroy the wicked and restore purity. Entire continents will sink and rise in the process.

    

    

 

    The eschatological Hindu text Divya Maha Kala Jnana ("The Divine Knowledge of Time") allegedly was composed circa 1000 AD by Jagas Guru Srimad Virat Potaluru Veera Brahmendra Maha Swami. The book describes social conditions before the arrival of Kali Purusha, the Kalki Avatar, by the Kali year 5101 (~ 1999 AD). That being is the incarnation of Kali, the destructive and procreative female aspect of Brahma. At that time, Kali Purusha will be called Sree Sree Sree ("Thrice Great") Veera Bhoga Vasataraya Maha Swami. The text Kala Jnana also describes the current world conditions of sexual perversion and horrid disasters that precede the end of this era of errors.

 

    The Vishnu Purana (4: 24) advises us as follows about the conditions at the end of this civilization:

 

    "The leaders who will rule over the earth will be violent and will seize the goods of their subjects. The caste of servants will prevail and the outcasts will rule. Short will be their lives, insatiable their appetites; they will hardly understand the meaning of piety. Those with possessions will abandon agriculture and commerce and will live as servants or following various possessions. The leaders, with excuses of fiscal need, will rob and despoil their subjects and take away private property. Moral values and the rule of law will lessen from day to day until the world will be completely perverted and agnosticism will gain the day among men.

 

    "The causes of devotion will be confined to physical well-being; the only bond between the sexes will be passion; the only road to success will be the lie. The earth will be honored for its material treasure only. The priestly vestments will be a substitute for the quality of the priest. A simple ablution will mean purification, the race will be incapable of producing divine birth. Men will ask: what authority have the traditional tests? Marriage will cease being a rite. Acts of devotion, however scanty, will not produce any result. Every way of life will be equally promiscuous for all. Those who own and spend more money will be the bosses of men who will have only one aim, the gaining of wealth however dishonestly. Every man will consider himself as good as a Brahmin. Men will be terrified of death and fear scarcity; by this alone they will keep up an outward appearance of religious feeling. Women will not obey the orders of their husbands or their parents. They will be selfish, abject, liars, fallen and given to evil ways. Their aims in life will be sensual satisfaction only.

 

    "When the practices taught by the Vedas and the institutes of law shall nearly have ceased, and the close of the Kali age shall be nigh, a portion of that divine being who exists of his own spiritual nature in the character of Brahma, and who is the beginning and the end, and who comprehends all things, shall descend upon the earth. He will be born as Kalki in the family of an eminent Brahmin of Sambhala village, endowed with the eight superhuman faculties. By his irresistible might he will destroy all the barbarians and thieves, and all whose minds are devoted to iniquity. He will then reestablish righteousness upon earth; and the minds of those who live at the end of the Kali age shall be awakened, and shall be as pellucid as crystal. The men who are thus changed by virtue of that peculiar time shall be as the seeds of human beings, and shall give birth to a race who shall follow the laws of the Krita age, the Age of Purity."

 

    2. Buddhist Prophecy ~

 

    The Buddhist teachings describe the Kalachakra (Wheel of Time), which revolves in cycles like the Hindu yugas. According to the Maitreyavyankarna ("Prophecy of Maitreya"), Buddha will incarnate as Lord Maitreya ("The Buddha Who Returns") at the end of the present cycle after major geological catastrophes have so changed the face of the planet that he can walk from continent to continent. During his reign, humanity will attain salvation, and even the gods will be liberated from their desires.

 

    The last Hindu Avatar  explained the job to Bharata Prince Arjuna, as recorded in the Bhagavad-Gita (4:7-8):

 

    "Whenever there is decay of righteousness...  and there is exaltation of unrighteousness, then I Myself come forth...  for the destruction of evil-doers, for the sake of firmly establishing righteousness, I am born from age to age."

 

    In the Surangama Sutra, Gautama Buddha told his disciple Sariputta of the signs that precede the end of the age:

 

    "After my decease, first will occur the five disappearances.   And what are the five disappearances?  The disappearance of attainments [to Nirvana], the disappearance of the method [of doing so], the disappearance of [spiritual] learning, the disappearance of the symbols [of Buddhism], the disappearance of the relics...

 

    "Then when the Dispensation of the perfect Buddha is 5,000 years old, the relics, not receiving reverence and honor will go to places where they can receive them... This, Sariputta, is called the disappearance of relics."

 

 

    Buddha

 

    In another conversation with Ananda, recorded in the text Vinya Pitaka (II: 253), the Buddha modified this prophecy, reducing the time by half:

 

    "If, Ananda, women had not retired from the household life to the houseless one, under the doctrine and discipline announced by the Tathagata [another Buddha], Dharma would long endure; a thousand years would the good Dharma abide.  But since, Ananda, women have now retired from the household life to the houseless one, under the doctrine and the discipline announced by the Tathagata, not long Ananada, will Dharma endure; but five hundred years, Ananda, until the Dharma abide".

 

    The Chinese Buddhist text Abhidharmakosha (4.12c. III) affords a few more details about this prophecy:

 

    "The monks and stream-attainers will be strong in their union with Dharma for 500 years after the Blessed One's Parinirvana. In the second 500 years they will be strong in meditation; in the third period of 500 years they will be strong in erudition. In the fourth 500-year period they will only be occupied with gift-giving. The final or fifth period of 500 years will see only fighting and reproving among the monks and followers. The pure Dharma will then become invisible."

 

    In Chapter 26 of Digha Nikaya, we are told:

 

    "At that period, brethren, there will arise in the world an Exalted One named Maitreya, Fully Awakened, abounding in wisdom and goodness, happy, with knowledge of the worlds, unsurpassed as a guide to mortals willing to be led, a teacher for gods and men, an Exalted One, a Buddha, even as I am now.  He, by himself, will thoroughly know and see, as it were face to face, this universe, with Its worlds of the spirits, Its Brahmas and Its Maras, and Its world of recluses and Brahmins, of princes and peoples, even as I now, by myself, thoroughly know and see them."

 

    Elsewhere, the Buddha said of Maitreya:

 

    "Maitreya, the best of men, will then leave the Tushita heavens, and go for his last rebirth.  As soon as he is born he will walk seven steps forward, and where he puts down his feet a jewel or a lotus will spring up.  He will raise his eyes to the ten directions, and will speak these words, 'This is my last birth.  There will be no rebirth after this one.  Never will I come back here, but, all pure, I shall win Nirvana."

 

    In recent years, a claimant calling himself Maitreya, with headquarters in England, has been offering himself to the world. He was born in 1944 in Iran, and claims to be a descendant of the Iranian king Nader Shad. His apologists offer numerous prophetic "proofs" of his authenticity, but all of them are dubious. In particular, he forgot to walk and talk at birth, and lotuses fail to sprout in his footsteps.

 

 

    "Maitreya"

 

    The Gautama Buddha also made this prophecy concerning the advent of Maitreya:

 

    "And the Blessed One said to Ananda, I am not the first Buddha, nor shall I be the last. In due time another Buddha will arise in the world, a Holy One, a supremely enlightened one, endowed with wisdom, auspicious, embracing the Universe, an incomparable Leader of Men, a Ruler of Devas and mortals. He will reveal to you the same eternal truths, which I have taught you. He will establish His Law, glorious in its spirit and in the letter. He will proclaim a righteous life wholly perfect and pure, such as I now proclaim. His disciples will number many thousands while mine number many hundreds.’

 

    "Ananda said, ‘How shall we know Him?’

 

    "The Blessed One said, ‘He will be known as Maitreya.’

 

    In the sacred text Anagatavamsa, the sage Sariputta asked Buddha Arahant about the future Buddha, and was told:

 

    "I am now the perfect Buddha;

    And there will be Maitreya too

    Before this same auspicious aeon

    Runs to the end of its years.

    The perfect Buddha, Maitreya,

    By name, supreme of men."

 

    On another occasion, Sariputta asked after Maitreya again, and the Buddha replied:

 

    "At that time, the ocean will lose much of its water, and there will be much less of it than now. In consequence a world-ruler will have no difficulties in passing across it. India, this island of Jambu, will be quite flat everywhere, it will measure ten thousand leagues, and all men will have the privilege of living on it. It will have innumerable inhabitants, who will commit no crimes or evil deeds, but will take pleasure in doing good... Human beings are then without any blemishes, moral offenses are unknown among them, and they are full of zest and joy. Their bodies are very large and their skin has a fine hue. Their strength is quite extraordinary. Three kinds of illness only are known --- people must relieve their bowels, they must eat, they must get old...

 

    "Maitreya, the best of men, will then leave the Tushita heavens, and go for his last rebirth into the womb of that woman [Brahmavati]... As soon as he is born he will walk seven steps forward, and where he puts down his feet a jewel or a lotus will spring up. He will raise his eyes to the ten directions, and will speak these words: 'This is my last birth. There will be no more rebirth after this one. Never will I come back here, but, all pure, I shall in Nirvana!'...

 

    "For 60,000 years Maitreya, the best of men, will preach the true Dharma, which is compassionate towards all living beings. And when he has disciplined in his true Dharma hundreds and hundreds of millions of living beings, then that leader will at last enter Nirvana. And after the great sage has entered Nirvana, his true Dharma still endured for another 10,000 years..."

 

    The Buddha also described the decline of religion in the latter days of this age:

 

    "How will it occur? After my decease there will first be five disappearances. What five? The disappearance of attainment (in the Dispensation), the disappearance of proper conduct, the disappearance of learning, the disappearance of outward form, the disappearance of the relics. There will be these five disappearances.

 

    "Here attainment means that for a thousand years only after the Lord's complete Nirvana will monks be able to practice analytical insights. As time goes on and on these disciples of mine are non-returners and once-returners and stream-winners. There will be no disappearance of attainment for these. But with the extinction of the last stream-winner's life, attainment will have disappeared....

 

    "The disappearance of proper conduct means that, being unable to practice jhana, insight, the Ways and the fruits, they will guard no more the four entire purities of moral habit. As time goes on and on they will only guard the four offenses entailing defeat. While there are even a hundred or a thousand monks who guard and bear in mind the four offenses entailing defeat, there will be no disappearance of proper conduct. With the breaking of moral habit by the last monk or the extinction of his life, proper conduct will have disappeared...

 

    "The disappearance of learning means that as long as there stand firm the texts with the commentaries pertaining to the word of the Buddha in the three Pitakas, for so long there will be no disappearance of learning. As time goes on and on there will be base-born kings, not Dharma-men; their ministers and so on will not be Dharma-men, and consequently the inhabitants of the kingdom and so on will not be Dharma-men. Because they are not Dharma-men it will not rain properly. Therefore the crops will not flourish well, and in consequence the donors or requisites to the community of monks will not be able to give them the requisites. Not receiving the requisites the monks will not receive pupils. As time goes on and on learning will decay. In this decay the Great Patthana itself will decay first... While a four-line stanza continues to exist among men, there will not be a disappearance of learning. When a king who has faith has had a purse containing a thousand coins placed in a golden casket on an elephant's back, and has had the drum sounded in the city up to the third time, to the effect that: 'Whoever knows a stanza uttered by the Buddhas, let him take these thousand coins together with the royal elephant' --- but yet finding no one knowing a four-line stanza, the purse containing the thousand coins must be taken back into the palace again ---  then will be the disappearance of learning...

 

    "As time goes on and on each of the last monks, carrying his robe, bowl, and tooth-pick like Jin recluses, having taken a bottle-gourd and turned it into a bowl for almsfood, will wander about with it in his hands, thinking, 'What's the good of this yellow robe?' and cutting off a small piece of one and sticking it on his nose or ear or in his hair, he will wander about supporting wife and children by agriculture, trade and the like. Then he will give a gift to the Southern community for those of bad moral habit. I say that he will then acquire an incalculable fruit of the gift. As time goes on and on, thinking: 'What's the good of this to us?', having thrown away the piece of yellow robe, he will harry beasts and birds in the forest. At this time the outward form will have disappeared...

 

    "Then when the Dispensation of the Perfect Buddha is 5,000 years old, the relics, not receiving reverence and honor, will go to places where they can receive them. As time goes on and on there will not be reverence and honour for them in every place: from the abode of serpents and the deva-world and the Brahma-world, having gathered together in a space round the great Bo-tree, having made a Buddha-image, and having performed a 'miracle' like the Twin-miracle, will teach Dharma. No human being will be found at that place. All the devas of the 10,000 world system, gathered together, will hear Dharma and many thousands of them will attain to Dharma. And these will cry aloud, saying: 'Behold, devatas, a week from today our One of the Ten Powers will attain complete Nirvana.' They will weep, saying: 'Henceforth there will be darkness for us.' Then the relics, producing the condition of heat, will burn up that image leaving no remainder.

 

    "That, Sariputta, is called the disappearance of the relics."

 

    The Buddhist sage Nichiren (1222-1282) left these specific notes of the signs of our times:

 

    "When, at a certain future time, the union of the state law and the Buddhist Truth shall be established, and the harmony between the two completed, both sovereign and subjects will faithfully adhere to the Great Mysteries. Then the golden age, such as were the ages under the reign of the sage kings of old, will be realized in these days of degeneration and corruption, in the time of the Latter Law. Then the establishment of the Holy See will be completed, by imperial grant and the edict of the Dictator, at a spot comparable in its excellence with the Paradise of Vulture Peak. We have only to wait for the coming of the time. Then the moral law will be achieved in the actual life of mankind. The Holy See will be the seat where all men of the three countries [India, China and Japan] and the whole jambudvipa [world] will be initiated into the mysteries of confession and expiation; and even the great deities, Brahma and Indra, will come down into the sanctuary and participate in the initiation."

 

    Nicholas Roerich, who traveled in Asia during the 1920s, transmitted this Tibetan prophecy of the end of the present era:

 

    "First will begin an unprecedented war of nations. Afterwards brother will rise against brother. Oceans of blood shall flow. And the people shall cease to understand one another. They shall forget the meaning of the word teacher. But just then shall the Teachers appear and in all the corners of the world shall be heard the true teaching. To this word of truth shall the people be drawn, but those who are filled with darkness and ignorance shall set obstacles. As a diamond glows the light in the tower of the Lord of Shambhala. One stone on his ring is worth more than all the world's treasure. Even those who by accident help the Teachings of Shambhala will receive in return a hundredfold. Already many warriors of the truth are reincarnated. Only a few years shall elapse before everyone shall hear the mighty steps of the Lord of the New Era. And one can already perceive the unusual manifestations and encounter unusual people. Already they open the gates of knowledge and ripened fruits are falling from the trees..."

 

    For many centuries, the mystical tradition of Agharti (or, Aghartha) and its ruler, the King of the World, has existed in Tibet and Mongolia. Many people believe Agharti to be a real place, a hidden civilization located in a series of huge caverns under Tibet and Mongolia, with secret entrances all over the earth. Whenever the King of the World makes prophecies, the birds and animals on the surface suddenly become silent. Hundreds of years ago, the King of the World uttered a prophecy that pertains to the present state of human society:

 

    "Men will increasingly neglect their souls. The greatest corruption will reign on earth. Men will become like bloodthirsty animals, thirsting for the blood of their brothers. The crescent [Islam] will become obscured, and its followers will descend into lies and perpetual warfare. The crowns of kings will fall.

 

    "There will be terrible war between all the earth's peoples; entire nations will die --- hunger, crimes unknown to law, formerly unthinkable to the world. The persecuted will demand the attention of the whole world. The ancient roads will be filled with multitudes going from one place to another. The greatest and most beautiful cities will perish by fire. Families will be dispersed; faith and love will disappear. The world will be emptied.

 

    "Within fifty years there will be only three great nations. Then, within fifty years, there will be 18 years of war and cataclysms. Then the peoples of Agharti will leave their subterranean caverns and will appear on the surface of the earth."

 

    The related prophecy of the idyllic hidden kingdom of Shambhala states that each of its 32 kings will rule for 100 years. While they reign, conditions in the outside world will deteriorate. Men will fight more and more wars, seek power for its own sake, and materialism will reign. These modern barbarians will unite under an evil king and conquer the earth. When they think that nothing is left to conquer, the mystic mist will evaporate to reveal Shambhala. The huge army of barbarians will attack Shambhala. King Rudra Cakrin will lead the fight against the invaders, who will be destroyed in a final great battle.

    

    

 

 

    Mahatma Ghandhi

 

    Shortly before he was assassinated, Mahatma Mohandas Ghandhi predicted the future of the human race to a group of friends and associates:

 

    "Mankind is approaching hard times, because as soon as the measure of its sins will be full, it will be called to account by the superior power above us. You may call this event as you wish: Judgment day, final settlement, or doomsday. It will come, most likely, very soon. Whoever will survive this settlement will see an entirely new earthly existence manifested. For a long, very long time the world war will be crossed out from the dictionary of mankind, perhaps even for all time. Christmas, the festival of Christianity, will be accepted by all religions as the true festival of Peace. Blessed be, who will live to see this epoch!"

 

    In the summer of 1983, guru Bhagwan Rajneesh Chandra broke a 3-1/2 year period of silence to announce the impending end of the world. Fortunately, he was wrong, or at least premature in his scheduling:

 

    "Man is now living in his most critical moment and it is a crisis of immense dimensions. Either he will die or a new man will be born... The period of this crisis will be between 1984 and 1999. During this period there will be floods which have never been known since the time of Noah, along with earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and everything else that is possible through nature. There will be wars which are bound to end in nuclear explosions... Tokyo, New York, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Bombay --- all these cities are going to disappear, and the holocaust is going to be global, so no escape is possible."

    

 

 

 

    Sri Aurobindo

 

    The spiritual master Sri Aurobindo was given a vision of the "Great Man", the coming Messiah, which he transmitted in poetic form:

 

    "To bring God down to the world on earth we came,

    To change the earthly life to life divine...

    A mutual debt binds man to the Supreme:

    His nature we must put on as He puts ours;

    We are children of God and must be even as He:

    His human portion, we must grow divine.

    Our life is a paradox with God for key.

 

    Since God has made Earth, earth must make in her God;

    What hides within her breast, she must reveal...

 

    I know my coming was a wave from God.

    For love must soar beyond the very heavens

    And find it secret sense ineffable;

    It must change its human ways to ways divine,

    Yet keep the sovereignty of earthly bliss.

    A few shall see what none yet understands;

    God shall grow up while the wise men talk and sleep;

    For man shall not know the coming till its hour

    And belief shall not be until the work is done.

    God must be born on Earth and be as man

    That man being human may grow even as God."

 

    3. Zoroastran Prophecy ~

 

 

    Zarathustra

 

    The Zoroastran religion arose circa the 7th century BC, and perhaps even several centuries earlier, according to some commentators. Zoroaster (or, Zarathustra in Persian) taught that the primary deity is Ahura-Mazda had as his opponent Anghra Mainyu, who proposed the druj ("The Lie"). Though closely matched in power, Ahura Mazda will eventually overcome Anghra Mainyu.

 

    Zoroastrans also believe in cosmic cycles of time lasting 12,000 years and divided into 3,000-year epochs. At this time we are in the second epoch, the "Time of Mixture", which refers to the interaction of good and evil. Zoroastrans await the birth of a Saoshyant (savior) who is now overdue.

 

    When Zoroaster died, his sperm was miraculously preserved in Iran’s Lake Kansaoya. When the time arrives, the sperm will impregnate a girl who is swimming there, and she will give birth to three sons. The first will be Ukhshyat-ereta ("He who makes righteousness grow"); later he will be called Hoshedarmah. One millennium later, Ukhshyat-nemah ("He who makes reverence grow") will be born, to be followed 1,000 years later by Astavat-ereta ("Righteous world"), who will oversee the end of time.

 

    Chapter 3 of the Zoroastran text Zand-i Vohuman Yasht contains very lengthy prophecies (easily the longest in the world) about the later days of this era (excerpted here from Sacred Books of the East, volume 5, Oxford University Press, 1897; translated by E. W. West):

 

    "Zartosht said thus: 'Creator of the material world! O propitious spirit! what token would you give of the tenth-hundredth winter?'

 

    "Ohrmazd spoke thus: 'Righteous Zartosht! I will make it clear: the token that it is the end of thy millennium, and the most evil period is coming, is that a hundred kinds, a thousand kinds, a myriad of kinds of demons with disheveled hair, of the race of Wrath, rush into the country of Iran (Airan shatro) from the direction of the east, which has an inferior race and race of Wrath.

 

    "'They have uplifted banners, they slay those living in the world, they have their hair disheveled on the back, and they are mostly a small and inferior race, forward in destroying the strong doer; O Zartosht the Spitaman! The race of Wrath is miscreated and its origin is not manifest.

 

    "'Through witchcraft they rush into these countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created, since they burn and damage many things; and the house of the house owner, the land of the land-digger, prosperity, nobility, sovereignty, religion, truth, agreement, security, enjoyment, and every characteristic which I, Ohrmazd, created, this pure religion of the Mazdayasnians, and the fire of Warharan, which is set in the appointed place, encounter annihilation, and the direst destruction and trouble will come into notice.

 

    "'And that which is a great district will become a town; that which is a great town, a village; that which is a great village, a family; and that which is a [great] family, a single threshold.

 

    "'O Zartosht the Spitaman! They will lead these Iranian countries of Ohrmazd into a desire for evil, into tyranny and misgovernment, those demons with disheveled hair who are deceivers, so that what they say they do not do, and they are of a vile religion, so that what they do not say they do.

 

    "'And their assistance and promise have no sincerity, there is no law, they preserve no security, and on the support they provide no one relies; with deceit, rapacity, and misgovernment they will devastate these my Iranian countries, who am Ohrmazd.

 

    "'And at that time, O Zartosht the Spitaman, all men will become deceivers, great friends will become of different parties, and respect, affection, hope, and regard for the soul will depart from the world; the affection of the father will depart from the son; and that of the brother from his brother; the son-in-law will become a beggar from his father-in-law, and the mother will be parted and estranged from the daughter.

 

    "'When it is the end of thy tenth hundredth winter, O Zartosht the Spitaman, the sun is more unseen and more spotted; the year, month, and day are shorter; and the earth of Spandarmad is more barren, and fuller of highwaymen; and the crop will not yield the seed, so that of the crop of the corn-fields in ten cases seven will diminish and three will increase, and that which increases does not become ripe; and vegetation, trees, and shrubs will diminish; when one shall take a hundred, ninety will diminish and ten will increase, and that which increases gives no pleasure and flavor.

 

    "'And men are born smaller, and their skill and strength are less; they become more deceitful and more given to vile practices; they have no gratitude and respect for bread and salt, and they have no affection for their country.

 

    "'And in that most evil time a boundary has most disrespect where it is the property of a suffering man of religion; gifts are few among their deeds, and duties and good works proceed but little from their hands; and sectarians of all kinds are seeking mischief for them.

 

    "'And all the world will be burying and clothing the dead, and burying the dead and washing the dead will be by law; the burning, bringing to water and fire, and eating of dead matter they practice by law and do not abstain from.

 

    "'They recount largely about duties and good works, and pursue wickedness and the road to hell; and through the iniquity, cajolery, and craving of wrath and avarice they rush to hell.

 

    "'And in that perplexing time, O Zartosht the Spitaman, the reign of Wrath with infuriate spear and the demon with disheveled hair, of the race of Wrath, the meanest slaves walk forth with the authority of nobles of the land; and the religious, who wear sacred thread-girdles on the waist, are then not able to perform their ablution, for in those last times dead matter and bodily refuse become so abundant, that one who shall set step to step walks upon dead matter; or when he washes in the Barashnom ceremony, and puts down a foot from the stone seat, he walks on dead matter; or when he arranges the sacred twigs and consecrates the sacred cakes in their corpse-chamber it is allowable.

 

    "'Or, in those last times, it becomes allowable to perform a ceremonial with two men, so that this religion may not come to nothing and collapse; there will be only one in a hundred, in a thousand, in a myriad, who believes in this religion, and even he does nothing of it though it be a duty; and the fire of Warharan, which will come to nothing and collapse, falls off from a thousand to one care-taker, and even he does not supply it properly with firewood and incense; or when a man, who has performed worship and does not know the Nirangistan ['code of religious formulas'], shall kindle it with good intentions, it is allowable.

 

    "'Honorable wealth will all proceed to those of perverted faith; it comes to the transgressors, and virtuous doers of good works, from the families of noblemen even unto the priests, remain running about uncovered; the lower orders take in marriage the daughters of nobles, grandees, and priests; and the nobles, grandees, and priests come to destitution and bondage.

 

    "'The misfortunes of the ignoble will overtake greatness and authority, and the helpless and ignoble will come to the foremost place and advancement; the words of the upholders of religion, and the seal and decision of a just judge will become the words of random speakers among the just and even the righteous; and the words of the ignoble and slanderers, of the disreputable and mockers, and of those of divers opinions they consider true and credible, about which they take an oath, although with falsehood, and thereby give false evidence, and speak falsely and irreverently about me, Ohrmazd.

 

    "'They who bear the title of priest and disciples wish evil concerning one another; he speaks vice and they look upon vice; and the antagonism of Ahriman and the demons is much brought on by them; of the sin which men commit, out of five sins the priests and disciples commit three sins, and they become enemies of the good, so that they may thereby speak of bad faults relating to one another; the ceremonies they undertake they do not perform, and they have no fear of hell.

 

    "'And in that tenth hundredth winter, which is the end of thy millennium, O righteous Zartosht, all mankind will bind torn hair, disregarding revelation, so that a willingly-disposed cloud and a righteous wind are not able to produce rain in its proper time and season.

 

    "'And a dark cloud makes the whole sky night, and the hot wind and the cold wind arrive, and bring along fruit and seed of corn, even the rain in its proper time; and it does not rain, and that which rains also rains more noxious creatures than water; and the water of rivers and springs will diminish, and there will be no increase.

 

    "'And the beast of burden and ox and sheep bring forth more painfully and awkwardly, and acquire less fruitfulness; and their hair is coarser and skin thinner; the milk does not increase and has less cream; the strength of the laboring ox is less, and the agility of the swift horse is less, and it carries less in a race.

 

    "'And on the men in that perplexing time, O Zartosht the Spitaman, who wear the sacred thread-girdle on the waist, the evil-seeking of misgovernment and much of its false judgment have come as a wind in which their living is not possible, and they seek death as a boon; and youths and children will be apprehensive, and gossiping chitchat and gladness of heart do not arise among them.

 

    "'And they practice the appointed feasts of their ancestors, the propitiation of angels, and the prayers and ceremonies of the season festivals and guardian spirits, in various places, yet that which they practice they do not believe in unhesitatingly; they do not give rewards lawfully, and bestow no gifts and alms, and even those they repent of again.

 

    "'And even those men of the good religion, who have reverenced the good religion of the Mazdayasnians, proceed in conformity with those ways and customs, and do not believe their own religion.

 

    "'And the noble, great, and charitable, who are the virtuous of their own country and locality, will depart from their own original place and family as idolatrous; through want they beg something from the ignoble and vile, and come to poverty and helplessness; through them nine in ten of these men will perish in the northern quarter.

 

    "'Through their way of misrule everything comes to nothingness and destitution, levity and infirmity; and the earth of Spandarmad opens its mouth wide, and every jewel and metal becomes exposed, such as gold and silver, brass, tin, and lead.

 

    "'And rule and sovereignty come to slaves, such as the Turk and non-Turanian of the army, and are turbulent as among the mountaineers; and the Chini, the Kavuli, the Softi, the Ruman, and the white-clothed Karmak then attain sovereignty in my countries of Iran, and their will and pleasure will become current in the world.

 

    "'The sovereignty will come from those leather-belted ones and Arabs and Rumans to them, and they will be so misgoverning that when they kill a righteous man who is virtuous and a fly, it is all one in their eyes.

 

    "'And the security, fame, and prosperity, the country and families, the wealth and handiwork, the streams, rivers, and springs of Iran, and of those of the good religion, come to those non-Iranians; and the army and standards of the frontiers come to them, and a rule with a craving for wrath advances in the world.

 

    "'And their eyes of avarice are not sated with wealth, and they form hoards of the world's wealth, and conceal them underground; and through wickedness they commit sodomy, hold much intercourse with menstruous women, and practice many unnatural lusts.

 

    "'And in that perplexing time the night is brighter, and the year, month, and day will diminish one-third; the earth of Spandarmad arises, and suffering, death, and destitution become more severe in the world.'

 

    "Ohrmazd said to Zartosht the Spitaman: 'This is what I foretell: that wicked evil spirit, when it shall be necessary for him to perish, becomes more oppressive and more tyrannical.'

 

    "So Ohrmazd spoke to Zartosht the Spitaman thus: ' Inquire fully and learn by heart thoroughly! Teach it by Zand, Pazand, and explanation! Tell it to the priests and disciples who speak forth in the world, and those who are not aware of the hundred winters, tell it then to them so that, for the hope of a future existence, and for the preservation of their own souls, they may remove the trouble, evil, and oppression which those of other religions cause in the ceremonies of religion.

 

    "'And, moreover, I tell thee this, O Zartosht the Spitaman! that whoever, in that time, appeals for the body is not able to save the soul, for he is as it were fat, and his soul is hungry and lean in hell; whoever appeals for the soul, his body is hungry and lean through the misery of the world, and destitute, and his soul is fat in heaven.'

 

    "Zartosht inquired of Ohrmazd thus: 'O Ohrmazd, propitious spirit! creator of the material world who art righteous!' -- He is Ohrmazd through righteous invocation, and the rest through praise; some say 'righteous creator!' -- 'O creator! In that perplexing time are they righteous? And are there religious people who wear the sacred thread-girdle on the waist, and celebrate religious rites with the sacred twigs? And does the religious practice of khwetodas continue in their families?'

 

    "Ohrmazd said to Zartosht thus: 'Of the best men is he who, in that perplexing time, wears the sacred thread-girdle on the waist, and celebrates religious rites with the sacred twigs, though not as in the reign of King Vishtasp.

 

    "'Whoever in that perplexing time recites Ita-ad-yazam and one Ashem-vohu, and has learned it by heart, is as though, in the reign of King Vishtasp, it were a Dvazdah-homast with holy-water.

 

    "'And by whomever prayer is offered up, and the Gatha-hymns are chanted, it is as though the whole ritual had been recited, and the Gatha-hymns consecrated by him in the reign of King Vishtasp.

 

    "'The most perfectly righteous of the righteous is he who remains in the good religion of the Mazdayasnians, and continues the religious practice of khwetodas in his family.'

 

    "Ohrmazd said to the righteous Zartosht: 'In these nine thousand years which I, Ohrmazd, created, mankind become most perplexed in that perplexing time; for in the evil reigns of Az-i Dahak  and Frasiyav of Tur mankind, in those perplexing times, were living better and living more numerously, and their disturbance by Ahriman and the demons was less.

 

    "'For in their evil reigns, within the countries of Iran, there were not seven towns which were desolate as they will be when it is the end of thy millennium, O Zartosht the Spitaman! For all the towns of Iran will be ploughed up by their horses' hoofs, and their banners will reach unto Padashkhvargar, and they will carry away the sovereignty of the seat of the religion I approve from there; and their destruction comes from that place, O Zartosht the Spitaman! This is what I foretell.'

 

    "'Whoever of those existing, thus, with reverence unto the good, performs much worship for Ohrmazd, Ohrmazd, aware of it through righteousness, gives him whatsoever Ohrmazd is aware of through righteousness, as remuneration and reward of duty and good works, and such members of the congregation, males and females, I reverence; and the archangels, who are also male and female, they are good.'

 

    "Zartosht inquired of Ohrmazd thus: 'O Ohrmazd, propitious spirit! Creator of the material world, righteous one! Whence do they restore this good religion of the Mazdayasnians? And by what means will they destroy these demons with disheveled hair, of the race of Wrath?

 

    "'O Creator! Grant me death! And grant my favored ones death that they may not live in that perplexing time; grant them exemplary living that they may not prepare wickedness and the way to hell.'

 

    "Ohrmazd spoke thus: 'O Zartosht the Spitaman! After the ill-omened sovereignty of those of the race of Wrath there is a fiend, Shedaspih of the Kilisyakih, from the countries of Salman;' Mah-vand-dad said that these people are Ruman, and Roshan said that they have red weapons, red banners, and red hats.

 

    "'It is when a symptom of them appears, as they advance, O Zartosht the Spitaman, the sun and the dark show signs, and the moon becomes manifest of various colors; earthquakes, too, become numerous, and the wind comes more violently; in the world want, distress, and discomfort come more into view; and Mercury and Jupiter advance the sovereignty for the vile, and they are in hundreds and thousands and myriads.

 

    "'They have the red banner of the fiend Shedaspih of Kilisyakih, and they hasten much their progress to these countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created, up to the bank of the Arvand, some have said the Frat river, unto the Greeks dwelling in Asuristan; they are Greeks by strict reckoning, and their Assyrian dwelling is this, that they slay the Assyrian people therein, and thus they will destroy their abode, some have said the lurking-holes of the demons.

 

    "'They turn back those of the race of Wrath in hundreds and thousands and myriads; and the banners, standards, and an innumerable army of those demons with disheveled hair will come to these countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created.

 

    "'And the army of the invader is an extending enemy of the Turk and even the Karm, be it with banners aloft when he shall set up a banner, be it through the excessive multitude which will remain --- like hairs in the mane of a horse --- in the countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created.

 

    "'The leather-belted Turk and the Ruman Shedaspih of Kilisyakih come forth with simultaneous movement, and in three places, with similar strife, there was and will be three times a great contest, O Zartosht the Spitaman!

 

    "'One in the reign of Kay Kaus, when through the assistance of demons it was with the archangels, and the second when thou, O Zartosht the Spitaman, receivedst the religion and hadst thy conference, and King Vishtasp and Arjasp, miscreated by wrath, were, through the war of the religion, in the combat of Sped-razur ["the hoary forest"],' some have said it was in Pars; 'and the third when it is the end of thy millennium, O Zartosht the Spitaman! when all the three, Turk, Arab, and Ruman, come to this place,' some have said the plain of Nishanak.

 

    "'For when one shall be able to save his own life, he has then no recollection of wife, child, and wealth, that they may not live, in that perplexing time, O Zartosht! Yet the day when the hundredth winter becomes the end of thy millennium, which is that of Zartosht, is so that nothing wicked may go from this millennium into that millennium.'

 

    "Zartosht inquired of Ohrmazd thus: 'O Ohrmazd, propitious spirit! Creator of the material world, righteous one! When they are so many in number, by what means will they be able to perish?'

 

    "Ohrmazd spoke thus: 'O Zartosht the Spitaman! When the demon with disheveled hair of the race of Wrath comes into notice in the eastern quarter, first a black token becomes manifest, and Aushedar son of Zartosht is born on Lake Frazdan. It is when he comes to his conference with, me, Ohrmazd, O Zartosht the Spitaman, that in the direction of Chinistan, it is said --- some have said among the Hindus --- is born a prince; it is his father, a prince of the Kayanian race, approaches the women, and a religious prince is born to him; he calls his name Warharan the Varjavand,' some have said Shahpur. That a sign may come to the earth, the night when that prince is born, a star falls from the sky; when that prince is born the star shows a signal.'

 

    "'It is Dad-Ohrmazd who said that the month Aban and day Vad is his father's end; they rear him with the damsels of the king, and a woman becomes ruler.

 

    "'That prince when he is thirty years old --- some have told the time --- comes with innumerable banners and divers armies, Hindu and Chini, having uplifted banners for they set up their banners --- having exalted banners, and having exalted weapons; they hasten up with speed as far as the Veh river --- some have said the country of Bambo --- as far as Bukhar and the Bukharans within its bank, O Zartosht the Spitaman!

 

    "'When the star Jupiter comes up to its culminating point and casts Venus down, the sovereignty comes to the prince.

 

    "'Quite innumerable are the champions, furnished with arms and with banners displayed, some have said from Sagastan, Pars, and Khurasan, some have said from the lake of Padashkhvargar, some have said from the Hiratis and Kohistan, some have said from Taparistan; and from those directions every supplicant for a child comes into view.

 

    "'It is concerning the displayed banners and very numerous army, which were the armed men, champions, and soldiers from the countries of Iran at Padashkhvargar --- whom I told thee that they call both Kurd and Karman -- it is declared that they will slay an excessive number, in companionship and under the same banner, for these countries of Iran.

 

    "'Those of the race of Wrath and the extensive army of Shedaspih, whose names are the two-legged wolf and the leather-belted demon on the bank of the Arvand, wage three battles, one in Sped-razhur and one in the plain of Nishanak;' some have said that it was on the lake of the three races, some have said that it was in Maruv the brilliant, and some have said in Pars.

 

    "'For the support of the countries of Iran is the innumerable army of the east; its having exalted banners is that they have a banner of tiger skin, and their wind banner is white cotton; innumerable are the mounted troops, and they ride up to the lurking-holes of the demons; they will slay so that a thousand women can afterwards see and kiss but one man.

 

    "'When it is the end of the time, O Zartosht the Spitaman, those enemies will be as much destroyed as the root of a shrub when it is in the night on which a cold winter arrives, and in this night it sheds its leaves; and they will reinstate these countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created.

 

    "'And with speed rushes the evil spirit, with the vilest races of demons and Wrath with infuriate spear, and comes on to the support and assistance of those demon-worshippers and miscreations of wrath, O Zartosht the Spitaman!

 

    "'And I, the creator Ohrmazd, send Neryosang the angel and Srosh the righteous unto Kangdezh, which the illustrious Siyavarshan formed, and to Chitro-miyan son of Vishtasp, the glory of the Kayanians, the just restorer of the religion, to speak thus: ‘Walk forth, O illustrious Peshotan! to these countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created; consecrate the fire and waters for the Hadhokht and Dvazdah-homast! That is, celebrate them with the fire and waters, and such as is appointed about the fire and waters!’

 

    "'And Neryosang proceeds, with Srosh the righteous, from the good Chakad-i-Daitik to Kangdez, which the illustrious Siyavarshan formed, and cries out from it thus: ‘Walk forth, O illustrious Peshotan! O Chitro-miyan son of Vishtasp, glory of the Kayanians, just restorer of the religion! Walk forth to these countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created! Restore again the throne of sovereignty of the religion!’

 

    "'Those spirits move on, and they propitiate them; with holy-water the illustrious Peshotan celebrates the Dvazdah-homast, with a hundred and fifty righteous who are disciples of Peshotan, in black marten fur, and they have garments as it were of the good spirit.

 

    "'They walk up with the words: ‘Humat, hukht, huvarsht,’ and consecrate the fire of the waters; with the illustrious Hadokht they bless me, Ohrmazd, with the archangels; and after that it demolishes one-third of the opposition.

 

    "'And the illustrious Peshotan walks forth, with the hundred and fifty men who wear black marten fur, and they celebrate the rituals of the Gadman-homand ("glorious") fire, which they call the Roshano-kerp ("luminous form"), which is established at the appointed place, the triumphant ritual of the Farnbag fire, Hordad, and Amurdad, and the ceremonial with his priestly cooperation; they arrange and pray over the sacred twigs; and the ritual of Hordad and Amurdad, in the chapter of the code of religious formulas demolishes three-thirds of the opposition.

 

    "'Peshotan son of Vishtasp walks forth, with the assistance of the Farnbag fire, the fire Gushnasp, and the fire Burzhin-Mihr, to the great idol-temples, the abode of the demons; and the wicked evil spirit, Wrath with infuriate spear, and all demons and fiends, evil races and wizards, arrive at the deepest abyss of hell; and those idol-temples are extirpated by the exertions of the illustrious Peshotan.

 

    "'And I, the creator Ohrmazd, come to Mount Hukairya with the archangels, and I issue orders to the archangels that they should speak to the angels of the spiritual existences thus: ‘Proceed to the assistance of the illustrious Peshotan!’

 

    "'Mihr of the vast cattle-pastures, Srosh the vigorous, Rashn the just, Warharan the mighty, Ashtad the victorious, and the glory of the religion of the Mazdayasnians, the stimulator of religious formulas, the arranger of the world, proceed to the assistance of the illustrious Peshotan, through the order of which I, the creator, have just written.

 

    "'Out of the demons of gloomy race the evil spirit cries to Mihr of the vast cattle-pastures thus: ‘Stay above in truth, thou Mihr of the vast cattle-pastures!’

 

    "'And then Mihr of the vast cattle-pastures cries thus: ‘Of these nine thousand years' support, which during its beginning produced Dahak of evil religion, Frasiyav of Tur, and Alexander the Ruman, the period of one thousand years of those leather-belted demons with disheveled hair is a more than moderate reign to produce.’

 

    "'The wicked evil spirit becomes confounded when he heard this; Mihr of the vast cattle-pastures will smite Wrath of the infuriate spear with stupefaction; and the wicked evil spirit flees, with the miscreations and evil progeny he flees back to the darkest recess of hell.

 

    "'And Mihr of the vast cattle-pastures cries to the illustrious Peshotan thus: ‘Extirpate and utterly destroy the idol-temples, the abode of the demons! proceed to these countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created! Restore again the throne of sovereignty of the religion over the wicked! When they see thee they will be terrified.’

 

    "'And the illustrious Peshotan advances, and the fire Farnbag, the fire Gushnasp, and the triumphant fire Burzin-Mihr will smite the fiend of excessive strength; he will extirpate the idol-temples that are the abode of demons; and they celebrate the ceremonial, arrange the sacred twigs, solemnize the Dvazdah-homast, and praise me, Ohrmazd, with the archangels; this is what I foretell.

 

    "'The illustrious Peshotan walks forth to these countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created, to the Arvand and Veh river; when the wicked see him they will be terrified, those of the progeny of gloom and those not worthy.

 

    "'And regarding that Warharan the Varjavand it is declared that he comes forth in full glory, fixes upon Vandid-khim ["a curbed temper"], and having entrusted him with the seat of mobadship of the mobads, and the seat of true explanation of the religion, he restores again these countries of Iran which I, Ohrmazd, created; and he drives away from the world covetousness, want, hatred, wrath, lust, envy, and wickedness.

 

    "'And the wolf period goes away, and the sheep period comes on; they establish the fire Farnbag, the fire Gushnasp, and the fire Burzin-Mihr again at their proper places, and they will properly supply the firewood and incense; and the wicked evil spirit becomes confounded and unconscious, with the demons and the progeny of gloom.

 

    "'And so the illustrious Peshotan speaks thus: ‘Let the demon be destroyed, and the witch be destroyed! Let the fiendishness and vileness of the demons be destroyed! And let the gloomy progeny of the demons be destroyed! The glory of the religion of the Mazdayasnians prospers, and let it prosper! Let the family of the liberal and just, who are doers of good deeds, prosper! And let the throne of the religion and sovereignty have a good restorer!’

 

    "'Forth comes the illustrious Peshotan, forth he comes with a hundred and fifty men of the disciples who wear black marten fur, and they take the throne of their own religion and sovereignty.'

 

    "'Ohrmazd said to Zartosht the Spitaman: 'This is what I foretell, when it is the end of thy millennium it is the beginning of that of Aushedar.

 

    "'Regarding Aushedar, it is declared that he will be born in 1600, and at thirty years of age he comes to a conference with me, Ohrmazd, and receives the religion.

 

    "'When he comes away from the conference he cries to the sun with the swift horse, thus: ‘Stand still!’

 

    "'The sun with the swift horse stands still ten days and nights; and when this happens all the people of the world abide by the good religion of the Mazdayasnians.

 

    "'Mihr of the vast cattle-pastures cries to Aushedar, son of Zartosht, thus: 'O Aushedar, restorer of the true religion! cry to the sun with the swift horse thus: 'Move on!' for it is dark in the regions of Arezahi and Sawahi, Fradadhafshu and Widadhafshu, Wouru-bareshti and Wourujareshti, and the illustrious Xwaniratha. '

 

    "'Aushedar son of Zartosht cries, to the sun he cries, thus: ‘Move on!’

 

    "'The sun with the swift horse moves on, and Varjavand and all mankind fully believe in the good religion of the Mazdayasnians.'

 

    "Ohrmazd spoke thus: 'O Zartosht the Spitaman! this is what I foretell, that this one brings the creatures back to their proper state.

 

    "'When it is near the end of the millennium Peshotan son of Vishtasp comes into notice, who is a Kayanian that advances triumphantly; and those enemies who relied upon fiendishness, such as the Turk, Arab, and Ruman, and the vile ones who control the Iranian sovereign with insolence and oppression and enmity to the sovereignty, destroy the fire and make the religion weak; and they convey their power and success to him and every one who accepts the law and religion willingly; if he accept it unwillingly the law and religion ever destroy him till it is the end of the whole millennium.

 

    "'And, afterwards, when the millennium of Aushedar-mah comes, through Aushedar-mah the creatures become more progressive, and he utterly destroys the fiend of serpent origin; and Peshotan son of Vishtasp becomes, in like manner, high priest and primate of the world.

 

    "'In that millennium of Aushedar-mah mankind become so versed in medicine, and keep and bring physic and remedies so much in use, that when they are confessedly at the point of death they do not thereupon die, nor when they smite and slay them with the sword and knife.

 

    "'Afterwards, one begs a gift of any description out of the allowance of heretics, and owing to depravity and heresy they do not give it.

 

    "'And Ahriman rises through that spite on to the mountain of Damawand, which is the direction of Bevarasp, and shouts thus: ‘Now it is nine thousand years, and Faridoon is not living; why do you not rise up, although these thy fetters are not removed, when this world is full of people, and they have brought them from the enclosure which Yim formed?’

 

    "'After that apostate shouts like this, and because of it, Az-i Dahak stands up before him, but, through fear of the likeness of Faridoon in the body of Faridoon, he does not first remove those fetters and stake from his trunk until Ahriman removes them.

 

    "'And the vigor of Az-i Dahak increases, the fetters being removed from his trunk, and his impetuosity remains; he swallows down the apostate on the spot, and rushing into the world to perpetrate sin, he commits innumerable grievous sins; he swallows down one-third of mankind, cattle, sheep, and other creatures of Ohrmazd; he smites the water, fire, and vegetation, and commits grievous sin.

 

    "'And, afterwards, the water, fire, and vegetation stand before Ohrmazd the lord in lamentation, and make this complaint: ‘Make Faridoon alive again! so that he may destroy Az-i Dahak; for if thou, O Ohrmazd, dost not do this, we cannot exist in the world; the fire says thus: I will not heat; and the water says thus: I will not flow.’

 

    "'And then I, Ohrmazd the creator, say to Srosh and Neryosang the angel: ‘Shake the body of Kersasp the Saman, till he rises up!’

 

    "'Then Srosh and Neryosang the angel go to Kersasp; three times they utter a cry, and the fourth time Sam rises up with triumph, and goes to meet Az-i Dahak.

 

    "'And Sam does not listen to his words, and the triumphant club strikes him on the head, and smites and kills him; afterwards, desolation and adversity depart from this world, while I make a beginning of the millennium.

 

    "'Then Soshyant makes the creatures again pure, and the resurrection and future existence occur.

 

    "'May the end be in peace, pleasure, and joy, by the will of God! So may it be! Even more so may it be!"

 

    The Zoroastran text Bundahishn ("Creation", also known as Zand-agahih, "Knowledge from the Zand"), includes a chapter of apocalyptic prophecy. The book states that in the millennium of the first Saoshyant Hoshedarmah, people will stop eating meat, then milk, then vegetables, then water, until they stop eating altogether for ten years before he manifests. During his lifetime, Ahura-Mazda will resurrect the dead during a period of 57 years. Then the final judgment will be convened by the Sadvastaran ("Righteous Judges"), who will separate the good and evil. The righteous souls will enter heaven, and the wicked will go to hell for three days. Then a huge comet named Gochihr will strike the planet, and the resulting heat will "melt the metal of Sharewar" ("Chosen power", a spirit with power over metals):

 

    "In the final war between good and evil, fire and death will swirl over all, and every man will have to pass through boiling lava. To the just and righteous men, the lava will be as warm as milk, but to the wicked men, it will be scalding and fatal."

 

    Then all humanity will be reunited, and all will receive an elixir that will give them immortality. Finally, Ahura-Mazda will defeat the evil Anghra Mainyu.

 

    In Chapter 9 of Jamasp Namak ("The Book of Jamasp"), he recounts the signs of the times for King Vishtasp, thus:

 

    "Jamasp the astrologer said to him that when the time of Aushedar would appear, these several signs shall necessarily appear. The first is this, that the nights will be brighter. The second is this, that Haptoiring (a star in the Bear constellation) will leave its place and will turn in the direction of Khorasan. The third is this, that the intercourse of persons one with another, will be great. The fourth is this, that the breach of faith, which they will make at that time, will have quicker and greater results. The fifth is this, that mean persons will be more powerful. The sixth is this, that wicked persons will be virtuous. The seventh is this, that the Drujs (evil powers) will be more oppressive. The eighth is this, that the magic and tricks which they will perform in those times, will be very bad. The ninth is this, that the noxious creatures, like the tigers, the wolves, and four clawed animals will do great harm. The tenth is this, that misinformed persons will commit great oppression upon the Dasturs of religion. The eleventh is this, that the injury to the Dasturs of religion will be unlawful; they will take their property by force and will speak evil of them. The twelfth is this, that the blowing of the summer and winter winds shall not be useful. The thirteenth is this, that affection for pleasure will be prevalent. The fourteenth is this, that those who arc born at that time will reach death more in a miserable way and in untimely way . The fifteenth is this, that respectable persons in spite of their respectful position, will practice too much of untruthfulness, injustice, and false evidence. Death, old age, unchecked pride, and strength will overtake (lit. reach) all countries. Then there will come the Dastur of the world. The apostle will cleanse the whole country. The sixteenth is this, that the two caves which are in Seistan will be destroyed and the seas of the cities will carry away the water and the whole of Seistan will be full of water."

 

    Zarathustra spoke thus in this prophecy of his successor in our time:

 

    "When a thousand two hundred and some years have passed from the inception of the religion of the Arabian and the overthrow of the kingdom of Iran and the degradation of the followers of My religion, a descendant of the Iranian kings will be raised up as a Prophet."

 

    The Zend Avesta (Favardin Yast 13: 129) says this about the coming World Savior:

 

    "He shall be the victorious Benefactor by name and World Renovator by name. He is Benefactor because he will benefit the entire physical world; he is World Renovator because he will establish the physical existence indestructible. He will oppose the evil of the progeny of the biped and withstand the enmity produced by the faithful."

 

    4. Baha'i Prophecy ~

 

    The Baha'i (Persian, "of glory") faith, was founded in the late 19th century by Mirza Husayn Ali of Nur, known as Baha'u'llah (Arabic, "The Glory of God") in fulfillment of a prophecy by  Mirza Ali Muhammad of Shiraz, the Bab. The Baha'i religion has its expectations of "The Seventh Angel", who will appear sometime before the year of Mustageth (2001 AD) at the end of this age. He is described as follows in Abdul-Baha’s book, Some Answered Questions:

 

    "When the appointed hour is come, there shall suddenly appear that which will cause the limbs of mankind to quake.  Then and only then will the Divine Standard be unfurled, and the Nightingale of Paradise warble its melody."

 

    "The Seventh Angel is a man qualified with heavenly attributes, who will arise with heavenly qualities and character.  Voices will be raised, so that the appearance of the Divine Manifestation will be proclaimed and diffused.  In the Day of the Manifestation of the Lord of Hosts, and the epoch of the divine cycle of the Omnipotent which is promised and mentioned in the books and writings of the Prophets --- in that Day of God, the Spiritual and Divine Kingdom will be established, and the world will be renewed; a new spirit will be breathed into the body of creation, the season of the Divine Spring will come, the clouds of mercy will rain, the sun of reality will shine, the life-giving breeze will blow, the world of humanity will wear a new garment, the surface of the earth will be a sublime paradise; mankind will be educated, wars, disputes, quarrels and malignity will disappear; and truthfulness, righteousness, honesty, and the worship of God will rule forevermore; meaning that the Spiritual and Everlasting Kingdom will be established.  Such is the day of God, for all the days that have come and gone were the days of Abraham, Moses and Christ, or of the other Prophets; but this day is the day of God, for the sun of reality will arise in it with the utmost warmth and splendor."

 

    Another vague prophetic promise is made elsewhere in the same book:

 

    "These twenty-four great persons, though they are seated on the thrones of everlasting rule, yet are worshipers of the appearance of the universal Manifestation, and they are humble and submissive, saying, 'We give thanks to Thee, O Lord God Almighty, Which art, and wast, and art to come, because Thou hast taken to Thee Thy great power and hast reigned' - that is to say, Thou wilt issue all Thy teachings, Thou wilt gather all the people of the earth under Thy shadow, and Thou wilt bring all men under the shadow of one tent.  Although it is the Eternal Kingdom of God, and He always had, and has, a Kingdom, the Kingdom here means the manifestation of Himself; and He will issue all the laws and teachings which are the spirit of the world of humanity and everlasting life.  And that universal Manifestation will subdue the world by spiritual power, not by war and combat; He will do it with peace and tranquility, not by the sword and arms; He will promote these divine teachings by kindness and righteousness, and not by weapons and harshness.  He will so educate the nations and people that, notwithstanding their various conditions, their different customs and characters, and their diverse religions and races, they will, as it is said in the Bible, like the wolf and the lamb, the leopard, the kid, the sucking child and the serpent, become comrades, friends and companions.  The contentions of races, the differences of religions, and the barriers between nations will be completely removed, and all will attain perfect union and reconciliation under the shadow of the Blessed Tree."

 

    Amen.

 

 

Chapter 7

 

Michel Nostradamus

 

    

    1. Biography

    2. The USA

    3. Recently Fulfilled Quatrains

    4. Moslem Invasion of Europe

    5. The Papacy

    6. The Grand Monarch

    7. The "Lost Quatrains"

    8. References

 

 

    1. Biography ~

 

    Michel de Notredame, or Nostradamus, was the greatest prophet of all time. He was born to Renee and Jacques de Notredame in 1503 at St. Remy in Provence, France. They were Jewish, but converted to Christianity under the compulsory edict of Louis XII.

 

    In 1522, his parents sent Michel to study medicine at Montpelier, where he obtained a baccalaureate in 1525. Armed with his license, prescriptions and zeal, Nostradamus set out through southern France to battle the Black Plague. In 1529 he returned to Montpellier to obtain his doctorate. Afterwards he went traveling again, but eventually accepted an invitation to stay at Agen, near Bordeaux, at the house of the eminent poet-philosopher and literary critic Julius-Cesar Scaliger. Nostradamus called Scaliger "a Virgil in poetry, a Cicero in eloquence, a Galen in medicine."

 

    At Agen, Nostradamus met and married Adriete de Loubeja. They began to raise a family, but another outbreak of plague took the lives of his wife and two children. Despite his skills, Nostradamus could not save them; his medical practice suffered for that. Then, his friendship with Scaliger deteriorated into argument, as was the critic's wont, and the Inquisitors summoned Nostradamus for questioning. He decided to travel again, and did so for several years.

 

    While in Provence from 1544-1545, Nostradamus fought the plague again, especially at Aix where it was at its worst. He settled nearby at Salon and married Anna Gemella in November 1547. He devoted himself to the practice of medicine and private studies.

 

    Nostradamus began to discover his prophetic abilities in 1547. He began publishing predictive annual Almanacs in 1550, followed by Prognostications in 1554. At that time, the lawyer, scholar and theologian Jean-Ayme de Chavigny resigned from his position as mayor of Bearne to study under Nostradamus. Chavigny was the prophet's friend, only student, and wrote Nostradamus' biography. At the urging of Chavigny, Nostradamus had the first edition of The True Centuries published in March 1555. The book contained 353 quatrains; more were added in subsequent editions. In the preface, Nostradamus wrote:

 

    "In 1554, I decided to give way and, by dark and cryptic sentences, tell of the causes of the future mutation of mankind, especially the most urgent ones... in a manner that would not upset fragile sentiments. All had to be written under a cloudy form, above all things prophetic...

 

    "Many times in the week, I am overtaken by an ecstasy; having rendered my nocturnal studies agreeable through long calculations, I have composed books of prophecies, of which each contains one hundred astronomical quatrains of prophecies. I have sought to polish them a bit obscurely. They are perpetual prophecies, for they extend from now to the year 3797."

 

    In the "Epistle to Henry II" included in the expanded 1557 edition of The True Centuries, Nostradamus wrote:

 

    "Although my calculations may not hold good for all nations, they have, however, been determined with the emotion, handed down to me by my forebears, which comes over me at certain hours. But the danger of the times, O most serene King, requires that such secrets should not be bared except in enigmatic sentences having, however, only one sense and meaning, and nothing ambiguous or amphibological inserted. Rather, they are under a cloud of obscurity."

 

    Nostradamus first wrote his quatrains in plain Old French, and he included names and dates. Then he rewrote them in a complex code of acronyms, anagrams, apocope, synechdoches, ellipses, hyperbations and metatheses, syncopes, aphereses, epentheses, metonyms, and other exotic grammars and syntaxes. Nostradamus burned (or possibly buried) the original, explicit prose prophecies, because he did not want to complicate unduly humanity's problem of free choice, or to encourage a fatalism that might deter us from making our best efforts to correct ourselves. Nor did he wish to interfere with the fulfillment of his prophecies by stating them too clearly in advance. And, he had no desire to incur the wrath of the Holy Inquisition. Nostradamus qualified his divinations in a warning in the preface:

 

    "I warn you especially against the vanity of the more execrable magic, condemned of yore by the Holy Scriptures and by the Canons of the Church.

 

    "However, judicial astrology is excepted from this judgment. For it is by this, together with divine inspiration and revelation, and continual nightly watches and calculations, that we have reduced our prophecies to writing. Although this occult philosophy was not condemned, I did not desire that you should ever be tempted with their unbridled promptings. I had at my disposal many volumes which had been hidden a great many centuries. But dreading what use might be made of them, after reading them I consigned them to the flames. As the fire came to devour them, the flame licking the air shot forth an unusual brightness, clearer than natural fire. It was like the light of lightning thunder, suddenly illuminating the house, as if in sudden conflagration..."

 

    According to some opinions, those books were some of the sacred manuscripts rescued from the Holy of Holies in the Temple of Jerusalem when it was destroyed by Titus in 70 AD. The occult keys were transmitted by the fathers of the tribe of Issachar, who were closely linked to the Temple and the Kings of Jerusalem. The builders of the Temple are thought to have removed themselves to the area of Provence, France, and Nostradamus may have inherited some of their books. Nostradamus explained himself further in his "Epistle to Henry II":

 

    "It is quite true, Sire, that my natural instinct has been inherited from my forebears... and that this natural instinct has been adjusted and integrated with long calculations. At the same time, I freed my soul, mind, and heart of all care, solicitude, and vexation. All of these prerequisites for presaging I achieved in part by means of the brazen tripod...

 

    Nostradamus described his mantic ritual in the first two quatrains of The True Centuries:

 

    "Being seated by night in secret study

    Alone resting on the brass stool

    A slight flame coming forth from the solitude

    That which is not believed in vain is uttered." (C.1:1)

 

    "With rod in hand set in the midst of Branchus

    With the water he wets both limb and foot

    Fearful, voice trembling through his sleeves:

    Divine splendor. The divine seats himself nearby." (C.1:2)

 

    Branchus was a Greek youth to whom Apollo gave the gift of prophecy. The Oracle of Branchus had its own temple and cult. Apparently, Nostradamus invoked that spirit, or Apollo. The prophet also gave notice of his "Incantation of the Law against inept Critics":

 

    "Let those who read this verse consider it profoundly

    Let the profane and ignorant herd keep away

    And far away all Astrologers, Idiots, and Barbarians

    May he who does otherwise be subject to the ancient rite." (C.6:100)

 

    Shortly after the publication of The True Centuries, Nostradamus became famous as some of his prophecies found fulfillment in the death of King Henry II in a joust with the Count of Montgomery (C.1:35, C.3:30, and C.3:35). In the ensuing centuries, many more of his predictions have been fulfilled with acceptable (and sometimes startling) accuracy. Following is a partial list of historical events foreseen by the prophet according to a consensus of some of his commentators' interpretations:

 

    16th century: Catherine Medici and the fate of her sons (C.6:29, C.2:63, and C.7:32); Queen Mary and the Casket Letters, 1567 (C.10:39, C.10:55, and C.8:23); the capture of Calais, 1558 (C.7:16); the Battle of Lepanto, October 1571 (C.9:42); the capture of Tunis, 1573 (C.8:50); and the Edict of Poitier, 1577 (C.5:72).

 

    17th century: The death of Elizabeth I, 1603 (C.6:74); the death of Cardinal Richelieu and Louis XIII, 1642 (C.9:18 and C.8:68); the defeat, captivity and execution of Charles I, 1649 (C.3:80, C.8:37, and C.9:49); Charles II and the battle of Worcester, 1651 (C.10:4 and C.8:56); the Plague of London, 1665 (C.2:53); the Great Fire of London, 1666 (C.2:51); the sinking of the French fleet in the Gulf of Lyon, 1655 (C.3:87); the 30 Years War (C.5:12 and C.5:13); and William III of England and the Glorious Revolution of 1688-1689 (C.4:89).

 

    18th century: The War of Spanish Succession, 1701-1713 (C.4:2 and C.2:5); the death of Pope Pius VI at Valence, 1799 (C.2:97); the French Revolution and the death of Louis XVI and Marie Antoinette (C.1:3, C.1:14, C.1:58, C.5:5, C.6:92, C.9:20, C.9:34, and C.9:77); and Napolean and the Battle of Lodi, May 10, 1796 (C.6:79).

 

    19th century: Napolean I (C.8:1, C.1:57, and C.4:53) and his Italian campaign (C.4:37, C.3:37, C.2:94, and C.1:93); Wellington's campaign against Napolean in the Spanish peninsula (C.4:70) and at Waterloo, 1815 (C.4:75); Napolean's Russian Campaign (C.3:37) and his retreat from Moscow, 1812-1813 (C.4:82); Napolean's exile at Elba and St. Helena (C.1:32 and C.1:60); the assassination of Duke de Berry, 1820 (C.4:73); Napolean III (C.8:41 and C.5:20) and the Franco-Prussian War, 1870-1871 (C.4:100); the coronation of Napolean III (C.5:6); and the defeat of Louis Napolean, 1870 (C.8:43).

 

    20th century: The abdication of Edward VIII, 1936 (C.10:40), World Wars I and II (dozens of quatrains); Hitler (C.2:24 and several others); Marshal Petain of France, 1940-1944 (C.4:61 and C.8:68); the capture of Tobruk (C.1:28); and Mussolini and Victor Emmanuel V (C.8:31).

 

    The literature about Nostradamus is inextricably connected with his fame, which increases or suffers according to his accuracy and that of his translators, interpreters, and other propagandists. Nostradamus prophecies have gone through many editions, some of which are counterfeit. Most are riddled with typographic and other editorial errors. In 1912, the German researcher Graf Karl von Klinckow published the first decisive bibliographic study of the old editions, but it contained many errors of transmissions. The definitive study to date is Edgar Leoni's Nostradamus and His Prophecies, which represents the authentic spelling and style of the first edition.

 

    The quatrains have become more understandable since many were fulfilled by World War I and II. Perhaps as many as half of Nostradamus' prophecies have been fulfilled with acceptable accuracy. Nostradamus also foresaw his historical influence:

 

    "For five hundred years more one will keep count of him

    Who was the ornament of his time:

    Then suddenly great light will give,

    Who for this century will render them very satisfied." (C.3:94)

 

    By 2055 AD (500 years after the publication of The True Centuries in 1555), Nostradamus will be vidicated. Most of his prophecies will have been fulfilled and will have served well in guiding us through these perilous times. For that, we can be thankful and "very satisfied".

 

    2. The United States ~

 

    Nostradamus included notice of several inventions in his quatrains, such as the first hot-air balloon; he named the Montgolfier brothers (C.5:57). Nostradamus foresaw submarines ("the fleet swims underwater"), the periscope ("the eye of the sea"), rockets ("the device of flying fire"), the atomic bomb, and other machines as yet unknown.

 

    Nostradamus also foretold the birth and growth of the United States of America:

 

    "Of the aquatic triplicity will be born

    One who will make Thursday for its holiday

    Its fame, praise, rule its power to grow

    By land and sea tempest to the Orientals." (C.1:50)

 

    The USA is surrounded by the "aquatic triplicity" of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans and the Gulf of Mexico, and celebrates the unique Thanksgiving holiday on a Thursday in November since its institution by a joint act of Congress in 1941. At that time (World War II), the USA became a "tempest to the Orientals", culminating in the hellstorms of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

 

    "The earth and air will freeze such great water

    When they come to venerate Thursday:

    That which will be never was it so beautiful,

    From the four parts they will come to honor it." (C.10:71)

 

    The Great Blizzard of 1888 (March 12) might have been the event mentioned in line 1, but it may just as well remain to be fulfilled sometime in the future. Meanwhile, "to venerate Thursday" is to celebrate Thanksgiving in America the Beautiful (line 3). Line 4 suggests the immigration of so many people to America "from the four parts" (north, south, east and west) to honor America's development with their lives and works.

 

    "The great city by the maritime Ocean,

    Surrounded by a crystalline swamp:

    In the winter solstice and the spring,

    It will be tried by a frightful wind." (C.10:71)

 

    This quatrain reiterates the message of C.10:71. "The great city by the maritime Ocean" probably is New York, or perhaps London. The Hudson River will freeze over during an extremely cold winter marked by a terrible storm ("a frightful wind"). The city's water supply will be terribly polluted:

 

    "Garden of the world near the new city

    In the path of the hollow mountains:

    It will be seized and plunged into the Tub

    Forced to drink water poisoned by sulfur." (C.10:59)

 

    New Jersey is the "Garden State" near New York City ("the new city"), whose skyscrapers are "hollow mountains". Line 3 is mysterious, but acid rain can be inferred from line 4.

 

    "One day the two great masters will be friends

    Their great power will be seen increased:

    The new land will be at its height

    To the bloody one the number recounted." (C.2:89)

 

    "The two great masters" probably are the United States and the USSR or China, whose already great power is continuing to increase as mentioned in line 2. "The new land" is the USA. "The bloody one" is Al Gore (gore menaing blood and guts), and "the number recounted" is the Florida electoral vote of November 2000.

 

    "Libra will see the Hesperias govern

    Holding the monarchy of heaven and earth:

    No one will see the forces of Asia perish,

    Only seven hold the hierarchy in order." (C.4:50)

 

    Libra (the scales of justice) will be exalted in the USA (Hesperias, the Lands of the West), which has pioneered and dominated both on earth and in space ("Holding the monarchy of heaven and earth"). Line 3 suggests that the Chinese army will be destroyed at a long distance ("No one will see..."), presumably by nuclear or biochemical weapons. Line 4 is unclear, but a cabal is indicated.

 

    Nostradamus may well have foretold the Nixon-Watergate scandal:

 

    "The false message about the rigged election

    Runs through the city stopping the broken pact.

    Voices bought, the chapel stained with blood,

    And to another the empire contracted." (C.8:20)

 

    The false message, rigged election, broken pact, and voices bought were aspects of President Nixon's Watergate crisis of 1974. "The empire contracted to another" refers to Nixon's replacement by President Gerald Ford. In line 3, "the chapel stained with blood" notes the murder of a young woman in San Jose, California in December 1974. Her body was found in a church. This line helps place the prophecy concurrently with the Watergate conspiracy. It also makes one wonder if Nostradamus was reading modern newspaper across time, since the murder in question was minor news, mentioned only in local newspapers. Of course, the prophet may well have had another meaning in mind.

 

    3. Recently Fulfilled Quatrains ~

 

    The following was fulfilled in every detail in December 1974. Its accuracy exemplifies the great adeptness of Nostradamus:

 

    "Mars and Mercury and the silver joined together

    To the south extreme dryness

    The heart of Asia will say the earth trembles

    Corinth, Ephesus then in perplexity." (C.3:3)

 

    Silver symbolizes the moon. Conjunctions of Mars, Mercury and the Moon occur every few years --- in this case, December 1974. At that time, there was a drought ("extreme dryness") in Biafra, Africa, "to the south" of France. The third line was fulfilled by a major earthquake that struck Pakistan on December 31, 1974. The fourth line refers to the Turkish invasion of Cyprus in December 1974. Ephesus is in Turkey, and Corinth is in Greece, which of course is not Cyprus, but is closely associated with the island.

 

    Nostradamus also predicted the Israeli invasion of Lebanon and the siege of the Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO) in Beirut in 1982:

 

    "The device of flying fire

    Will come to trouble the great besieged Chief

    Within there will be such sedition

    That the profligate ones will be in despair." (C.6:34)

 

    This quatrain can apply to the Israeli siege of the PLO in Beirut. "The device of flying fire" is Nostradamus' term for jets or missiles, phosphorus bombs and artillery which were used "to trouble the great besieged Chief", Yasser Arafat. The Israeli invasion of Lebanon was triggered by the attempted assassination of Shlomo Argov, the Israeli ambassador in London, by a PLO splinter group ("sedition within"). Line 4 is confusing until "profligate" is understood in its obsolete meaning: beaten and dispersed. Thus, "profligate" certainly applies to the PLO besieged in Beirut. Their circumstance and its resolution (the UN-supervised evacuation of the PLO army) are unique in history, and Nostradamus can be credited with having predicted it accurately.

 

    The present and future situation in Iran did not escape Nostradamus' attention:

 

    "Rain, famine, war in Persia not ceased,

    The faith too great will betray the monarch,

    For the end began in Gaul:

    Secret augury for one to be sparing." (C.1:70)

 

    This quatrain foretells famine in Iran (Persia). "The faith too great" is the Islamic religion; the betrayed monarch was the deposed Shah Pahlavi. "The end began in Gaul" (France), where Ayatollah Rubollah Khomeini was exiled until he returned to Iran after the revolution there. The last line is more difficult to interpret. It can also be translated as "Secret augury for one to be fate", which may be private advice to some fated person whom Nostradamus expected to read his prophecies some day.

 

    "New law to occupy the new land

    Toward Syria, Judea and Palestine:

    The great barbarian empire to decay,

    Before the Moon completes its cycle." (C.3:7)

 

    Lines 1 and 2 predict the return of the Jews to establish Israel. Lines 3 and 4 foretell the decline of Moslem power; the crescent moon is a Moslem symbol. A lunar cycle is about 28 days, but a larger-scale cycle of 28 years may be meant here.

 

    "Newcomers, place built without defense,

    To occupy place then uninhabitable

    Meadows, houses, towns to take at pleasure,

    Hunger, pestilence, war, extensive acreage arable." (C.2:19)

 

    This is Nostradamus' prediction of the Israeli kibbutz program, which has taken "at pleasure" and occupied the desert, a "place then uninhabitable", turned it into meadows, and rendered "extensive acreage arable". The following are predictions of World War II:

 

    "The scourge passed the whole world shrinks

    For a long time peace and populated lands

    On will travel safely by air, land, sea and wave

    Then the wars started up anew." (C.1:63)

 

    "At night they will think they have seen the sun

    When pig half-man is seen:

    Noise, shouts, battle, in heaven fighting is seen:

    And brute beasts will be heard to speak." (C.1.:64)

 

    These are predictions of the airplane (line 3 in each quatrain). The peaceful travel enjoyed between the World Wars will end with the advent of more wars. The first line of suggests the explosion of an atomic bomb. "Pig half-man" is an apt description of a pilot wearing an oxygen mask, which somewhat resembles a pig's snout. The "brute beasts" heard speaking probably refers to the pilots' radio communication, or perhaps the success of modern experiments to teach animals to speak (i.e., Viki the chimpanzee).

 

    "The Gods will make it appear to men

    That they are the authors of a great conflict:

    Before heaven seen serene sword and lance,

    So that the left hand will be a greater affliction." (C.1:19)

 

    This quatrain has several possible translations and interpretations. The first line also can be translated as "The Gods will make an appearance to men." This suggests that demi-gods --- or mere extraterrestrial aliens --- will put on a display of their power for our edification. However, as Samuel Browning put it, "The Gods are those who either have money or don't need it"; this definition qualifies Mammon, the Illuminati, the Bilderbergers, etc., to join the club. Or, Nostradamus could be telling us that the next great war will be "religious", such as a Moslem Jihad versus Christianity. Line 4 can be interpreted politically or geographically as leftist governments or western countries.

 

    "Many people will want to come to terms

    With the great lords who will want to bring war upon them:

    They will not want to hear anything of it from them,

    Alas! if God does not send peace to the earth." (C.8:4)

 

    Here, Nostradamus seems to be telling us that the international peace movement will not deter the superpower warlords from having their way.

 

    "Before long all will be arranged

    We will expect a very sinister century,

    The state of the masked and solitary ones much changed,

    Few will be found who want to be in their place." (C.2:10)

 

    The international bankers who run this planet will consummate their plans to control everything, but their plans will fail despite temporary success. Then they will be hunted down and executed.

 

    4. The Moslem Invasion of Europe ~

 

    According to the most obvious interpretations that can be made of Nostradamus' cryptic verses, Europe will suffer an invasion by Moslems. The situation will be complicated by Russian and Chinese aggressions. Almost 15% of Nostradamus' quatrains concern the Moslems. Some of his predictions came true within 20 years after the publication of The True Centuries, but most of them definitely indicate a future war between Christians and Moslems. About a dozen quatrains concerning this tribulation are dated by astronomical configurations beginning in the 1980s and continuing into the 21st century. This war did not begin on schedule, but the prophet was perfectly accurate in his timing the Balkan war between Christians and Moslems in the 1990s.

 

    "When those of the arctic pole are united together,

    Great terror and fear in the East:

    Newly elected, sustaining great trembling,

    Rhodes and Byzantium stained with Barbarian blood." (C.6:21)

 

    "Those of the arctic pole" are the Soviet republics, the USSR. The Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in December 1979, or the Vietnam War, or the Cambodian Pol Pot regime can be inferred from line 2. Line 3 may mean that a newly elected government or leader will remain in power despite a revolution or devastating earthquake. There will be fighting at Rhodes and Eski Eregli (Byzantium). The "Barbarian blood" is that of the Moslems.

 

    "From the Pont Euxine and great Tartary

    A king will be who will come to see Gaul

    To transpierce Alane and Armenia

    And within Bysantium he will leave his rod." (C.5:54)

 

    The Pont Euxine is the Black Sea, and Tartary is in Central Asia, whence came Attila the Hun, Genghis Khan, and Tamerlane. Alane is the area between the Don, the Volga, and the Caucasus, occupied by the Alans. The king will be distinguished by "his rod" (a scepter or weapon), with which he will whack about:

 

    "The Easterner will leave his seat,

    To pass the Apennine mountains to see Gaul:

    He will transpierce the sky, the waters, and the snow,

    And everyone will be struck by his rod." (C.2:39)

 

    "He will enter ugly, wicked, infamous,

    Tyrannizing over Mesopotamia:

    All made friends by the adulterine lady,

    Land horrible black of physiognomy." (C.8:70)

 

    The leader of the Moslems will attack Iraq (Mesopotamia) or will come from there (Saddam Hussein?). "The adulterine lady" may be the harlot of "Mystery Babylon" in the biblical Revelation of St. John, or it may symbolize American diplomacy. The land will be razed. Moslems throughout the Middle East, Asia and Africa will be drafted into the jihad, which will be led by a murderous young man:

 

    "Throughout all Asia great proscription,

    Even in Mysia, Lysia, and Pamphilia.

    Blood will be shed because of the absolution

    Of a young black one filled with felony." (C.3:60)

 

    "The synagogue sterile without any fruit

    Will be received by the infidels:

    The daughter of the persecuted of Babylon

    Misery and sadness will clip her wings." (C.8:96)

 

    Israel's invasion of Lebanon in 1982 injured its national and religious spirit, rendering it "sterile" in the sense of line 1. This sentiment was expressed in June 1983, when Shlomo Argov (the Israeli ambassador whose attempted assassination triggered the war) made his first public statement about war. Argov denounced the politicians and especially the "generals who wanted to try their hands at running a war and were incapable of doing so. The Lebanese war is an unsuccessful war, and the people of Israel came out weakened by it. Worthwhile wars are the business of charlatans. Those who spoke about the war and brought it upon us should have thought more than twice of the price, especially in human life. We are a nation short in human resources, and have needlessly sacrificed the lives of hundreds of our best boys. It is the eternal right of our soldiers never to go to war unless it is necessary."

 

    Lines 1 and 2 also can be understood to prophecy the return of the Jews to Israel in 1948. Line 4 suggests that Israel ("The synagogue" and "The daughter of the persecuted of Babylon" --- a reference to the Jewish captivity) will be conquered.

 

    "The great Arab will march far forward

    He will be betrayed by the Byzantians:

    Ancient Rhodes will come to meet him

    And greater harm through the Austrian Panonnois." (C.5:47)

 

    Turkey and Rhodes will resist the Iranian-Arab invasion, and Austria-Hungary (Pannonois) will be attacked by way of Trieste.

 

    "The Blue Turban King entered into Foix

    And he will reign less than the evolution of Saturn:

    The White Turban King Byzantium heart banished

    Sun, Mars, and Mercury near Aquarius." (C.9:73)

 

    "The Blue Turban" Moslem militants (or, the United Nations army) will overthrow the "White Turban" Turkish ruler of C.5:47. Foix is in southwest France, which will be invaded. The new Moslem empire will last less than 30 years, the period of an orbit of Saturn around the sun. The conjunction of Mars, Mercury, and the Sun in Aquarius last occurred in January 1994.

 

    "The two will not remain united for very long,

    And in thirteen years to the Barbarian Satrap:

    On both sides they will cause such loss

    That one will bless the bark and its cope." (C.5:78)

 

    The Moslem alliance will last about 13 years; it will test the Christian spirit ("The Bark and its cope" -- the Church and the Pope)

 

    "At the great market they call that of liars

    Of all Torrent and field of Athens

    They will be surprised by light cavalry,

    By Albanois Mars, Leo, Saturn in Urn." (C.5:91)

 

    A battle will be fought with light cavalry near Athens or in Albania. The astrological configurations of Mars in Leo, and Saturn in Aquarius, occurred between February 1991 and January 1994. This prophecy might have been fulfilled by the Balkan War of the 1990s. Line 1 is inexplicable; it might be a reference to diplomacy.

 

    "The horrible plague Perinthus and Nicopolis

    The Peninsula and Macedonia will it fall upon:

    It will devastate Thessaly and Amphibolis,

    An unknown evil, and from Anthony refusal." (C.9:91)

 

    A new disease ("an unknown evil") will ravage the Balkan Peninsula, especially in Thrace and Preveza.

 

    "In the Cyclades, in Perinthus, and Larissa,

    In Sparta all of Peloponnesus

    Such great famine, plague through false dust,

    Nine months it will last and throughout the entire peninsula." (C.5:90)

 

    The Cyclades are Greek islands southeast of Athens; Perenthus was near the eastern tip of Thrace, and Larissa was the chief city of Thessaly in northern Greece. Sparta is on the Peloponnesian Peninsula. All will be ravaged with biological weapons ("plague through false dust") during nine months.

 

    "Through fire and arms not far from the Black Sea,

    Will come from Persia to occupy Trebizand

    To tremble Pharos, Myteline, Sol joyful

    The Adriatic Sea covered with Arab blood." (C.5:27)

 

    Moslem forces will occupy Trabzun (formerly Trebizand) in the northeast corner of Asia Minor on the Black Sea. Pharos is an island forming part of the harbor of Alexandria, Egypt, and Myteline is the island of Lesbos off the northeast coast of Asia Minor; both will be attacked. Many men will die in the Adriatic Sea.

 

    "Wreck for the fleet near the Adriatic Sea:

    The land trembles stirred up upon the air placed on land:

    Egypt trembles Mahometan augment,

    The Herald surrenders himself, to cry is commissioned." (C.2:86)

 

    As in the preceding quatrain, Nostradamus has predicted a naval battle in the Adriatic Sea. Line two indicates a geological or meteorological catastrophe. Egypt is threatened, as prophesied also in line 3 of C.5:27 ("to tremble Pharos") and in the following quatrain. Line 4 suggests that a new prophet will arise, or that a diplomat will be held hostage.

 

    "The Arab prince Mars, Sun, Venus, Lion

    The reign of the Church will succumb to the sea

    Toward Persia well near a million

    Byzantium, Egypt will resist the temptation." (C.5:25)

 

    Mars, Sol and Venus conjoined in Leo in 1987 and 1989, but the Moslems resisted the opportunity to invade Europe at that time. However, it may have been rescheduled for fulfillment sometime in the first decade of the 21st century.

 

    "One whom the gods of infernal Hannibal

    Will bear to be reborn, terror of humans

    Never more of horror nor worse days

    In the past than will come by Babel to Romans." (C.2:30)

 

    The ancient Carthaginian conqueror Hannibal will reincarnate and attack Rome again. Carthage in North Africa was founded by the Phoenicians. This suggests that Lebanon (Phoenicia) and Libya (Carthage), joined in a 1-million man Jihad led by Col. Moamar Khadafy, will attack Italy first. Babel (line 4) is now Iraq-Iran.

 

    "The Church of God will be persecuted

    And the holy temples ill be plundered,

    The child will put his mother out in her shift,

    Arabs will be allied with the Poles." (C.3:73)

 

    The first two lines of this quatrain are self-explanatory, but cannot be dated. The alliance of line 4 may have been established on September 9, 1982, when Col. Khadafy visited Poland and signed a friendship treaty with that country's leaders.

 

    "Libyan leader powerful in the West

    Will come to inflame very much French with Arab.

    Learned in letters he will be condescending

    To translate the Arab language into French." (C.3:27)

 

    Khadafy will interfere with French-Arabic diplomacy. Khadafy is "learned in letters" insofar as he is the author of a 3-volume "green book"; he argues for his "third universal theory" and holy war, which he insists should be Islam's sixth basic obligation. Another quatrain also mentions his "letters":

 

    "O vast Rome, thy ruin approaches,

    Not of thy walls, of thy blood and substance

    One harsh in letters will make a very horrible notch,

    Pointed iron driven into all the hilt". (C.10:65)

 

    "How many times will you be taken, Solar City.

    Changing the Barbarian and vain laws,

    Your end approaches: you will be more tributary,

    The great Adria will recover through your veins." (C.1:8)

 

    The "Solar City" probably is Rome, since it is mentioned in relation to "the great Adria" (Adriatic Sea). Perhaps this prophecy is related to C.1:69 and C.8:16 (above), which mention a great deluge. Otherwise, the prophet may be suggesting an invasion of Venice by Moslems.

 

    "From the Orient will come the Punic heart

    To vex Adria and the heirs of Romulus,

    Accompanied by the Libyan fleet

    Malta to tremble and nearby islands empty." (C.1:9)

 

    "The Punic heart" refers to the Carthaginian Hannibal of C.2:30, attacking Italy ("the heirs of Romulus") with the Libyan fleet in the Adriatic Sea.

 

    "Very near the Tiber presses Libitinia:

    Shortly before the great inundation

    The chief of the ship taken, thrown into the bilge:

    Castle, palace in conflagration." (C.2:93)

 

    Libitinia was the Roman goddess of the dead. The Tiber River will overflow, and the Pope will be captured, according to the most likely meaning of line 3. The Church often is symbolized by a ship, as Christ appointed the Apostles to be "fishers of men". The castle of line 4 is that of San Angelo, the Palace of the Vatican.

 

    "During the appearances of the bearded star

    Three great princes will be made enemies

    Struck from the sky, peace earth quaking,

    Po, Tiber overflowing, serpent placed on the shore." (C.2:43)

 

    "The bearded star" is a comet. "Struck from the sky" probably means aerial bombing. The Po River (France) and the Tiber in Italy will overflow, and the Moslems will mount an amphibious assault ("serpent placed on the shore"). The islands of the Mediterranean Sea will be pillaged:

 

    "Naples, Palermo and all Sicily

    The entire coast will remain desolated:

    There will remain no suburb, city or town

    Not pillaged and robbed by the Barbarians." (C.7:6)

 

    "The chief of Persia will occupy great Olchades

    The trireme fleet against the Mahometan people

    From Parthia, and Media: and the Cyclades pillaged:

    Long rest at the Ionian port." (C.3:64)

 

    The Iranians, et al., will invade southwest Spain (Olchades). The Cyclades are islands in the Aegean Sea. Parthia and Media were located in what is now Iran. "The Ionian port" is either Venice or Trieste.

 

    "From Monaco to near Sicily

    The entire coast will remain desolated:

    There will remain no suburb, city or town

    Not pillaged and robbed by the Barbarians." (C.2:4)

 

    "The legion in the marine fleet

    Will burn lime, lodestone, sulfur and pitch:

    The long rest in the secure place:

    Port Selyn and Monaco, fire will consume them." (C.4:23)

 

    "Greater calamity of blood and famine,

    Seven times it approaches the marine shore:

    Monaco from hunger, place captured, captivity,

    The great one led crunched in an iron cage." (C.3:10)

 

    These quatrains are reasonably clear, spelling doom for the inhabitants of the Mediterranean coast of Europe. A ruler or military commander will be captured and put in a cage.

 

    "In the country of Arabia Felix

    There will be born one powerful in the law of Mahomet

    To vex Spain, to conquer Granada,

    And more by sea against the Ligurian people." (C.5:55)

 

    Arabia Felix is the area between Yemen and Aden. Here Nostradamus seems to be predicting yet another Moslem leader besides the Iranian and the Libyan. Liguria is now Genoa, Italy.

 

    5. The Papacy ~

 

    Several of the following group of related quatrains mention the appearance of a great comet during the reign of an ill-fated Pope:

 

    "After great trouble for humanity, a greater is prepared

    The Great Motor renews the centuries:

    Rain, blood, milk, famine, steel and plague,

    In the heavens fire seen, a long spark running." (C.2:46)

 

    World War III is being prepared. "The Great Motor" can be interpreted as a metaphorical symbol or as a revolutionary new prime mover for power generation. The "long spark running" in line 4 is the great comet that is expected (Hale-Boppe, 1997-98?).

 

    "The year that Saturn and Mars are equally fiery

    The air hot, dry, long trajectory

    From secret fire, the great heat burns the place to ashes

    Little rain, hot, arid, wars, incursions." (C.4:67)

 

    Saturn and Mars will be conjunct in Leo from June-July 2006. The "secret fire" is the atomic bomb, which is top secret in many respects. This prophecy may have been fulfilled in May 1986 when Halley's Comet passed and the disaster occurred at the Chernobyl nuclear power plant in the Ukraine.

 

    "The strange nation will divide spoils,

    Saturn in Mars his aspect furious:

    Horrible slaughter of Tuscans and Latins,

    Greeks, who will desire to strike." (C.1:83)

 

    This quatrain repeats the schedule of C.4:67 above. "The strange nation" (the new Moslem empire) will pillage and slaughter the Italians and Greeks, who will continue to resist the invaders.

 

    "Mabus then will soon die, to come

    Of people and beasts a horrible defeat:

    Then suddenly one will see vengeance strike,

    Hundred, hands, thirst, hunger when the comet will run." (C.2:62)

 

    "Mabus" is the Old German spelling of Moebius, and means "great adulterer"; it is also an Irish name. At the time of his death there will be a plague of men and beasts (probably anthrax). These events will be concurrent with the appearance of a great comet.

 

    "There will appear toward the North

    Not far from Cancer the bearded star:

    Susa, Siena, Boeotia, Eretria,

    The great one of Rome will die, the night over." (C.6:6)

 

    The Pope will die during the appearance of a comet in the constellation of Cancer. Susa is in northern Italy. Boeotia was a province in southeast Greece, and Eretria now is Aletria on the island of Euboia near Boetia.

 

    "When the sepulcher of the great Roman is found,

    The day after a Pontiff will be elected.

    Scarcely will he be approved by the Senate

    Poisoned, his blood in the sacred chalice." (C.3:65)

 

    In 1979, the Vatican announced the discovery of the alleged Tomb of St. Peter. Pope John Paul I died soon after, following his dinner with a cardinal. Other quatrains tell of this tomb (C.5:7 and C.6:66), but none concern the Pope.

 

    "Through the death of the very old Pontiff

    A Roman of good age will be elected.

    Of him it will be said that he weakens his see,

    But long will he sit and in biting activity." (C.5:56)

 

    This quatrain may be related to St. Malachi's papal prophecy of Peter the Roman, who will rule the Catholic Church at the end of this age, setting a shining example.

 

    "The great Pontiff of the party of Mars

    Will subjugate the confines of the Danube:

    To chase the cross, by sword hook or crook,

    Captives, gold, jewels more than 10,000 rubies." (C.6:49)

 

    According to this quatrain, a militaristic Pope will wage a crusade against the heretics or Moslems in Austria. This quatrain was not fulfilled in the past, so it may still pertain to the future invasion of Europe by the Moslems.

 

    "Through the powers of the three temporal kings,

    The Holy See will be put in another place,

    Where the substance of the corporeal spirit

    Will be restored and received as the true see." (C.8:99)

 

    After World War III, three rulers will help the Catholic Church establish a new capital where the Christian spirit will nest and renew itself in pristine truth.

 

    "The great star will burn for seven days

    The cloud will cause two suns to appear

    The big mastiff will howl all night

    When the great pontiff will change country." (C.2:41)

 

    The cometary gases will create the illusion of two suns for a week. The Pope will then be forced to flee Rome and Italy. He is doomed to die a fugitive. This quatrain may be related to the following:

 

    "Roman Pontiff beware of approaching

    The city the two rivers flow through,

    Your blood will come to spurt

    You and yours when the rose will flourish." (C.2:97)

 

    This quatrain may have been fulfilled by Mehmet Agca's attempted assassination of Pope John Paul II, but it probably applies to the future fugitive pontiff mentioned so many times by other European prophets.

 

    The French too will be attacked by the Moslems. Nostradamus repeatedly warned the French navy not to overextend itself in the Mediterranean Sea, but the advice will be of no avail:

 

    "If France you pass beyond the Ligurian Sea,

    You will see yourself in the isles and seas enclosed:

    Mahomet contrary, more so the Adriatic Sea:

    Of horses and asses you will gnaw the bones." (C.3:23)

 

    "Gallic fleet, do not approach Corsica,

    Less Sardinia, you will repent of it:

    Every single one will die frustrated of the end of the cape:

    You will swim in blood: captive you will not believe me." (C.3:87)

 

    "The great Satyr and Tiger of Hyrcania

    Gift presented to those of the Ocean:

    A chief of the fleet will come from Carmania

    Who will take land at Tyrren Phocaean." (C.3:90)

 

    In this quatrain, a Moslem naval commander who hails from Hyrcania (now part of Iran) will attack Marseilles ("Tyrren Phocaean"). These quatrains may have been fulfilled in 1655, when the French fleet was sunk in the Gulf of Lyon, or in 1940 when the British navy destroyed the French fleet off the coast of Algiers.

 

    "Because of Gallic discord and negligence

    A passage will be open to Mahomet

    Blood soaks the land and sea of Senois

    The Phoenician port covered with sails and ships." (C.1:18)

 

    "The Phoenician port" is Marseilles, where the Moslems will enter France, which will be weakened by civil disorder and unable to repel the invaders. the Senois (line 3) are the Senons, an ancient Gallic tribe.

 

    "France because of Negligence assailed on five sides,

    Tunis, Algiers stirred up by Persians

    Leon, Seville, Barcelona having failed,

    For the Venetians there will be no fleet." (C.1:73)

 

    "The inhabitants of Marseilles completely changed,

    Flight and pursuit up to near Lyon,

    Narbonne, Toulouse wronged by Bordeaux

    Killed and captive nearly a million." (C.1:72)

 

    According to the apparent interpretation of these clear visions, the Moslems will penetrate deep into France. Nearly a million persons will be killed or captured as they flee or fight. See also C.1:92.

 

    "Three foists will enter the port of Agde

    Carrying the infection, not faith or pestilence:

    Passing the bridge they will carry off millions,

    And to break the bridge resistance by a third." (C.8:21)

 

    Agde is in the southwest France; the Moslems will attack there with biological weapons. Or, an epidemic will break out in the aftermath of the fighting. This and several related quatrains focus on an unidentified bridge as the scene of a great battle in which millions of people will be killed and captured.

 

    "Great Po, great evil will be received through Gauls,

    Vain terror to the maritime Lion:

    Infinite people will pass by sea,

    Without escaping a quarter of a million." (C.2:94)

 

    The Po is in southern France, where the Moslems will enter the country. "The maritime Lion" is the British navy. Line 4 suggests that a quarter million people will be captured.

 

    "From Barcelona by sea a very great army

    All Marseilles will tremble with terror:

    Isles seized help shut off by sea

    Your traitor will swim in earth." (C.3:88)

 

    This quatrain is self-explanatory, though the last line is confusing. As the war continues, famine follows:

 

    "Those in the isles long besieged

    Will take vigor and force against their enemies:

    Those outside dead overcome by hunger,

    They will be put in greater hunger than ever before." (C.3:71)

 

    "Lightning brightness at Lyons visible

    Shining, Malta is taken, suddenly it will be extinguished:

    Sardon, Maurice will treat deceitfully,

    Geneva at London to the cock feigned treason." (C.8:6)

 

    Here Nostradamus seems to be predicting that Lyon and Malta will be attacked with nuclear weapons. Lines 3 and 4 suggest political betrayals.

 

    "At 45 degrees the sky will burn:

    Fire to approach the great new city:

    In an instant a great scattered flame will leap up,

    When one will want to demand proof to the Normans." (C.6:97)

 

    Lyon is at 45o latitude, but it is not a "great new city". Many modern interpreters and exegetes of Nostradamus agree that New York City may be meant here. The approaching fire of line 2 suggests a missile attack. An atomic bomb causes "a great scattered flame" to leap up in an instant. The Normans are the French, but the meaning of line 4 remains unclear. If 45o is a longitude, then this quatrain could be warning an attack from Russia. The target is not clearly indicated, but it will be utterly obliterated.

 

    "Burning torch in heaven at night will be seen

    Near the end and source of the Rhine:

    Famine, steel, the relief provided late,

    The Persian turns to invade Macedonia." (C.2:96)

 

    The "burning torch in heaven" might be a comet, or a nuclear missile. It a missile attack is intended here, Nostradamus may be warning us that the targets will be the source and mouth of the Rhone River, which originates at the foot of Furka Pass and runs 505 miles to the Mediterranean Sea west of Marseilles. The Rhine River begins within 100 yards of the Rhone, and runs 820 miles to the North Sea. The Danube River begins only 15 miles away from the Rhine and Rhone, and it flows 1776 miles to the Black Sea.

 

    Famine will devour the people as the delivery of relief supplies is delayed. the Iranians (Persia) will invade Greece (Macedonia), according to line 4, which reiterates several other quatrains. The Moslem invasion will include Switzerland, whose neutrality will not be respected:

 

    "Through Suevi and neighboring places,

    They will be at war over the clouds:

    Swarm of marine locusts and cousins,

    The faults of Geneva will be well denuded." (C.5:85)

 

    "Tears, cries and laments, howls, terror,

    Hearts inhuman, cruel black and chilly:

    Lake Geneva, the Isles, of Genoa the notables,

    Blood to pour, hunger to none mercy." (C.6:81)

 

    "Drying up from hunger, of thirst, Genevese people,

    Hope at hand will come to fail:

    On the point of trembling will be the law of Cevennes,

    Fleet at the great port cannot be received." (C.2:74)

 

    The preceding three quatrains are clear and reiterate the danger to the Swiss. "The law of Cevennes" refers to the Cevennes Mountains; that area also will be fearfully threatened. Worse is to come:

 

    "Migrate, migrate from Geneva every one,

    Saturn from gold to iron will change,

    The contrary RAYPOZ will exterminate all,

    Before the advent the sky will show signs." (C.9:44)

 

    The inhabitants of Geneva will be wise to flee when the economy (Saturn) turns from banking (gold) to war (iron) against "RAYPOZ". This is Nostradamus' transposed spelling for Zopyra, who delivered Babylon into the hands of Darius. Another possible meaning suggest that a positive ray (ion beam) weapon will be used. The event will be portended by celestial omens.

 

    "Great stench will come out of Lausanne,

    Such that one will not know the origin of the fact,

    They will put out all the foreign people,

    Fire seen in heaven, strange people defeated." (C.8:10)

 

    Death will raise a great stench. The Moslems will suffer a major defeat, and retreat from Switzerland. The "fire seen in heaven" maybe a comet, as in line 4 of C.9:44.

 

    "The holy empire will come to Germany,

    Ishmaelite will find open places:

    Asses will want also Carmania,

    Supporters of earth all covered." (C.10:31)

 

    "The holy empire" is that of the Moslem religion. The Ishmaelites are the Arabs, who claim descendance from Ishmael, son of Abraham. According to the apparent meaning of line 4, the defenders will be slaughtered.

 

    "In the place very near not far from Venus,

    The two greatest of Asia and Africa,

    From the Rhine and Lower Danube they will be said to have come,

    Cries, tears at Malta and Ligurian coast." (C.4:68)

 

    Venus in line 1 is obscure; possibly it refers to Venice, though there is no etymological connection. The conquerors will convene there. Malta and Genoa (Liguria) will suffer. This prophecy may have been fulfilled when Hitler and Mussolini met at Brenner Pass to sign the Tripartite Pact with Japan.

 

    "In the Danube and the Rhine will come to drink

    The great Camel, not repenting it:

    The Rhone to tremble, much stronger than the Loire

    And near the Alps the Cock will ruin him." (C.5:68)

    The Moslem invaders (the "great Camel") will penetrate Austria and Germany. They will be defeated by the French ("the Cock") near the Alps.

 

    "Entered amidst the fields beside the Rhone

    Where the crusaders will be almost united,

    Mars and Venus met in Pisces,

    And a great number punished by flood." (C.8:91)

 

    The European Christians ("the crusaders") will gather their armies near the Rhone River. The river will flood and drown many people. The astrological configuration of line 3 passed without incident in February 1996.

 

    "The great force which will pass the mountains

    Saturn in Sagittarius Mars turning from the Fish:

    Poison hidden under the head of salmon,

    Their chief hung from the cord of the warlord." (C.2:48)

 

    The great battle of C.5:68 above was scheduled for June-November 1988. Line 3 suggests an assassination with poisoned fish; line 4, an execution by hanging.

 

    "Between Campania, Siena, Florence, Tuscany

    Six months nine days without a drop of rain:

    The strange tongue in the Dalmatian land;

    It will overrun, devastating the entire land." (C.2:84)

 

    A long drought will occur in the area covered by the cities listed in line 1. The Moslem invades ("the strange tongue") will devastate the land. The heat of the drought will cause large bodies of water to boil:

 

    "Because of the solar heat on the sea

    Of Euboea the fishes half-cooked:

    The inhabitants will come to cut them,

    When the biscuit will fail Rhodes and Genoa." (C.2:3)

 

    Euboea is an island northeast of Athens. The sea there will be so hot as to cook the fish therein. Then the Europeans will suffer another naval defeat near Rhodes and Genoa; "the biscuit" probably alludes to the staple of sailors' diets.

 

    "At the forty-eighth degree climacteric

    At the end of Cancer so great dryness

    Fish in sea, river, lake boiled hectic,

    Bearn, Bigorre in distress through fire from the sky." (C.5:98)

 

    The 48th degree of Latitude passes near Rennes, Le Mans, Orleans, and Langres in France. "The end of Cancer" is on June 20. At that time in some unspecified year the solar heat will boil the seas, lakes and rivers. Bearn and Bigorre are neighboring counties in southwest France; they will be bombed.

 

    "Pau, Verona, Vicenza, Saragossa

    From distant swords wet with blood:

    Very great plague will come with the great pod,

    Relief near, and the remedies very far." (C.3:75)

 

    The cities listed in line 1 are in southwest France, Spain and northern Italy. Line 3 seems to describe biological warfare delivered by missile. As the war continues, Paris will be sacked by Moslems:

 

    "All around the great city

    Soldiers will be lodged throughout the fields and towns:

    To give the assault Paris, Rome incited

    Then upon the bridge great pillage will be carried out." (C.5:30)

 

    "The great city will be thoroughly desolated

    Of the inhabitants a single one will not remain:

    Wall, sex, temple and virgin violated,

    By iron, fire, pestilence, cannon people will die." (C.3:84)

 

    "In Avignon the chief of the whole empire

    Will make a stop on the way to desolated Paris:

    Tricast will hold the anger of Hannibal:

    Lyon will be poorly consoled for the change." (C.3:93)

 

    The Moslem advance will be halted at "Tricast", which might be the French city of Troyes, or St. Paul-Trois-Chateaux. Nostradamus wrote several quatrains that prophesy great tribulations for the British people, who will rally against the Moslems:

 

    "Towards Aquitane by the British isles

    By these themselves great incursions

    Rain, frosts will make the soil uneven,

    Port Selyn will make mighty invasions." (C.2:1)

 

    Aquitane is a large province in southwest France, where the British will land and attack the Moslems. In line 3, "Selyn" (from the Greek selene, moon) symbolizes the Moslem crescent moon logo. Or, it may indicate an attack on Genoa, Italy.

 

    "The trembling of land at Mortara

    Cassiterides St. George half sunk to the bottom

    Drowsy peace the war will awaken

    In the temple at Easter abysses ripped open." (C.9:31)

 

    Mortara (in northern Italy near Milan) will be struck by an earthquake at Easter. England is Cassiterides, the Tin Islands; St. George is the patron saint of England. The island will half-sink in a geological catastrophe.

 

    "The great Britain comprised England

    Will come by waters so high to be inundated

    The new league of Ausonia will make war

    That against them they will come to band." (C.3:70)

 

    Ausonia (near Naples) will become a center of resistance against the Moslems. The sinking of England (or the flooding of East Anglia at least) may be caused by a great earthquake, possibly caused by the impact of a comet:

 

    "The great round mountain of seven stades

    After peace, war, famine, flood

    It will roll far, sinking great countries

    Even the ancient ones, and of great foundation." (C.1:69)

 

    A stade is a measure varying from about 607 to 739 feet; seven stades equals about 4250-5150 feet. Conservatively interpreted, line 1 suggests that Mt. Vesuvius, which is about that high, will erupt with extreme violence. However, it is just as likely that this is a warning that a comet will strike Earth. Several other prophets also predicted a cometary impact, i.e., Revelation 8: 8-11.

 

    "At the place where Jason had his ship built,

    There will be a flood so great and so sudden

    That one will have no place or land to fall upon,

    The waves to mount Olympian Fesulan." (C.8:16)

 

    Jason is he of Golden Fleece fame; Greece is indicated here. "Fesulan" is one of Nostradamus' many unsolved linguistic barbarisms, but probably derives from Fesulae (now Fiesole) in central Italy, which certainly would suffer also if such an enormous catastrophe were to befall Greece.

 

    "The efforts of Aquilon will be great

    On the ocean the door will be opened,

    The kingdom on the Isle will be restored,

    London will tremble discovered by sail." (C.2:68)

 

    In this quatrain, Aquilon (the Eagle, or North) probably symbolizes the North American eagle, i.e., the USA, which will take Gibraltar ("the door" to the Atlantic Ocean) from the Moslems and will restore the British government. Line 4 is unclear, but suggests a naval assault on England, either by Moslems to invade, or by Christian allies to liberate the country.

 

    "The chief of London through the reign of Americh,

    The Isle of Scotland will be tempered by frost:

    King "Reb" will face an Antichrist so false,

    That he will put every single one in the melee." (C.10:66)

 

    The British government will go into exile in America ("Americh"). The newly formed island of Scotland will be frozen over. King "Reb" will arise to oppose the Moslems. "Reb" is a Latin alchemical term that appears often in the literature of Alchemy; it is one of the many names for the Philosophers' Stone. The king will be a master of the Royal Art, according to several other, related quatrains by Nostradamus. See also "Alchemy & Prophecy" (Chap. 3)

 

    6. The Grand Monarch ~

 

    The Grand Monarch, the King of Europe, will lead allied forces ("those of Aquilon") against the Moslems (the king of Babylon):

 

    "Like a griffin will come the king of Europe,

    Accompanied by those of Aquilon:

    Of reds and whites he will conduct a great troop

    And they will go against the king of Babylon." (C.10:86)

 

    "The aimless army of Europe will depart

    Collecting itself near the submerged isle:

    The weak fleet will bend the phalanx

    At the navel of the world a greater voice substituted." (C.2:22)

 

    The retreating armies of the European allies will regroup in what is left of England ("the submerged isle"). Their fleet will deal a crippling blow to the Moslem navy. "The navel of the world" probably indicates the Kaaba at Mecca, the center of the world according to the Muslims.Other possibilities include Iraq-Iran, Israel, Egypt, Rome, or even Delphi, Greece. "Another voice substituted" may be that of a new leader, or a prophet.

 

    "Naples, Palermo, Culy, Syracuse,

    New tyrants, celestial lightning fire

    Force from London, Ghent, Brusselles, and Susa,

    Great hecatombs, triumph to make feasts." (C.2:16)

 

    Allied European forces will defeat the Moslems at the places listed in lines 1 and 3. The "celestial lightning fire" of line 2 may be that of nuclear weapons used by or against the Moslems.

 

    "After the victory of the Lion over the Lion

    Upon the mountain of Jura Hecatomb,

    Deluge and browns seventh million

    Lyon, Ulm at Mansol dead and hecatomb." (C.8:34)

 

    The Moslems will be defeated in a battle in the Jura Mountains of Franche-Comte. It will be a great slaughter (hecatomb; see also C.2:16 above) of the "browns" (African Moslems); a seventh million" is approximately 120,000. Line 4 is obscure, but Lyons certainly is in France, and Ulm is in Germany. "Mansol" is believed to be St. Paul-de-Mausol near St.-Remy, Nostradamus' birthplace.

 

    "Very near Auch, Lectoure, and Mirand

    Great fire from heaven in three nights will fall

    A very stupendous event will occur:

    Very soon after the earth will tremble." (C.1:46)

 

    Auch, Lectoure and Mirand are neighboring towns in the department of Gers in southwest France. Apparently there will be three nights (and days?) of bombing. The "very stupendous event" is not specified, but it will be followed by an earthquake.

 

    "Condom and Auch and around Mirande

    I see fire from heaven enveloping them

    Sol Mars conjoined in the Lion, then at Marmonde

    Lightning, great hail, wall falls in Garonne." (C.8:2)

 

    Mars will conjoin the Sun in Leo in August 2000. Marmande is about 50 miles up the Garonne River from Bordeaux; it will fall to the Moslems.

 

    "Through fire from heaven the city nearly burned:

    The Urn menaces Deucalion again:

    Sardinia vexed by the Punic foist,

    After which Libra will leave her Phaeton." (C.2:81)

 

    An unidentified city will be bombed (line 1); there will be a deluge (line 2); Sardinia will be attacked by the Libyan navy ("Punic foist"); the balance of power and peace will be lost during a young leader's meteoric career (line 4).

 

    "The terrible war that is being prepared in the west

    The ensuing year will come the pestilence

    So very horrible that young, old, nor beast

    Blood, fire, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter in France." (C.9:55)

 

    Germ warfare with anthrax will ravage humans and animals. The conjunction of Mercury, Mars and Jupiter last occurred in March 1998 without notable incident.

 

    "Chief of Aries, Jupiter and Saturn

    Eternal God, what mutations

    Then for the long century its bad time returns

    Gaul and Italy, what emotions?" (C.1:59)

 

    Mars ("Chief of Aries"), Jupiter and Saturn will conjoin in Taurus in May 2000. The Church will suffer terrible persecution:

 

    "In the world will be one Monarch

    Who will not be long in peace or alive:

    Then the fishing bark will be lost,|

    It will be ruled to its greater detriment." (C.1:4)

 

    "The year 1999, seven months

    From heaven comes a great king of terror

    To resurrect the great king of the Angolmois

    Before that Mars reigns for happiness." (C.10:72)

 

    In July or August of 1999, a great and terrifying ruler will enter the political arena, perhaps arriving from outer space, or perhaps being "heaven-sent". This person might be the Grand Monarch. The resuscitation of "the great king of Angolmois" might refer to a resurrection of the French monarchy. "Angolmois" may mean Angoumois (an early Gallic people who were conquered by the Goths) or the noble French family of Angouleme and the House of Orleans, which produced Charles V, Francis I, and the Valois kings. Aside from those possibilities, Job 17:14 calls Death the King of Terrors, and death is the last enemy.

 

    "Of Trojan blood will be born a Germanic heart

    Who will rise to a very high power:

    He will drive out the foreign Arabic people

    Returning the Church to its pre-eminence." (C.5:74)

 

    "Trojan blood" refers to the royal blood of France, which according to legend descends from Francus, son of King Priam of Troy. The king will rout the Moslems and restore the Catholic Church.

 

    "The sacred pomp will come to lower its wings,

    Through the coming of the great legislator:

    He will raise the humble, he will vex the rebels,

    He will be born on earth none his emulator." (C.5:79)

 

    The Pope will acknowledge the Grand Monarch, who will be so great that none can emulate him.

 

    "Chief of the world the great CHYREN will be,

    PLUS ULTRA after loved, feared, dreaded:

    His fame and praise will surpass the heavens

    And with the sole title of Victor quite content." (C.6:70)

 

    CHYREN is an anagram for Henry, the Grand Monarch; PLUS ULTRA was Charles V's device.

 

    "The Augur to put his hand on the head of the king,

    Will come to pray for the peace of Italy:

    He will come to change the sceptre to his left hand

    From King he will become pacific Emperor." (C.5:6)

 

    "The Augur" probably is the Pope, who will anoint the Grand Monarch as Emperor of Europe.

 

    "The present times with the past,

    Will be judged by the great Jovialist:

    The world too late will be tired of him,

    And disloyal through the clergy jurist." (C.10:73)

 

    "The great Jovialist" refers to the coming Messiah or the Grand Monarch. A new world order will be established. However, apostasy will prevail, and the clergy will be corrupt.

 

    "Mars and the sceptre will be found conjoined

    Under Cancer calamitious war:

    Shortly afterward a new king will be anointed

    Who for a long time will pacify the earth."(C.6:24)

 

    The sceptre" is Jupiter, which will conjoin Mars in Cancer in July 2002. The new king presumably will be the anticipated Grand Monarch.

 

    "In the grassy fields of Allein and of Verneques

    Of the Lubern Mountains near the Durance,

    Camps of two sides in conflict so bitter

    Mesopotamia will falter in France." (C.3:99)

 

    Allein and Verneques are villages northeast of Salon, Nostradamus' hometown. The Luberon mountains are on the north side of the Durance River. The Moslems will be defeated there.

 

    "The great one of the foreign land led captive,

    Chained in gold to king CHYREN offered:

    He who in Ausonia, Milan will lose the war,

    And all his army put to fire and sword." (C.4:34)

 

    The Moslem commander will be captured and brought before the Grand Monarch. The Moslem army will be annihilated in Italy.

 

    "Saturn in the Bull Jove in the water, Mars in arrow,

    Six of February will bring mortality,

    Those of Tardenois at Bruges so great a breach

    That at Ponteroso the barbarian chief will die." (C.8:49)

 

    Saturn will be in Taurus (the Bull) from November 1998 through March 2001. Jupiter (Jove) was in the water sign Pisces from November 1998, and Mars was in Sagittarius ("the arrow") from July through August 1999. Accordingly, on February 6 in 2001, there will be a great battle in Flanders fields in the Netherlands. The next such aspects will not occur until 2029 AD.

 

    "The savage black one when he will have tried

    His bloody hand at fire, sword and drawn bows:

    All of his people will be terribly frightened,

    Seeing the greatest ones hung by neck and feet." (C.4:47)

 

    The captured Moslem commanders will be executed and their armies demoralized. The execution of Mussolini may have fulfilled this prophecy.

 

    "With great fury the Roman Belgian King

    With want to vex the barbarian with his phalanx:

    Fury gnashing, he will chase the African people

    From Pannonois to the Pillars of Hercules." (C.5:12)

 

    The Grand Monarch ("the Roman Belgian King") will rout the invaders. Pannonois is Hungary; the Pillars of Hercules are the Straits of Gibraltar.

 

    "To the Spains will come a very powerful king

    By land and sea subjugating the South:

    This evil will cause, lowering again the crescent,

    Clipping the wings of those of Friday." (C.10:95)

 

    The Grand Monarch and company will enter Spain and cross the Straits of Gibraltar into Africa in pursuit of the retreating Moslems ("the crescent" and "those of Friday", the Mohammedan day of rest).

 

    "From Barcelona, from Genoa and Venice

    From Sicily pestilence Monaco joined:

    They will take their aim against the Barbarian fleet,

    Barbarian driven well back as far as Tunis." (C.9:42)

 

    "Ogmios will approach great Byzantium

    The Barbaric League will be chased

    Of the two laws the heathen one will retreat,

    Barbarian and Frank in perpetual strife." (C.5:80)

 

    The Moslems will retreat into Africa and the Middle East. Ogmios (the Celtic mythic equivalent of Hercules), the commander of the European army, will chase the fleeing Moslems ("The Barbaric league" and "heathen one") all the way to Turkey. The Europeans will be counter-attacked on the beach:

 

    "On the point of landing the Crusader army

    Will be ambushed by the Ishmaelites,

    On all sides struck by the ship "Impetuosity"

    Promptly assailed by ten elite galleys." (C.9:43)

 

    "On the fields of Media, of Arabia, and of Armenia

    Two great armies will assemble three times:

    Near the bank of Araxes the host,

    Of great Suleiman will fall in the land." (C.3:31)

 

    The Araxes River is in Armenia, east of the Black Sea. Media is southeast of Armenia. The war will end there with the total defeat of the Moslem army.

 

    "The false trumpet concealing madness

    Will bear Byzantium a change of laws:

    From Egypt will go forth one who wants the withdrawal of

    Edicts debasing the quality of coins." (C.1:40)

 

    Line 1 is an apt description of infrasound weapons or psychoacoustic projectors, which disrupt the hearing and concentration of the enemy. The Christian army will reach the Euphrates River:

 

    "The great band and sect of crusaders

    Will be arrayed in Mesopotamia:

    Light company of the nearby river,

    That such law will hold for an enemy." (C.3:61)

 

    "The beard frizzled and black through skill

    Will subjugate the cruel and proud people:

    The great Chyren will remove from far away

    All those captured by the banner of Selin." (C.2:79)

 

    In this and several other quatrains, Nostradamus described the Moslem commander as having a black, frizzled beard. Chyren (Henry, the European commander) will liberate the captives held by the Moslems ("Selin").

 

    Nostradamus refers to the Antichrist as such only a few times in his prophecies. In C.8:77 he distinguishes three antichrists. Napolean and Hitler probably were the first and second. The Moslem leader of the jihad will be the third:

 

    "The Antechrist three very soon extinguished,

    Seven and twenty years of blood his war will last:

    The heretics dead, captives exiles,

    Blood human body water redden to hail on land." (C.8:77)

 

    "Stained with murder and enormous adulteries,

    Great enemy of the entire human race:

    On who will be worse than his grandfathers, uncles or fathers,

    In iron, fire, waters, bloody and inhuman." (C.10:10)

 

    "A fox will be elected without saying a word

    Playing the saint in public living on barley meal

    Afterward he will very suddenly tyrannize,

    Putting his foot on the throats of the greatest ones." (C.8:41)

 

    Nostradamus also predicted global famine:

 

    "The great famine which I sense to approach

    Often will turn, then will become universal

    So great and so long that they will grab

    Roots from trees and the infant from the breast." (C.1:67)

 

    "The cry of the unwanted bird will be heard

    On the pipe of the breathing floor:

    So high will rise the bushel of wheat

    That man will eat man." (C.2:75)

 

    "The unwanted bird" is the vulture. "The pipe of the breathing floor" probably means chimneys, particularly the "flood chimneys" that are built around sewer manholes during floods. The famine may be caused in part by weather warfare:

 

    "From where they will think to make famine come,

    From there will come the surfeit:

    The eye of the sea through canine greed

    For the one the other will give oil and wheat." (C.4:15)

 

    The USSR and the USA exercise secret weather control/warfare by means of Nikola Tesla's Magnifying transmitter, Dr. Wilhelm Reich's orgone technology, and other methods. The independent space colony "Samarobryn" will avoid a worldwide plague:

 

    "Very great famine through pestiferous wave,

    Through long rain the length of the arctic pole:

    Samarobryn 100 leagues from the hemisphere,

    They will live without law, exempt from politics." (C.8:5)

 

    "For forty years the rainbow will not appear

    For forty years it will be seen every day:

    The parched earth will wax more dry,

    And great floods will accompany its appearance." (C.1:17)

 

    This quatrain predicts 40 years of drought, then 40 years of wet weather. Like several other quatrains, it can also be interpreted alchemically.

 

    "The Celtic river will change its cours

    No longer will include the city of Agrippina:

    All transmuted except the old language

    Saturn, Leo, Mars, Cancer in rapine." (C.6:4)

 

    The Celtic river is the Rhine, which will change its course. The astrological configuration of line 4 will occur in 2006, at which time Europe will be in chaos.

 

    Nostradamus also predicted the end of the world, or at least of this cycle of civilization circa 10,000 A.D.:

 

    "Twenty years of the reign of the Moon passed

    Seven thousand years another will hold its monarchy

    When the Sun will take its tired days

    Then is accomplished and finished my prophecy." (C.1:48)

 

    In recent years, astrophysicists have begun to worry about variations in the solar diameter and output of neurons, and other phenomena which suggest that the Sun may be entering a new stage of its evolution in which human life on Earth could not exist.

 

    7. The "Lost Quatrains" ~

 

    In recent years, copies of a dubious manuscript, allegedly written by Nostradamus, have been circulating in Europe. The prophet supposedly considered these quatrains to be so dangerous that he sealed them behind a wall in the basement of his house. They were discovered during a renovation of the building, which is a landmark. The manuscript was so badly damaged that only 21 of 51 pages have survived. The English account of these unnumbered quatrains was written by Arthur Crockett in The Untold Story: Nostradamus' Unpublished Quatrains. The following are most pertinent. However, their style does not match that of the genuine quatrains. (11)

 

    "Mars and the Sceptre will be conjoined

    Under Cancer calamitious war;

    Later, a new ruler, Laus Masbu, will be anointed,

    Who will rule in blood for 27 years."

 

    Mars and Saturn ("the Sceptre") will conjoin in Cancer in July 2002. Lines 1 and 2are identical with C.6:24. "Laus Masbu" probably is "Mabus" (C.2:62). His 27-year reign is mentioned again in the following prophecy:

 

    "For two decades plus seven the great empire rules.

    Famine, pestilence, blood, tears, war.

    The Antichrist is joyous and the multitudes

    Cry out because of Xerxes.

    Oppression for all in a troubled world.

    The comet gone, the fish floats on its side

    Pagans rejoice, sin triumphs, Satan's work is successful,

    The King's Mother frowns as tears flow on pale cheeks

    And a plague reigns unchecked throughout the land."

 

    After the passage of a great comet, the Church will be ruined by anti-Christian forces, and a plague will ravage Europe.

 

    "Five punctures appear. The malady spreads.

    Churches overflow with the devout, and blood trails

    Are seen. Rome scoffs; the puzzle deepens.

    Images weep and the King demands answers before his death."

 

    An outbreak of stigmata (the five wounds of Christ) will spread and serve to strengthen the Christian faith, though the Church of Rome will be dubious of the phenomenon. Statues of Christ, Virgin Mary, and saints will be seen to weep.

 

    "Comets without tails, move silently

    Panic abounds. An offering rejected, a tailed comet

    Glides among the bees, dies, and heads of state

    Nonplused. Signatures in the sand ignored by all."

 

    UFOs will appear in association with a comet, causing panic. The aliens will make overtures of peace, but will be rejected. Line 4 is enigmatic. One ship will land in New York City, but rumors of an alien plague will cause them to be quarantined while three leaders (the USA, Russia and China?) decide what to do. Then the aliens will lose patience and demonstrate their power:

 

    "A salver flies, comes to rest in the New City

    Hate flourishes for the entity within. Battle lines

    Drawn. Fears of disease mask truth while three

    Leaders in secret, unite against a false threat.

    The bees sting amid thunderclaps and lightning bolts,

    Confusion. Fear. Awe. The fish trembles,

    Governments are strangely silent while the heavens

    Flash ominous messages to the populace. East and West darken.

    Revolution without bloodshed, without strife

    Men in unhappy confusion strive for perfections

    Beyond their ken. Failure, then elation.

    Earth's forces give way to a new power above the clouds.

 

    Twenty plus two times six will see the lore of the heavens

    Visit the planet in great elation. Disease, pestilence,

    Famine dies. Rome rejoices for souls saved. The Learned

    Smile in awe. Astrology confirmed. For science, a new beginning."

 

    The formula in line 1 can be interpreted to add up to 132, or as a date: 2012 AD, which closely relates to the end of the South American "Eagle Bowl Calendar" (Chap. 5).

 

    8. References   [Not available in the Internet Edition]

 

 

Chapter 8

 

American Prophecy

 

    1. Aztec Prophecy

    2.  Inca Prophecy

    3. Mayan Prophecy

    4.  The Eagle Bowl Calendar

    5.  Quetzelcoatl

    6.  Hopi Prophecy

    7.  Prophecy Rock

    8.  Deganawida

    9.  Crazy Horse

    10. Sioux, Navajo, &c

    11. Tecumseh

    12. Stalking Wolf

    13. Mary No-Eyes

    14. Sun Bear

    15. George Washington

    16. Molly Pitcher

    17. Gen. McClellan

    18. David Croly

    19. Joseph Smith

    20. Charles Evans

    21. Orson Pratt

    22. Brigham Young

    23. D. Modin

    24. John Taylor

    25. Edgar Cayce

    26. Dannion Brinkley

    27. Gordon-M. Scallion

    28. Lori Toye

    29. Jeanne Dixon

    30. Novus Ordo Seculorum

    31. References

 

    1.   Aztec Prophecies ~

 

    Prophecies can be misunderstood, misinterpreted, and misused, and they tend to be self-fulfilling. The Spanish conquest of the Aztec empire is a perfect example of this problem. Toltec legends tell of Quetzelcoatl, a white-skinned, bearded priest-king who came from the East to establish an enlightened kingdom among the Indians. Eventually he departed by boat to the West. Quetzelcoatl promised to return, and as the appointed day of his second coming approached, heavenly omens indicated that the Aztec culture was about to come to an abrupt and violent end.

 

    Nezhaulcoyotl, a king of Texcoco whose reign bridged the 15th and 16th centuries, also was a great astrologer. He had an observatory built on the roof of his palace, and invited other astrologers in his kingdom to come to his court. There he disputed with them and taught his wisdom. When Moctezuma II was elected king of Mexico, Nezhaulcoyotl praised the nation for having chosen a ruler "whose deep knowledge of heavenly things insured to his subjects his comprehension of those of an earthly nature." (1)

 

    Nezhaulcoyotl gave Moctezuma II detailed warnings of a new astrological age that was beginning in the Aztec calendar. One of the omens was a famine which developed in 1507. Then an earthquake occurred after the "Lighting of the New Age" ceremony inaugurated by Moctezuma II. These were sure signs of impending disaster. Each year thereafter until Hernando Cortes invaded Mexico in 1518, a new omen appeared. A comet with three heads and sparks shooting from its tail was seen flying eastward. In another year, another comet, described as "a pyramidal light, which scattered sparks on all sides, rose at midnight from the eastern horizon till the apex reached the zenith, and faded at dawn." This phenomenon appeared for 40 nights, and was interpreted to presage "wars, famine, pestilence, and mortality among the lords."

 

    In 1508, Moctezuma II visited Tlillancalmecatl ("Place of Heavenly Learning"), where he was given a rare bird. In its shiny crest, he saw the stars in reflection and "fire sticks" (guns). The image changed to show the advance ofwarriors riding on horses which, since he had never seen them before, he described as deer.

 

    Also in 1508, Moctezuma's sister Paranazin collapsed into a cataleptic trance that was mistaken for death. She recovered while the funeral procession was taking her to the royal crypt. She said that during her trance she received a vision of great ships from a distant land arriving with men bearing arms, carrying banners, and wearing "metal casque"” (helmets). The foreigners were to become masters of the Aztecs.

 

    For several days in 1519, a comet hung over the capital city of Tenochtitlan. It was described as "a rip in the sky which bleeds celestial influences dropwise onto the Aztec world." After that, a thunderbolt struck and burned down the temple of the deity Huitilopchitli. The last omen came one night, again to Tenochtitlan. A woman's voice was heard "coming from everywhere and nowhere... crying 'My children, my children, are lost!'"

 

    From these and other signs, the Aztecs understood their doom as originating with celestial powers. Was it then mere coincidence, or did the hands of the Fates steer Cortes’ ships to land on April 22, 1519, the very day that the Aztec calendar calculated for Quetzelcoatl’s return at the end of the 13th Heaven and the beginning of the 9 Hells? It was as though the directing forces of the world had staged the drama to be acted out by historical characters. Anticipating the momentous event of Quetzelcoatl’s return, Moctezuma II had posted watchers on the coast to draw images of the aliens and deliver them to him. The emperor was amazed that the light-skinned, bearded figures matched the traditional descriptions of Quetzelcoatl. This case of mistaken identity caused the Aztecs to put up little resistance to the Spaniards, who soon conquered the empire.

 

    To prevent mutiny among his troops, Cortes burned the ships after they landed. The cavalry-mounted Spanish forces then quickly defeated several local tribes who resisted their invasion. When their chiefs sued for peace, Cortes gave them his helmet and commanded them to take it to the emperor and return it filled with gold. The helmet itself was an object of wonder to the Aztecs: it was almost identical to that worn by the great deity Huitzilopochtli. Marveling at the similarity, the emperor returned the helmet, filled with gold and accompanied by a warning to come no closer. But the Spaniard's greed for gold and dominion drew them inexorably toward Tenochtitlan.

 

    Though nearly overwhelmed with superstitious fear of the mythic Quetzelcoatl, Moctezuma II is said to have greeted Cortes at the city gates with the words:

 

    "O Lord, with what trouble have you journeyed to reach us, have arrived in this land, your own country of Mexico, to sit on your throne, which I have been guarding for you this while; I have been watching for you, for my ancestors told that you would return. Welcome to this land. Rest a while; rest in your palace."

 

    Although he was outnumbered militarily by more than 1000 to 1 (Moctezuma's palace guard alone was larger than Cortes' expedition), Cortes boldly accepted the offer. In the course of ensuing events, the Spaniards seized Moctezuma II and displayed the captive king to his subjects. Reacting in anger, the people stoned and fatally wounded him. The Aztec empire fell soon afterwards.

 

    As he lay dying, Moctezuma II had a wondrous vision. He told it to Tula, his favorite daughter. Later, she told it to the Tezcucan noble Iztlilzochitl, who recorded it:

 

    "To the world I have said farewell. I see its vanities go away from me one by one.. Last in the train and most loved, most glittering is power, and in its hands I see my heart. A shadow creeps over me, darkening all without, but brightening all within, and in the brightness, lo, I see my people and their future!

 

    "The long, long cycles, two, four, eight, pass away, and I see the tribes newly risen, like the trodden grass, and in their midst a Priesthood and a Cross. An age of battle more, and lo! There remains the Cross, but not the priests; in their stead is Freedom and God.

 

    "I know the children of the Aztecs, crushed now, will live, and more after ages of wrong suffered by them, they will rise up, and take their place --- a place of splendor --- amongst the deathless nations of the earth. What I was given to see was revelation. Cherish these words, O Tula; repeat them often, make them a cry of the people, a sacred tradition; let them go down with the generations, one of which will, at last, understand the meaning of the words FREEDOM And GOD, now dark to my understanding; and then, not till then, will be the new birth and new career."

    

    

 

    Figure 5.1

    Moctezuma II & Cortes

 

    2.   Inca Prophecy ~

 

    In the 14th century, almost 200 years before Pizzaro arrived to conquer the Incas, a young prince had a dream in which a spirit appeared and identified itself as Viracocha Inca, son of the sun and brother of the first king of the Inca dynasty. The spirit said that a northern tribe, the Chancas, was preparing a revolution against the monarchy, and serious consequences would follow.. The Chancas did rebel, and the prince subdued them. But rebellion was common, and the Inca priests concluded that a much greater danger was implied in the warning. The priests interpreted another meaning: One day, bearded foreigners who were "masters of the lightning" would arrive from the sea to herald the fall of the empire.

 

    The prince became the eighth Inca king, and the people gave him the name Viracocha. He commissioned the construction of a temple with twelve winding halls leading upward to a statue of a tall, bearded man dressed in a tunic. He held a chained, ferocious animal that had the claws of a leopard. King Viracocha carved the statue with his own hands in order to create an exact image of the spirit in his veridic dream.

 

    Several omens occurred as the years passed. One day in the sky over the capitol city of Cuzco, a condor (the sacred messenger of the sun) was attacked by a swarm of falcons. The wounded condor fell into the city square and was given medical aid by the priests, but it died anyway. The Inca sages were greatly disturbed because they saw it as an omen of bad times to come.

 

    In an audience before Huayna Capac, the 11th Inca king, a soothsayer interpreted an awesome sign that had appeared in the sky: three halos (red, green and brown) encircling the moon. The sage said:

 

    "The Moon, your Mother, tells you that Pachacamac, the Creator and giver of Life, threatens your Family, your Realm, and subjects. Your sons will wage a cruel War, those of royal Blood will die, and the Empire will disappear."

 

    Since there were only twelve halls in the Temple of Viracocha, and Huayna Capac was the 11th king, he correctly feared that the kingdom would end with its next ruler. Huayna Capac also worried about a party of light-skinned, bearded foreigners who had come ashore to the north, wielding strange weapons that erupted with fire, as spoken of in earlier prophecies.

 

    On his deathbed, Huayna Capac addressed his priests and officials thus:

 

    "Our father the sun has revealed to me that after a reign of twelve Incas, his own children, there will appear in our country an unknown race of men who will subdue our empire. They doubtless belong to the people whose messengers have appeared on our shores. Be sure of it, these foreigners will reach this country and fulfill the prophecy."

 

    The foreign messengers were Vasco Nunez de Balboa and company, who arrived at Tumbes in 1511. The Spaniards returned in 1532, well armed for conquest under the command of Francisco Pizzaro. Within a few years after the death of Huayna Capac from smallpox, his two sons went to war against each other. Atahualpa won and assumed the throne as the 12th Inca, just in time to lose the empire to Pizzaro on November 16, 1532.

 

    The Q'ero (Long-haired ones), the last of the Incas, recently revealed their prophecies of the End of Time to Alberto Villoldo, who has published them. The Q'ero are awaiting the next Pachacuti (He Who Transforms the Earth), and expect it to be the end of the world as we know it. The signs of upheaval have begun, and will last four years. A new humanity will emerge from the chaos. The prophecies announce the beginning of a new "millenium of gold", and speak of "a rip in the fabric of time", through which will come a luminous being. The signs of the times include: the drying-up of high mountain cochas (lagoons), the near-extinction of the condor, and great solar heat. Afterwards, we shall emerge into the fifth Sun.

 

    3.   Mayan Prophecy ~

 

    Anthropologist Christian Ratsch translated the following sad prophecy of the end of the world according to the religious tradition of the peaceful Lacandone Maya of southern Mexico:

 

    "The End of the World will come, so it is said, so it was told. Our end will come when there are no more trees. Then, when all are cut down, when people are everywhere, when there is no more forest. So it is said, so it was told by the ancient habo-people. They said this:

 

    "Kaxon bake xen, well, if it is true, if the forest is overcrowded by people, if there are settlements all over, built up by the kah-people, which are settling close together, when all the trees are cut down, when there are no more mahogany trees, when all trees are destroyed, when only the hills remain, then the end of the world will come. Not now, but very soon. The end will reach us. This is said. Our end will come. Nothing will be left of us.

 

    "It is said, but who really knows, if it will be a storm or if it will be the sun, which will burn us, which will destroy us. Fast, very fast the end will reach us. It is said, it will only last as long as dawn lasts, as long as the sun needs to reach the treetops. Fast it will be. And nothing will be left of us. One hour and we are all gone

 

    "Perhaps a great coldness will come or something else. Hachykum, Our True Lord, will get our blood. He will gather all of us there in Yaxchilan (at the center of the universe)... The gods will bring us to Yaxchilan. All the people with good blood will be gathered. When they arrive there, their necks will be cut. So it is said.

 

    "Then when the world’s end is coming nothing will remain. Everything will find its end. There will be no thorns and spines, no flies, no bloodsucking bugs --- nothing. But then the souls will come, the souls of the ancients, the souls of the deceased. They will inhabit the earth. They will stay together with the gods."

 

    Another eschatological Mayan vision proclaims:

 

    "Eat, eat, so long as there is bread; Drink, drink, so long as there is water; A day will come, when dust will darken the sky, when a stench of pestilence will cause the land to wither, when a cloud will rise, when a mountain will be raised, when a strong man will seize the city, when all things will fall into ruin, when the tender leaf will be destroyed, when eyes will close in death."

 

    4.   The Eagle Bowl Calendar ~

 

    The sacred Aztec calendar is properly called the Eagle Bowl (Figure 1). It represents the solar deity Tonatiuh. The amazingly accurate calendar has been in use in various forms for more than 2,000 years. A Zapotec prophecy, based on the Eagle Bowl, states:

 

    "After Thirteen Heavens of Decreasing Choice, and Nine Hells of Increasing Doom, the Tree of Life shall blossom with a fruit never before known in the creation, and that fruit shall be the New Spirit of Men."

 

    The 13 Heavens and 9 Hells were each 52 years long (1,144 years total). Each of the 9 Hells were to be worse than the last. On the final day of the last Hell (August 17, 1987), Tezcatlipoca, god of death, would remove his mask of jade to reveal himself as Quetzelcoatl, god of peace.

 

    In the mythology of the Aztecs, the first age of mankind ended with the animals devouring humans. The second age was finished by wind, the third by fire, and the fourth by water. The present fifth epoch is called Nahui-Olin (Sun of Earthquake), which began in 3113 BC and will end on December 24, 2011. It will be the last destruction of human existence on Earth. The date coincides closely with that determined by the brothers McKenna in The Invisible Landscape as “the end of history” indicated by their computer analysis of the ancient Chinese oracle-calendar, the I Ching.

 

    The Mayan calendar is divided into Seven Ages of Man. The fourth epoch ended in August 1987. The Mayan calendar comes to an end on Sunday, December 23, 2012. Only a few people will survive the catastrophe that ensues. In the fifth age, humanity will realize its spiritual destiny. In the sixth age, we will realize God within ourselves, and in the seventh age we will become so spiritual that we will be telepathic.

 

    Figure 5.2

    The Eagle Bowl Calendar

 

    5.   Quetzelcoatl ~

 

    Hundreds of North and South American Indian and South Pacific legends tell of a white-skinned, bearded lord who traveled among the many tribes to bring peace about 2,000 years ago. This spiritual hero was best known as Quetzelcoatl. Some of his many other names were: Kate-Zahl (Toltec), Kul-kul-kan (Maya), Tah-co-mah (NW America), Waicomak (Dakota), Wakea (Cheyenne, Hawaiian and Polynesian), Waikano (Orinoco), Hurakan, the Mighty Mexico, E-See-Co-Wah (Lord of Wind and Water), Chee-Zoos, the Dawn God (Puan, Mississippi), Hea-Wah-Sah (Seneca), Taiowa, Ahunt Azoma, E-See-Cotl (New Guinea), Itza-Matul (Yucatan), Zac-Mutul (Mayan), Wakon-Tah (Navajo), Wakona (Algonquin), etc..(2)

 

    When he left the Toltecs and sailed away to the East, Kate-Zahl promised to return to them after several cycles of their calendar. He made a prophecy about the destiny of the sacred city Tula (now identified with Teotihuacan in Mexico) through two millennia. The Toltecs would be conquered first by the Sacrificers of Men (the Aztecs), then by white-skinned, bearded men of the East carrying fatal “thunder-rods” --- the Spaniards and their guns:

 

    "Further offthere is another invasion. In ships many bearded men are coming from across the Sunrise Ocean... I see these men taking the Broad Land... They do not respect our trees of cedar. They are but hungry, unenlightened children...

 

    "Would that I could speak to these bearded farmers. I have tried. They do not hear me. They go on their way like spoiled children...

 

    "Stand with me in the Year of Te-Tac-patl. Look across the Sunrise Ocean. Three ships come like great birds flying. They land. Out come men in metal garments, carrying rods which speak with thunder and kill at a distance. These men are bearded and pale offeature.

 

    "They come ashore and I see them kneeling. Above them I see a Great Cross standing. That is well. If these men are true to the symbol they carry, you need have no fear of them, for no one who is true to that symbol will ever carry it into battle.

 

    "Therefore hold aloft your Great Cross (T), and go forth to meet them. They cannot fail to know that symbol, and would not fire their rods upon it, nor upon those who stand in its shadow. Well they know that what is done to my people is done also to me.

 

    "When the years have come to their full binding, the metal-tipped boots of the strangers will be heard in all the bloody temples. Then throughout the Broad Land has begun the Third Cycle. As yet, I cannot see beyond it.

 

    "Once I had great hope for these people, for I saw them kneel and kiss the sweet earth, and I saw the shadow of the Great Cross which they carried with them. Now I must warn you against them.

 

    "Carry your great books into the jungles. Place your histories deeply in caverns where none of these men can find them. Nor do you bring them back to the sunlight until the War-Cycle is over. For these bearded strangers are the children of War. They speak my precepts, but their ears do not listen. They have but one love and that is for weapons. Ever more horrible are these weapons, until they reach for the one which is ultimate. Should they use that, there will be no forgiveness in that vale where there is no turning. Using such a weapon to make man over, is reaching into the heavens for the Godhead. These things are not for man's decision, nor should man presume to think for all things, and thus mock the Almighty. Woe to those who do not listen! There are lamps beyond that which you are burning; roads beyond this which you are treading; worlds beyond the one you are seeing. Be humble before the might of the Great Hand which guides the stars within their places. There are many lodges within my Father’s Kingdom for it is more vast than time, and more eternal.

 

    "Keep hidden your books, my children, all during the Cycle of Warring Strangers. The day will come when they will be precious.

 

    "For five full Cycles of the Dawn Star, the rule of the Warring Strangers will go on to greater and greater destruction. Hearken well to all I have taught you. Do not return to the Sacrificers. Their path leads to the last Destruction. Know that the end will come in five full cycles, for five, the difference between the Earth's number and that of the Gleaming Dawn Star, is the number of these children of War. As a sign to you that the end is nearing, my Father's Temple will be uncovered. Remember this in the days which are coming."

 

    Tula-Teotihuacan was found and excavated by archaeologists only in recent years. In another prophecy, Kate-Zahl described the city as it will be rebuilt in the future:

 

    "Then the heavens spoke in a crash of thunder, and the lightning flashed above the valley. The Man turned to look again on Tula, his most beloved city. Behold! It was naught but a mass of rubble.

 

    "He wept there with great sorrow. He clung to the rocks, staring back toward Tula. Then the heavens roared again and shook the mountain. A flash of light struck beside Him and cracked the darkness. Behold! The old heaven and earth were vanished, and He looked into another cycle.

 

    "The heavens parted and a rising sun shone down on another Tula. Plainly he could see the valley, but the city was one He knew not. Magnificent was this Golden Tula!

 

    "The Man was lifted beyond the earth. No longer He saw the Age of Destruction. Gone was the horrible Age of Warfare. He was looking beyond the Age of Carnage!

 

    "Walk with me through this Age of the Future. Tula shines in all its glory, but the metals are of types we know not. Loving hands have rebuilt the parkways, have paved the streets, have rebuilt the temples. There is a great building where books are kept for the scholars, and many are those who come to read them. Tula is a great Center of Culture.

 

    "Come with me to the New Colula. Shining again is My Father's Temple! Once more the city is filled with fountains and the parkways are wire-netted for the birds of rare plumage, and those who sing to enchant the listener. Cross through the parkway to My Father’s Temple. You will see again the inscriptions which today your eyes are seeing, but now all people can read them.

 

    "Come to the city of the future. Here are the buildings unlike those we build, yet they have a breathless beauty. Here people dress in materials we know not, travel in manners beyond our knowledge, but more important than all these differences are the faces of the people. Gone is the shadow of fear and suffering, for man no longer sacrifices, and he has outgrown the wars of his childhood. Now he walks in full stature towards his destiny --- into the Golden Age of Learning.

 

    "Carry this vision on through the Ages, and remember Kate-Zahl, the Prophet."

 

    In Book X of his History, the 16th century chronicler Fray Bernardino de Sahagun described the departure of the "wise men" who had been the attendant priests of Kate-Zahl at Teotihuacan:

 

    "The wise men remained not long; soon they went. Once again, they embarked and carried off the writing, the books, the paintings; they carried away all the crafts, the castings of metals. And when they departed, they summoned all those they left behind. They said to them: "Our lord, the protector of all, the wind, the night, saith you shall remain. We go leaving you here. Our lord goeth bequesting you this land; it is your merit, your lot. Our lord, the master of all, goeth still farther, and we go with him. Whither the lord, the night, the wind, our lord, the master of all, goeth, we go accompanying him. He goeth, he goeth back, but he will come, he will come to do his duty, he will come to acknowledge you. When the world is become oppressed, when it is the end of the world, at the time of its ending, he will come to bring it to an end. But you shall dwell here; you shall stand guard here..."

 

    A surviving Toltec legend includes this prophecy:

 

    "Ce Acatl [Quetzelcoatl] spent a night with a Huiteca family. They fed him and played music for him. The father, a strong Indian farmer, showed Ce Acatl a stone carving he had and told him, "This carving tells of the coming of the Lord of the Dawn. it says he will come in the Year One Reed. It says he will build a city and change the world."

 

    "The farmer had no idea who he was talking to. He continued. "Now," he said, "many people say he will not come. Many people say it is a long time from now that he will come. Some people say he will come from the East and he will bring a great book of words and numbers. Other people say he will come from a tree and count the Last twenty Days of the Creation. What do you say about this?"

 

    "Ce Acatl grew gray with the depth of his answer. "If I told you of my thought, of what I know of the Spirit of the Lord of the Dawn, if I told you of what I think will happen, you would laugh and think me crazy. So I say only this: One day a race shall walk upon this earth, a race of men whose spirits are so great, whose wisdom is so complete, whose powers to commune with the Creator are so keen they will dwarf the doings of the Lord of the Dawn of our day. When that day comes the Creator will send forth a manifestation that will in turn amaze the wisest men of that unbelievable age. And even then the greatest brains on earth will wonder --- has he come? Will he come? Or has he been here?"

 

    When he departed, Ce Acatl promised to close the Thirteenth Heaven and open the First of the Nine Hells, and he vowed to destroy the man-made gods. He set the year and date of his birth (260 years later on Day One Reed in year One Reed) and said, "I shall return. I shall come from the east like the Morning Star, and I will fulfill that part of the prophecy.”

 

    It is said that when Ce Acatl passed away at the age of 52, "A hush fell over the entire planet, and burning bright in the heavens directly above the great tree, the Tree of Life [El Tule], glowed the planet Venus, the Morning Star.”"

 

    Quetzelcoatl also foretold the following:

 

    "In time, white men will come out of the eastern sea in great canoes with white wings like a big bird. The white men will be like a bird with two different kinds of feet. one foot will be that of a dove [Christianity], the other of an eagle [predator]. A few hundred years after the arrival of the first white men, other white men would arrive with both feet as a dove."

 

    Quetzelcoatl himself or his spirit would come in the form of a white dove at that time.

 

    A Zapotec prophecy, transmitted by Joseph Jochmans, also announced the recent return of Quetzelcoatl:

 

    "One of the incarnations of Quetzelcoatl is buried beneath the roots of the sacred El Tule Tree near Oaxaca, and as the first rays of the dawning sun of the new heaven cycle [August 17, 1987] sink into the depths of the Earth, billions of tiny spirits will burst from the heart of Quetzelcoatl. They will slowly rise through the trunk, through the limbs and branches, appearing as sparkles of light, finally erupting from limbs and branches, to circle the globe, each spirit to implant itself within the heart of a human being, and plant a crystal of peace and love..."

 

    6.   Hopi Prophecy ~

 

    In the course of their communion with the Great Spirit, native Americans have received many visions of the destiny of North American civilization. The largest number of such prophesies have been preserved by the Hopi in Arizona. Their community of Oraibi is the oldest continually inhabited settlement (about 1,000 years) in North America. The name Hopi is derived from Hopitu Shinumu ("Peaceful [or: Righteous] People").

 

    The Hopi believe that the human race has evolved through three world stages of life since its origin. Each of these worlds was destroyed in turn, and human life was purified and nearly ended by the Great Spirit because of man’s corruption and greed. (3)

 

    In the Hopi cosmology, the universe at first was only infinite blackness in the mind of Taiowa, the Creator. Taiowa made Sotuknang, the first man, and commanded him to order the cosmos. On the first day, Sotuknang divided the universe into nine worlds. One world was reserved for Taiowa, one was for Man, andseven were for future worlds. The present is the Fourth World.

 

    Topkela was the first and most beautiful of the worlds. There, humanity thrived in harmony with Nature in the company of animals. But the Snake spoke and seduced Man away from Taiowa the Creator. Seeing this, Taiowa ordered Satuknang to destroy Tokpela and its inhabitants, except for a few "children of pure heart" whom he sheltered in the center of the Earth when he rained fire upon the planet and burned the sky. The people stayed underground while volcanoes erupted. Afterwards, the people emerged and moved into the second world, Topka, which was less beautiful than the first. There, men lived in huts, learned crafts, and drew apart from Nature. Eventually they became greedy, materialistic, and insatiable as before. Taiowa again ordered Sotuknang to destroy the humans and the world they had ruined. The faithful few again hid underground with the Ant People. The earth rolled over twice, and everything on it was destroyed by ice, which covered everything. After the ice had melted enough to make the world inhabitable, the survivors emerged into the third world, Kuskurza. There, man built cities and tall buildings, and departed further still from the Creator’s nature, becoming very evil. Kuskurza in turn was destroyed by flood. (4-6)

 

    When the Hopi's ancestors emerged from the underworld, they met the demigod Maasaw, who owns this world. Maasaw had been caretaker of the Third World, but because of his pride, he had been demoted to become the god of death. When Kuskurza was destroyed, Taiowa gave Maasaw another chance and appointed him to be the guardian of this world. The people asked Maasaw for permission to live in the new land of Turtle Island (North America). Maasaw said:

 

    "It is up to you, whether you are willing to live my poor, humble and simple life. It is hard, but if you are willing to live according to my teachings and instructions and will never lose faith in the life I shall give you, you may come and live with me. Now you look at me. I am a poor man. I have almost nothing: I have only my planting stick, my seed corn, and a jug of water. I live a simple life. If you wish to live with me, you must sacrifice many things. If you want me for your leader, your chief, you must prove that you can live this way of life.

 

    "Now look around. See this land. It is poor land. There is not much water and very few trees. But this is the richest land. There is great wealth under. But hear this warning --- you are not to disturb this land and take this wealth out as long as there is still war going on. If you do, these things will be used to destroy life and this will not be your salvation...

 

    "Never disturb this land. Do not cede your land to anyone; don't ever give it away. Above all, it is to provide your nourishment. Hold this land dear like a mother as long as you live. If you sell it you will no longer reap crops. Be prepared: one after another people will approach you and put you to the test in this matter.

 

    "If, in addition, you are willing to adopt the religion which I practice, you will derive further benefits for your life... But you have arrived with great ambitions and expectations. When you fall into your evil ways again, you will make me weep...

 

    "All right, you have settled in a desert, yet the land is filled with riches. You reside on the very backbone of the earth. All kinds of precious things are buried in this earth. There exists a storehouse of treasures underground but you must not dig them up yet.

 

    "Three times big war will rage. Should you excavate these treasures while the killing is taking place, powerful weapons will be forged from them and people will be slain by them. If you act on your own in this matter, you will do wrong. Not before the day of purification has been completed, may you unearth these things. At that time people will benefit from them. However, if these wars ever take place here, don’t pick up your weapons, and don’t engage in the business of killing...”

 

    The people asked Maasaw to be their leader, but he declined. He said:

 

    "A greater one than I has given you a plan to fulfill first. When the previous parts of the world were pushed underwater, this new land was pushed up in the middle to become the backbone of the earth. You are now standing on its west side slope. But you have not yet made your migrations. You have not yet followed your stars to the place where you will meet and settle. This you must do before I can become your leader. But if you go back to evil ways again I will take over the earth from you, for I am its caretaker, guardian, and protector... So go now and claim the land with my permission."

 

    Maasaw then placed four different colors and sizes of corn before the leaders of the four different racial groups, and had each one choose which would be their food in this world. The Hopi were the last to choose, and they picked the smallest ear of multi-colored corn. Pleased by their choice, Maasaw said:

 

    "It is well done. You have chosen the real corn, for all the others are imitations inside of which are hidden seeds of different plants. You have shown me your intelligence; for this reason I will place in your hands these owa tutuveni [sacred stone tablets], symbols of power and authority over all land and life to guard, protect, and hold in trust for me until I return to you in a later day, for I am the first, but I am also going to be the last."

 

    One of the three Bear Clan tablets describes the land from the Grand Canyon to the Rio Grande, which was granted by Maasaw to the Hopis. Another tablet is inscribed with mnemonic symbols of prophecies. A third tablet maps the allocations of farmland to the various clans, and delegates leadership to the Bear Clan. The fourth tablet is a very precise map of the location of the Sipaapuni, the great underground city where the Hopi ancestors hid during the destruction of the past worlds. (Figs. 2, 3)

 

    The symbols on the front of the tablet now held by the Fire Clan show the mask of Maasaw and the swastika pattern which represents the Hopi migrations. One corner is missing. The back of the Fire Clan tablet shows the figure of a headless man, which symbolizes the following prophecy:

 

    In a time to come, the Hopis will be forced to develop their lives at the dictates of a new ruler. They are not to resist, but must wait for their Elder Brother, Antsa Qoetsapava Powatanica. A corner of the Fire Clan tablet was broken off and given to the Elder Brother when he left on his migration. He hid it in the Sipaapuni city because he did not want to risk losing it in the course of his travels and reincarnations. He will retrieve it when he returns. In due time, the tablet will be split open to expose interior inscriptions which will reveal the origin and identity of the Hopi. Fitting the missing corner piece to the tablet, the Elder Brother will thus identify himself to the Hopi. The tablet will be split open to expose interior inscriptions which will reveal the origin and identity of the Hopi. Then Pahaana will proceed to deliver them from their persecutors and develop with them a new and universal brotherhood of man. But if he accepts any other religion, he must assent to having his own head cut off. This will dispel the evil and save the Hopi people.

 

    The chief of the Bow Clan led the faithful Hopi to this new land, but he fell into evil ways. His two sons rebuked him for his mistakes, and after he died they assumed the responsibilities of leadership. Then Maasaw sent the Elder Brother to the east and across the ocean. Upon reaching his destination, he was to start back to look for his younger brother, who remained on Turtle Island. The Elder Brother’s mission was to help his younger brother to bring about Purification Day, when evil people would be punished and destroyed. Afterwards, real peace, brotherhood, and everlasting life would be established. The Elder Brother would restore to his younger brother all the land which the Evil One among the white men had taken.

 

    The younger brother (the Hopi ancestors) was instructed to travel throughout Turtle Island and mark his trail with the petroglyphs we see today. This was done to claim the land, and to record and preserve the history of the Indians throughout the reign of white men. The whites would destroy most of the native Americans’ oral history and culture before destroying themselves also.

 

    A great white star would appear when the Elder Brother reached his destination. All people were to settle wherever they happened to be at that time, and there they were to remain until the Elder Brother returned.

 

    The Hopi settled in Tuuwanasavi, the area now known as Four Corners, where the state lines of Arizona, New Mexico, Utah and Colorado meet. This area is the "heart" of Turtle Island and of Mother Earth, and it is the microcosmic image of the entire planet. There, the Hopi lived a simple life as stewards of the land, which produced abundant crops despite being a desert. Their katsina ceremonies serve to maintain the balance of natural forces and to reaffirm their faith in Taiowa, in Maasaw and other spirits, and to show respect for all life.

 

    Maasaw told the Hopi that after a time Pahana, White Man, would come and take their land and try to lead the Hopi into evil ways. Life would be Koyaanisqatsi ("World out of balance"). The Hopi were told that they must hold to their ancient religion and their land, and they must do it without violence. Maasaw promised that if they succeeded, their people and land would be a center where the True Spirit would reawaken.

 

    Maasaw said that after many years the Elder Brother might change the color of his skin, but his hair will remain black, and he will wear it long, in a braided tail. He will wear a red cloak or a red cap which resembles the back of a horned toad. He will speak the Hopi language, and he will be able to write. He will follow no religion but his very own. He will bring (or come to recover) the missing corner of the owa tutuveni, and he will correctly interpret the tablets.

 

    Figure 5.3

    Hopi Owa Tutuveni

 

    The Hopi are to meet him on the trail on the east side of Oraibi if he is on time (on the last day of Soyal, the winter solstice ceremony), or on the trail to Sikya’wa (Yellow Rock), at Chokuw (Pointed Rock), Nahoyungvasa (Cross Fields), or at Tawtona (Where the Sun Ray Goes Over the Line) below Oraibi if he is 5, 10, 15, or 20 years late.

 

    Then, great judgment and punishment will take place. The Elder Brother will help the younger brother obtain justice. In one day he will gain control of the whole continent. Even the Hopi people must beware:

 

    "If he comes from the East, the destruction will not be so bad. But if he comes from the West, do not go up on your housetops to see because he will have no mercy."

 

    It is said that the Elder Brother will bring with him two great, intelligent and powerful helpers. One will have a sign of a swastika and the sign of the sun. The first helper can be interpreted to represent the German-Japanese Axis of World War Two. From the Hopis' perspective, these enemies of the USA were doing the Indians a real service. The second helper will have the sign of a Celtic Cross with red lines between the arms of the cross. In the Hopi symbology, this form of cross represents women, and the red lines indicates their menstrual flow. The symbol represents their liberation and the revival of matriarchal power after ages of suppression.

 

    Maasaw warned that if these great beings failed, terrible evil would befall the world and great numbers of people would be killed. However, they would succeed if enough Hopi remained true to the ancient spirit of their people. Unfortunately, there are very few traditionalist Hopis remaining today, so the situation looks very bleak.

 

    Hopi prophecy states that World War III will be started by the people who first received the light -- China, Palestine, India and Africa. When the war comes, the United States will be destroyed by "a gourd of ashes" which will be thrown to the ground. The rivers will boil, the earth shall burn, and no grass will grow there for many years. It will cause a disease that no medicine can cure. This can only mean that nuclear weapons will be used against the USA. The Hopi traditionalist Thomas Banyaca has said that if many US soldiers are sent overseas, they will be killed by atomic bombs, and then Turtle Island also will be bombed. "Men will fall from the sky", meaning that invading soldiers will parachute to earth. Another Hopi prophecy states:

 

    "When the Blue Star Kachina dances in the plaza, the time of the great trial will be here... The end of all Hopi ceremonies will come when a Kachina removes his mask during a dance in the plaza before uninitiated children. For a while there will be no more ceremonies, no more faith. Then Oraibi will be rejuvenated with its faith and ceremonies, marking the start of a new cycle of Hopi life."

 

    The following Hopi prophecy was first published in a mimeographed manuscript that circulated among several Methodist and Presbyterian churches in 1959. While driving along a desert road one hot day in the summer of 1958, a minister named David Young stopped to offer a ride to a Hopi elder, who accepted with a nod. After riding in silence for several minutes, the elder said:

 

    "I am White Feather, a Hopi of the ancient Bear Clan. In my long life I have traveled through this land, seeking out my brothers, and learning from them many things full of wisdom. I have followed the sacred paths of my people, who inhabit the forests and many lakes in the east, the land of ice and long nights in the north, the mountains and streams of jumping fish in the west, and the places of holy altars of stone built long ago by my brothers' fathers in the south. From all these I have heard the stories of the past, and the prophecies of the future. Today, many of the prophecies have turned to stories, and few are left --- the past grows longer, and the future grows shorter.

 

    "And now White Feather is dying. His sons have all joined his ancestors, and soon he too shall be with them. But there is no one left, no one to recite and pass on the ancient wisdom. My people have tired of the old ways. The great ceremonies that tell of our origins, of our Emergence into the Fourth World, are almost all abandoned, forgotten. Yet even this has been foretold. The time grows short..

 

    "My people await Pahana, the lost White Brother, as do all our brothers in the land. He will not be like the white men we know now, who are cruel and greedy. We were told of their coming long ago. But still we await Pahana.

 

    "He will bring with him the symbols, the missing piece of that sacred tablet now kept by the elders, given to him when he left, that shall identify him as our True White Brother.

 

    "The Fourth World shall end soon, and the Fifth World will begin. This the elders everywhere know. The signs over many years have been fulfilled, and so few are left.

 

    "This is the First Sign: We are told of the coming of the white-skinned men, like Pahana, but not living like Pahana --- men who took the land that was not theirs. And men who struck their enemies with thunder.

 

    "This is the Second Sign: Our lands will see the coming of the spinning wheels of wood filled with voices. In my youth, my father saw this prophecy come true with his eyes --- the white men bringing their families in wagons across the prairies.

 

    "This is the Third Sign: A strange beast, like a buffalo but with great long horns, will overrun the land in large numbers. These White Feather saw with his own eyes --- the coming of the white mens' cattle.

 

    "This is the Fourth Sign: The land will be criss-crossed by snakes of iron.

 

    "This is the Fifth Sign: The land will be criss-crossed by a giant spider's web.

 

    "This is the Sixth Sign: The land will be criss-crossed with rivers of stone that make pictures in the sun.

 

    "This is the Seventh Sign: You will hear of the sea turning black, and many living things dying because of it.

 

    "This is the Eighth Sign: You will see many youth, who wear their hair long like my people, come and join the tribal nations, to learn their ways and wisdom.

 

    "And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear of a dwelling place in the heavens, above the earth, that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies of my people will cease.

 

    "These are the Signs that great destruction is coming. The world shall rock to and fro. The white man will battle against other people in other lands --- with those who possessed the first light of wisdom. There will be many columns of smoke such as White Feather has seen the white man make in the deserts not far from here. Only those which come will cause disease and a great dying. Many of my people, understanding the prophecies, shall be safe. Those who stay and live in the places of my people also shall be safe. Then there will be much to rebuild. And soon --- very soon afterward --- Pahana will return. He shall bring with him the dawn of the Fifth World. He shall plant the seeds of his wisdom in their hearts. Even now the seeds are being planted. These shall smooth the way to the Emergence into the Fifth World.

 

    "But White Feather shall not see it. I am old and dying. You --- perhaps you will see it. In time, in time..."

 

    The Hopi elder became silent. They had arrived at his destination, and Rev. Young stopped to let him out of the car. They never met again. Rev. Young died in 1976, so he did not live to see the further fulfillment of this remarkable prophecy.

 

    The signs are interpreted thus: The First Sign is of guns, and the Second is of the pioneers’ covered wagons. The Third Sign is of longhorn cattle. The Fourth describes railroad tracks, and the Fifth is a clear image of electric power and telephone lines. The Sixth Sign describes concrete highways and their effect of producing mirages. The Seventh Sign predicts catastrophic oil spills such as the Exxon Valdez. The Eighth Sign suggests the hippy movement of the 1960s and 70s. The Ninth Sign was the US space station Skylab, which fell to Earth in 1979. According to Australian eyewitnesses, it appeared to be burning blue. Or, the Russian space station Mir may be indicated here.

 

    Another version of this prophecy says that when a black ribbon (the highway) is built on the land, a bug (the automobile) will move on it, and this will be this sign for the first shaking of the Earth, World War One. The first shaking will be so violent that the bug will be shaken off the earth and will begin to fly (the airplane), leaving a trail of dirt behind it. Eventually the sky will become so dirty that it will cause diseases that will become worse and worse. This may refer to the current controversy about "chem-trails", the aerial web of chemical sprays that are beings spewed over America.

 

    Another Hopi prophecy warns that nothing should be brought back from the Moon --- obviously anticipating the Apollo 11 mission that returned with samples of lunar basalt. The Hopi warned that it would disturb the balance of natural and universal laws and forces, resulting in earthquakes, severe changes in weather patterns, and social unrest. All these things are happening today.

 

    In 1948, the Hopi spiritualist leaders chose four representatives to approach the United Nations. Because of their prophetic knowledge, the Hopi leaders felt it was time to go east to the edge of Turtle Island, where a “House of Mica [glass] would stand at this time, where Great Leaders from many lands would be gathered to help any people who are in trouble.” They were to go there when the lands of the Hopi and other Indian brothers were about to be taken away from them and their way of life was in danger of being completely destroyed by evil ones among the white men and by some other Indian brothers who were influenced by the white race. This is a clear and present danger, because the infernal meddling of Christians, the betrayal of treaties by the federal government, the sale of tribal lands by Indians, and the ecological disasters caused by coal and uranium mining, are destroying the Hopi land and people, and all native Americans.

 

    According to prophecy, at least one, two, or three leaders or nations would hear and understand the Hopi warnings, for they too should know the ancient instructions. Upon hearing the message of the Hopi, they were to act immediately to correct many wrongs being done to the Red Man. However, the Hopi might find that the doors of the Mica House would be closed to them:

 

    "When Great Leaders in the Mica House refuse to open the door when you stand before it that day, do not be discouraged or turn about on the path you walk, but take courage, determination, and be of great rejoicing in your hearts, for on that day the White Race who are on your land with you have cut themselves from you and thereon lead themselves to the greatest Punishment at the Day of Purification. Men shall be destroyed for their sins and evil ways. The Great Spirit has decreed it and no one can stop it, change it, or add anything to it. It shall be fulfilled!"

 

    In 1959, another delegation of six traditional Hopi elders, led by Dan Katchongva, traveled to the UN building. Their prophecies foretold that if the Hopi’s request to address the House of Mica was refused after knocking (visiting) four times, mankind would surely be destroyed. Thomas Banyaca knocked for the fourth time in 1991, and was permitted to address the General Assembly for a few minutes during the opening ceremonies of the UN's International Year of Indigenous Peoples December 10, 1992). He was the last speaker, and only a few UN delegates remained to hear him. He said:

 

    "We have made a sacred covenant to follow Maasaw, the Great Spirit's Life Plan at all times, which includes the responsibility of taking care of this land and life for his divine purpose. Our goals are not to gain political control, monetary wealth, or military power, but rather to pray and to promote the welfare of all living beings and to preserve the world in a natural way."

 

    Banyaca then told the Hopi story of the previous worlds which were destroyed because of human greed, and warned that this world, too, is near its end. He said:

 

    "This is now a time to weigh the choices for our future. We do have a choice. If you, the nations of this Earth, create another great war, the Hopi believe we humans will burn ourselves to death with ashes. That's why the spiritual Elders strongly urge that the United Nations fully open the door for Native spiritual leaders as soon as possible... The Native peoples of the world have seen and spoken to you about the destruction of their lives and homelands, the ruination of nature and the desecration of their sacred sites. It is time the United Nations used its rules to investigate these occurrences and stop them now."

 

    Grandfather Banyaca requested that the UN protect the Four Corners area, because it will have a special purpose in the future survival of humankind. He asked that the UN keep its doors open for spiritual leaders of all peoples "to come to speak to you for more than a few minutes". He also invited world leaders to visit the Hopi country and "sit down with our real spiritual leaders in their sacred kiva" and learn their "ancient secrets of survival and balance." The UN has failed to respond.

 

    A 9th century Tibetan prophecy states:

 

    "When the iron bird flies, the Dharma [Buddhism] will go east to the land of the Red Man."

 

    This prophecy was fulfilled in 1980 when the Dalai Lama visited America and met with Hopi elders in Los Angeles and with leaders of the Iroquois Confederacy in Syracuse, NY. (7)

 

    Between 1975 and 1986, a group of traditionalist elders and English-speaking Hopis cooperated to produce 44 issues of a newsletter called Techqua Ikach (Land & Life), totaling over 200 pages which outlined their prophetic message in great detail. In 1993, Thomas Mails was selected by Dan Evehema (then 100 years old) to represent the authorized prophecies. The resulting book Hotevila was written in complete secrecy to prevent interference from the Hopi Tribal Council. (8)

 

    The prophecies transmitted in Techqua Ikach state:

 

    "One day Hopi children with short hair or bald heads would be the ears and mouth for the elders, and in time become the leaders. So the Hopi Tribal Council was formed...The Bahanas’ government will gradually cease their responsibility in caring for the Native people... Any mistake we make will be our own doing. The Bahana government would not be responsible. Their influence would linger on in making sure we run our government the Bahana way, not by our own... traditional ways... If we link ourselves with a culture not of our own... it will be difficult to regain what we discard in the name of progress. Of course we can continue to practice what we lose, but it will have lost its value. What happens at the end will be the consequences of our carelessness.

 

    "According to prophecy, the Hopi are to be the last target. We are to be conquered, not by the Army and their weapons, but by our own people. By our sons and daughters without us lifting our hands. Their weapon will be what they learned through the education so kindly taught by the Bahana... The Bahanas will pat the back of the conquerors while cheering and applauding. They will be satisfied that they are not required to finish the task which they set out to accomplish. It is our own people who bring this about and the Bahanas, therefore, cannot be blamed. The conquest will be over and all Native People will be finished. This is a sad ending and it is a pity that we must end this way...

 

    "It is said if purification does not come, our Great Creator will take the land back because we do not care for the land and we don’t deserve to be on it. The above subject, to our children, is soundless and has no meaning...

 

    "One day our own children may become our enemies. Schools will destroy the sacred balance of Hopi life. They will interrupt the traditions and people will forget the instructions of Maasaw. This destruction will reach much further than our village. The whole Earth could go off balance.

 

    "As foretold, all of this information must come out into the open at the period when we are about to be overcome by harmful elements and can step no further...

 

    "Just two or three righteous people will be able to fulfill the Creator’s mission. Even one truly righteous would be able to do it...

 

    "Three people were named who were to help the Hopi when we reached the crisis of no return. The Paiute Indian was to help according to his wisdom, but if he is unable the Navajo Indian will help also, according to his wisdom. If their efforts fail then Bahana will come to aid. This is where we are now...

 

    "So it was predicted that one day we would encounter the presence of people with ways different from our own; they will pose as good-hearted. Their words will be charming and they will multiply like ants. We must not be deceived by them, for the vines of their kingdom will spread throughout the land, diluting and dissolving everything that gets in its way. We must be cautious and not covet or adopt any of their ways, for it will forever be a curse upon our nation....

 

    "It is said, among the Bahana the people of the Cross will appear on our land. They will be kind and helpful with good hearts. Beware, for they will be the instruments of Bahana’s kingdom and will seduce you into forsaking the laws of our Great Creator. The wicked of our people will join their flock to clear their sins, but this will be in vain...

 

    "One day a strange people will appear in our midst, people who will create man in his own image. Once given his language and knowledge, our people will become the instrument by which he will try to rule over us and carve the rest of us into his image. Our own people will become his tools, and he will make certain they do a good job.

 

    "But if we remain strong and firmly rooted, we will not be reshaped, whereas others will slump because they are rootless. So when the tests come we must possess the strength to preserve ourselves...

 

    "The Earth is like a spotted fawn, and each spot has a duty to make the body function. Hopiland is the center of the earth’s body. It is the spot of power with the duty to foretell the future by comparing the actions of mankind with the prophecy told them..."

 

    Martin Gawanesha, a traditionalist Hopi elder, emphasizes that most of the events predicted by their prophecies already have happened, and that the Great Purification is imminent:

 

    "Life has become out of balance. When people are so out of balance, some one will hear our voice and our White Brother will answer the call and clean away the evil ones. According to prophecy, when the purification is over only a handful of people will survive in every nation overseas. Then they will come to this continent, which we call heaven. This is where the Creator first lived and that’s what he called it. He sent his own son from Oraibi to Bethlehem in order to be born there. The Hopi already knew that the morning star would rise one day and someone special would be born...

 

    "In our prophecies there are two brothers, one dark-skinned younger brother and the light-skinned elder who we call the White Brother. Together they will decide how the purification will be accomplished.

 

    "The two brothers were with us when we first came to this continent. When their father passed away, the elder brother went out in the direction of the sunrise and the younger brother stayed here. They had agreed the elder brother would go, but would not stay away too long. He would return when people would travel on a road built in the air. At that time we would know that the earth had been corrupted to the point that it must be purified.

 

    "We've come to that point now. Everything has been corrupted. Because we are out of balance, we don’t obey the laws... It's too late now for gradual voluntary corrections...

 

    "As Hopis... we are calling for the purification because it is our obligation. We're ready, we want it to happen... We've already gone over the time limit that was given to us in the prophecy..." (7)

 

    Hopi prophecy also warns that there will be three divisions among the Hopi. The first division was in 1906 between the traditionalists and the modernists. The traditionalists were forced to leave Oraibi and move to Hotevila. The second division took place in the aftermath of a spectacular UFO sighting in August 1970. The third division is occurring now as the Tribal Council has forced the installation of electric power and other modern inconveniences upon the unwilling traditionalist residents of Hotevila.

 

    During the Hopi Hearings of 1955, many elders spoke forth to remind people of the ancient prophecies. One elder said:

 

    "Then the sun won’t be as hot any more, and the summer season will grow shorter and shorter. One day the weather will no longer get warm. You will experience snowfall at the height of planting time. Then you will have to sow wearing gloves and long underwear. To sow, the farmer will have to push aside the snow, dig a hole, and then plant his seeds. It will come to this if you extract those precious things from the earth.

 

    "And all the grasses across the land, which many different animals feed on to raise their young, will not grow as before. In the future the animals will suffer great hardships. Then the grasses will not sprout. There will be no point in having rain; nothing will grow as it used to.

 

    "Gradually your corn plants will produce only tassels and then everything will freeze. And when you replant, only tiny, stunted ears will appear, and then they too will freeze. The third time you sow, the stalks will still be short before the frost strikes. By the fourth time the plants will barely have pierced the earth before freezing. All of these predictions Maasaw made to the Hopi." (8, 9)

 

    The newsletter Techqua Ikach warned people thus:

 

    "When the end is near, we will see a halo of mist around the heavenly bodies. Four times it will appear around the sun as a warning that we must reform, telling us that people of all color must unite and arise for survival...

 

    "We were warned the ice will grow again. Should the [Flute] Clans with the controlling powers vanish or stray away from the great laws of the Creator, there will be no way of stopping the ice buildup. So the time will come when we will experience late springs and early frosts, this will be the sign of the returning Ice Age...

 

    "The time will come when from the Earth will arise a mystic fog which will dilute the minds and hearts of all people... A sudden eruption will explode in the midst of their follies, and this will... creep over the earth. Then men will destroy each other savagely...

 

    "The day will come when people in high places will be hunted and vice versa, the lowly hunters will be hunted. This will get out of control. The hunting will gather strength and spread far and wide...

 

    "The period of this age will close by the gourd of ashes which will glow brighter than the Sun. The earth will turn over four times and mankind will end up in the lowest level of darkness there they will crawl around on all fours forever. Then the spirits of our Ancient Fathers will return to reclaim the land. They will mock the lowly man for he will no longer deserve or be worthy of the land. Only those who are obedient to the guidance of the Great Creator’s laws will survive... the true brother and sister will give a rebirth to the Earth and renew its life."

 

    The Elder Thomas Banyaca adds this warning:

 

    "If corruption of nature becomes so thick and pollution so thick, we will be in darkness, and if we don’t change things, the animals... they’re going to yell at us. Pretty soon the eagles flying over us will be going to cry at us; when you walk in the woods, the trees, some will cry at you --- because human beings are supposed to take care of them also, through prayer, meditation, and ceremony instead of destroying them with machinery and inventions that you have made..."

 

    It is also said elsewhere in Hopi prophecy, that "Turtle Island could turn over two or three times and the oceans join hands and meet the sky." Several passages in the Bible also suggest that the Earth will some day roll over in its orbit (Isaiah 13:13; and 24:1, 19, 20, 23; Matthew 24: 29; Revelation 6:12-14; II Peter 3:10; Amos 8:8, 9). Since 1931, geophysicists have detected nearly 500 shifts of the north magnetic pole, moving northwest.

 

    After the Great Deluge several thousand years ago, the survivors split up into four groups, who migrated north, south, east and west. Only one group completed their journey --- to the North Pole and back --- under the guidance of a brilliant "star" in which Maasaw traveled. When he landed, Maasaw drew the petroglyph on Second Mesa, showing a maiden (with the traditional "butterfly" hair arrangement) riding in a wingless, dome-shaped craft. The petroglyph tells of the coming Day of Purification, when the true Hopi will fly to other planets in "flying shields". (Fig. 4)

 

    Figure 5.4

    Second Mesa Petroglyph

 

    Figure 5.5

    Prophecy Rock

 

 

    

 

    7.   Prophecy Rock ~

 

    The famous "Prophecy Rock" petroglyph (Fig. 5) is known as the Hopi Life Plan. Some people claim that the petroglyph was carved in the 20th century. A Hopi man (a resident of Old Oraibi) whom I met at Prophecy Rock told me it did not exist when he was a youth in the 1970s. The following explanation, transmitted by LeVan Martineau, was provided by the Hotevila faction and approved by the traditionalist Hopi elders:

 

    "In the figure of the Life Plan, (a) represents Maasaw pointing to the earth from which the Hopi emerged. The short lines (b) between his right hand and foot represent the Hopi clans. In recent years, the Hopi added a bow to the right of Maasaw to illustrate his instructions to lay down their weapons and live in peace. With his left hand, he is touching the path of Life Plan (c) which the Hopi are to follow. The circle (d) near his left hand represents the Hopi’s stewardship over Turtle Island.

 

    "Point (e) indicates the time when, as Maasaw predicted, the Hopi would digress from the True Path and follow another trail. The square (f) at this point is supposed to represent Oraibi. The two lines leading from Oraibi mark the split that occurred in 1905 between the progressive Oraibi and traditionalist Hotevila factions. The upper line (g) branching from the square is the false path of the wicked people who strive to dominate Nature and rise above other people without the guidance of God. The three human figures (h) on the false path are the generations of wicked people who walk that way. Hopi elders claim that in recent times, heads were added to the symbols. The lack of heads would represent the punishment of death that will befall the wicked.

 

    "Two zig-zag lines (I) branch from the false path. They represent carelessness and different paths to the final destruction pursued by the wicked people. Each zig and zag is another evil intention that eventually will be exhausted, which is indicated by the drooping symbol for turning around or sagging down (j) at their ends.

 

    "The lower straight line (k) is the true path of life leading to everlasting life (l), symbolized by the masked figure of Maasaw (o). He holds a planting stick in one hand while touching a corn stalk with the other. Maasaw stands waiting at the end of the True Path of Life because, as he says, ‘I am the first and I am the last.’

 

    "The True Path is interrupted in three places by arches (m) which might have been complete circles at some time in the past. These are said to represent gourds, symbolizing three great ‘shakings’ or wars that will rattle humanity before the Life Plan is fulfilled. Hopi elders say the third gourd is the ‘final war of purification in which all evil will be destroyed.’

 

    "Line (n), which also resembles a corn stalk, connects the false path with the true way. It offers a last chance for the wicked to repent and return to the Path of Life. The two dead-endzig-zag trails indicate complete and permanent destruction of body and soul, since they continue for only a short distance beyond the point of no return.

 

    "Symbol (p) is obscured by scratches, but the Hopis claim it is a crucifix, added to the petroglyph after a bloody 17th century encounter with the Spanish. The symbol was at Maasaw’s behest to show that Christianity is incompatible with the Hopi Life Plan, and should not merge with it." (10)

 

    The three figures on the upper path also have been interpreted to mean the white man’s inventions of the wagon and automobile, the train, and the airplane.

 

    8.   Deganawida~

 

    Deganawida ("He the Thinker") was a wise prophet of the Iroquois. He lived at the same time as the great chief Hiawatha, circa 1500. At that time the Iroquois nations were at war among themselves. Deganawida was given a vision of a gigantic spruce tree which reached up to the sky to the Elder Brothers, symbolizing the Family of Humanity. Deganawida began to preach a religion of love and harmony, thereby bringing unity to the Iroquois nations, a great confederacy that lasted more than 300 years. In another vision, Deganawida foresaw the destiny of the native Americans. That vision was transmitted orally until Edmund Wilson published it in his Apologies to the Iroquois:

 

    "When Deganawida was leaving the Indians in the Bay of Quinte in Ontario, he told them that they would face a time of great suffering. They would distrust their leaders and the principles of peace of the League, and a great white serpent [Caucasians] was to come upon the Iroquois. For a time, it would intermingle with the Indian people and be accepted by the Indians, who would treat the serpent as a friend. This serpent would in time become so powerful that it would attempt to destroy the Indians; the serpent was described as choking the life’s blood out of the Indian people. Deganawida told the Indians that they would seem to be lost, but when things looked their darkest a red serpent [China] would come from the north and approach the white serpent, which would be terrified; upon seeing the red serpent, he would release the Indian, who would fall to the ground like a helpless child, and the white serpent would turn all its attention to the red serpent. This bewilderment would cause the white serpent to accept the red serpent momentarily. The white serpent would be stunned and take part of the red serpent and accept him. Then there will be a heated argument and a fight. Then the Indian revives and crawls toward the land of the hilly country where he would assemble his people together and they would renew their faith and the principles of peace that Deganawida had established. There would at the same time exist among the Indians a great love and forgiveness for his brother, and in this gathering would come streams from all over --- not only the Iroquois, but from all over --- and they would gather in the hilly country, and they would renew their friendship. Deganawida said they would remain neutral in this fight between the white serpent and the red serpent.

 

    "At the time they were watching the two serpents locked in this battle, a great message would come to them and make them ever so humble, and when they had become that humble, they will be waiting for a young leader, an Indian boy, possibly in his teens, who would become a choice seer. Nobody knows who he is or where he comes from, but he will be given great power and would be heard by thousands, and he would give them the guidance and the hope to refrain from going back to their land and he would become the accepted leader. Deganaweda said that they will gather in the land of the hilly country between the branches of an elm tree, and they should burn tobacco and call upon Deganawida by name when they are facing their darkest hours, and he will return. Deganawida said that as the choice seer speaks to the Indians, they will notice to south a black serpent [Africans] coming from the sea. He is described as dripping with salt water. And as he stands there, he rests for a spell to get his breath, all the time watching to the north to the land where the white serpent and the red serpent are fighting.

 

    "Deganawida said that the battle between the white and the red serpents would open slowly, then become so violent that the mountains would crack and the rivers would boil and the fish would turn up their bellies. He said that there would be no leaves on the trees in that area. There would be no grass, and strange bugs and beetles would crawl from the ground and attack both serpents. He said that a great heat would cause the stench of death to sicken both serpents. And then, as the boy seer is watching this fight, the red serpent reaches around the back of the white serpent and pulls from him a hair. The hair suddenly turns into a woman, a white woman who tells him strange things that he knows to be true, but he wants to hear them again. When this white woman finished telling these things, he takes her and gently places her on a rock with great love and respect, and then he becomes infuriated at what he has heard, so he makes a beeline for the north, and he enters the battle between the red and white serpents with such speed and anger that he defeats the two serpents who have already become battle-weary.

 

    "When he finishes, he stands on the chest of the white serpent, and he boasts and puts his chest out like he’s the conqueror, and he looks for another serpent to conquer. He looks to the land of the hilly country and then he sees the Indian standing there with his arms folded and looking so noble that he knows that this Indian is not the one that he should fight. The next direction he will face will be eastward, and at that time he will be momentarily blinded by a light that is many times brighter than the sun. The light will be coming from the east to the west over the water, and when the black serpent regains his sight, he becomes terrified and makes a run for the sea. He dips into the sea and swims away in a southerly direction, and shall never again be seen by the Indians.

 

    "The white serpent revives, and he, too, sees this light, and he makes a feeble attempt to gather himself and to go toward that light. A portion of the white serpent refuses to leave, but instead makes its way toward the land of the hilly people. The red serpent would revive and he would shiver with a great fear when he sees that light. He would crawl toward the north and leave a bloody trail, and he would never be seen again by the Indians. Deganawida said that as this light approaches he would be that light, and he would return to his Indian people would be a greater nation than they ever were before." (11)

 

    9.   Crazy Horse ~

 

    The Teton Sioux Chief Crazy Horse received this vision toward the end of his life:

 

    "He saw his people being driven into spiritual darkness and poverty while the white people prospered in a material way all around them. But even in the darkest times, he saw that the eyes of a few of his people kept the light of dawn and the wisdom of the earth, which they passed on to some of their grandchildren. He saw the coming of automobiles and airplanes, and twice he saw the great darkness and heard the screams and explosions when millions of people died in two great world wars.

 

    "But he saw, after the second great war passed, a time come when his people began to awaken, not all at once, but a few here and there, and then more and more, and he saw that they were dancing in a beautiful light of the Spirit World under the Sacred Tree even while still on Earth. Then he was amazed to see that dancing under the tree were representatives of all races who had become brothers, and he realized that the world would be made new again and in peace and harmony not just by his people, but by members of all races of mankind." (12)

 

    10.   Sioux & Navajo, &c ~

 

    The Oglala Sioux have a myth of the end times:

 

    "At the beginning of Time, a buffalo was placed in the West to stem the flooding waters. Every year this buffalo loses a hair, and during every age, a leg. When he is without hair and legs the waters will flood in, and a world cycle will come to its end. It is said that the buffalo now stands on one leg and is almost bald." (13, 14)

 

    Several other Indian seers, and whole groups of Sun-Dancers, have received visions which deserve notice here. The Seneca Grandfather Moses Shongo (died ca. 1925) foresaw a 25-year period of purification, lasting until the year 2012 or so, during which the Earth will purge itself.

 

    In the late 1980s, while the Blackfeet people were convening their sacred Sun Dance, the skies darkened with black storm clouds that hid the sun. Then there was utter stillness. The clouds withdrew from around the sun, and a white cloud appeared in its place. The cloud drew near, changing its shape until it assumed the form of a man, suspended in mid-air and visible to the people. The being spoke, telling them "Do not be disturbed, but to be patient a little while longer, for He would come again and lead them out of the darkness into the light, and they would not suffer the same way again". Meanwhile, the people were to purify themselves with prayer and sweat lodges. Thus, they would be prepared to receive Him when He returned to live with them and lead them to peace at home.(15)

 

    The oral traditions of the Navajo also warn of the Time of the End. The Navajo expect a New Faith to come to them, like the dawn. At first, only a few people who are prepared and awaiting the event will be aware of it. Then more and more people, and eventually everyone, will see it. The Navajo chants say that there are two signs of the new Spirit. The first is a Nine-pointed Star that will come from the East and unify all races and nations with love. The second sign will be a great chief, also in the east, who will wear a headdress with twelve feathers. Each feather represents a spiritual principle which he will teach. The Navajo Unity Chant says:

 

    "In the Day of Unity you will walk in beauty; the beauty will walk before you; the beauty will walk behind you; you will be surrounded by beauty. Through the beautiful teachings of a new Prophet of God, these meanings will become very clear. Man himself in this Age has found many ways to create beauty. With these beautiful things we must now have beautiful minds. With beautiful minds we will have beautiful hearts. With beautiful hearts we will talk in beauty. The speech of all men will be in beauty... Those who speak with beautiful speech will lead the world to beauty... The center of this beautiful speech comes from a Holy Mountain..."

 

    In May 1996, a 96-year old Navajo woman named Irene Yazzie claimed she was visited by two tribal deities at her hogan near Big Mountain in northeast Arizona. The deities, one of whom was identified as Maasaw, appeared as old men. They warned Yazzie thus:

 

    "Drought, poverty and desolation on the reservation are all proof that the Navajos are in grave danger if they continue to forsake their traditions."

 

    In June 1996, the Star Knowledge Conference and Sun Dance was held on the Yankton Indian Reservation in South Dakota. The gathering was convoked in response to a vision received by Standing Elk, a spiritual leader of the Lakota Sioux. According to the vision (and in fulfillment of Sioux and Hopi prophecies), Native Americans were to share their knowledge about extra-terrestrial Star Nations. Shamans and spokespersons from a dozen tribes came because they too had seen signs which indicated that they were to reveal their secret oral traditions about their tribal origins among the stars, and the return of the Star nations. In his address, Oglala Sioux holy man Floyd Hand said:

 

    "Each Native American tribe has its extra-terrestrial race [ancestors]. The Star People will return in the latter part of the 1990s. Changes will happen as their time draws near. The first sign is floods, fire, and earthquakes. There will be a world Great Drought in 1997-1999. Many will starve. There will be destruction of electrical and sewer lines, loss of cities and many lives. In 1998 White Buffalo Calf Woman is coming back to Turtle Island [North America]. There are four omens. The First Omen was the recent birth of a white buffalo calf on a White ranch, whose hide eventually turned the other colors of the Four Nations (yellow, red and black). The Second Omen was the birth of another white buffalo calf to a Sioux rancher, but it died... The Third Omen was a third white calf, but no one is listening despite human suffering and death. The Fourth Omen will be the Star People coming and visiting in Santa Fe, New Mexico."

 

    The Dakota shaman Wambdi Wicasu (Deer Man) advised the gathering thus:

 

    "The Star Nations are here to help us... We have to help the Earth come back into balance. Time as you know it is coming to an end, and sooner than you think. There will be no more cars or TVs."

 

    Judi Pope Koteen transmitted the following prophecy as it was told to Ghost Wolf, a Lakota pipe carrier and ceremonial leader:

 

    "I will tell you a prophecy given to me by a Grandmother of the Seneca people. She told me we must work with the women to help heal their pain. In these times that are coming, she told me, we must learn to help women regain their power. If the women do not reclaim their power, it is told, the world will be lost. Because the men no longer act like men. They are not noble or proud, and they do not hold the words of the Creator close to their hearts.

 

    "Men have become sick with ego, sick with greed, lost in confusion. They are no longer leaders, so their children do not learn, and the children wander aimlessly through life, without spirit. A human without spirit is like a ship without a sail. All you can do is float around, hoping to find a harbor.

 

    "The Grandmother told me that in these times it will be the women who come to listen to these ways. It is the women who will remember who they are. Because women have lived for many thousands of years now, knowing who they were but never being able to speak the truth through their mouths. When the people left the Good Red Road and began to walk the black ribbon of road, the women were suppressed because the women kept warning the men that they were wandering from the ways...

 

    "Heal the women. Then the women can heal the men, and together they can heal the earth.

 

    "I will speak to you now of another prophecy. In the next decade, the Star People that you call meteorites will come to this earth in answer to the Mother’s call for help. You see, we are all relations. So the Star People are beings, and they are the planets, and the other bodies in the heavens as well.

 

    "The Sacred Mother is screaming for life and the meteorites will hear her cries and answer her call for help. They will hit the earth from the heavens with such force that many internal things will happen as well as external. The earth will move as a result of the impact. This will cause the sacred fire that is the source of all life to the Mother to move through her body. She is like a Great Bird within the egg, trying to crack out...

 

    "The rains will change their fall and the winds will alter their course and what has existed for 300 years will no longer exist. And where there is summer, there will be fall. And where there is fall, there will be winter. And where there is winter, there will be spring.

 

    "The animals and plants will become confused. The animals will think it is spring in the winter, and the cherries will come to blossom, and die in the frost. And in the summer, the winds will come from the North and the blanket of purity will fall and the fruit will die. And the animals that you raise will not be able to graze... These are the changes the Mother will warn us with.

 

    "There will be great plagues that you do not understand. Many of these plagues are born from your scientists whose intentions have gone awry. Your scientists have let these monsters loose upon the land. These plagues will spread through your waters and through your blood and through your food because you have disrupted the natural chain through which your Mother cleanses herself.

 

    "Only those who have learned to live on the land where the waters run pure... will find sanctuary. Go to where the eagles fly, to where the wolf roams, to where the bear lives. Here you will find life because they will always go to where the water is pure and the air can be breathed. Live where the trees, the lungs of this earth, purify the air. Go to where the trees give, from their breath to you, the cleansing and the purity, to where they protect you from the plagues... Snow is the great purifier. Go to where the blanket heals. Learn to live in these places. You will live through the changes... There is a time coming, beyond the weather. The veil between the physical and the spiritual world is thinning; it is coming back to life..." (15)

 

    11.   Tecumseh ~

 

    The great Shawnee chief, Tecumseh, was a warrior, a diplomat, a peacemaker and a prophet. He accurately prophesied to the day the great earthquake at New Madrid, IL (December 18, 1811) several months before it occurred. Tecumseh and his brother organized a confederacy of tribes to fight the menace of the United States. After the Battle of Tippecanoe (1811), in which his brother Tenskwatawa was defeated, Chief Techumseh sent a message, delivered by prisoners he released to General William H. Harrison:

 

    "Harrison will not win this year to be the great chief. But he may win next year. If he does, he will not finish his term. He will die in office."

 

    One of the prisoners argued, "But Chief Tecumseh, no president has ever died in office".

 

    "Harrison will die, I tell you," Tecumseh said. "And when he dies you will remember the deaths of my people. You think that I have lost my powers: I who caused the sun to darken and red men to give up firewater. But I tell you Harrison will die. And after him, every great chief chosen every twenty years thereafter will die. And when each one dies, let everyone remember the death of our people."

 

    Before Tecumseh left for the Battle of the Thames in Canada (October 13, 1813), he gave away his possessions and made this prophecy to Tenskwatawa:

 

    "Brother, be of good cheer. Before one winter shall pass, the chance will yet come to build our nation and drive the Americans from our land. If this should fail, then a curse shall be upon the great chief of the Americans, if they shall ever pick Harrison to lead them.

 

    "His days in power shall be cut short. And for every twenty winters following, the days in power of the great chief which they shall select shall be cut short. Our people shall not be the instrument to shorten their time. Either the Great Spirit shall shorten their days or their own people shall shoot them.

 

    "This is not all. Each contest to select their great chief shall be marked by sharp divisions within their nation. Within seven winters of each contest, there shall be a war among their people, either within their nation or with other nations, I know not which. Our people shall prosper only if they can avoid these wars."

 

    When President Harrison died of pneumonia on April 4, 1841, many began to believe in Tecumseh's curse. Since then, every president elected in a "0" year has been shot or otherwise died in office.

 

    L.J. Jensen noted, in 1935, that since 1840, when Saturn and Jupiter began conjuncting in earth signs, every U.S. President who was elected in those periods died during his term in office: William Harrison (1841, pneumonia), Abraham Lincoln (1865, assassinated), James Garfield (1881), William McKinley (1901), Warren Harding (1923), Franklin Roosevelt (1945), and John F. Kennedy (1963, assassinated). Only two presidents elected at 20-year intervals before 1840 did not die in office: Thomas Jefferson and James Monroe. (30, 31)

 

    The last conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn occurred in 1980 in the air sign Libra. President Reagan was shot soon after but was resurrected. The next conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter will be in 23o Taurus in May 2000, affecting the reign of President-select George W. Bush, Jr.

 

    The 20-year cycle has been analyzed by the Fisher Exact Probability test and yields a statistical significance level of 0.00004, which is to say that there is only a very low possibility that the 20-year cycle is due to chance.

 

    The statistical and theoretical difficulties of analyzing the cycle have been treated by the mathematician Michael Capobianco using a more conservative technique which still yields statistically significant results (0.012). According to Capobianco, “There is slightly better than one chance in a hundred that the seven deaths would have occurred in this way... The average interval of 20.44 years [between presidential deaths in office] is nearly the same length as the interval for the double cycle in sunspots (21.22 years). Furthermore, the presidential deaths always occurred near the extreme dip in the sunspot cycle. In the opinion of astrologer David Williams, “The cycle became inoperative in 1981 because the Jupiter-Saturn conjunction fell in the air sign of Libra.”

 

    12.       Stalking Wolf ~

 

    In the 1920s, the Apache elder Stalking Wolf, who was the mentor of master tracker Tom Brown, Jr., received this horrid vision of the self-destruction of white men in North America. Only one sign remains to be fulfilled before the Purification begins:

 

    "The Earth is dying. The destruction of man is close, so very close, and we must all work to change that path of destruction. We must pay for the sins of our grandfathers and grandmothers, for we have long been a society that kills its grandchildren to feed its children. There can be no rest, and we cannot run away; far too many in the past have run away. It is very easy to live a spiritual life away from man, but the truth of Vision, in spiritual life, can only be tested and become a reality when lived near society...

 

    "I had a Vision... of the destruction of man. But man was given four warnings to that destruction, two of which gave man a chance to change his ways and two of which would give the children of the Earth time to escape the Creator’s wrath...

 

    "They will be obvious to you and to those who have learned to listen to the spirit of the Earth, but to those who live within the flesh and know only flesh, there is no knowing or understanding. When these signs, these warnings and prophecies, are made manifest, then you will understand the urgency of what I speak. Then you will understand why people must not just work for their own spiritual rapture but to bring that rapture to the consciousness of modern man".

 

    The spirit of a warrior appeared to Stalking Wolf and transported him to another time and place, saying:

 

    "These are the things yet to come that will mark the destruction of man. These things you may never see, but you must work to stop them and pass these warnings on to your grandchildren. They are the possible futures of what will come to pass if man does not obey the laws of Creation and the Creator. There are four signs, four warnings, that only the children of the earth will understand. Each warning marks the beginning of a possible future, and as each warning becomes reality, so too does the future it marks."

 

    The first sign was of a famine in Africa. Stalking Wolf found himself in a dying village. The spirit of a shaman spoke to him, saying:

 

    "Welcome to what will be called the land of starvation. The world will one day look upon all of this with horror and will blame the famine on the weather and the Earth. This will be the first warning to the world that man cannot live beyond the laws of Creation, nor can he fight Nature. If the world sees that it is to blame for this famine, this senseless starvation, then a great lesson will be learned. But I am afraid that the world will not blame itself but that the blame will be placed on Nature. The world will not see that it created this place of death by forcing these people to have larger families. When the natural laws of the land were broken, the people starved, as Nature starves the deer in winter when their numbers are too many for the land to bear...

 

    "These people should have been left alone. They once understood how to live with the Earth, and their wealth was measured in happiness, love and peace. But all of that was taken from them when the world saw theirs as a primitive society. It was then that the world showed them how to farm and live in a less primitive way. It was the world that forced them to live outside the laws of creation and as a result is now forcing them to die...

 

    "This will be the first sign. There will come starvation before and after this starvation, but none will capture the attention of the world with such impact as does this one. The children of the Earth will know the lessons that are held in all of this pain and death, but the world will only see it as drought and famine, blaming Nature instead of itself.”

 

    "It is during the years of the famine, the first sign, that man will be plagued by a disease... that will sweep the land and terrorize the masses. The white coats [doctors] will have no answers for the people and a great cry will arise across the land. The disease will be born of monkeys, drugs and sex. It will destroy man from the inside, making common sickness a killing disease. Mankind will bring this disease upon himself as a result of his life, his worship of sex and drugs, and a way of life away from Nature. This, too, is a part of the first warning, but again man will not heed this warning and he will continue to worship the false gods of sex and the unconscious spirit of drugs.

 

    "The drugs will produce wars in the cities of man, and the nations will arise against those wars, against that killing disease. But the nations will fight in the wrong way, lashing out at the effect rather than the cause. It will never win these wars until the nation, until society, changes its values and stops chasing the gods of sex and drugs. It is then, in the years of the first sign, that man can change the course of the probable future. It is then that there can still be hope. But once the second sign of destruction appears, the Earth can no longer be healed on a physical level. Only a spiritual healing can then change the course of the probable futures of mankind."

 

    "The landscape appeared drier, there was no vegetation to be seen, and animals lay dying. A great stench of death arose from the land... The sun seemed to be larger and more intense; no birds or clouds could be seen; the air seemed thicker still. It was then that the sky seemed to surge and huge holes began to appear. The holes tore with a thunderous sound, and the very Earth, rocks and soil shook.

 

    "The skin of the sky seemed to be torn open like a series of gaping wounds, and through these wounds seeped a liquid that seemed like the oozing of an infection..."

 

    The spirit warrior said to Stalking Wolf:

 

    "Holes in the sky... will become the second sign of the destruction of man. The holes in the sky and all that you have seen could become man’s reality. It is here that man must heed the warning and work harder to change the future at hand. But man must not only work physically, he must also work spiritually, through prayer, for only through prayer can man now hope to heal the Earth and himself...

 

    "These holes are a direct result of man's life, his travel, and of the sins of his grandfathers and grandmothers. These holes, the second sign, will mark the killing of his grandchildren and will become a legacy to man’s life away from nature. It is the time of these holes that will mark a great transition in mankind's thinking. They will then be faced with a choice, a choice to continue following the path of destruction or a choice to move back to the philosophy of the Earth and a simpler existence. It is here that the decision must be made, or all will be lost..."

 

    The first sign was the famine in Biafra and the outbreak of AIDS. The second sign obviously refers to the huge holes now appearing in the Earth’s ozone layer. Stalking Wolf had a third vision:

 

    "The sky suddenly turned back to a liquid and then turned blood red. As far as his eyes could see, the sky was solid red, with no variation in shadow, texture or light... As sunset drifted to night, the stars shone red, the color never leaving the sky, and everywhere was heard the cries of fear and pain.

 

    "This, then, is the third sign, The Night of the Bleeding Stars. It will become known throughout the world, for the sky in all lands will be red with the blood of the sky, day and night. It is then, with the sign of the third probable future, that there is no longer hope. Life on Earth as man has lived it will come to an end, and there can be no turning back, physically or spiritually. It is then, if things are not changed during the second sign, that man will surely know the destruction of the Earth is at hand. It is then that the children of the Earth must run to the wild places and hide. For when the sky bleeds fire, there will be no safety in the world of man...

 

    "From this time, when the stars bleed, to the fourth and final sign will be four seasons of peace. It is in these four seasons that the children of the Earth must live deep in the wild places and find a new home, close to the Earth and the Creator. It is only the children of the Earth who will survive, and they must live the philosophy of the Earth, never returning to the thinking of man. And survival will not be enough, for the children of the Earth must also live close to the spirit. So tell them not to hesitate if and when this third sign becomes manifest in the stars, for there are but four seasons to escape.

 

    "The fourth and final sign will appear through the next ten winters following the night that the stars will bleed. During this time the Earth will heal itself and man will die. For those ten years the children of the Earth must remain hidden in the wild places, make no permanent camps, and wander to avoid contact with the last remaining forces of man. They must remain hidden, like the ancient scouts and fight the urge to go back to the destruction of man. Curiosity could kill many...

 

    "There will be a great famine throughout the world, like man cannot imagine. Waters will run vile, the poisons of man’s sins running strong in the waters of the soils, lakes and rivers. Crops will fail, the animals of man will die, and diseases will kill the masses. The grandchildren will feed upon the remains of the dead, and all about will be the cries of pain and anguish. Roving bands of men will hunt and kill other men for food, and water will always be scarce, getting scarcer with each passing year. The land, the water, the sky will all be poisoned, and man will live in the wrath of the Creator. Men will hide at first in the cities, but there he will die. A few will run to the wilderness, but the wilderness will destroy them, for they had long ago been given a choice. Man will be destroyed, his cities in ruin, and it is then that the grandchildren will pay for the sins of their grandfathers and grandmothers...

 

    "There is only hope during the time of the first and second signs. Upon the third sign, the night of the bleeding stars, there is no longer hope, for only the children of the Earth will survive. Man will be given these warnings; if unheeded, there can be no hope, for only the children of the Earth will purge themselves of the cancers of mankind, of mankind’s destructive thinking. It will be the children of the Earth who will bring a new hope to the new society, living closer to the Earth and spirit." (16)

 

    13.   Mary No-Eyes ~

 

    Mary No-Eyes was an elderly Shoshone woman, blind but gifted with clairvoyance and prophecy. During the 1980s she told her prophecies to Mary Summer Rain, who recorded and published them. Speaking in broken English, Mary No-Eyes said:

 

    "Earth Mother in bad labor. She gonna give birth to something great. She already in first labor hours... She be in great pain now... It be great Phoenix that gonna rise up again just like all times ago. He already here... He been forming for years now. He all ready to break out of Earth Mother’s womb... She gonna give up great Phoenix soon..."

 

    In her summary of The Phoenix Chronicles, Mary Summer Rain listed some signs of the times and the birth of the Phoenix:

 

    "Contraction/Economic Aspects --- massive blue collar strikes, relocation of key factories overseas, computerization of factories, extended import & export embargoes & taxations, increased unemployment, widespread factory shutdowns, excessive taxation, small business failures, insolvency of many banks, stock market misdealings & decline, drastic construction decline, devaluation of real estate, increase in corporate crime, drop in level of manufactured goods, increase of corporate monopolies & takeovers, widespread layoffs, runaway credit purchases, cash as only accepted tender.

 

    "Emerging/Natural Disasters --- Major devastation in California, earthquakes in new areas, inactive craters become unsettled, mountains become unstable, return of the dust bowl, record-breaking flooding, tornadoes increase intensity and occasion, liquefaction of soil beneath faults, increased hurricane devastation, freak wind gusts & accidents, soil erosion, increased radon levels, rock & mud slides, insect infestations, sink holes, rapid temperature inversions, frigid winters & deadly blizzards, summer storms with intensified hail & lightning, seeping natural gas (fires & explosions), underground fires, widespread surface blazes, major quake of the New Madrid Fault... Greenish hue to atmosphere... Phoenix days...

 

    "Eyes Searching/Transportation Accidents --- Plane crashes increase, shipping disasters increase, higher incidence of train derailments & accidents.

 

    "Listening/Freak Deaths & Accidents --- Amusement park disasters, increase in homicide & suicide, freak household accidents, disease outbreaks, several catastrophic propane explosions, germ warfare release accident.

 

    "Breath Heaving/Discord Between Nations --- Grave economical differences, arms escalation, warring altercations, terrorism increases, undeclared wars, clandestine dealing between countries, high level secrecy.

 

    "Wings Flexing/Spiritual Unrest & Awakening --- Questioning masses, political church actions, government interventions, repression from certain religious sects, increased UFO sightings, interaction with other intelligences, acceptance of paranormal, acceptance of ongoing spirit afterlife, more religious sects going to court to force their personal restrictions on general public.

 

    "The Wailing/Nuclear Incident --- Several close meltdowns & leaks, seeping radioactive dump sites, two catastrophic meltdowns, radioactive pollution of land & rivers, several major accidents of nuclear missile trucks carriers and the transportation of nuclear waste,radioactive releases caused from geological instability.

 

    "Talons Tensing/Civil Unrest --- People’s revolt and resistance movements, draft evasion, public's discovery of coverups, nuclear exchange.

 

    "Crouching/Massive Revolts & Government Turnaround --- Taxation refusals, war resistance, policy disagreements within government body, major upheavals within governments.

 

    "Flying Free/Rise of the Age of Peace --- Total equality among people, discontinuance of all meat ingestion, construction reforms, cessation of most severe natural disasters, pollution-free energy innovations by way of the Earth’s magnetic field, rise of the Indian nation through widespread adaptation of its Ways of natural living and deep human philosophy." (17)

 

    Figure 5.6

    Sun Bear

 

    14.   Sun Bear ~

 

    The Ojibwa shaman Sun Bear (d. 1993) was founder of the Bear tribe (Washington). In his book Black Dawn/Bright Day (written with Wabun Wind), Sun Bear gave warning of Earth Changes.(18)

 

    According to Sun Bear, old Ojibwa pictographs, written on birch bark scrolls, tell this prophecy:

 

    "[Our great ancestors] saw the coming of the Europeans to this continent. They saw the kinds of hats they would be wearing. They saw how they would look and the kind of canoes they would have. They were told that if these people came in a sacred manner and accepted the knowledge that was given them by the people of this continent, then it would be a beautiful thing. We would walk as brothers and sisters on the land.

 

    "It soon became obvious that the Europeans didn’t respect the sacred teachings of the land. Our prophecies said that if this happened, there would come a time when we would lie in the dust for 100 years or more as if we were dead. Even our own people wouldn’t respect our teachings, and both Native and non-Native people would fail to understand them. Some Natives would turn from the teachings and be lured away saying, ‘This is a better teaching.’

 

    "Our prophecies also said that at the end of that 100 years, we would be walking on our hind legs again. We would be alive as if we were Earth spirits just reborn. We would stand up and have our power again. We would be able to call in the forces --- the thunder and the lightning and the storms --- and communicate with these powers all the time because this is part of our ancient knowledge. We would have these abilities again, and we would return to the sacred path.

 

    "At that time, our sons and daughters would again come to us and ask to be taught the sacred ways. And the sons and daughters of the people who had come across the great Water would come to us too. they would say, ‘teach us, for we are about to destroy the Earth.’ This is the stage we are at right now...

 

    "Another prophecy of my Native people speaks of a time when the Earth would hold back her increase: one area would be too wet; another too dry. One place would be too hot; another, too cold. this is what we are experiencing now... Another part of the prophecy states that the rivers will change their courses."

 

    Sun Bear also described one of his Dreams of Destruction:

 

    "Over a period of time I have had many, many dreams that showed the coming of the Earth changes... One reason that I organized the Bear Tribe as a rural-base community was because I saw in my dreams major destruction coming to the cities.

 

    "I saw a time when the cities wouldn't exist in their present state. During the changes the most dangerous places will be near cities with nuclear and chemical plants. But all major cities will experience a breakdown in services. In my dreams, I've seen great garbage piles on the streets, the electric service out of order because of storms...

 

    "I also foresee race riots in the big cities, with street gangs engaged in uncontrolled fighting against each other, using guns to get what they want. When there is no money to pay their salaries, the police will not be there to protect the people in the city. Instead, in one of my dreams, I saw the police banded together in groups calling themselves the 'Brothers of the Gun.' They were using their guns to take whatever they wanted. This is already happening in other parts of the world...

 

    "I see the cities being hit by major epidemics caused by bad water, toxic chemicals, or other things...

 

    "In my dreams, I've also seen wheat crops that had rusted. They had candy-like clumps of rust, a serious disease that was destroying the crops. There were great black birds like crows or vultures, just waiting. With nothing left to eat, these birds were scavenging bodies as humans died... In my dreams I see diseases like this continuing to cause great destruction...

 

    "In my dreams I've also seen small bands of people living very close to the Earth. I saw that other people would come to join them, and they would embrace these newcomers. All they said to them was, 'You have survived.' There were no more 'isms' in the world -- not Catholicism, not Communism, nothing. We were all just human beings living on the Earth in a sacred manner...

 

    "I see about one-fourth of the world's population surviving. All those who do survive will come through with a higher level of consciousness..."

 

    Figure 5.7

    George Washington

 

    15.       George Washington ~

 

    The vision received by George Washington in the winter of 1777 is one of the most fascinating of all American prophecies. Washington told his vision to Anthony Sherman, who recounted it to Wesley Bradshaw, publisher of the National Stripes:

 

    "The last time I ever saw Anthony Sherman was on the 4th of July, 1859, in Independence Square. He was then 99 years old, and becoming very feeble. But though so old, his dimming eyes rekindled as he gazed upon Independence Hall, which he had come to visit once more.

 

    "Let's go into the hall", he said. "I want to tell you of an incident in Washington's life --- one which no one alive knows of except myself; and if you live, you will before long see it verified. Mark the prediction; you will see it verified.

 

    "From the beginning of the revolution we experienced all phases of fortune, now good and now ill, one time victorious and another conquered. The darkest period we had, I think, was when George Washington, after several reverses, retreated to Valley Forge, where he resolved to pass the winter of 1777.

 

    "Ah, I have often seen tears coursing down our dear commander's care-worn cheeks, as he would be conversing with a confidential officer about the condition of his poor soldiers. You have doubtless heard the story of Washington going to the thicket to pray. Well, it was not only true, but he used to pray in secret for aid and comfort. And God brought us safely through the darkest days of tribulation.

 

    "One day, I remember it well, the chilly winds whispered through the leafless trees, though the sky was cloudless and the sun shone brightly. He noticed that his face was a shade paler than usual, and there seemed to be something on his mind of more than ordinary importance. After a preliminary conversation of about half an hour, Washington, gazing upon his companion with that strange look of dignity which he alone could command, said to the latter:

 

    "I do not know whether it is owing to the anxiety of my mind, or what, but this afternoon, as I was sitting at this table engaged in preparing a dispatch, something in the apartment seemed to disturb me. Looking up I beheld standing opposite me a singularly beautiful being. So astonished was I, for I had given strict orders not to be disturbed, that it was some moments before I found language to inquire the cause of the visit. A second, a third, and even a fourth time did I repeat the question, but received no answer from my mysterious visitor except a slight raising of the eyes.

 

    "By this time I felt strange sensations spreading over me. I would have risen but the riveted gaze of the being before me rendered volition impossible. I assayed once more to speak but my tongue had become useless, as if paralyzed. A new influence, mysterious, potent, irresistible, took possession of me. All I could do was to gaze steadily, vacantly, at my unknown visitor.

 

    "Gradually the surrounding atmosphere seemed to fill with sensations, and grew luminous. Everything about me seemed to rarefy, the mysterious visitor also becoming more airy, and yet more distinct to my eyes than before. I began to feel as one dying, or rather to experience the sensations which I have sometimes imagined accompany death. I did not think, I did not reason, I did not move. All alike were impossible. I was only conscious of gazing fixedly, vacantly at my companion.

 

    "Presently I heard a voice saying, 'Son of the Republic, look and learn,' while at the same time my visitor extended an arm eastward.

 

    "Now I beheld a heavy white vapor at some distance rising fold upon fold. This gradually dissipated, and I looked upon a strange scene. Before me lay, spread out in one vast plain all the countries of the world --- Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. I saw rolling and tossing between Europe and America the billows of the Atlantic, and between Asia and America lay the Pacific. 'Son of the Republic,' said the mysterious voice as before, 'Look and learn.'

 

    "At that moment I beheld a dark shadowy being like an angel, standing or rather floating in mid-air between Europe and America. Dipping water out of the ocean in the hollow of each hand, he sprinkled some upon America with his right hand, while with his left he cast some over Europe. Immediately a cloud arose from these countries and joined in mid-ocean. For a while it seemed stationary, and then it moved slowly westward until it enveloped America in its murky folds. Sharp flashes of lightning gleamed through it at intervals, and I heard the smothered groans and cries of the American people.

 

    "A second time the angel dipped from the ocean and sprinkled it out as before. The dark cloud was then drawn back into the ocean in whose heaving billows it sank as before.

 

    "A third time I heard the mysterious voice saying, 'Son of the Republic, look and learn.' I cast my eyes upon America and beheld villages and towns and cities springing up one after another until the whole land from the Atlantic to the Pacific was dotted with them. Again I heard the mysterious voice saying, 'Son of the Republic, the end of the century cometh; look and learn.'

 

    "And this time the dark shadowy angel turned his face southward. From Africa I saw an ill-omened spectre approach our land. It flitted slowly and heavily over every town and city of the latter. The inhabitants presently set themselves in battle array against each other. As I continued looking, I saw a bright angel on whose brow rested a crown of light on which was traced the word 'Union.' He was bearing the American flag. He placed the flag between the divided nation and said, 'Remember, ye are brethren.'

 

    "Instantly, the inhabitants, casting down their weapons, became friends once more and united around the National Standard.

 

    "Again I heard the mysterious voice saying, 'Son of the Republic, look and learn.' At this the dark shadowy angel placed a trumpet to his mouth and blew three distinct blasts; and taking water from the ocean, he sprinkled it upon Europe, Asia and Africa.

 

    "Then my eyes beheld a fearful scene. From each of these continents arose thick black clouds that were soon joined into one. And through this mass there gleamed a dark red light by which I saw hordes of armed men. These men, moving with the cloud, marched by land and sailed by sea to America, which country was enveloped in the volume of the cloud. And I dimly saw the vast armies devastate the whole country and burn the villages, towns and cities which I had seen springing up.

 

    "As my ears listened to the thundering of the cannon, clashing of swords, and the shouts and cries of millions in mortal combat, I again heard the mysterious voice saying, 'Son of the Republic, look and learn.' When this voice had ceased, the dark shadowy angel placed his trumpet once more to his mouth and blew a long and fearful blast.

 

    "Instantly a light as of a thousand suns shone down from above me and pierced and broke into fragments the dark cloud which enveloped America. At the same moment the angel upon whose head still shone the word ‘Union’ and who bore our national flag in one hand and a sword in the other, descended from the heavens attended by legions of white spirits. These immediately joined the inhabitants of America, who I perceived were well-nigh overcome but who immediately, taking courage again, closed up their broken ranks and renewed the battle.

 

    "Again, amidst the fearful noise of the conflict I heard the mysterious voice saying, 'Son of the Republic, look and learn.' As the voice ceased, the shadowy angel for the last time dipped water from the ocean and sprinkled it upon America. Instantly the dark cloud rolled back, together with the armies it had brought, leaving the inhabitants of the land victorious.

 

    "Then once more I beheld the villages, towns and cities springing up where I had seen them before, while the bright angel, planting the azure standard he had brought in the midst of them, cried with a loud voice, 'While the stars remain, and the heavens send down dew upon the earth, so long shall the union last.' And taking from his brow the crown on which blazoned the word, 'Union,' he placed it upon the standard while the people kneeling down said, 'Amen.'

 

    "The scene instantly began to fade and dissolve, and I at last saw nothing but the rising, curling vapor I at first beheld. This also disappeared, and I found myself once more gazing upon the mysterious visitor, who, in the same voice I had heard before, said, 'Son of the Republic, what you have seen is thus interpreted. Three great perils will come upon the republic. The most fearful for her is the third. But the whole world united shall not prevail against her. Let every child of the republic learn to live for God, his land and Union.' With these words the vision vanished, and I started from my seat and felt that I had seen a vision wherein had been shown me the birth, the progress, and destiny of the United States." (19)

 

    The first peril foreseen by Washington was that of the War of Independence, the second danger was the Civil War, and the third will be a second revolution and civil war, complicated by the invasion of America by armies from Asia, Africa, and even Europe. The reference to "a light as of a thousand suns" suggests that nuclear weapons might be used to destroy the invaders.

 

    16.   Molly Pitcher ~

 

    Two women, both named Molly Pitcher, figured as heroines in the American Revolution, and sometimes they are confused with each other. The best known Molly Pitcher was Mrs. Mary Hayes, wife of an artilleryman in the Continental Army. At the battle of Monmouth she carried water for the troops, and so was nicknamed “Molly Pitcher”. When her husband was wounded, she took his position and kept firing the cannon for the duration of the battle. General Washington commissioned her as a sergeant to reward her bravery.

 

    The other Molly Pitcher was a renowned seeress, born Mary (Molly) Diamond. She married Robert Pitcher, a shoemaker, when she was 20 years old.

 

    Molly’s ability as a psychic gave her access to British military secrets which she passed on to the revolutionaries. When General Washington took command of the American Army at Cambridge on July 3, 1775, Mary was presented to Washington as the "Daughter of our regiment." Washington said:

 

    "You have adopted a sibyl and a saint.”"

 

    During the ceremony, Molly had a vision which she later told to Washington: an eagle hovered over him without unfolding its wings. Not until several years later was the eagle chosen as our national bird.Molly Pitcher also predicted several inventions, some of which remain to be discovered:

 

    "Thousands shall go behind a curl of smoke [locomotives]... Carriages will go at lightning speed and none shall see what propelled them [automobiles]... Men will ascend and descend Jacob’s Ladder of heaven like angels [the NASA space program]... Magnificent music will be conducted on wires hundreds of miles away and will play at the instigation of man...

 

    "Men shall arise who will command the storms, turning and directing them at pleasure. Great heat will be prevented by the use of clouds which can be turned on or off at will, and water shall be pumped from them where drought is upon the earth. The frozen water in winter shall be thawed by glorious sunbeams led by sun conductors and several other wonderful inventions." (20)

 

    Figure 5.8

    Gen. George McClellan

 

    17.   General George McClellan ~

 

    General George B. McClellan, chief of the Union Armies, had a dream vision that saved Washington DC and the Union itself in the second summer of the Civil War. (20)

 

    At 2 a.m. of the third night after arriving in Washington to take command of the U.S. Army, General McClellan fell asleep while studying his map table. He had been asleep for about ten minutes when he imagined that the locked door of his room suddenly was thrown open. Someone entered and said in a powerful voice"

 

    "General McClellan, do you sleep at your post? Rouse you, or ere it can be prevented the foe will be in Washington."

 

    The general felt as though he were suspended in a void of infinite space. The voice continued to speak "from a hollow distance all about." He thought that he awoke from his sleep, but while the map table remained, the surrounding room had vanished, and he gazed upon a living map of the entire USA from the Atlantic Ocean to the Mississippi River. The mysterious being beside him appeared only as a ghostly, man-shaped vapor.

 

    McClellan was amazed to see troop movements and the entire distribution of Confederate forces, and he was elated with the prospect of the victory he could realize with this new knowledge. But then he saw Confederates moving into select positions which he had chosen to occupy, and he realized that the enemy knew his plans. The voice spoke:

 

    "General McClellan, you have been betrayed, and had God not willed otherwise, ere the sun of tomorrow had set, the Confederate flag would have waved above the Capitol and your own grave. But note what you see. Your time is short."

 

    While the voice continued to describe the Confederate positions, McClellan wrote on his own map, making notes from the living map around him. The rest of his vision concerns what is now our near future:

 

    "I had been conscious of a shining light on my left that steadily increased until the moment I ceased my task, when it became, in an instant, more intense than the noonday sun. Quickly I raised my eyes, and never, were I to live forever, should I forget what I saw. The dim, shadowy figure was no longer a dim, shadowy one, but a glorified, refulgent figure of Washington, Father of his Country, and now, for the second time, its savior.

 

    "My friend, it would be utterly impossible for me to attempt to describe the majesty of that returned spirit. I can only say that Washington, as I beheld him in my dream (or trance as you may choose to call it), was the most God-like being I could have ever conceived of. Like a weak, dazzled bird, I sat gazing at the heavenly vision from the sweet and silent repose of Mt. Vernon. Our Washington had risen, to once more encircle and raise up with his saving arms our fallen and bleeding country. As I continued looking, an expression of sublime benignity came gently upon his face and for the last time I heard that slow, solemn voice saying something like this:

 

    'General McClellan, while yet in the flesh I beheld the birth of the American Republic. It was indeed a hard and bloody one, but God’s blessing was upon the nation, and therefore, through this great struggle for existence, He sustained her with His mighty hand and brought her out triumphantly. A century has not passed since then, and yet the child republic has taken her position, a peer with nations whose pages of history extend for ages into the past. She has (since those days, by the favor of God) greatly prospered and now, by the very reason of this prosperity, she has been brought to her second struggle, this so far the most perilous ordeal she has to suffer in passing, as she is, from childhood to opening maturity.

 

    "She is called upon to accomplish that vast result --- self-conquest --- to learn that important lesson --- self-control, self-rule, that in the future will place her in the van of power and civilization. It is here that all the nations hitherto have failed, and she, too, the republic of the earth, had God willed otherwise, would by tomorrow’s sunset, have been a heap of stones, cast up over the final grave of human liberty. But her cries have come up out of the borders like sweet incense unto heaven. She shall be saved. Then shall peace once more be upon her, and prosperity shall fill her with joy.

 

    "But her mission will not then be accomplished, for ere another century shall have gone by THE OPPRESSORS OF THE WHOLE EARTH, hating and envying her and her exaltation, SHALL JOIN THEMSELVES TOGETHER AND RAISE UP THEIR HANDS AGAINST HER.

 

    "But if she be found worthy of her high calling, they shall be truly discomfited and then will be ended her third and last struggle for existence. Henceforth shall the Republic go on, increasing in goodness and power, until her borders shall end only in the remotest corners of the earth, and the whole earth shall, beneath her shadowy wings, become a Universal Republic.

 

    "Let her in her prosperity, however, remember the Lord her God. Let her trust in Him and she shall never be confounded."

 

    "I inclined my head to receive his blessing, ‘the baptism of the spirit of Washington.’ The following instant peals of thunder rolled in upon me, and I awoke. The visitor had departed and I again was sitting in my apartment with everything exactly as it was before I fell asleep, with a few exceptions. The maps of which I had dreamed I had been marking were literally covered with a net of pencil signs and figures. I rose to my feet and rubbed my eyes, and took a turn or two around the room to recover myself. I had before me as complete a map and repository of information as though I had spent several years in gathering and recording its details.

 

    "Our beloved, glorious Washington shall again rest quietly, sweetly in his tomb, until perhaps the end of the Prophetic Century approaches once more, laying aside the crements of Mt. Vernon, to become Messenger of Succor and Peace from the Great Ruler, who has all nations of the Earth in his keeping.

 

    "But the future is too vast for our comprehension; we are the children of the present. When peace shall again have folded her bright wings and settled upon our land, the strange, unearthly map marked while the Spirit eyes of Washington looked down, shall be preserved among the American archives, as a precious reminder to the American nation of what in her second great struggle for existence, they owe to God and the Glorified Spirit of Washington. Verily, the works of God are above the understanding of man!"

 

    Convinced of the divine nature of his dream and by the new details on his map, General McClellan immediately rode along the Union front and made strategic changes necessary to meet the Confederates’ plan of attack on Antietam (September 17, 1862). Thus he succeeded in preventing the capture ofthe Capitol, and saved the Union. However, he failed to pursue General Lee’s troops, and he was removed from command on account of that error.

 

    18.   David Croly ~

 

    David G. Croly (1829-1889) was born in Ireland, and emigrated with his parents to New York. He became a journalist for the New York Evening Post and the Herald, and was editor of World magazine. Croly made his first prediction in 1871, foretelling in detail the Panic of 1873. He began writing the column "Sir Oracle" for the Real Estate Record & Builder’s Guide, intended "to be read today and judged in the year 2000". The columns were reprinted in Croly’s Glimpses of the Future (1888). David Croly accurately predicted that Germany would instigate World War Two. He foretold of India’s independence from British rule, the dominance of the USSR, and new technologies such as motion pictures, photoelectric printing, air travel, and electric power. Croly also made predictions that still await fulfillment. He saw that new states will be formed from Texas and California, and a new Constitution will be adopted under the pressure of radical changes and civil war. The USA will expand to absorb Canada, Central America, and the West Indies. (20)

 

    Figure 5.9

    Joseph Smith

 

    19.   Joseph Smith ~

 

    The Mormons have produced several prophets who foretold of a second civil war in America, and its invasion. The Mormon prophets agree with each other and with George Washington, Gen. McClellan, and several European prophets in their descriptions of the horrors that will be America’s come-uppance. (21)

 

    The Mormon Elder John J. Roberts recorded a prophecy made by Joseph Smith, the founder of the LDS Church, during a grand review of the Nauvoo Legion in May 1843. Theodore Turley also was present at the conversation. He reiterated the prophecy during a sermon about two weeks later. Smith said:

 

    "I want to tell you something. I will speak in a parable like unto John the Revelator.

 

    "You will go to the Rocky Mountains and you will be a great and mighty people established there, which I will call the 'White Horse of Peace and Safety'... I shall never go there. Your enemies will continue to follow you with persecutions and will make obnoxious laws against you in Congress to destroy the White Horse, but you will have a friend or two to defend you to throw out the worst part of the laws, so they will not hurt much. You must continue to petition Congress all the time, but they will treat you like strangers and aliens and will not give you your rights but will govern you with strangers and commissioners; you will see the Constitution of the United States almost destroyed; it will hang by a thread, as it were, as fine as the finest silk fiber.

 

    "I love the Constitution; it was made under the inspiration of God, and will be preserved and saved by the efforts of the White Horse and the Red Horse [the Indians] who will combine in its defense. The White Horse will raise an ensign on the tops of the mountains of peace and safety. The White Horse will find the mountains full of minerals and they will become very rich. You will see silver piled up in the streets.

 

    "You will see gold shoveled up like sand. Gold will be of little value even in a mercantile capacity, for the people of the world will have something else to do in seeking for salvation.

 

    "The time will come when the banks in every nation will fail and only two places will be safe where people can deposit their gold and treasures. These places will be the White Horse and England’s vaults.

 

    "A terrible revolution will take place in America such as has never been seen before, for the land will be literally left without a supreme government, and every species of wickedness will be rampant. It will be so terrible that father will be against son, mother against daughter, and daughter against mother. The most terrible scenes of murder, bloodshed, and rapine that has ever been looked on will take place. Peace will be taken from the earth, and there will be peace only in the Rocky Mountains. This will cause many thousands of honest heart to gather there, not because they would be saints but for safety and because they would not take up the sword against their neighbor.

 

    "You will be so numerous that you will be in danger of famine, but not for the want of seed time and harvest, but because of so many to be fed. Many will come with bundles under their arms to escape the calamities, and there will be no escape except by fleeing to Zion.

 

    "Those that come to you will try to keep the laws and be one with you, for they will see your unity and the greatness of your organization.

 

    "The Turkish Empire or the Crescent will be one of the first nations that will be disrupted, for freedom must be given for the Gospel to be preached in the Holy Land.

 

    "The Lord took of the best blood of the nations and planted them on the small islands now known as England and Great Britain, and gave them great power in the nations for a thousand years and their power will continue with them, that they may keep the balance of power and keep Russia from usurping her power all over the world. England and France are now bitter enemies, but they will be allied together and be united to keep Russia from conquering the world.

 

    "The two Popes, Greek and Catholic, will come together and be united...

 

    "While the terrible revolution of which I have spoken is going on, England will be neutral until it becomes so inhuman that she will interfere to stop the shedding of blood. England and France will unite together to subdue the nations; they will find the nations so broken up and so many claiming government, till there will be no responsible government.

 

    "Then it will appear to the other nations or powers as though England had taken possession of the country. The Black horse will flee to the invaders and join with them, for they will have fear of the coming slaves again, knowing England did not believe in slavery; fleeing to them they believe would make them safe; armed with British bayonets, the doings of the Black Horse will be terrible...

 

    "During this time the White Horse will have gathered strength, sending out Elders to gather the honest in heart among the Pale Horse, or people of the United States, to stand by the Constitution of the United States, as it was given by the inspiration of God.

 

    "In these days God will set up a kingdom, never to be thrown down, for other kingdoms to come unto. And these kingdoms that will not let the Gospel be preached will be humbled until they will.

 

    "England, Germany, Norway, Denmark, Sweden, Switzerland, Holland, and Belgium have a considerable amount of blood of Israel among their people which must be gathered. These nations will submit to the kingdom of God. England will be the last of these kingdoms to surrender, but when she does so it will be as a whole in comparison as she threw off the Catholic power. The nobility know that the Gospel is true but it has not enough pomp and grandeur and influence for them to embrace it. They are proud, and will not acknowledge the Kingdom of God, or come unto it, until they see the power which it will have.

 

    "Peace and safety in the Rocky Mountains will be protected by a cordon band of the White Horse and the Red Horse.

 

    "The coming of the 10 Tribes of Israel, the coming of the Messiah among his people, will be so natural that only those who see Him will know that He has come, but he will come and give his laws unto Zion, and minister unto His people. This will not be His coming in the clouds of heaven to take vengeance upon the wicked of the world.

 

    "The Temple in Jackson County will be built in this generation. The saints will think there will not be time to build it, but with all the help you will receive you will put up a great temple quickly. They will have all the gold, silver, and precious stone; for these things only will be used for the beautifying of the temple; all the skilled mechanics you want, and the Ten Tribes of Israel will help you build it. When you see this land bound with iron you may look to Jackson County...

 

    "There is a land beyond the Rocky Mountains that will be invaded by the heathen Chinese unless great care and protection are given. Speaking of the heathen, where there is no law there is no condemnation; this will apply to them.

 

    "Power will be given to the White Horse to rebuke nations afar off, and they will be one with the White Horse, but when the law goes forth they will obey; for the law will go forth from Zion.

 

    "The last great struggle that Zion will have to contend with is when the whole of the Americas will be made the Zion of our God.

 

    "Those opposing will be called Gog and Magog. The nations of the world led by the Russian Czar and their power, will be great, but all opposition will be overcome and this land will be the Zion of our God."

 

    Another prophecy uttered by Joseph Smith told how the Saints would go to the Rocky Mountains and become a great and wealthy people. In the latter days, however, Smith said:

 

    "There will be two great political parties in this country. One will be called the Republican, and the other the Democrat party. These two parties will go to war and out of these two parties will spring another party which will be the Independent American Party. The United States will spend her strength and means warring in foreign lands until other nations will say, 'Let's divide up the lands of the United States'; then the people of the US will unite and swear by the blood of their forefathers, that the land shall not be divided. Then the country will go to war, and they will fight until one half of the US Army will give up, and the rest will continue to struggle. They will keep on until they are very ragged and discouraged, and almost ready to give up --- when the boys from the mountains rush forth in time to save the American Army from defeat and ruin. And they will say, 'Brethren, we are glad you have come; give us men, henceforth, who can talk with God'. Then you will have friends, but you will save the country when its liberty hangs by a hair, as it were."

 

    20.   Bishop Charles Evans ~

 

    On Christmas night in 1882, the Mormon Bishop Charles D. Evans had a vision in which he saw what is now our present and near future:

 

    "While I continued to stare and marvel at the wondrous work before me, all of a sudden the scene vanished, and a new era, resultant, however, from the forces of the religious agencies before mentioned, burst upon my view. The history of American Independence, with the actors therein, passed before me. The Constitution of the United States was emblazoned upon an immense distance. Civil and religious toleration was general throughout the land. Man rejoiced in the privilege of worshipping God according to the dictates of conscience. Prosperity reigned. Angels smiles. Heaven approved. The fetters of political and religious intolerance, forged by the monarchs of the eastern world, were sundered, shall it be said forever? Such was my thought. I was full of joy at the sight; big tears of joy rolled down my cheeks, when all of a sudden, my attention was directed to a personage standing by my bedside, and who was attired in a white and flowing robe. Addressing me, he said, 'Son of Mortality, look."'

 

    "I looked and beheld a scene most revolting to my senses, from the fact that it was the reverse of the prosperity and religious freedom I had before witnessed. I saw the representatives of one branch of the Republic holding in their hands fetters they themselves had forged.

 

    "The personage, again addressing me, said,'"Knowest thou the meaning of these?'

 

    "I answered, 'No.'

 

    "He replied, 'These are the chains with which certain sons of the Republic, who have tasted the fruit of the tree of liberty, desire to bind their fellows. These are they who seek to subvert the cause of human freedom. These seek to enslave one portion of the children of freedom who differ from them in religious belief and practice. Know thou, my son, that their object is filthy lucre. They plot to take away human rights, and to destroy the freedom of the soul, to possess the homes of the industrious without fee or reward. Their souls shall be in derision, and the heavens shall laugh at their folly. Their calamity slumbereth not. But cast thine eyes eastward and look.'

 

    "I looked and beheld that the bands that held society together during the reign of the republic, were snapped asunder. Society had broken loose from all restraints of principle and good conscience. Brotherhood had dissolved. Respect for common rights and even the rights of life and property had fled from the land. I saw faction after faction arise and contend with each other. Political strife was everywhere. Father and son alike contended in these awful feuds. The spirit of deadly hate... passed through the Republic. Blood was written every banner. The spirit of bloodshed appeared to possess every heart.

 

    "Turning to the person in white I exclaimed, 'Surely this means the total destruction of our nation."'

 

    "Touching my eyes with his finger, he replied: 'Look again.'

 

    "I looked and beheld that many who were angry with the rulers of the Republic, for the subversion of the Constitutional law, and their wholesale plunder of the public moneys, arose and proclaimed themselves the friends of the Constitution in its original form. These looked around for some others to sustain the country's flag inviolate, pledging themselves and their fortunes and sacred honours to that end.

 

    "A voice was suddenly heard declaring these words: 'In the distant mountain tops are to be found the true lovers of freedom and equal rights, a people who have never made war upon each other. Go there, for only there can your lives and property be secure from the spoiler. There alone can the flag you love wave proudly for the protection of all people, irrespective of creed and color.'

 

    "While thus engaged I cast my eyes to the far west, when suddenly appeared on Ensign Peak, near Salt Lake City, a beautiful flag whereon was written these words: 'Friends of Human Liberty throughout the world, all hail! We greet you under the flag of freedom, our country's flag.' One shout of 'Welcome' from the Mountain Sons of Freedom rent the air. I beheld that the multitude wept with joy. The laws were again administered in purity. The people prospered. Tyrants were hurled down. All religious bodies were equally protected before the law. No North, no South, no East, no West, but one unbroken nation whose banner waved for all the world. On this I awoke in tears of joy." (21)

 

    21.   Orson Pratt ~

 

    Orson Pratt was a member of the Original Council of the Twelve Apostles of the Mormon Church. This self-explanatory vision of his was recorded in Vol. 20 of the Church’s Journal of Discourses:

 

    "What then will be the condition of the people when the great and dreadful war will come? It will be very different from the war between the North and South. It will be neighborhood against neighborhood, city against city, town against town, state against state, and they will go forth destroying and being destroyed. Manufacturing will almost cease, great cities will be left desolate. The time will come when the great city of New York will be left without inhabitants...

 

    "When that day shall come (when the missionaries will be called home) there shall be wars, not such wars as have come in centuries and years that are past and gone, but a dsolating war. When I say desolating, I mean that it will lay these european nations in waste. Cities will be left vacated, without inhabitants. The people will be destroyed by the sword of their own hands. Not only this but many other cities will be burned; for when contending armies are wrought up with the terrible anger, without the Spirit of God upon them, when they have not that spirit of humanity that now characterizes many of the wars amongst nations, when they are left to themselves, there will be no quarter given, no prisoners taken, but a war of destruction, of desolation, of the burning of the cities and villages, until the land is laid desolate." (J. Disc. 20: 150)

 

    Figure 5.10

    Brigham Young

 

    22.   Brigham Young ~

 

    Guided by revelation, Brigham Young led a group of Mormons to Promontory Point overlooking Utah’s Great Salt Lake, where they founded Salt Lake City. Young left this prophecy among his Discourses:

 

    "All that you know now can scarcely be called a preface to the sermon that will be preached with fire and sword, tempests, earthquakes, hail, rain and fearful destruction. What matters the destruction of a few railway cars? You will hear of magnificent cities, now idolized by the people, sinking in the earth entombing its inhabitants. The sea will heave itself beyond its bounds, engulfing many cities. Famine will spread over the nation, and nation will rise against nation, kingdom against kingdom, states against states, in our own country and in foreign lands." (21)

 

    23.   John Taylor ~

 

    The revelation given to John Taylor, as recorded by Wilford Woodruff, and published in Kraut's Visions of the Latter Days, describes the horror in America:

 

    "I continued on my way passing through Omaha, Council Bluffs, and Iowa, and saw many women moving about in an excited manner. Sickness and death prevailed on all sides. The inhabitants of Illinois and Missouri were in dreadful condition, the men and women killing each other in the most brutal manner.

 

    "Next I visited the City of Washington DC and found the place deserted and in ruins. From there I went to Baltimore and on the square, where stands the monument of 1812, dead bodies of the inhabitants of the place were piled in heaps. While there I saw mothers cut the throats of their own children and drink the blood in order to quench their thirst. The waters of Chesapeake Bay were so befouled from the effect of the dead bodies that the water could not be used. Sickness and death prevailed throughout the city and the stench was something awful..."

 

    Taylor then visited Philadelphia and New York, which suffered likewise:

 

    "The sights that met my view on all sides were so horrible to look upon that it would be impossible for me to describe them.

 

    "After these scenes had passed, I found myself standing on the left bank of the Missouri River, just oppsoite to where stood the City of Independence and soon discovered that the states of Illinois, Missouri, and part of Iowa had been swept clean of its inhabitants and the surrounding country was a complete wilderness...

 

    "I then looked over the country; in every direction as far as I could see, a similar condition prevailed. I then passed eastward above the earth and looking down saw many people coming west, mostly women who were carrying small bundleson their backs, and I thought it strange that there were so few men among them. They were on their way to the mountains, and I wondered how they could get there as the railroads were abandoned and the rails were in bad condition..." (KRAUT, Ogden: The White Horse Prophecy; 1993, Pioneer Press)

 

    24.   D. Modin

 

    D. Modin is a well-known lecturer, astrologer, newspaper columnist, and author of Prophecy: 1973-2000. He received the following vision in 1947:

 

    "I saw a new World War break out in the Pacific, its center in the Philippines. From there, it spread out to encircle the world. I saw on one side the Christian forces, and on the other side the Buddhist and Mohammedan forces. Throughout the world, I saw destruction of the land, industry at a standstill, and people being killed almost instantly, on a massive scale. I saw the people of a new faith in the far East looking to Palestine for safety.

 

    "Then the war between the nations stopped, and I saw revolution in each of the nations and great natural upheavals, the intent of which seemed to be to break up the old conditions.

 

    "I saw the International Boundary at Blaine, Washington, torn up clear across to Nova Scotia, where it disappeared. The American and Canadian governments broke up in chaos. I saw race rioting upon the American continent on a vast scale. I saw hunger and disease throughout the world. Strife and chaos swept away the world we know. It was my impression that from the start of the Third World War this was all a continuous panorama, with different stages of development appearing simultaneously. First, world conflagration, then the break-down of national governments, followed by starvation, disease, and natural disasters. Then the scene ended." (21)

 

    Figure 5.11

    Edgar Cayce

 

    25.   Edgar Cayce ~

 

    The renowned American psychic Edgar Cayce was called "The Sleeping Prophet" because most of his messages were transmitted while he was in a sleep-like trance. Cayce was born in 1877. His psychic abilities began to manifest at the age of six, when he began to see and talk to "visions", some of which were recently deceased relatives. Cayce enhanced his education by sleeping with his schoolbooks under his pillow; he absorbed information by some unknown psychic talent which faded as he grew older. At age 21, he developed a paralysis of the larynx. Doctors could not find a cause or cure. Cayce healed himself by going into a trance and diagnosing his problem. Then he prescribed medication and therapy which restored his voice. Thereafter, a group of Kentucky physicians began to consult with Cayce to diagnose their patients. He required only the name and address of the patient in order to diagnose the person, regardless of the distance. (22, 23)

 

    Edgar Cayce gave over 14,000 documented "readings" for more than 8,000 people during his 43-year career (he died on January 3, 1945). He also made a number ofprophecies in odd Englishing which warn of a future revolution in America:

 

    "Though there may come those periods when there will be great stress, as brother against brother, as group or sect or race against race --- yet the leveling must come...

 

    "There must eventually come a revolution in this country --- and there will be a dividing of the sections as one against another. For these are the leveling means and manners to which men resort when there is plenty in some areas and a lack of sustenance in others.

 

    "When many of the isles of the sea and many of the lands have come under the subjugation of those who fear neither man nor the devil; who rather join themselves with that force by which they may proclaim might and power as right, as of a superman who is ideal for a generation to be established, then shall their own land see blood flow, as in those periods when brother fought against brother [Nazi Germany].

 

    "Without the brotherhood of the world, there will again come Armageddon, and in the same there will be seen that the Christian forces will again move westward!...

 

    "The earth will be broken up in many places. The early portion will see a change in the physical aspect of the west coast of America. There will appear open waters in the northern portions of Greenland. There will be seen new lands of the Caribbean Sea... South America will be shaken from the uppermost portion to the end; and in the Antarctic off Tierra del Fuego will be land, and a strait with rushing waters.

 

    "When there is first the breaking up of some conditions in the South Sea and those as apparent as the sinking or rising of that which is almost opposite it, or in the Mediterranean, and the Aetna area, then we may know it has begun.

 

    "All over the country we will find many physical changes of a minor or greater degree. The greater change, as we will find, in America, will be the North Atlantic Seaboard. Watch New York!" [311-8; MS-7; April 9, 1932]

 

    "Lands will appear in the Atlantic as well as in the pacific. And Poseida will be among the first portions of Atlantis to rise again. Expect it in ‘68 or ‘69. Not so far away"!

 

    Obviously, this prediction is very late in coming to pass. Timing is the most problematic part of prophecy.

 

    "As to changes... the Earth will be broken up in the Western portions of America. The greater portion of Japan must go into the sea. The upper portion of Europe will be changed as in the twinkling of an eye. Land will appear off the East coast of America... There will be upheavals in the Arctic and in the Antarctic that will make for the eruption of volcanoes in the Torrid areas, and there will be the shifting then of the poles --- so that where there have been those of a frigid or semitropical [climate] it will become more tropical, and moss and fern will grow.

 

    "And these will begin in the period of ‘58 to ‘98 when these will be proclaimed as the periods when the Light will be seen again in the clouds..." (3976-15; January 19, 1934)

 

    "As to the conditions in the geography of the world, of the country, changes here are gradually coming about. Many portions of the east Coast will be disturbed, as well as many portions of the West Coast, as well as the central portion of the United States.

 

    "In the next few years, lands will appear in the Atlantic, as well as in the Pacific. And what is the coastline of many an island will be the bed of the ocean.

 

    "Los Angeles, San Francisco... will be among those that will be destroyed before New York, even..

 

    "Portions of the now East Coast of New York, or New York City itself, will in the main disappear. This will be another generation, though, here; while the southern portions of Carolina, Georgia, these will disappear. This will be much sooner.

 

    "The waters of the Great Lakes will empty into the Gulf of Mexico rather than over the waterway [St. Lawrence Seaway]...

 

    "If there are greater activities on Vesuvius or Pelee [Martinique], then the southern coast of California --- and the areas between Salt Lake and the southern portions of Nevada --- may expect, within three months following the same, an inundation caused by the earthquakes...

 

    "Then [Virginia beach] will be among the safety lands --- as will be portions of what now is known as Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois and much of the southern portion of Canada and the eastern portion of Canada; while the western land, much of that is disturbed in this land..." (272-35; January 21, 1936)

 

    "Even many of the battlefields of the present [1941] will be ocean, will be the seas, the bays, the lands over which the new order will carry on their trade as one with another. (1152-11; MS-3; August 13, 1941)

 

    In 1936, Edgar Cayce had a prophetic dream of his reincarnation in the new USA:

 

    "I had been born again in 2100 A.D. in Nebraska. The sea apparently covered all of the western part of the country, as the city where I lived was on the coast. The family name was a strange one. At an early age as a child I declared myself to be Edgar Cayce who had lived 200 years before. Scientists, men with long beads, little hair, and thick glasses, were called in to observe me. They decided to visit the places where I said I had been born, lived, and worked in Kentucky, Alabama, New York, Michigan, and Virginia. Taking me with them the group of scientists visited these places in a long, cigar-shaped metal flying ship which moved at a high speed. Water covered part of Alabama. Norfolk, Virginia, had become an immense seaport. New York had been destroyed either by war or an immense earthquake and was being rebuilt. Industries were scattered over the countryside. Most of the houses were built of glass. Many records of my work as Edgar Cayce were discovered and collected. The group returned to Nebraska, taking the records with them to study... These changes in the earth will come to pass, for the time and times and half times are at an end, and there begins those periods for the readjustments..."

 

    David Martinique, the author of Edgar Cayce and the End Times has claimed that Cayce received several terrifying prophecies of doom in the months before he died in 1945. His private journal was left to a friend with instructions that it be kept secret until October 30, 1994. The diary includes seven predictions for 1995-1999, and gives this warning:

 

    "Let all wise men heed the predictions herein. The earthly reign of the Lord truly is at hand." (24)

 

    Martinique writes:

 

    "There's no doubt that the predictions are accurate because a number of them have already come to pass. Mr. Cayce foresaw the advent of AIDS, the collapse of the Soviet Union and the rise of Iraq’s Saddam Hussein as an evil force in the Middle East --- events that occurred prior to October 30, 1994, but were included in the diary. The thrust of the little book, however, keys on events that will come to pass between 1995 and 1999:

 

    "A wave of deadly plagues will sweep around the planet, killing over 100 million people and disabling as many more. Acid rains will devastate the rain forests of South America and unleash new viruses that have been contained there for ages. An unknown source of radiation will appear on the floor of the Atlantic Ocean and it will kill the marine life there, leading to worldwide food shortages. Earthquakes in New York, Illinois, Wisconsin, Florida, Texas, California and Oregon will cripple Americ's economic infrastructure and complete collapse will ensue. A huge hole in the ozone layer will open over Europe in 1998, causing skin cancer for millions of people. In 1999, Saddam Hussein will attack Israel with nuclear weapons. The USA will intervene, and World War III will commence in full force. China will defeat a western alliance led by the US. The Chinese will force people to abandon religion and wear the 'Mark of the Beast' on their hands. In 1999, a child whom Cayce identifies as 'Simeon' will appear in Israel and call himself Messiah. He will introduce an era of peace.

 

    "Cayce envisioned a virus similar to the Ebola virus. He says it will be spread by a cough or a sneeze --- and it will be 99.9% fatal... While pockets of survivors will remain alive after the plague has swept the globe, Cayce believed the outbreak would virtually end mankind's reign on Earth... The diary says there will be a brief period of peace and harmony in 1999, just before the virus strikes. After that Cayce foresees the End times, just as the Bible itself foretells it. "

 

    While the prophecies may yet come to pass, they certainly are overdue. None of the above events occurred in the 1990s.

 

    Figure 5.12

    Dannion Brinkley

 

    26.   Dannion Brinkley ~

 

    During a thunderstorm on September 17, 1975, a bolt of lightning struck a telephone line while Dannion Brinkley was talking on it. The jolt threw him across the room, and his heart stopped. When he was revived 28 minutes later, Brinkley told how he had watched as medics tried to start his heart but failed. Doctors pronounced him dead. He traveled through a dark tunnel toward a spirit being who led him to a glowing crystal city, radiating with peace. There, Dannion was brought before 13 angelic "Beings of Light" who instructed him about events that would shatter civilization before the year 2000. Brinkley foresaw the Chernobyl nuclear disaster, the presidency of Ronald Reagan, and "Desert Storm" in Kuwait. According to Brinkley, the USA will be shattered by "two horrendous earthquakes". Years later he wrote the book Saved by the Light to describe his experience:

 

    "The Beings came to me one at a time. As each one approached, a box the size of a videotape came from its chest and zoomed right at my face... The box opened to reveal what appeared to be a tiny television picture of a world event that was yet to happen. As I watched, I felt myself drawn right into the picture, where I was able to live the event. This happened twelve times, and twelve times I stood in the midst of many events that would shake the world in the future.

 

    "At the time I didn't know these were future events. All I knew was that I was seeing things of great significance and that they were coming to me as clearly as the nightly news, with one great difference: I was being pulled into the screen.

 

    "Much later, when I returned to life, I wrote down 117 events that I witnessed in the boxes. For three years nothing happened. Then in 1978, events that I had seen in the boxes began to come true. In the 18 years since I died and went to this place, 95 of those events have taken place.

 

    "On this day, 17 September 1975, the future came to me a box at a time...

 

    "Boxes one, two and three showed the mood of America in the aftermath of the war in South-East Asia. They revealed scenes of spiritual loss in our country that were byproducts of that war, which weakened the structure of America and eventually the world.

 

    "The scenes were of prisoners of war, weak and wasted from hunger, as they waited in the rugged prisons of North Vietnam for American ambassadors to come and free them. I could feel their fear and then despair when they realized one by one that no help would be forthcoming and that they would live out their remaining years as slaves in jungle prisons. These were the MIAs, those military men considered to be missing in action.

 

    "The MIAs were already an issue in 1975, but they were used as a starting point in the visions to show an America that was slipping into spiritual decline.

 

    "I could see America falling into enormous debt. This came to me as scenes of money going out of a room much faster than it was coming in. Through some kind of telepathy I was aware that this money represented the national debt and that it spelled disaster down the road. I also saw people waiting in line for the basics in life like clothing and food.

 

    "Many scenes of spiritual hunger came from the first two boxes as well. I saw people who were transparent in such a way that they were hollow. This hollowness, it was explained to me, was caused by a lack of faith in America and what it stood for. The war in South-east Asia had combined with inflation and distrust in our government to create a spiritual void. This void was added to by our loss of love for God.

 

    "This spiritual depravity resulted in a number of shocking visions: people rioting and looting... kids shooting other kids... criminals stealing cars, young men firing on other young men from the windows of cars... Most of the criminals were children or adolescents that no one cared about... These kids had no family units and, as a result, they were acting like wolves...

 

    "In the third box I found myself facing the Seal of the President of the United States... I saw the initials ‘RR’ [Ronald Reagan] emblazoned beneath his seal...

 

    "Boxes four and five were scenes from the Middle East, showing how this area of eternal strife would reach a boiling point..." (25)

 

    Brinkley foresaw two accords being signed by Israelis and Arabs, after which "the country of Jordan would exist no more...":

 

    "The fifth box showed oil being used as a weapon to control the international economy. I saw images of Mecca and then of the Saudi people. While these images streamed before me, a telepathic voice said that oil production was being cut off to destroy America’s economy and to milk money from the world economy.. Saudi Arabia was making an alliance with Syria and China... The date that came to me was 1992..."

 

    Obviously, this event has not occurred as scheduled. Box six showed Brinkley the explosion of the Chernobyl nuclear reactors near Kiev in 1986. He also saw a second nuclear accident "in a northern sea so badly polluted that no ships would travel there. The water was a pale red and was covered with dead or dying fish. Around the water were peaks and valleys that made me think I was seeing a fjord like those in Norway... The date on the picture was 1995..." Fortunately, this vision has not come to pass.

 

    Box seven revealed the new environmental "religion" that would arise in the wake of the horrid genetic mutations caused by the second nuclear disaster. Boxes eight and nine were visions of China invading Russia and capturing Siberia. Boxes ten and eleven concerned America:

 

    "Boxes ten and eleven came in rapid succession. They revealed scenes of the economic collapse of the world. In general terms, these visions showed a world in horrible turmoil by the turn of the century, one that resulted in a new world order that was truly one of feudalism and strife.

 

    "In one of these visions, people lined up to take money out of banks. In another, the banks were closed by the government. The voice that accompanied the vision told me that this would take place in the nineties and would be the beginning of an economic strife that would lead to the bankruptcy of America by the year 2000.

 

    "The box showed images of dollar signs flying by as people pumped gas and looked distressed. I knew this meant that oil prices were accelerating out of control.

 

    "I saw thirteen new nations entering the world market in the late nineties. These were nations with manufacturing capabilities that put them on a competitive footing with the United States. One by one our European markets began to give their business to these countries, which slowed our economy even more. All this leads to a greatly weakened economy.

 

    "But the end of America as a world power came as visions of two horrendous earthquakes in which buildings were swaying and toppling over like a child's wooden blocks. I knew that these quakes happened sometime before the end of the century, but I couldn't tell where they took place. I do remember seeing a large body of water that was probably a river.

 

    "The cost of rebuilding these destroyed cities would be the final straw for our government, now so financially broke that it would hardly be able to keep itself alive. The voice in the vision told me that it would be this way, while the images from the box showed Americans starving and lined up for food.

 

    "At the tail end of box ten came images of warfare in the desert, a massive show of military might... The date 1990 came into my head. That was the year of Desert Storm, the military operation that squashed the army of  Iraq for occupying Kuwait.

 

    "Box eleven began with Iran and Iraq in possession of nuclear and chemical weapons. Included in this arsenal was a submarine loaded with nuclear missiles. The year, said a voice in the vision, was 1993...

 

    "The final visions from box eleven were like many images we now see of Sarajavo: modern cities crumbling beneath the weight of warfare, their inhabitants fighting one another for reasons ranging from racism to religious conflict. I saw many towns worldwide where desperate citizens were eating their own dead.

 

    "In one such scene, Europeans in a hilly region of the world were weeping as they cooked human flesh. In rapid succession I saw people of all five races eating their fellow humans."

 

    Box twelve addressed the 1990s, and concerned a man who sounds much like the anti-Christ featured in Christian prophecies. Brinkley described it thus:

 

    "In this box I watched as a biological engineer from the Middle East found a way to alter DNA and create a biological virus that would be used in the manufacture of computer chips...

 

    "Before the end of the century, this man was among the richest in the world, so rich that he had a stranglehold on the world economy. Still the world welcomed him, since the computer chips he had designed somehow put the world on an even keel.

 

    "Gradually he succumbed to his own power. He began to think of himself as a deity and insisted on greater control of the world. With that extra control, he began to rule the world.

 

    "His method of rule was unique. Everyone in the world was mandated by law to have one of his computer chips inserted underneath his or her skin. This chip contained all of an individual’s personal information. If a government agency wanted to know something, all it had to do as scan your chip with a special device...

 

    "There was an even more sinister side to this chip. A person’s lifetime could be limited by programming this chip to dissolve and kill him with the viral substance it was made from. Lifetimes were controlled like this to avoid the cost that growing old places on the government. It was also used as a means of eliminating people with chronic illnesses...

 

    "People who refused to have chips implanted in their bodies roamed as outcasts. They could not be employed and were denied government services.

 

    "At the very end came a thirteenth vision.... The vision was in many ways the most important of all because it summed up everything I had seen in the twelve boxes. Through telepathy I could hear a Being say, 'If you follow what you have been taught and keep living the same way you have lived the last 30 years, all of this will surely be upon you. If you change, you can avoid the coming war."

 

    "Scenes from a horrible world war accompanied this message. As the visions appeared on the screen, the Being told me that the years 1994 through 1996 were critical ones in determining whether this war would break out. 'If you follow this dogma, the world by the year 2004 will not be the same one you now know.' said the Being. 'But it can still be changed and you can help change it.'

 

    "Scenes from World War III came to life before me. I was in a hundred places at once... Somehow it was clear to me that this final war, Armageddon, was caused by fear... 'The fear these people are feeling is an unnecessary one,' said the Being of Light. 'But it is a fear so great that humans will give up all freedoms in the name of safety.'

 

    "I also saw scenes... of natural disasters.. People were starving in this vision... I saw civil wars breaking out in Central and South America and the rise of socialist governments in all of these countries before the year 2000. As these wars intensified, million of refugees streamed across the US border, looking for a new life in North America. Nothing we did could stop these immigrants. They were driven by fear of death and loss of confidence in God.

 

    "I saw millions of people streaming north out of El Salvador and Nicaragua, and millions more crossing the Rio Grande into Texas. There were so many of them that we had to line the border with troops and force them back across the river. The Mexican economy was broken by these refugees and collapsed under the strain...

 

    "After the final visions, the thirteenth Being of Light... told me that everything I had just seen was in the future, but not necessarily cast in stone. 'The flow of human events can be changed, but first people have to know what they are,' said the Being... 'Humans are mighty spiritual beings. All they need to realize is that love is treating others the way they themselves want to be treated."

 

    Figure 5.13

    Gordon-Michael Scallion

 

    27.   Gordon-Michael Scallion ~

 

    The modern seer Gordon-Michael Scallion has made a considerable reputation as a prophet of "Earth Changes", the imminent period of cataclysmic global super-quakes and vulcanism that will largely destroy civilization as we know it. His track record was spoiled by the failure of his super-quake predictions which he announced in The Earth Changes Report. Scallion warned of "California Super-Mega Quakes, 8-12 on the Richter scale -- Predicted to occur no later than May 9, 1993." (26)

 

    Several other prophets, past and present, have warned that super-quakes would occur in the latter days of this cycle of civilization, but none have been able to say just when it would happen. Scallion has proven remarkably accurate about other quakes before and since then, but the "super-mega quakes" defy dating. In 1993, Scallion published the following psychic information about warning signs of impending disaster:

 

    "If an 8.0+ (Richter scale) quake occurs in the Indian Ocean region --- Sri Lanka should be watched carefully --- then within days the major earth changes shall occur in Japan, Alaska, Italy, Martinique and the western United States and Canada. As to the day and hour of the "big one' [the California quake], this should not be seen as a singular event. While May [1993] will be remembered as the month when the great plates shifted, events shall occur even before this --- many [quakes] exceeding 7 on the Richter scale occurring roughly along a line drawn from Vancouver, BC to Eureka to San Diego... The super-mega quake shall not have a singular epicenter. Rather, the land itself displaces its forces from north to south. The current Richter scale will not be able to measure its magnitude. Later, it shall be computed to have been in excess of 10 and a new scale shall be created. The following areas of California shall experience inundations. Portions of San Diego shall go under water as well as much of the Imperial Valley. Tidal waves shall be created traveling south and southwest along the whole west coast. Los Angeles shall be the hardest hit and initially will be thought to be the epicenter... Multiple quakes shall occur. The aquaducts feeding many cities such as Los Angeles shall fail and much of California shall be without power. Roads that cross other roads shall come down and become impassable. Portions of land from San Francisco to Sacramento shall be displaced by hundreds of feet in some areas. Numerous bridges shall collapse... Migrations will be to Arizona, Oregon, Nevada, Utah and Idaho. Loss of life shall be great..."

 

    In his "Prophecies for 1993", Scallion stated:

 

    "I would like to point out that prophecies are given to warn people so that they can prepare for what is to come, or to allow our aware consciousness to raise to higher levels, thus enabling us to alter a probable event. NO PROPHECY IS GUARANTEED TO OCCUR. If this were the case it would indicate that we do not have free will. This is what Tribulation is all about --- exercising our free will, a time period of choosing our spiritual ideals, and who we serve.

 

    "The year of 1993 shall be known as 'The Year of the Great Quakes'. The Earth’s magnetic field shall become erratic as it prepares for its new course. In the United States, the first of these changes will see the beginning of the breakup of California starting with Los Angeles, San Diego, and San Francisco --- the Golden Gate damaged, the Imperial Valley inundated --- a nation in shock... Many see the event as a relief and begin to rebuild. Mass migrations begin...

 

    "With the beginnings of the shifting of the magnetic poles, the forces of nature react. Weather becomes erratic throughout the world --- trade winds shift, high winds occur... the polar regions begin to melt... Rain floods much of Great Britain and the Scandinavian countries. Drought ends in Africa and California.

 

    "New plagues emerge --- diseases of the optic system and parasympathetic system... the body’s electrical system unbalanced due to interaction between the body and Earth’s magnetic field and electromagnetic pollution. Heart failures increase. The alternative healing emerges, so more turn to natural healing methods, many forced by lack of insurance... New healers come forth in great numbers... The FDA begins to break up and reorganize...

 

    "Riots in major US cities beginning with Los Angeles... US joins war in Europe. A sad time for the Middle East...

 

    "Mass dreams of the coming changes now occur... All are warned by God. Children receive the clearest information and are told by spiritual beings that God’s messenger Michael watches over them...

 

    "The Great Awakening increases --- all that choose to receive the message of His return do --- his light is seen in the sky. Intuition and psychic abilities increase 10-fold for all humankind. A time of joy for those with eyes to see. Blessings abound..."

 

    Figure 5.14

    Lori Toye

 

    28.   Lori Toye ~

 

    Lori Adaile Toye was a farmer's wife and mother of three children, when in 1983 she received a dream vision. Four Ascended Masters (St. Germain, Sananda, El Morya, and Kuthumi) appeared to her and unrolled huge maps of North America showing imminent Earth Changes. In 1988, she received more information from her teachers and compiled the now-famous "I AM America Map of Earth Changes" (1990) and the New World Atlas. The Ascended Masters say that only a change of heart can change the world and avert these disasters. (27)

 

    According to Lori Toye, much ofWashington, Oregon, California, Nevada. Arizona, Utah, Texas, and Louisiana will disappear underwater. So too will the Mississippi Valley, the Great Lakes, southern Florida, and much of Maine."

 

    "For thousands of years the spiritually enlightened of many cultures have told of a time when the earth would go through great changes in its structure. Changes that would affect every aspect of all cultures. Most of these predictions gave the end of this century as the time period for the events.

 

    "The 'Time of Changes' is now! The forces within the earth have been in progress for several years and are already manifesting themselves around the globe in many ways...

 

    "The next twelve years will cause you to re-evaluate every aspect of your life. Everything that is not working: economics, politics, religions, personal relationships and values will be restructured. But know this truth, the rewards are there! When these changes are finished and the sky is cleared, the earth and its inhabitants will experience a time of bliss in the spiritual and physical that has never been known in any other Golden Age.

 

    "Many will instantly feel the truth of this information. Some will find it curious, then forget it. Only when they see the first event, the fire in the heavens, will they remember and take action. Some never will. But, we all know inside what we need to experience for our own growth... Time is short. We need to focus on how we may help through this transformation of the Earth...

 

    "The Earth is a living organism like ourselves. This cleansing is a natural process and has happened several times in the past... The changes, although natural, are having divine guidance. The last polar shift and the earth’s relation to other elements within the galaxy, are calculated mathematically. This interdimensional, mathematical alignment principle allows doors to open between the etheric and the physical which have never been possible before. This new math will be given to us soon, and we will have the proof needed to finally connect the spiritual and the scientific into one process...

 

    "The first major event will be a huge meteor shower seen everywhere. From this, a giant fireball will strike the Nevada desert. This event will set an earthquake in motion that will sink the southwest. We will know beforehand. There will be time for evacuation before all the events.

 

    "Three months after the meteorite, California will sink. The smoke from the meteorite, combined with the fires and volcanic activity set into motion, will cover the globe. The sun will be blocked for two years. This ash cover will increase the greenhouse effect, melting the ice caps very rapidly. Heavy rains will fall everywhere. The rains will last for years. Mountains will erode and rivers will swell many times their present size.

 

    "The increased ocean waters bulging at the equator, will cause the earth to become off balanced and shift its polar position. The Pacific coastline will rise. The earthquakes, sinking land, rising ocean and erosion will all contribute to a new coastline of America...

 

    "After the sinking of California, the weight of the rising oceans will cause other earthquakes. One will split the Continental Divide. Two arms of the sea will form on each side of Denver making it a seaport.

 

    "A few years after California disappears, an earthquake will sink central Oregon and Washington... The ocean waters will continue to rise for about four years.

 

    "Yes, there will be similar changes around the globe. America is the great focus of light for the Earth. We are the torch bearers, the people who hold the light for the rest of the world. America will be one of the first to experience the changes and one of the first to overcome it and again hold the light...

 

    "Three polar shifts will occur a few years apart. The excess water at the equator will cause the spinning earth to become unbalanced. As the rising oceans cover the land, the additional weight will cause the land to sink. When the proportion of land to ocean changes, the other shifts occur. The final shift will be in the waters of the Hudson Strait at the south end of Baffin Island, about 2660 kilometers north of New York City..."

 

    Figure 5.15

    Jeanne Dixon

 

    29.   Jeanne Dixon ~

 

    The seeress Jeanne Dixon (1918-1997) was a prolific predictor of events --- and non-events. She accurately foretold the assassinations of Mahatma Ghandhi, Martin Luther King, John F. Kennedy, and his brother Robert. Mrs. Dixon predicted the launch of Sputnik and the sinking of the submarines USS Thresher and Scorpion. Her successful predictions include the political defeat of Dewey by Harry Truman, the landslide election of Dwight Eisenhower, the demise of Nikita Kruschev, and the plane crash that killed UN Secretary Dag Hammarskold. (28)

 

    In 1945, Dixon warned an official of the Indian diplomatic mission in Washington DC:

 

    "On June 2, 1947, your country, India, will split in two as the result of an internal controversy."

 

    It happened so. During the summer of 1947, she predicted thus:

 

    "Mahatma Ghandhi will be assassinated within the next six months. He will be killed by someone they least suspect."

 

    This also came true.

 

    Jeanne Dixon also made hundreds of trivial predictions about celebrities and insignificant events (usually wrong), earning her the sobriquet of a "gossip prophet". She explained it thus:

 

    "When a psychic vision is not fulfilled as expected, it is not because what has been shown is not correct; it is because I have not interpreted it correctly."

 

    One of Jeanne Dixon's prophecies, published in the 1970s, was fulfilled in part when Mehmed Agca attacked Pope John Paul II:

 

    "During this century one pope will suffer bodily harm. Another will be assassinated. The assassination will be the final blow to the office of the Holy See. This pope will be the same one who will be chosen in the not too distant future but whose election will not be approved by the Roman clergy. His influence, however, will be such that he will win out over the objections of his opponents. While this pope will be the last one ever to reign as singular head of the Church, the beginnings of this change will occur with one of his predecessors who will give far-reaching powers to his cardinals. These same cardinals will use their powers to replace him with one more to their liking."

 

    Like Nostradamus (C. 1:60) and St. John (Revelation 8: 8-12), Jeanne Dixon saw that Earth will be struck by a comet. Her timing was premature:

 

    "I have seen a comet strike our Earth around the middle of the 1980s. Earthquakes and tidal waves will befall us as a result of the tremendous impact of this heavenly body in one of our great oceans..."

 

    Dixon also foresaw the advent of the Antichrist and the False Prophet:

 

    "Satan is now coming into the open to seduce the world and we should be prepared for the inevitable events that are to follow. I have seen that the United States is to play a major role in this development... I have seen a 'government within a government' develop in the US within the last few years... I see this 'government within a government' being controlled and financed by a well-oiled political ‘machine’ of one of our leading political families. With their eye on the White House, I see them discredit any man who occupies it without their approval, no matter how good his political programs may be.

 

    "They will --- through political intimidation, propaganda, and illegal sixth-column activities --- make every effort to show the nation that only their man, the one who heads their 'machine', has the sole right to occupy the White House. Their campaign is going to cause great harm to our nation both here and abroad.

 

    "I 'see' this group succeed in taking over de facto control of the country. They will give rise to an upheaval in our social structure as never before seen. They will bring about increased social unrest and great discontent. Foreign subversive elements will --- as they did in the 1960s --- infiltrate the unruly factions and cause renewed fighting on the nation's campuses and in racial ghettos

 

    "All of the evil in the masses will be swept toward an unknown frenzy by this ‘machine’.

 

    "I 'see' a member of this 'machine' ascend to power in New York City, enforcing new laws and regulations that will affect many households of that great metropolis. [Obviously, the Rockefellers are indicated here]

 

    "The social and religious chaos generated by this political machine throughout the United States will prepare the nation for the coming of the prophet of the Antichrist. This political unit of the East will be the tool of the serpent in delivering the masses to him.

 

    "The False Prophet’s domain shall be the intellectual seduction of mankind. It means a mixture of political, philosophical, and religious ideology that will throw the populations of the world into a deep crisis of faith in God... One of his first duties and responsibilities in readying the world for the advent of his 'master' is to manipulate the available propaganda machines. With teaching and propaganda the prophet will cause people not merely to accept the Antichrist but rather to desire him with positive enthusiasm to create the conditions of his coming and to participate in organizing the frightful and terrifying despotism of his World Empire.

 

    "[The seemingly miraculous phenomena he will produce] will not be supernatural or preternatural events but rather prodigies of science and human achievements, but interpreted in such a way as to lead men away from God and toward the worship of the Antichrist... The prophet of the Antichrist and the Antichrist himself will be specific and identifiable persons!"

 

    30.   Novus Ordo Seculorum ~

 

    More than 3,000 years ago, the great classical philosophers conceived of an Aristotelian polity (a tripartite balance of democracy, republicanism, and oligarchy) as an ideal pattern of government. The principles they elucidated have been nurtured through the centuries by certain secret societies in order to create the background of common knowledge necessary to eventually establish such a civilization in North America. The Roman Stoic philosopher Seneca (62 BC-30 AD) was aware of this plan, and made a prophecy of America:

 

    "Venient annis

    Saecula seris, quibus Oceanus

    Pateat Telus, Tiphysque novus

    Delegat orbes; nec sit terris

    Ulthima Thule."

 

    The great 16th century French prophet Nostradamus also foresaw the birth and growth of the United States:

 

    "Of the aquatic triplicity will be born

    One who will make Thursday for its holiday

    Its fame, praise, rule its power to grow

    By land and sea tempest to the Orientals. (C. 1:50)

 

    The USA is surrounded by the "aquatic triplicity" of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans and the Gulf of Mexico, and the nation celebrates the Thanksgiving holiday on Thursday in November. In World War Two, the USA became a "tempest to the Orientals", culminating in the firestorms of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Nostradamus also previewed the relationship of Russia and the USA:

 

    One day the two great masters will be friends

    Their great power will be seen increased

    The new land will be at its height

    To the bloody one the number recounted. (C. 2:89)

 

    Nostradamus predicted a possible future war between China and the USA:

 

    Libra will see the Hesperias govern

    Holding the monarchy of heaven and earth:

    No one will see the forces of Asia perish,

    Only seven hold the hierarchy in order. (C. 4:50)

 

    Libra here represents law and the balance of justice, which is exalted in the USA (Hesperias, the Lands of the West). The USA also has dominated in space ("heaven") and on Earth. Line 3 suggests that the Chinese army will be destroyed from a long distance ("No one will see..."), presumably by nuclear or biochemical weapons. Line 4 indicates that a cabal will rule China or the USA or the world.

 

    The English program for establishing permanent settlements along the Atlantic coast was under the direction of Sir Francis Bacon, who was head of the European Rosicrucian mystics of his day. Those men made sure that the American colonists were thoroughly indoctrinated with the principles of religious tolerance, political democracy and republicanism, social equality and capitalism. Many members of the Rosicrucians and other secret societies emigrated to America and established their organizations in the "New Atlantis". Their occult ideas were incorporated into the designs of the Great Seal, the flag, and other American symbols, and their societies still exist and are active today.

 

    The eminent occultist Manly P. Hall wrote of this in The Secret Destiny of America:

 

    "The American nation desperately needs this vision of its own purpose... America’s true destiny will remain a secret as long as great masses of people have no knowledge whatsoever that enlightened humanitarians through thousands of years have in their own and succeeding generations remained united on the high purpose of eventually instituting democratic rule throughout the entire world. It is necessary to know, too, that it was anciently planned that leadership would fall to America --- to a nation to be established on the Northern continent of the Western Hemisphere...

 

    "Long before Columbus, they were aware of the existence of the Western Hemisphere, and selected it to be the site of the philosophic empire. the American continent was set apart for establishing here a great democratic nation, centuries before the founding fathers and colonists envisioned the Union..." (20)

 

    Unfortunately, the elitist social engineers of the so-called New World Order have utterly subverted the Constitution and Bill of Rights. The probable result may well be the hideous revolution and civil war foreseen by prophets.

 

    In his Anatomy of Revolution, Crane Brinton compared the periods preceding four major revolutions: the American, French, Russian and the Glorious Revolution of England (1642). Those periods all had ominous similarities to the present condition of the United States. All major revolutions witnessed the following:

 

    "(1) A long period of economic growth followed by a period of sluggish growth or decline; (2) The frustration of rising expectations of the middle class and lower class, who had become used to getting a little more each year; (3) A ruling class divided and inept with many feeling guilty about their position or being overly sympathetic with the underdogs; (4) A significant increase in corruption, crime, and general immorality; (5) Increased rebelliousness and alienation of youth from the older generation; (6) Desertion of the establishment by the intellectuals and increased indifference to politics on the part of the general population, making it possible for small, tightly organized groups to wield influence, or to take over..." (29)

 

    In The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, Edward Gibbon showed several basic reasons why the great civilizations deteriorated and died. All these conditions exist in the USA today: (1) Crumbling dignity and sanctity of the family and home; (2) High taxes; (3) "Bread and circuses" entertainment --- i.e., televised sports, soap operas, etc.; (4) Ever-increasing pleasure-seeking, decadence, and immorality; (5) Massive buildup of military forces; (6) Weak leadership; (7) the decay of individual responsibility; and (8) Religious apostasy.

 

    Jim Brown, author of When Nations Die, lists "10 Warning Signs of a Culture in Crisis":

 

    (1) Increasing lawlessness; (2) Loss of economic discipline; (3) Oppressive bureaucracy; (4) Decline of educational excellence; (5) Weakening of cultural foundations; (6) Loss of respect for tradition; (7) Gross materialism; (8) Gross immorality; (9) Decay of religious belief; and (10) Devaluing of human life. (30)

 

    All of the above symptoms are very evident in modern America. The average span of the world’s great civilizations has been about 200 years. The USA is just over 200 years old and stumbling headlong into the home stretch of this historical cycle.

 

    In The Decline and Fall of the Athenian Republic, Tyler wrote this of great civilizations:

 

    "They begin in Bondage. They then go from Bondage to Spiritual Faith. With that Spiritual Faith they develop great Courage. That Great Courage leads to Liberty. Liberty then leads to Abundance. Abundance then leads to Selfishness. This Selfishness then leads to Complacency. The Complacency grows into Apathy. Apathy then degenerates into Dependence. This Dependence brings them full circle back into Bondage."

 

    The USA is in the last stages (apathy and dependence) of the cycle, and now is a virtual police state. Because so much of the current federal government is illegitimate and corrupt, in 1994 it became possible and necessary for American patriots to issue another Declaration of Independence, in which every complaint made against King George III in 1776 was paraphrased and reiterated against the modern regime.

 

    Using the phony Drug War as its excuse, the federal government has abandoned the Constitution and surrendered to the Communist model of suppression by imposing pre-trial detention without bail, mandatory minimum prison sentences, and capitol punishment for drug crimes, plus increased fines, forfeitures and asset seizures, "good faith" exceptions to the exclusionary rule, and other aberrant violations of justice. America has become a police state because of its insane drug laws and craven citizens. Perhaps we have gotten the government we deserve. Certainly, we have proven the truth expressed by Goethe, that "None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free."

 

    The Drug War is perpetuated by totalitarians merely to satisfy their lust for power. The skillful propaganda they generate has created an unwarranted fear of drugs that terrorizes hundreds of millions of ignorant people. Actually, drugs such as Cannabis and LSD are very powerful tools for liberation, just as are guns and printing presses. Yet, rather than enjoy medical freedom of choice, Americans have surrendered their divine rights to the needs of the New World Order. This fraud is nothing new, as William Pitt observed in a speech before the British House of Commons in 1783:

 

    "Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom. It is the argument of tyrants; it is the creed of slaves."

 

    The Drug War is a coup d'etat. The real issue is: Freedom, which is self-control, not governmental rule. The Drug War is not being fought against molecules, but against ourselves and freedom. The Drug War is conquering America law by law, right by right, until nothing will remain to do but fight the Second Civil War. The Drug War is a fraud that has cost Americans their civil rights, over 150 billion tax dollars, and at least 100 million man-years spent in prisons, corrupt law enforcement, and other associated costs including countless deaths at home, in the streets, and abroad. We live in unmanly fear of our government. We have been rendered dumb and ignorant by an open conspiracy that suckles upon like a vampire, eats our children, and aborts our birthrights.

 

    Enough! Rather, as Albert Camus wrote, "Let us rejoice as men because a prolonged hoax has collapsed and we clearly see what threatens us."

 

    Abraham Lincoln is attributed with having stated (8 December 1840):

 

    "Prohibition... goes beyond the bounds of reason in that it attempts to control a man's appetite by legislation and makes a crime out of things that are not crimes... A prohibition law strikes a blow at the very principles upon which our government was founded."

 

    Lincoln also was of this opinion:

 

    "These rights are inherent and inalienable, that they can never be surrendered or alienated, but by idiots or madmen, and all the acts of idiots and lunatics are void, and not obligatory, by all the laws of God and man..."

 

    Samuel Adams asserted the truth of the matter thus:

 

    "If men, through fear, fraud or mistake, should in terms renounce or give up any essential natural right, the eternal law of reason and the grand end of society would absolutely vacate such renunciation. The right to freedom being the gift of God Almighty, it is not in the power of man to alienate this gift and voluntarily become a slave."

 

    Benjamin Franklin wrote likewise in1755:

 

    "They that can give up an essential liberty to obtain a little temporary safety deserve neither liberty nor safety."

 

    In a letter to W.S. Smith (January 30, 1787), Thomas Jefferson wrote:

 

    "What country before ever existed a century and a half without a rebellion?... God forbid we should ever be twenty years without such a rebellion... And what country can preserve its liberties, if its rulers are not warned from time to time, that this people preserve the spirit of resistance? Let them take arms... the tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots and tyrants. It is its natural manure."

 

    Abe Lincoln also reminded us:

 

    "This country, with its institutions, belongs to the people who inhabit it. Whenever they shall grow weary of the existing government they can exercise their constitutional right to dismember or overthrow it." (as reserved in Articles 9 and 10 of the Bill of Rights).

 

    You have been forewarned. Be prepared.

 

    31.   References  ~

 

    1.    Sejourne, Laurete: Burning Water; 1976, Shambhala Publications, Inc

    2.    Shearer, Tony: Lord of the Dawn; 1971, Naturegraph Publ., Happy Camp, CA

    3.    Spinden, H.J., & Marriott, A.: Songs of the Tewas; 1976, Santa Fe, NM

    4.    Waters, Frank: The Book of the Hopi; 1877, Penguin Books, NY

    5.    Kaiser, Rudolf: The Voice of the Great Spirit; 1991, Shambhala, Boston

    6.    Malotki, Ekkehart: Maasaw: Profile of a Hopi God; 1987, Univ. Nebraska Press

    7.  Shaman’s Drum (Spring 1993), p.17

    8.    Mails, Thomas: The Hopi Survival Kit; 1997, Stewart, Tabori & Chang, NY

    9.    Johnson, Sandy & Budnik, Dan: The Book of the Elders; 1994, Harper, S.F., CA

    10.  Martineau, LaVan: The Rocks Begin to Speak; 1973, KC Publ., Las Vegas, NV

    11.  Wilson, Edmund: Apologies to the Iriquois; 1959, Farrar, Strauss & Cuhady, NY

    12.  Brown, Vinson: Voices of Earth and Sky; 1974, Harrisburg, PA

    13.  Jochmans, J.R.: Rolling Thunder: The Coming Earth Changes; 1980, Sun Books. NM

    14.  Kahn, Annie, et al.: Four Remarkable Indian Prophecies; 1963, Naturegraph Co., CA

    15.  Koteen, Judi: Body, Mind & Spirit (Jan,/Feb. 1993), pp. 46-50

    16.  Brown, Jr., Tom: The Quest; 1991, Berkely Books, NY

    17.  Summer Rain, Mary: Phoenix Rising; 1987/1993, Hampton Roads Publg. Co., Norfolk, VA

    18.  Sun Bear & Wabun Wind: Black Dawn/Bright Day; 1990, Bear Tribe Publ., WA

    19. National Stripes 4(12), December 1880; Reprinted in Stars & Stripes #459 (December 21, 1950)

    20.  Hall, Manly P.: The Secret Destiny of America; 1944, Philosophical Res. Soc., L.A., CA

    21.  Modin, D.: & Comstock, Tamara: Prophecy 1973-2000; 1972, Hermes House

    22.  Carter, Mary E.: Edgar Cayce on Prophecy; 1968, Castle Books, NY

    23.  Cayce, Hugh L.: Earth Changes Update; 1981, Warner/Destiny Books, NY

    24.  Crane, Mark: Weekly World News (Dec. 13, 1994); ibid., (May 16, 1995)

    25.  Brinkley, Dannion & Perry, Paul: Saved By The Light; 1994, Villard Books/ Random House, NY

    26.  Scallion, G.-M.: Earth Changes Report #17 (Feb. 1993), Westmoreland, NH

    27.  I AM America; P.O. Box 2511, Payson AZ 85547

    28.  Dixon, Jeanne; My Life and Prophecies; 1969, W. Morrow & Co., NY

    29.  Leoni, Edgar: Nostradamus and His Prophecies; 1982, Bell Publishing Co

    30.  Krippner, Stanley: Parapsychology (Sept. 1967), pp. 145-152

    31.  McMaster, R.E.: The Cycles of War; War Cycles Inst., Kalispell, MT

    32.  McClelland, David C.: Psychology Today (January 1975), pp. 44-48

    33.  Brinton, Crane: International Moneyline (November 1976)

    34.  Black, Jim: When Nations Die; 1994, Tyndale House Publ., Wheaton, IL

 

Chapter 9

 

Cycles, Earth Changes, & Time

 

    

    1. Introduction

    2. The 20-Year Cycle of US Presidential Deaths

    3. The Kondratieff Wave

    4. The Cycle of Power, Affiliation, & War

    5. Edward Dewey

    6. The Wheeler Weather Cycle

    7. Universal Historical Process

    8. Astrometeorology

    9. Pole Shifts

    10. Extinction Events

    11. The McKenna/I Ching Apocalypse

    12. The Physics of Time

    13. Time Cameras

    14. Time & Mind

    15. The End?

    16. References

 

    1. Introduction ~

 

    The study of cyclic phenomena in nature and human society affords a unique understanding of some of the forces influencing events on Earth. Though not strictly prophetic, cycle studies provide valuable indicators that give us time to prepare for impending peaks and troughs of weather, health, economy, war, and other social and natural events.

 

    For instance, the Analogous Solar Terrestrial Research Organization (ASTRO) in Omaha, NE, announced in 1982 that stock market highs correspond to sudden peaks of geomagnetism 86 to 92% of the time. This theory is verifiable by comparing the Dow Jones Industrial Stock Average with geomagnetic indices published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).

 

    According to stock analyst Ian McAvity (Toronto), the stock market is usually lower from the day before the full moon to three days after. The Dow Jones Average rises from the fifth day before the new moon to the fifth day after.

 

    In 1935, L.J. Jensen, a market analyst, scientist and astrologer, observed:

 

    "In checking economic statistics of the business cycle with the periods when the major slow planets, Saturn, Uranus and Jupiter, are 90 or 180 degrees apart in the zodiac, they are found to coincide with economic depression..."

 

    2. The 20-Year Cycle of US Presidential Deaths ~

 

    L.J. Jensen was the first person to note that since 1840, when Saturn and Jupiter began to conjunct in earth signs, every US president who was elected in those periods died during his term in office. The last conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn occurred in October 1980 in the air sign Libra; president Ronald Reagan was shot soon after (but was resurrected). The next conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter will be in 23o Taurus in May 2000.

 

    President                      Elected Died     Cause               Jupiter conjunct Saturn in

 

    William Harrison           1840                1841    Pneumonia        Capricorn

 

    Abraham Lincoln          1860                1865    Assassinated     Virgo

 

    James Garfield              1880                1881    Assassinated     Taurus

 

    William McKinley         1900                1901    Assassinated     Capricorn

 

    Warren Harding            1920                1923    Gastritis            Virgo

 

    Franklin Roosevelt        1940                1945    Stroke              Taurus

 

    John Kennedy              1960                1963    Assassinated     Capricorn

 

    Ronald Reagan 1980                -----     ---------------  Libra

 

    Only two presidents elected at 20-year intervals before 1840 did not die while in office: Thomas Jefferson (elected in 1800) and James Monroe (re-elected in 1820). Zachary Taylor was the only president who died in office but was not elected in a 20-year interval after another presidential death: Zachary Taylor was elected in 1848; he died of gastroenteritis in 1850.

 

    The presidential death cycle has been analyzed by the Fisher Exact Probability test, and yields a statistical significance level of 0.00004, which is to say that there is only a very low possibility that the 20-year cycle is due to chance.

 

    The statistical and theoretical difficulties of analyzing the 20-year cycle have been treated by the mathematician Michael Capobianco using a more conservative technique which still yields statistically significant results:

 

    "We know (after the fact) that in the period from 1840 to 1980 there have been (so far) seven presidents who died in office. Accepting this condition of seven deaths in seven 20-year periods (1840-1860, 1860-1880, 1880-1900, 1900-1920, 1920-1940, 1940-1960, 1960-1980), one might ask how unusual it is that these seven deaths should occur in the way that they did, one per 20-year period. If the distribution of these seven deaths in the 35 presidential terms (5 per 20-year period) was due to chance, then any pattern would be just as likely as any other one. Assuming this, the probability of getting exactly one death in each 20-year period is under the understanding or condition that there are 7 deaths in the entire 160-year period is given by the following formula:

 

                            7          5x5x5x5x5x5x5

 

    x 5=35x34x33x32x31x30x29 =0.012

 

    (35/7)               7x6x5x4x3x2x1

 

    "Therefore, there is slightly better than one chance in a hundred that the 7 deaths would have occurred in this way.

 

    Dorland has noted that there also exists a similarity between the 20-year death cycle and the double cycle in sunspots:

 

    "There was an interval of 24.03 between the deaths of Harrison (April 4, 1841) and Lincoln (April 14, 1865). There was an interval of 16.2 years between Lincoln's death and Garfield's death (July 2, 1881). There was an interval of 20.18 years between Garfield's assassination and that of McKinley (September 6, 1901). Between McKinley's assault and the death of Harding (August 2, 1923), there was an interval of 21.9 years. Between Harding's demise and that of Roosevelt (April 12, 1945), there was a 21.69-year interval. Between Roosevelt's death and Kennedy's assassination (November 22, 1963), there was an interval of 18.61 years. The average interval of 20.44 yearly is nearly the same length as the interval for the double-cycle in sunspots (21.22 years). Furthermore, the presidential deaths always occurred near the extreme dip in the sunspot cycle.

 

    The terms of office of all the US presidents who died in office has been characterized by a conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn in earth signs. In the opinion of astrologer David Williams, the force of this conjunction is the cause of the presidential death cycle:

 

    "Conjunctions of Jupiter and Saturn, the two largest planets in our solar system, have from time immemorial been found to indicate the overthrow of governments or the deaths of heads of state when a nation's horoscope accommodates the cycle. In the US natal chart erected for 2:17 a.m., July 4, 1776, at Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Saturn rules the 8th house (Death) and is co-ruler with Uranus of the 10th House (the Presidency). Saturn is also 90o (an unfavorable angle) from Jupiter and Mars (the planet of violence). Thus, these configurations establish a sensitivity to the Jupiter-Saturn cycle in the US Presidency. Astrology divided the twelve signs of the Zodiac into the four elements: Fire, earth, Air and Water... The first Jupiter-Saturn conjunction of a continuous 120-year series in a given element is considered the most basic. In the present instance, the series started with the 1842 conjunction in Capricorn, followed by the 1861 conjunction in Virgo, and the 1881 conjunction in Taurus. A second cycle started with the 1901 conjunction in Capricorn, the 1921 conjunction in Virgo, the 1941 conjunction in Taurus, and ended at the 1961 conjunction in Capricorn... Seven presidents died when their terms of office included a Jupiter-Saturn conjunction in earth signs. Although Jefferson's term of office also included a Jupiter-Saturn conjunction in the earth sign of Virgo, the cycle was interrupted by the 1821 conjunction in the fire sign of Aries during Monroe's term of office. It was from a consideration of the foregoing that the writer predicted... that the cycle would become inoperative in 1981 because the Jupiter-Saturn conjunction would then again fall in the air sign of Libra."

 

    Most of the presidents who died in office under the shadow of the Jupiter-Saturn conjunction had premonitions of their death, and several psychics and astrologers offered explicit warnings which went unheeded. A great deal of acausal synchronicity has also been noted between the deaths of Abraham Lincoln and JohnF. Kennedy.

 

    3. Nikolai D. Kondratieff ~

 

    The study of economic cycles affords a uniquely objective view of capitalism, which reveals itself to be a self-correcting process distinguished by regular periods of expansion and contraction. Several major and minor cycles of business have been isolated. The longest and most important of these, called the Kondratieff Wave, is named after Professor Nikolai Kondratieff, who directed the Business Research Institute at Moscow for several years after the Russian Revolution. (2-7)

 

    Kondratieff's theories, which were published between 1922 and 1928, incurred the ire of the KGB, who arrested him for his alleged leadership of the Peasant's Labor Party. He was exiled without a trial to Siberia, where he died. The official Soviet Russian Encyclopedia dismissed his work with one sentence: "This theory is wrong and reactionary."

 

    Kondratieff analyzed the worldwide production of coal, iron, trade and price indices from the 18th century through the 1920s. He distinguished a cycle of price fluctuations, lasting between 49 and 54 years, which had occurred two and a half times since the end of the 1790s. The first cycle peaked between 1810 and 1851 and ended between 1844 and 1851. The second cycle began between 1844 and 1851, peaked from 1870-1873, and lasted until 1890-1896. The third cycle peaked from 1914-1920 and ended between 1935-1944. We are now in the declining phase of the current Kondratieff Wave.

 

    The margin of fluctuation in the wave is due to the fact that some measures of economic phenomena peak or bottom out before others, thus making it nearly impossible to pinpoint an exact nodal point in any cycle.

 

    A startling feature of the Kondratieff Wave is that a war has occurred just before each peak and just after each trough. Starting from a peak, the pattern is: (a) a 7-10 year plateau of relatively stable economic conditions, followed by (b) 20 years of decline, (c) a war, (d) 20 years of increasing prosperity and tension, culminating in (e) another war just before (a). (Figure 6.1)

 

    Upswings coincide with new industrial inventions and the opening of new territories. As new technologies become widely implemented, and other expansionary forces are exhausted, a period of economic contraction begins to clear away excess debt, thus preparing another upswing. The first Kondratieff Wave upswing (1780-1815) was due to steam power and the Industrial Revolution. The second upswing (which peaked in 1870) came about as railroads and steamboats increased trade. Electrical power and the internal combustion engine brought about the third upswing. The fourth upswing was due to the introduction of plastic and consumer-durable industries. The first peak saw the Napoleanic Wars; the second, the American Civil War; the third, World War One; the fourth, the Vietnam War. These peak wars are attributed to tensions created by prosperity creating shortages of raw materials. World War II was an exception to the cyclic pattern but it did not invalidate the theory. We are presently in a decline that will bottom out at the end of the 20th century; we can expect another major war at that time.

 

    Other economists have developed Kondratieff's work. In 1939, the Harvard economist Joseph Schumpeter published an exhaustive two-volume study titled Business Cycles, in which he considered three major cycles: the Kondratieff Wave, the 40-month Kitchin Cycle, and the 10-year Juglar Cycle, named after their discoverers. The Juglar Cycle occurs because businessmen increase their investments and then cut back from over-capacity. According to Schumpeter, the 40-month Kitchin Cycle produces little permanent change in the economy, but the 10-year Juglar Cycle provides a link between the long Kondratieff Wave and the short Kitchin Cycle. The Juglar and Kondratieff Cycles coincide periodically at their peaks and troughs, thus enabling economists to date major turning points in the world's economy.(8-11)

 

    4. The Cycle of Power, Affiliation & War ~

 

    After two decades of study which began in the 1950s, David C. McClelland, professor of psychology at Harvard University, identified a remarkable and alarming pattern of fluctuation between the psychological Need for Power and the Need for Affiliation that repeats throughout the history of the United States. McClelland and his associates found the pattern while studying the relationship between individual motivations and social changes as reflected in nations' literature and historical events. Literature (particularly children’s stories) collected from around the world and scored for motivational content in terms of standardized meanings such as Power, Achievement, and Affiliation (working together), was found to reflect the motivational tendencies of a nation in an overall pattern which, in the past history of the United States, has typically preceded war by several years (Fig. 6) (29):

 

    "Wars are a function of certain motivational patterns within a nation. The motives are the Need for Power (strength, authority, control over people and events) and the Need for Affiliation, or, roughly, personal love --- as both of these motives are reflected in a country's popular literature. [In England and the United States,] when the Need for Power is high, and higher than the Need for Affiliation, war tends to follow about 15 years later...

 

    "The Need for Affiliation rises. Once it has risen as high as an already fairly high Need for Power, it then drops, leaving the Need for Power on top. A large-scale reform movement typically follows. This reform, in time, is followed by war.

 

    "The measured Need for Affiliation rises to match the Need for Power. This introduces a conflict, which ultimately leads to a reform movement, eventually leading to war.

 

    "While the pattern is not necessarily one of causal relationships, it does suggest of motivations that seem to run before events, thus enabling us to predict war. We might be able to show that the human motives in question not only precede but somehow cause war. And if we could do [this], we might take an intelligent step or two toward prevention."

 

    McClelland, et al., first studied English literature in the hope of finding patterns which might indicate a relationship between motivations and historical events:

 

    "The overall pattern of motivations an events suggested, first of all, that a combination of high Need for Power and low Need for Affiliation was either associated with war or else led to war... Various other motive combinations --- such as low Need for Power, high Need for Affiliation, or a balance between the two --- seemed unrelated to war.

 

    "Periods of balance were associated with religious reform and revival. And yet a balance between these two motives is apparently unstable, and what commonly happens is that Need for Affiliation drops before Need for Power. Once again, the stage is set for war... High Need for power together with low Need for Affiliation... is associated with totalitarian regimes or ruthlessness... The Power-Affiliation gap [is associated] with a high level of internal political violence... There is something about religious revival and reform that often seems to lead to war; the personalities of the reformers may be partly responsible. However altruistic and idealistic they are, their Need for Affiliation tends to remain low. We might call them lovers of mankind in the abstract rather than lovers of men and women. They are typically bent on the salvation of others regardless of anybody’s feelings in the matter. They tend, moreover, to be excellent organizers and managers, leaders and officers. This last point is crucial, for it suggests that certain idealistic individuals serve as actualizers or executors of a nation’s motivational tendencies, translating sentiments into events. If these motivations favor group discipline and hostility toward outgroups, violence could result. Organizational behavior, in other words, appears to be one basic link between the Power-Affiliation gap perceived in popular literature and the rationalized violence known as war.

 

    "What is paradoxical about reform movements is that they have an unintended consequence; they seem to create an orientation toward action that makes war more likely. Before reformist regimes --- and in recent years during them --- the Need for Power is high, the Need for Affiliation is low, and a martial spirit prevails, which leads to zealous actions to right wrongs on behalf of the oppressed. This atmosphere of action has led to war so many times in the history of the United States and England that it is hard to think such consequences are accidental." (Figure 6.2) (2, 12)

 

    5. ~Edward F. Dewey: Cycles of War ~

 

    In 1950, Edward F. Dewey began to research the cycles of war. He noted every single battle for each year between 599 BC and 1952 A.D. and formulated an Index of battles. Each battle was weighted 1, 2, or 3, depending on its magnitude. By adding up the numbers, Dewey calculated an index for each year, and thus isolated and identified four cycles ofwar. Since 1100 A.D., international battles have been fought in rhythmic cycles that average about 11.2 years, 22.13 years, 57 years, and 142 years in length.

 

    According to Dewey's analysis, the "142-year pattern calls for more than an average number of battles for the 71-year period from 1914 to 1985, and a less than average number of battles from 1985 to 2056 A.D."

 

    Dewey traced the 57-year cycle in war through three complete cycles from 1765 to 1930. The third cycle bottomed out in 1947. The fourth projected cycle peaked in 1975, and will trough about 2004 A.D.

 

    Dewey also discovered a cycle of war occurring every 11.241 years from 600 BC to 1947 .D. The odds of this repetition occurring by chance are only 18 in 10,000. The 21.98-22.1-year cycle has recurred 116 times over a period of 2,500 years from 600 BC to 1930. This cycle could occur by chance only 8 times in 10,000.

 

    After his original discoveries were made in 1952, Edward Dewey discovered four more cycles in war. The average wavelengths of three of them are: 17.1 years, 17.31 years, and 5.98 years. The fourth cycle alternates between 9.6 and 12.35 years. The 9.6-year cycle is unique in that this wavelength occurs in more than 100 natural and social phenomena. The 5.9 -year cycle also manifests in many phenomena.

 

    In the 20th century, the cycle of battles peaked between 1914 and 1918 (World War One). There was a low in 1950 (actual index: 0), and the index peaked in 1962-63 (Vietnam). (13, 14)

 

    6. The Wheeler Weather Cycle ~

 

    Professor Raymond P. Wheeler (University of Kansas) compiled 20 centuries of historical records, and concluded from his studies that there exists a most important 100-year-cycle of climatic changes that influences human affairs in a profound manner.

 

    The cycle occurs in four distinct phases, which are descriptive of worldwide conditions rather than specific areas. The four phases are disturbed by secondary leads and delays --- as much as 10 years --- in isolated and widely separated areas.Prof. Wheeler stated:

 

    "The climatic curve is intended to represent --- as far as one curve can --- the weather trend in the world as a whole at any one time. The curve has no absolute significance. The meaning of the curve at any one time is relative to the pattern of the 100-year old cycle as a whole."

 

    The 100-year weather cycle and its phases are not of precisely equal duration. The cycle can contract to 70 years or expand to 120. As illustrated in Figure 6.3, the cycle is divided into a warm and a cold phase, each of which has a wet and dry period. Because people are affected by weather, the cycles of weather produce similar patterns of behavior and events in history during the same phases of the century-long weather cycle. The phases are: (1) Cold-Dry, (2) Warm-Wet, (3) Warm-Dry, and (4) Cold-Wet. We are now in a cold-dry phase, which will prevail until about 2000 A.D.

 

    Dr. Wheeler extended his research to reveal a continuous, universal cultural pattern of "mechanism" alternating with "humanism" that occurs throughout history synchronously with the 100-year weather cycle. During the warm and humanistic phases of the historical weather cycle, emphasis is placed on holistics: the whole person's relationship to the world and society, basic laws of nature, modernistic art and architecture, and political "statism" emphasizing nationalism, the welfare of the nation over that of individuals. In the extreme case, dictatorships and other "absolute" forms of tyrannical government emerge, including communism and socialism. Major international wars come to pass during every warm phase of the 100-year weather cycle, when nations are powerful enough to wage such wars. During the emergence of the holistic trend, this statism degenerates into despotism in its many forms. The warm weather effectively decreases human energies and birthrates, and eventually brings about economic depression and social dependence that cannot support a war effort. Aristocratic forms of social organization prevail, rather than democracy. Warm weather produces luxury, small families, "golden ages", and "classical" literature and art. Business booms at the end of a warm cycle, when temperatures are falling and a cold-wet phase is about to begin. Depression sets in thereafter. Such a scenario was last in effect in 1975.

 

    During the cold and mechanistic phases of the historical weather cycle, human thought and activity is largely directed at "units" rather than whole systems: atoms, cells, numbers, individual responses, classification of data, and complexity of detail. Cold climates make us aggressive and independent, and promote revolution, civil war, and anarchy, which leads eventually and ultimately to popular reforms under democratic societies, large families, simple lifestyles, "romantic" literature and "dark ages". Over 90% of the rulers and leaders who have been titled "great" and called "good" by historians held their positions during the cold-dry nation-building phases of the 100-year weather cycle. They helped lead their people out of the chaos marked by class riots, assassinations, and sabotage. Dr. Wheeler wrote:

 

    "In short, there has been a pattern on the cold side that has transposed from one cold period to another throughout history, a pattern whose extreme form has been anarchy pure and simple, ranging from wars, intrigue and treachery among the governors and their loyal followers to commercial war, race and religious riots, and armed civil war among the governed. All this is the fanatic aspect of cold times. The "lethargic" aspect has always assumed the form of neglect, debauchery, and extravagance on the part of the rulers and the upper classes, and listlessness, pauperism, begging, itineracy, rapine and vagabondage among the lower classes.

 

    "[The cold-dry phase is characterized by] General individualism, with weak governments, migrations, and other mob actions such as race riots. Class struggles, and civil wars ranging from palace intrigues to revolutions occur during the general anarchy of the Cold-Dry period. People are cosmopolitan and epicurean, borrowing culture and living by the superficial and skeptical philosophies.

 

    "[The cold-dry phase is marked by major geophysical phenomena, including] an increase in the severity of earthquakes and volcanoes... a lowering of continental altitudes, with marine invasions on the upswings and mountain building on the downswings."

 

    Weather is coldest during the cold-dry phase. Near the end of the cold-dry phase, societies become stabilized by strong leadership, reformed governments, and a revival of nationalism. The wars in this phase are expansionary and imperialistic. The transition from the cold-dry to the following warm-wet period is characterized by a revival of learning, burgeoning genius, industrial revolution, and bountiful crops. Human behavior is improved by the high energy level:

 

    "With increased vigor as a base (whatever the physiological causes may be), optimum conditions for an abundance of available energy for work occur during the period of climatic normality and on the upward crossing, or transition, from cold to warm. This is the "springtime" of the climatic cycle, while the preceding cold period was the "wintertime". On the upswing, more than in any other place on the cycle, the human race possesses energy, above that necessary for a maintenance of the physiological engine... Here, mental and physical energy are at a maximum: hence the appearance of both good leadership and good followership; economic and political aggressiveness and enthusiasm; ability to exercise more self-control and make better judgments; predominance of constructive measures and the absence of decadent modes of behavior. With all of these are associated a greater incidence of genius, a generally higher birthrate, a more stable behavior, and a higher moral tone of society. Moreover, physical conditions are then the most favorable for economic prosperity and for the growth of stationary societies, dominated by city life, for rainfall is ample and crops are good.

 

    "The Golden Ages of history, the best in human health and leadership, cultural output, the great periods of economic and political growth and expansion, have occurred after a toughening process has been going on that has revitalized the race and the biological level. Moreover, during cold times cultures came in contact with one another during migrations, travel exploration and colonization --- all of which extended to some extent into the earlier part of the warm period.

 

    "In the hands of a new generation, a fresh natural spirit wells up, and revolts occur against frustration. Enthusiasm, optimism, and aggressiveness, organized through a social revolution, result in a new state... As democratic government continues, it tends to become bureaucratic --- either in the hands of leftovers from the previously dominant aristocracy or in the hands of a new generation of rulers who have come into power through intrigue, wealth or some other form of leverage. A new set of rebellions breaks out following the dry years of the cold side; and during these rebellions, effort is made to overcome the evils of decadence in the democratic pattern, or the tyranny left over from the previous warm times...

 

    "A strong leader comes to the front. A new Golden Age is on, and a new cycle of imperialism begins. The revolutions result at first in the democratic reforms, because they begin on the cold side. Were it to remain cold, these reforms would remain; but as it becomes warmer, the more power the "radical" party assumes.

 

    "After a reign of terror, the new spirit coalesces into a strong, centralized government which, from the standpoint of individual rights, is reactionary.

 

    "During cold times the government usually attempts to control the persecution of racial or other minorities, but during the warm droughts, persecutions almost always have been government-sanctioned or government-promoted events.

 

    "The warm-wet phase sees the climax of organized accomplishments characterized by cooperative, integrated efforts rather than individual achievements. Governments become centralized and inflexible.

 

    "During periods of warm-dry weather, "good" (i.e., democratic) governments decline and decay under bureaucratic tyranny and plutocracy or dictatorial oligarchy. Totalitarian governments reach their climax when temperatures are highest during the warm-dry phase of the 100-year weather cycle. Concerning this, Dr. Wheeler wrote:

 

    "It is only on the upswing and during the early part of the warm period that strong governments manifested "good" qualities such as liberality, constructiveness, benevolence, humanitarianism, foresight and stability.

 

    "As the warm period continues, as imperialism increases, and as the state becomes militarized, the reactionary movement becomes absolutistic and totalitarian, whether under a king, a Duce, a Fuhrer or a "dictatorship of the proletariat". The latter, by the way, is a complete misnomer as far as realities are concerned. There is no such thing as a dictatorship of the proletariat. The only way in which the proletariat has ever "ruled" at any time in history --- and the only way in which it can rule --- is through truly democratic movements.

 

    "Sometimes there is a cold break in a warm period (but not a true cold phase), usually at the peak of the sunspot cycle. Then the general energy level of the populace begins to rise, and civil wars erupt. A reformed government with new leadership then comes to power...

 

    "Thus, when it turns cold, the individual thinks of himself first. A combination of increased energy, hardship, discontent; an over-centralized and tyrannical government; disgust with growing decadence, spurs him to fight for his individual rights. Here comes the realization that society can be improved only through the work and free expression of the capable individual.

 

    "But because the cool break is only an interruption (only one to ten years) of the longer overall warm phase, the democratic reforms implemented then cannot survive. The state subsequently depletes its economy and its people, body and soul, in continual warfare until such capabilities become utterly exhausted by the inevitable subsequent extreme warm temperatures and drought. Dr. Wheeler explained such behavior thus:

 

    "There are, in general, two categories into which forms of insanity fall. While these are not inclusive, they cover the majority of cases. The one category includes depression, lethargy, seclusion, flight from reality, indifference, lack of emotional tone, schizophrenia, inaction. The other includes elation, overactivity, mania, excessive emotionality, belligerence and dangerous forms of paranoia. Mental deterioration or decline, then, expresses itself either way, dividing most individuals into these two psychotic groups. On the other hand, the normal individual will fluctuate, under pressure, from one mood --- the depressed and indifferent --- to the other --- the manic and overactive. In an extreme form, either mood is a sign of weakness.

 

    "Societies revealed many of the same characteristics when they became unstable, or went into decline, on the warm side; for it was here that there broke out fanaticism, cruelty, and intolerance as measured by inquisitions, persecutions, pogroms, massacres, and tortures, all state-promoted. Either indifference of fanaticism in a people, then, is a sign of weakness.

 

    "It turned out that the more democratic countries or states generally declined through indifference, while the totalitarian and more dynamic states declined through fanaticism. The first political "psychosis" was more often Western, and the latter, Eastern; or, the first characterized by older states that had gone through several cycles; the second, the younger states of more recent unification. In any case, the appearance of these traits was certain indication of an imminent collapse into civil war.

 

    "Again, a combination of causes --- economic, political, psychological, biological, and climatic --- leads to the next phase in the cycle of events. Before political unity has declined, and while fanaticism is still controlling governmental policy, temperatures start dropping, and the national spirit revives and plays into the hands of a decadent and despotic leadership. This imperialism bursts forth once more and international wars break out on the warm side of the downswing.

 

    "We have noted that there is a strong tendency for state-promoted persecutions, pogroms, and massacres to occur during the warm-dry phases of the 100-year cycle.graphic example is the horrible treatment by the [Nazis] of Jews in World War II.

 

    "All of this results from the fact that, whenever it is warm for an extended period, the individual becomes less important. It is then that he is killed with the least compunction; it is then that the fanatic sacrifice for the state reaches its highest combination of circumstances...

 

    "Wars fought during downswings of the weather cycle have always evidenced more betrayals and sabotage, and less resistance to the invasion, even inviting it at times.

 

    "The transition to the subsequent cold-wet period is marked by decadence, which degenerates further to widespread cruelty, slavery, and slaughter, further to widespread cruelty, slavery, and slaughter, as in WW2. When the average temperature falls and rainfall increases, a general revival commences with good crops and increased activity.

 

    "During the cold-wet phase of the Wheeler Weather Cycle, government and business become decentralized. Individualism revives in a natural, emancipated behavior. Art becomes simpler, education is increasingly "mechanistic". These trends eventually climax in the anarchy characteristic of the cold-dry phase which follows.

 

    "Absolutist governments will not thrive in a cold phase, when the invigorating or uncomfortable weather brings out increased expression of social discontent.

 

    "The cold-wet phase is characterized by large sunspots appearing temporarily in a shortened sunspot cycle, and displays of the aurora borealis extending to temperate zones, lower temperatures, and increased storminess. The cold phases of the 100-year weather cycle are interrupted by a temperature rise during the sunspot maximum. Society experiences an increased birthrate, improved general health and mental vigor, mass migrations of the populace to rural areas, economic prosperity, international trade, and other forms of intercultural exchange."

 

    Dr. Wheeler also was able to elucidate the presence of 500-year cycles of climate throughout 2,500 years of history. Alternate 500-year cycles produce a secondary climax of extreme cold and drought coupled with massive migrations and great revolutions of society. The end of each second 500-year cycle also marks the end of a 1,000-year cycle which Dr. Wheeler also detected. The 1,000-year cycle has a very warm period in its center. Alternate 500-year cycles always end during the warm phase in the middle of the 1,000-year cycle.

 

    The 500-year cycle of weather is distinguished by the unusual severity of every fifth cold phase in the 100-year cycle. These have occurred in the 5th century BC, and the 1st, 5th, 10th and 15th centuries A.D. Dr. Wheeler stated:

 

    "The turning points (between old and new civilizations) occur when cold-dry times reach their maximum severity."

 

    Dr. Wheeler designed a "clock" of the cycles of Cold, Drought, and Civil War, illustrated in Figure 6.3. The 170-year Cycle of Civil War and the 510-year Cycle of Drought intersect at 1999, at which time we can expect another engulfing crisis. (15, 16)

 

    Another 510-year pattern occurs in the rhythm of world dominance, alternating between the East and West. In the 510 years after about 670 BC, when the Greek and Ptolemaic empires declined, Rome entered into its peak of development. After 60 BC, Rome weakened while Asian empires developed. After 450 A.D., the Byzantine and Oriental powers declined, and Charlemagne's empire grew, as did Britain. The next 510 years were dominated by Eastern power (Genghis and Kublai Khan, etc.). After 1470, Europe unified and extended its imperial dominion over the earth, and the United States came into power.

 

    The next great shift of power is to the East and is exemplified by the ascendancy of China, Japan, and Russia.

    We are now in the 27th cold-dry phase of the 100-year weather cycle since 540 BC, and the first such since the 1800s. This is also the fifth --- and coldest --- phase of the 6th 500-year cycle of weather determined by Dr. Wheeler. Also, we are approaching the climax of a 1,000-year weather cycle that will produce record high temperatures during the first half of the 21st century.

 

    Furthermore, according to Dr. Wheeler, there are possible indications that we are in a period of "reversal" of the alternate 1,000-year weather cycle, in which the evolution of humanity will take a leap forward:

 

    "A new and probably different series of species of similar general form will begin soon, and thus the Earth is about to begin a new phase of history.

 

    "Old civilizations collapse and new civilizations are born on the tide of climatic change. The turning points occur when cold-dry times reach their maximum severity.

 

    "The problem is to expand democracy by voluntary means, preserving democratic institutions and laws while the expansion process is being achieved. Now, during the next few decades, this new and powerful class of voters, the laborers, must, in a sense, be absorbed into the middle class and be given middle-class concepts of free enterprise and democracy. While assuming greater responsibility, they must experience success in helping democracy work, or else, when it turns warm again and centralizing trends are under way once more, there will be nothing but stagnation and ruin ahead. If this happens, the next warm period will produce a despotism as catastrophic for modern civilizations of Greece and Rome.

 

    "By the proper emphasis upon education in our schools and by the proper cooperation between capital and management on one hand and labor on the other, such a catastrophe can be prevented. During the next few decades when both the middle class and labor are democratically minded is the time to stabilize our institutions --- enriched by the contributions and cooperation of labor --- to the end that they will not collapse in the warm periods to come.

 

    "The conflict between labor and management contains no necessary threat to society and will not culminate in socialism or communism. When viewed in the light of historical ecology, it is only the next step and expected in the evolution of true democracy. The net result of the revolution will, in the end, be greater opportunity and freedom for all classes.

 

    "Three main facts pertain to the rise and fall of governments, that, all through the investigation, were so invariable and their relationship to climate so precise as to challenge any attempt at explanation in general terms

 

    "First, there were the occurrences of Golden Ages, the rise of strong governments under superior leaders, the outburst of international wars on climatic upswings from long cold periods into the warm-wet phase of the climatic cycle.

 

    "Second, the decline, onset of decadence, the growing excesses of centralized government, the emergence of dictators, tyranny, fanaticism, communism, and socialism, as the warm epoch continued, and as temperatures and dryness increased.

 

    "Third, the occurrence of civil wars, rebellions, and revolutions, the origin and growth of democratic institutions and individualism, during cold periods... No law of chance can explain the fact that undemocratic trends are invariably associated with the warmer climatic phases, and democratic trends with the colder phases. No law of chance can explain why international wars so consistently predominate on the warm side and civil wars on the cold. Relationship so consistent, universal and precise point directly to a causal factor or set of causal factors."

 

    Dr. Wheeler also found that a slight average annual temperature change will produce profound changes in human behavior:

 

    "A difference in mean annual temperature of no greater than 1.5o F., when prevailing consistently for no longer than half a decade, is sufficient, anywhere on earth, to start changes in the human behavior pattern in one direction or the other."

 

    Dr. Ellsworth Huntington determined the optimum temperatures for human performance to be 38o F. for mental activity, and 68-70o F. for physical action. The best climate for the full range of human life ranges between the mean annual temperatures of 2-47o F. At this time the zones with such an optimal temperature range extend from Great Britain across Europe to the Black Sea and the Ural Mountains, across North America between southern Canada and the northeast and northwest USA, and Japan. The area of optimal temperature can be extended to include central China, the northern parts of Africa and South America, southeast Australia, and New Zealand.

 

    The mean global temperature has decreased over 2.7o F. since 1945. Meanwhile, the Arctic and Antarctic ice covers have increased over 15% since 1966, and glaciers in North America and Europe have begun to advance again, whereas until 1940 they had been retreating. These and many other weather signs indicate that e are now in a Cold-Dry phase of the 100-year weather cycle, and may even be entering into a mini-Ice Age.

 

    7. A. Tchijevsky: The Universal Historical Process ~

 

    Aleksandr Leonid Tchijevsky (1897-1964) was an eminent Russian interdisciplinary scientist, musician, painter, and poet. He studied world history for over 40 years to discover the "Universal Historical Process" (UHP), which he described as "the simultaneous course of social evolution in all groups of human society, dependent or independent of each other according to their geographical location." (17-19)

 

    Tchijevsky adopted a uniform unit for measuring the statistics of the activities of human masses based primarily on the quality of the event (its importance) and its quantity (the number of humans participating). Tchijevsky generalized his method to apply to any historical event, with special consideration being given to dating the histories of 72 countries from 500 BC to 914 (2,414 years) and made a statistical analysis that enabled him to determine the characteristics of the cycle of the UHP.

 

    Tchijevsky found that periods of mass movement rise and fall in regular phases even in nations that had no contact with each other. This suggested to him that some external factor was causing the cycles, and he found it in the forces controlling the 11.2-year sunspot cycle. The UHP usually repeats itself 9 times in each century, synchronistically with the 11.2-year sunspot cycle:

 

    "We must assume that there exists a powerful factor outside our globe which governs the development of events in human societies and synchronizes them with the sun's activity;and thus we must also assume that the electrical energy of the sun is the superterrestrial factor which influences the historical process."

 

    Tchijevsky held that the ionization of Earth's atmosphere, caused by solar activity, stimulates mankind physiologically and psychologically:

 

    "Therefore, solar disturbances tend to aggravate social crises, if such crises happen to exist at the time of greater solar activity."

 

    The Universal Historical Process

 

    Phase   Characteristic               # of Years/Phase# of Historical Events  % of Cycle

 

    1          Minimum Excitation      3                                  5                      27

 

    2          Increasing"                    2                                  20                    18

 

    3          Maximum"                    3                                  60                    27

 

    4          Declining"                     3                                  15                    27

 

    Forty years after Tchijevsky presented his studies, Edward R. Dewey examined his work in the light of new data and found that there is a slight time lag between peaks of human excitability and sunspots. Peaks in human events precede peaks in solar indices! Dewey attributed this time lag to the effect of latitude. While the average sunspot activity occurs around 14o latitude from the solar equator, most cyclical events on Earth are located between 40-55o N. latitude. Dewey (and other scientists after him) eventually determined that the cause of this time lag resides in the planetary magnetospheric forces acting on the Sun and Earth. In addition, conjunctions of Jupiter and Saturn exert an effect. The entire sunspot cycle comprises several cycles between 7 and 16 years in length (mostly 9-15 years), of which the 11.2-year cycle is dominant.

 

    The number of historical events increases to a maximum concurrently with the maxima of the sunspot cycle. The synchronic peaking of the universal cycle of military and social activity occurs 9 times in each century. Each cycle occurs in four phases in which the number of historical events in each and all cycles, on the average, are distributed in direct dependence upon periodic fluctuations in solar activity. Tchijevsky wrote that "The state of predisposition of collective bodies toward action is a function of the sunspot periodical activity. The rising of sunspot activity transforms the people's potential energy into kinetic energy."

 

    In Phase 1 (3 years of minimum excitation, 1997-1999), the masses are indifferent to politics and militarism, being generally peaceful and tolerant. Parliamentarianism decreases, and autocracy and minority rule increases.

 

    In Phase 2 (2 years of increasing excitation, 2000-2001), the masses unite under new leaders, alliances, organizations, growth programs, and new ideas.

 

    In Phase 3 (3 years of maximum excitation, 2002-2004), the principal period of every cycle, is one of great achievements, information exchange, and psychomotoric pandemics such as insanity, revolution, war, and pathological epidemics.

 

    In Phase 4 (3 years of decreasing excitement, 2005-2007), tends toward political apathy and increased scientific and creative activity.

 

    Four out of the last five major depressions have followed in the wake of maximum sunspot activity. Generally, the more active the sunspots, the more bullish the market.

 

    In 1984, Dr. Robert Hope-Simpson (British Epidemiological Research Unit) reviewed all major outbreaks around the world from 1964 to 1975. He identified a chronological pattern in which the "flu seasons" were found to occur around Earth's surface in a curve about 6 months behind the midsummer curve when the sun is directly overhead.

 

    Dr. Hope-Simpson said that phenomena such as widely separated outbreaks of flu occur because the seasonal variation in the sun's movements along each line of latitude activates the latent flu virus in those areas; however, he did not explain how the activation occurs. His study appears to support Tchijevsky's theory.

 

    8. Astro-Meteorology ~

 

    For many centuries, astrologers and astronomer have sought to detect relationships among planetary influences and sunspot cycles, weather and seismic activity.

 

    In 1975, the prominent astronomers, Drs. John Gribbin and Stephen Plagemann, presented a hypothesis, called "The Jupiter Effect", synthesized from numerous observations by other researchers, that the gravity vectors and magnetospheres of the planets affect sunspot activity. These in turn produce major changes in terrestrial weather, which cause minor but sudden alterations in Earth's spin. These alterations aggravate seismic activity, which is reinforced by peaks of activity --- a "beat effect" --- in the 180-year sunspot cycle.

 

    A major conclusion of the Jupiter Effect theory is that sometime between 1989 and may 2000 particularly close groupings of the major planets will exert their most focused magnetic and gravitational influence. (39)

 

    Dr. Gribbin retracted his theory in 1980, but the popular press continued to propagandize the original idea. Also in 1980, the Belgian astronomer Dr. Jan Meeus published a review of several studies that failed to show any correlation among planetary positions, solar activity, and earthquakes. However, several other studies show clear relationships between the Moon and seismic activity.

 

    In 1933, Father Rhodes showed that there is an increase of seismic activity when the Moon is near perigee; there is less activity when it approaches its apogee. In 1935, Harlan Stetson (Harvard University) reported his investigation of some 2,000 deep-focus earthquakes (those with epicenters more than 100 km below the Earth's surface): "The frequency of their occurrence with the Moon's position referred to the epicenter at the time the shocks occur. There is a striking correlation between the frequency of these deep-focus quakes and the horizontal (East-West) components of the tidal forces in operation at the time."

 

    The Soviet geophysicist Dr. G.P. Tamrazyan developed statistical heterodyning methods to show the relationship between earthquakes and the tidal influence on lunar and solar motion. By integrating lunar phases and orbital eccentricity into his statistics, Dr. Tamrazyan found that the number of earthquakes in Nevada increased about 800% within a few days after lunar perigee.

 

    Similarly, Dr. T. Simkin, et al., (Museum of Natural history, DC), directly observed volcanic activity in tectonic plates in the Galapagos Islands in 1966. The scientists witnessed the collapse of a volcanic caldera, and found that for the first 42-hours of the event, the associated earthquakes "occurred only at each extremium of the local ocean tide." The volcanic eruption and collapse of the caldera occurred at the exact time when the solar tidal force was maximal, and the Moon was at perigee, thus producing maximum horizontal and vertical compression and tension.

 

    Several other studies have shown possible correlations between sunspot activity and planetary positions, while some studies found no clear relationship. A few researchers have shown a definite effect of solar activity on terrestrial weather (i.e., Markson & Muir: Science 208 (#4447): 979-990 (30 May 1980). (42-50)

 

    Careful study of the ancient scientific art of astrology can reveal millennia of accumulated wisdom and observational data to its students. However, astrology is commonly abused, misunderstood, misinterpreted, and often fraudulently exploited. Modern astrology has gained a modicum of scientific credibility insofar as solar flares and planetary magnetospheres have been shown to affect human behavior.

 

    For example, Dr. Arnold L. Lieber and Carolyn R. Sherin (Univ. Miami) analyzed all of the murders committed over the 15-year period from 1956-1970, and discovered that peaks in the murder rate were associated with both the new and full moon by a small statistical significance. Examination of homicides committed during a 13-year period (1958-1970) in Ohio revealed similar peaks that approached statistical significance.

 

    Dr. Lieber hypothesized that because humans contain about the same proportion of elements (80% water, 20% organic compounds and inorganic minerals) as the earth's surface, the moon might influence the mass of water in human beings in the same manner as the ocean tides.

 

    Astro-meteorology concerns the art and science of forecasting weather, earthquakes, and volcanic eruptions. By means of this knowledge, the great natural scientists Johannes Kepler and Isaac Newton made accurate long-range forecasts of European weather. In 1704, Newton forecast the exact date of the earthquakes and hurricanes which struck London in 1750 (23 years after his death). The major astronomical aspects which Newton saw as indicators of this disaster were the appearance of the aurora borealis, and the Moon in perigee during a solar eclipse while Jupiter was closest to Earth. The exact time of the earthquake was determined by calculating the transit of the next planet to the point in space where the eclipse took place.

 

    Joseph Goodavage reviewed the subject in detail in his book, Our Threatened Planet. According to Goodavage, the ancient Greek Anaxagoras, and other astrologers, earthquakes occur when any of the following aspect are in effect:

 

    "1.   The perigees of the heavy planets are in Taurus and Scorpio;

    2.   The Moon is in "fixed signs" or eclipsed in Scorpio, especially in the first decan;

    3.  Uranus, Saturn, Jupiter or Mars are in Taurus or Scorpio, with other planets in fixed signs;

    4.   Several planets are on or near the equator;

    5.   Great comets are in their perihelion and within the orbits of Uranus and Saturn;

    6.   Uranus squares or opposes Mars, Jupiter or Saturn or is conjunct with an eclipse of the Sun or Moon;

    7.   Luna is in perigee directly over the stricken area;

    8.   Saturn is at the nadir when Sol is at the equinoxes or solstices;

    9.   Saturn and Jupiter are within orb of aspect to mean longitude 135o (Leo) and 265o   (Sag.);

    10. Major planets are square, opposite, or form a Grand Cardinal Cross --- earthquakes are triggered by the transit of Mars across an arm of the Cross.

    11. The Sun and moon are eclipsed while conjunct Mercury;

    12. The full or new Moon aspects planets in 1o Taurus, or is conjunct the Pleiades. "

 

    Statistical studies have shown that 12% more earthquakes occur in syzygy weeks than in perigee weeks. During the 5-day period after the highest tide, there is the greatest likelihood that earthquakes will occur in the Northern Hemisphere. In the Southern Hemisphere, more quakes occur in the 5 days after the lowest tide. When the Moon is on the Equator, the next two days are the period of the greatest likelihood of earthquakes in both hemispheres.

 

    In the opinion of George Hadsill, author of Eclipses 1865-2000, solar eclipses are causative agents of human events and seismic activity:

 

    "In connection with earthquakes, eclipses are most powerful, when in fixed signs and in a part of the world where, at that time, fixed signs are on the meridian or horizon. Planets in fixed signs in connection with earthquakes, are more powerful than others.

 

    "When the Midheaven or Ascendant are in an aspect with the eclipse, as a rule there occurs a very heavy earthquake...From all the many aspects you may take conjunctions, oppositions, squares, semi- and sesqui-squares with an orb less than 5o. All earthquakes are in a similar way connected with the previous eclipse and the heavier the earthquake the closer the connection, and the stronger the connecting aspects usually."

 

    A Chaldean astrologer-priest and historian named Berosus (2nd century AD) was so accurate a prophet that the Athenia Greeks erected a statue of him with a gilded tongue to symbolize and honor his accuracy and truthfulness. Seneca quotes him thus:

 

    "These events take place according to the course of the stars; and affirm it so positively, as to assign the time for the Conflagration and the Deluge... All terrestrial thing will be consumed when the planets... shall coincide in the sign of Cancer, and be so placed that a straight line could pass through all their arcs."

 

    Many occultists, mystics and prophets have assigned various dates to mark the beginning of the Age of Aquarius, theNew Age for which peace-lovers wait. Most opinions date that advent about 100 years before or after 2000 AD.

 

    The eminent occultist Manly P. Hall wrote an authoritative study of the Cosmic Ages in A System of World Prophecy, in which he offered his version of the schedule of events leading up to the next era:

 

    "The astrological prophecies of Albumazar, Nostradamus, and William Lilly are famous as examples of long-range prediction. Many efforts have been made to reconstruct from the scattered hints in their writing the system which they used. In some of the old manuscripts in my own collection, and others which I have consulted, I believe that I have discovered an important key to the ancient system of mundane prediction.

 

    "The Egyptians taught that the history of the world is revealed through the precession of the equinoxes. By astronomical calculation, they discovered that the duration of the Great Year of the Precession is approximately 25,920 years. They referred to this cycle as the Divine Year or the Year of the Gods...

 

    "This Great Year the ancients divided into 12 parts or ages of 2,160 calendar years each. Zodiacal rulerships were assigned to the ages, as for example, the Taurean Age, the Piscean Age. As the precession of the equinoxes retires through each of the zodiacal signs of the Great Year, the constellational power is said to be released into worldly affairs according to the sign of the zodiac in which the equinox occurs...

 

    "It is the consensus of ancient and modern astrologers that the equinox is now taking place in Pisces. According to my research, the Piscean Age began in 325 AD and will end 2485 AD. By this calculation, the much heralded Aquarian Age will begin 2486 AD and continue for 2,160 years...

 

    "According to the calculations which have been able to reconstruct, the vernal equinox now is taking place in the 7th degree of Pisces, which will bring the emphasis upon social and economic reconstruction from 1981 to 2052...

 

    "The keynote for the 360-year period from 1765 to 2124 is Liberation. This entire period is under the rulership of Sagittarius, a positive sign. The keywords of Sagittarius are: expansion, inclusion, ambition, and aspiration. The planet Jupiter, which expresses the quest for universal peace, dominates the entire Sagittarian cycle... From 1981 to 2052, a Virgo sub-period, will come the war against industrial tyranny. And in the final division of this sub-period, from 2053 to 2124, under the royal sign of Leo, will be set up the first relatively permanent system of world government --- the battle against political tyranny.

 

    "In all probability, it is this emphasis on Leo that caused Nostradamus to predict the rise of the "King of the World'.

 

    "The year 2125 will usher in a completely new cycle of power under the great rulership of Cancer. Each time the precession of the equinoxes has passed through a Cancer subdivision, there has been a great revival of old wisdom and learning. This marks the last 360 years of the Piscean Cycle as a period of restoration." (53)

 

    On May 5, 2000 AD, the planets formed a Grand Cross: Sun 17o Scorpio, Moon in Scorpio, Mercury 10o Taurus, Venus 7o Taurus, Mars 28o Taurus, Jupiter 16o Taurus, Saturn 19o Taurus, Uranus 21o Aquarius, Neptune 7o Aquarius, Pluto 12o Sagittarius. "Nothing" happened.

 

    9. Pole Shifts ~

 

    Several passages in the Bible appear to be prophecies to the effect that during the Tribulation period, planet Earth will roll over in its orbit, turning upside down:

 

    "Therefore I will shake the heavens, and the Earth shall move out of her place, in the wrath of the Lord of hosts, and in the day of his fierce anger." (Isaiah 13:13)

 

    "Behold the Lord makest the earth empty, and makest it waste, and turneth it upside down, and scattereth abroad the inhabitants thereof.

    The earth is utterly broken down, the earth is clean dissolved, the earth is moved exceedingly.

    The earth shall reel to and fro like a drunkard, and shall be removed like a cottage...

    Then the moon shall be confounded, and the sun ashamed, when the Lord of hosts shall reign in Zion, and in Jerusalem, and before his ancients gloriously." (Isaiah 24: 1, 19, 20, 23 )

 

    "Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of heaven shall be shaken." (Matthew 24: 29)

 

    "And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;

    And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken by a mighty wind.

    And the heavens departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places." (Revelation 6: 12-14 )

 

    "But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, and the earth also and the works therein shall be burned up." (II Peter 3: 10)

 

    "Shall not the land tremble for this, and every onemourn that dwelleth therein? And it shall rise up wholly as a flood; and it shall be cast out and drowned, as by the flood of Egypt.

    And it shall come to pass in that day, saith the Lord God, that I will cause the sun to go down at noon, and I will darken the earth in the clear day." (Amos 8: 8-9 )

 

    A considerable amount of evidence is available to support arguments for the Pole Shift Theory, that many in geological history, the earth has moved suddenly to a new orientation, with the former poles at the new equator, or even completely reversed. Such a catastrophe would generate volcanic explosions, global earthquakes, vast lava flows, electrical storms, and clouds of toxic gases and dust. The oceans and seas would rush from their beds, and tidal waves thousands of feet high would roll across the continents and destroy much of life on earth. The evidence that catastrophic crustal shifts have occurred in the past includes flash-frozen mammoths, coral reefs in Alaska, and well-preserved trees (some still bearing fruit) thousands of years old and buried under the Arctic tundra. Extensive coal deposits are found in temperate and frigid zones, but seldom in the tropics, which contradicts the conventional theory that attributes coal formation to massive forestation --- unless the lithosphere has shifted radically.

 

    The Pole Shift theory was developed in 1911 by Hugh A. Brown after he read about the discovery of frozen mammoth in the Arctic tundra. Brown was an electrical engineer; he died at 97 in 1975. According to Brown, the entire planet rolls over about 90o approximately every 7,000 years, "due to the off-center mass of the polar ice caps." Brown explained:

 

    "Because of the curvature of the globe, the centrifugal forces of the rotating ice sheets which initiate the careens soon reach a maximum and then diminish.

 

    "When the ice caps have migrated 45 degrees of latitude, their centrifugal force responds to the combined motions of careening and rotation. Between the sun latitudes of 45 degrees and 0 degrees they change from being upsetting to being stabilizing forces.

 

    "Equatorial forces then start to form, and the centrifugal forces of the ice caps and of the new bulges are soon working in unison to bring the reeling motions of the globe to a rapid slow-down and stop...

 

    "Following the next careen of the globe the present continent of Antarctica can reasonably be expected to become the center of a land hemisphere --- because of the centrifugal force of rotation which shall be created by its weight and speed of motion...

 

    "The area of the globe now occupied by the Arctic Ocean will probably become the center of a water hemisphere --- like the Pacific Ocean today. What is now northern Siberia, northern Canada and Alaska will probably become parts of the submerged ocean floor...

 

    "According to this hypothesis, Brazil would roll to the South Pole and the Philippine Islands would become the land area nearest the North pole... It would be equally valid speculation to say that some area of the globe within about 2,000 miles of Lake Chad will be at the North Pole during the epoch of time following our own, and that this would occur as a result of the past --- namely, the Hudson Bay Basin careened to the North Pole axis of spin, then Lake Chad moved in, only to be supplanted by the present Arctic Ocean area. This shows a tendency for land areas to roll back to nearly the same position of latitude and longitude that they rolled away from." (27-30)

 

    Brown's theory was developed further by Prof. Charles Hapgood (history & anthropology, Keene State College, NH) with mathematician James Campbell. in Earth's Shifting Crust. Prof. Albert Einstein wrote a forward to it.Hapgood was of this opinion:

 

    "The ice caps could not generate enough centrifugal force to shift the Earth's crust... The force is probably provided by vast currents of magma moving under the Earth's crust... The Earth's crust is a loose shell, floating on a semi-liquid layer underneath... This whole shell --- the whole outer crust of the Earth --- has been frequently displaced over the soft layer as one unit, much as if the skin of an orange were loose and could be moved around without breaking or disrupting the fruit within... [Pole Shifts] might have been due to unbalanced effects deep within the mantle, which disturbed the thixotropic solid of the interstitial magma into becoming fluid, and hence slippage toward a new equilibrium..."

 

    The wave-guide layer [in the athenosphere] is of great advantage for the concept of displacement. It suggests an easy zone of shear for the movement, wherein all frictional effects will be minimized... The shifts of the lithosphere have at times attained extraordinary speeds as compared with the speeds of the subcrustal currents now estimated by geophysicists. The combination of the geometrical progression of centrifugal effects with the zone of easy shear in the wave-guide layer opens up the possibility of extremely rapid movements of the Earth's outer shell. The Earth's equator is centrifuging at 1,040 miles per hour. The imbalance of Earth's crust is estimated to possess a torque of about 48.6 x 1015 ton-miles, enough to turn the crust along the meridian of greatest eccentrific force (longitude 96o E.). Hapgood and Campbell have reasoned that Rangoon, Burma will be the new North Pole. (31-34)

 

    Chan Thomas (The Adam and Eve Story, 1963) has suggested that Earth's magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) force field maintains the mantle in a semi-solid state until the earth periodically crosses zones of "zero magnetic energy" (as yet unknown to science), which changes the MHD state. The plastic mantle then suddenly becomes liquid, and the shell of the planet moves.

 

    The great catastrophe theorist Immanuel Velikovsky suggested that Earth's rotation could be slowed down, even halted, if the planet passed through a powerful magnetic field:

 

    "Eddy currents would be generated in the surface of the Earth, which in turn would give rise to magnetic fields, interacting with the external field, and would slow down the Earth or bring it to a rotational stasis.

 

    "Such a rotational slowing would cause friction between the various liquid and semifluid layers, creating heat; on the outermost periphery the solid layers would be torn apart, causing mountains and even continents to fall or rise... If the magma inside the globe continued to rotate at a different angular velocity than the shell, it would tend to set the Earth rotating slowly."

 

    J. B Jeunemann (Dir., Hydrogen Research Inst.), suggested that a phase lag would have to be created to perform the work involved in this theory. He opined that an extraterrestrial body (i.e., a passing asteroid) could provide the necessary energy.

 

    The movement of the ice sheets also could be initiated by nuclear explosions, and be sustained by gravitational energy. The last polar ice surge occurred about 90,000 years ago in Queen Maud Land and the Wilkes Land section of eastern Antarctica. Underground testing has been linked to a direct cause-and-effect relation to abnormal polar motion, according to research by Shigeyoshi Matsumae (Pres., Tokyo Univ.) and Yoshio Kato (Dir., Dept. Aerospace Sci., Tokyo Univ.). They plotted North Pole motion and found that "The position of the pole slid radically (up to one meter) at the time of nuclear explosions" of more than 150 kilotons.

 

    In The Path of the Poles, Prof. Hapgood produced new evidence based on studies of fossil magnetism, indicating that some 200 pole shifts have occurred during geological history, with 16 in the last few million years, 3 times during the past 100,000 years, and most recently at the end of the last Ice Age, 15-18,000 years ago. Hapgood warned of a possible forthcoming pole shift:

 

    "My research has indicated that an earlier shift of the crust took place between 50,000 and 45,000 years between the shifts. However, it is not impossible that another shift may be very close upon us, and there are two lines of evidence that indicate this.

 

    "The first line of evidence is the rising curve of great earthquakes since 1900. A leading specialist in earthquakes, H. Benioff, has pointed out that these are great earthquakes that are global in their implications and that have not yet been explained. According to Benioff, these great quakes have not only been coming in at shorter and shorter intervals, but they have been increasing in violence."

 

    In the 50 years between 1897 and 1947, an average of 3 earthquakes over Richter-6 were observed each decade. This number increased to an average of 7 between 1946 and 1956. Seventeen quakes measuring greater than Richter-6 were observed in 1967. Since then the annual number of Richter-6 or stronger quake has increased: 19 in 1968, 21 in 1969, 24 in 1970, and 34 in 1971. During the decade from 1967 to 1976 there were 180 earthquakes of Richter-7 or greater magnitude. The trend continues to increase in the number and magnitude of quakes.

 

    Several passages in the Bible warn of gigantic earthquakes in these latter days: Joel 2:10; Ezekiel 38: 19, 20; Isaiah 24: 18-23; Matthew 24: 7; Revelation 6: 12; ibid., 16: 17-20; ibid., 18: 1-24.

 

    The National Earthquake Information Center has found a relationship between a 7-year cycle in seismic activity and the 7-year maximum in the daily Chandler Wobble of Earth's axis of rotation.

 

    Prof. Hapgood claimed that the Earth's crust is already moving, and increasing its speed. Data provided by Munk and McDonald indicates that the North Pole moved 10 feet towards Greenland from 1900 to 1960 (about 6 cm or 2-1/2 inches/year), and Markowitz suggests that the Pole moved about 20 feet from 1900-1968. It is now moving about 10 cm (4 inches) per year. These observations reveal a geometrical 8-fold acceleration of the rate of motion of the pole. Furthermore, the international Polar Motion Service has collected observations since 1940 showing that the secular motion or progressive drift of the North Pole meandered about 8 meters toward Greenland from 1903-1973, and more than one meter between 1965-1973 --- a considerable increase. (38)

 

    10. Extinction Events ~

 

    Geomagnetic Depletion --- Earth's magnetic field shields lifeforms from the mutagenic effects of solar and cosmic radiation. But the geomagnetic field is not stable over long periods, and some of the known reversals of the geomagnetic fields have been linked to the extinction of simple life forms such as Radiolaria (a monocellular order of marine fauna). It is thought that their demise was due to depletion of the ozone layer. The subsequent onslaught of solar protons and cosmic-rays destroyed the Radiolaria.

 

    The geomagnetic field has reversed at least 20 times during the past 4 million years. The field may remain neutral for 1,000 years before it regenerates. The field is currently diminishing at an exponential rate and may begin to reverse itself in the 21st or 22nd century. Studies by physicist Thomas Barnes (Univ. of Texas) have shown that the geomagnetic field is decaying at such a rate that if the process does not limit itself or reverse, the present polar magnetic field strength of 0.62 gauss will decrease to less than 0.001 gauss during the next 7,000 years. The magnetic field has an apparent half-life of 1,400 years and is governed by the exponential decay law. Back-calculation of the rate of decay indicates that Earth would have been a "magnetic star" about 50,000 years ago. Since that was not the case, then only a catastrophic cosmic event could have produced the present magnetic situation. As early as 1883, Sir Horace Lamb speculated that "The initial currents in the Earth's magnetic core could have been induced by the sudden removal of an external magnetic field."

 

    Dr. Robert Langel (Goddard Flight Center, MD) estimated that magnetic pole reversal will occur in approximately 1,200 years, "based on the assumption that the current rate of declining intensity of force lines in the Earth's magnetic field... would remain constant. It is possible that the reversal would come much sooner or much later."

 

    Meteor Impacts ---      In 1984, astronomers Richard Muller and Luis Alvarez (Univ. California) and others reported that mass extinctions of the dinosaurs (and most other animals and plants) occurred about every 26 to 28 million years, according to the fossil records. The impact craters formed by very large meteorites closely follow the same pattern, as too does the distribution of iridium in sedimentary layers of those geological periods. The most recent extinction occurred about 11 million years ago.

 

    According to geologist Alfred Fischer (Princeton Univ.), the periodic mass destruction of life on Earth seemingly operates on two different cycles. His analysis of extinction events distinguished a 37-million year cycle in addition to the 26-28 million year cycle. The two cycles reinforce each other approximately every 75 million years, producing a super-mass extinction; in the last such some 65 million years ago, 99% of all species on Earth disappeared. The same thing happened 77 million years previously and 76 million years before that.

 

    "A mass extinction of species is taking place today without cosmic intervention. The wanton destruction of tropical forests represents the greatest extinction to occur since the end of the Cretaceous Age. Plant species are dying at the rate of 10,000 per year, one per hour. About 2 million species will have been lost by 2,000 AD."

 

    Many of the disasters attributed to nature actually are caused or worsened by human activity. The number of deaths from droughts, floods, earthquakes and other natural phenomena increased six-fold in the 1970s, due to human vulnerability resulting from poverty and poor land use. Disaster relief often is useless or even counterproductive.

 

    Ice Ages--- According to John Hamaker, the build-up of atmospheric carbon dioxide is influenced critically by the progressive demineralization of the soil in a long cycle; glaciation and vulcanism are the natural remineralizing processes. Human industry has aggravated the problem in recent years. There has been a 13% rise in atmospheric CO2 since the industrial age began; nearly half of that rise has occurred since 1962! Hamaker contends that we are in an extreme crisis, facing the very sudden onset of a new Ice Age:

 

    "Glaciation occurs whenever the soil minerals left by the last glacial period are used up and the plant life can no longer regulate CO2 in the air.A United Nations report estimates that by the year 2000, 90% of the agricultural land and two-thirds of the tropical forests will be destroyed by wind, fire, disease, and insects... the winds will increase to 100 mph and up, and they will increase in frequency. For this and other reasons, agriculture and industry will be so crippled that the effects of man on CO2 will be nullified and the increase of CO2 will take place at a slower rate. By then most of the world's population will be dead.

 

    "Excess heat from the Greenhouse Effect (due to the accumulation of atmospheric carbon dioxide) causes more water to evaporate from the oceans. This humidity is condensed as snow in the polar regions. Meanwhile, the temperate and tropical zones suffer the other extreme: drought. Forest fires rage out of control. When the ice sheet is formed, its weight depresses the lithosphere and forces underlying magma to erupt. Volcanic activity in a glacial period is several times that of interglacial periods, and adds great quantities of CO2 and SO­2 to the air. The resulting acid rain leaches the remaining soil minerals, and more plants die. The level of carbon dioxidemay rise to several time the interglacial average of about 290 ppm. Raging winds will grind glacial rubble to dust and spread it about the planet to remineralize the soil over a period of several thousand years. Carbon dioxide levels will drop to about 200 ppm as the soil begins to support more forests, which absorb CO2.

 

    "The change from inter-glacial to glacial conditions can happen very quickly. At the end of the last glacial period, vegetation deteriorated over a span of 150 years, and changed from temperate zone to subarctic vegetation during the last 20 years of the transition stage."

 

    Several other models have been proposed to explain the scientific mystery of cause of Ice Ages. Some theories invoke cosmic influences such as variations in solar output, interstellar dust clouds which block sunlight, and reversals of the Earth's magnetic field. J.D. Hays, et al. showed that for the past 500,000 years, major climatic changes such as the Ice Ages have followed variations in the obliquity and precession of Earth's orbit. Hays monitored the record of the past 450,000 years in Southern Hemisphere ocean floor sediments and determined three indices of global climate at periods of 3,000, 42,000, and 100,000 years. The peaks corresponded to "the dominant periods of Earth's solar orbit, and contain respectively about 10, 25, and 50% of climatic variance:

 

    "The 42,000 year climatic component has the same period as variations in the obliquity of the Earth's axis, and maintains a constant phase relationship with it.

 

    "The 23,000 year portion of the variance develops the same periods (about 23,000 and 19,000years) as the quasi-periodic precession index....

 

    "The dominant 100,000 year climatic component has an average period close to, and in phase with orbital eccentricity...

 

    "It is concluded that changes in the earth's orbital geometry are the fundamental cause of the succession of Quaternary Ice Ages.

 

    "A model of future climate based on the observed orbital-climate relationships, but ignoring anthropogenic effects predicts that the long-term trend over the next several thousand years is toward extensive Northern Hemisphere glaciation."

 

    Don Anderson (Cal. Inst. Tech.) has shown that correlations between long-term variations in the speed of Earth's rotation (the length of day) are due to increased vulcanism, which changes wind circulation patterns.

 

    Volcanoes along the Pacific rim follow a 65-year cycle of eruptions with increasing intensity at alternate peaks of 130 years. The next such cyclic peak is expected in 2045 AD.

 

    The situation could be sorely aggravated by a Nuclear Winter, which could caused by an exchange of such weapons in World War III.

 

    11. The McKenna/ I Ching Apocalypse ~

 

    The brothers Dennis and Terence McKenna made a computer analysis of the Chinese oracle system of the I Ching (Book of Changes), which dates to circa 1,000 BC. The I Ching consists of 64 arrangements of 6-line hexagrams (kua). The permutations of the lines express universal archetypes which illustrate fate. The McKennas discovered that the I Ching also represents a highly accurate lunar calendar of 384 days, divided into 13 months. The calendar was lost in a mass book-burning in the 3rd century BC, after which it was replaced with a less accurate 360-day calendar. Further research revealed that the I Ching calendar ends in the year 2012 --- within a year of the end of the South American Eagle Bowl Calendar! The McKenna's offered an explanation for this synchronicity in their book, The Invisible Landscape:

    "Such a hierarchy [of 64 codons] would require 26 levels to describe the totality of temporal existence... Our view is that various temporal levels are overtonal harmonics of a quantum-mechanical flux of cyclical and irreducible variables. If one entertains the idea that our universe may possess such a time scheme, one is led to contemplate the problem of the nature and necessity of the final time such a theory requires...

 

    "In a modular hierarchy of space-time such as we propose, the total resident in the continuum can be supposed to be totally resident in each resident subset. this idea follows necessarily from the assumption of organismic thought that the entire hierarchical continuum is resident in its modular parts. The fold of temporal limitation and particularly that which defines a nexus of space-time is the place where nodes of connection typical of higher spatial dimension ingress into the world of normal space-time... The cessation of boundary constraints imposed by higher levels in the hierarchy causes a quantized drop toward the zero state each time that a cycle enters its terminal phase on any level in the hierarchy. Such quantized transitions from one modality to another are called "changes of epochs" by Whitehead... Terminations of cycles or epochs of really long duration cause extreme accelerations toward the zero state. This idea is similar to Whitehead's conception of concresence and the Vedic conception of world ages which grow shorter as they tighten around an axis point. The spiral image of the Christian Apocalypse is another example of this intuition that time is a series of tightening cycles around a quantized transformation...

 

    "The critical role of our own era is a fact only if the assumption of the cyclical, ever-condensing nature of time is correct. If time is an eternal process, then it may be open-ended or cyclical, but not the latter in such a way as to ever yield the actual concresence this idea calls for. That could happen only if the temporal cycles were to constantly shorten themselves aroundtemporal axis... Such a leading of energy toward a center can only end in transformation...

 

    "Any date might be studied as a possible date of major concresence... The problem with this, and all approaches of this sort, lies in finding a method of quantifying historical data. [Aleksandr Tchijevsky developed such a method for the Universal Historical Process.]

 

    "The second approach to a search for possible dates of future concresence is more subtle and takes account of the precession of the equinoxes. Because of the precession, the solstice and the equinoctal nodes precess or move backwards against the background of the fixed stars which comprise the zodiac. In a 26,000-year zodiacal great year, the solstice and equinoctal nodes move around the entire zodiac. It is a coincidence then that in our own time, the winter solstice is placed in the constellation Sagittarius, only about 3o from the galactic center which, also coincidentally, is within 2o of the ecliptic. Because the winter solstice node is precessing, it is moving closer and closer to the point on the ecliptic where it will eclipse the galactic center. This will occur sometime within the next 200 years. It is difficult to be more accurate, since the term "galactic center" is ambiguous. A degree covers a large area, and the galaxy may be presumed to have a gravitational center, a radio center, and a spatial center. Nevertheless, we suggest that the transition from one zodiacal era of approximately 2,200 years duration to the next may be hinged on the conjunction of the solstice node and the galactic center. It is useful to examine winter solstices on which solar eclipses will occur over the next 200 years, during which the earth's solstice node will be slowly transiting the area of the galactic center. The eclipse of the galactic center by the solstice sun, which is itself in eclipse relation to the earth, might be an event unusual enough to signal an onset of concresence...

 

    "The universe is subject to cycles of temporal variables, occurring on many levels and generating appropriate forms of novelty on each such level. Life's epoch began one to two billion years ago --- 1.3 billion years on our scale. Eighteen million years ago brings one to the height of the age of mammals. One 64th of this 18-million year cycle is a cycle whose inception was 275,000 years ago, a time which corresponds well with the emergence of homo sapiens. One 64th of this cycle brings us to the cycle which epitomizes what might properly be called historiculture, that cycle which began 4300+ years ago, around 2300 BC. The duration of the cycle next encountered is 67+ years, and we have assumed the most recent epoch to have begun in 1945. The end of World War Two and the development of atomic weapons and their use in warfare forms a novelty whose appearance attended the shift of epochs that created the post-modern world. If our understanding is correct, then this same 67+ year cycle at, or near the end of a 4300-year cycle, will terminate around the year 2012...

 

    "Achievement of the zero state can be imagined to arrive in one of two forms. One is the dissolution of the cosmos in an actual cessation and unraveling of natural laws, a literal apocalypse. The other possibility takes less for granted from the mythologems associated with the collective transformation and entry into concresence and hews more closely to the idea that concresence, however miraculous it is, is still the culmination of a human process, a process of toolmaking, which comes to completion in the perfect artifact: the monadic self, exteriorized, condensed, and visible in three dimensions; in alchemical terms, the dream of a union of spirit and matter. Presumably, were such a hyperspatial tool or process to be discovered, in a very short time it would entirely restructure life's experience of itself, of time, space, and of otherness, and then it would be these effects which would follow rather than precede the concresence, and which, through their atemporal influence on the content of visionary experience, would be seen to have given rise to the "apocalyptic scenario" in the expectation of so many ontologies. The appearance in normal space-time of a hyperdimensional body, obedient to a simultaneously transformed and resurrected human will, and able to plumb to obligations and opportunities inherent in this unique juncture in energy's long struggle for liberation, may be apocalypse enough...

 

    "Until we understand that there is a teleological object at the end of human history, and it can be known, we will continue to live the kind of limited intellectual existence that has characterized the last 500 years or so of western development...

 

    "Human history is a lunge across 15 or 20 thousand years of time from the primitive stone-chipping primate to that creature which will walk into a transdimensional vehicle and leave the solar system and human history and the concerns of the human monkey far behind...

 

    "The human soul, essentially, the oversoul of mankind, is calling history toward itself across the dimensions... History is the shock wave of eschatology... It is the great, great adventure of becoming, and we are very privileged to be in this final ticking out of the last seconds of the third act." (54)

 

    12. The Physics of Time ~

 

    The physics of time complicates the dating of prophecies; time is very flexible, and it will accelerate as the present era draws to a close. The McKennas explained it eloquently in The Invisible Landscape. The Latin Tiburtine Sibyl explained it thus: "The years will be shortened like months, the months like weeks, the weeks like days, the days like hours, and an hour like a moment." The New Testament also suggests something of the sort in Matthew 24: 22.

 

    In the 1960s, the Soviet astrophysicist N. A. Kozyrev made an experimental study of the properties of Time. He used electrified gyroscopes and pendulums to demonstrate the density or intensity of time:

 

    "There also exists a variable property which can be called the density or intensity of time.... The density of time changes within broad limits, owing to the processes occurring in nature... It proves possible to have one material influence another through time. Such a relationship can be foreseen, since the causal-resultant relationship phenomena occurred not only in time, but also with the aid of time. Therefore, in each process of nature, time can be extended or formed.

 

    "The effect of the causal pole depends only on the distance (spacing). Repeated and careful measurements demonstrated that this effect diminishes, not inversely proportional to the square of the distance, as in the case of force fields, but inversely proportional to the first power of the distance...

 

    "The results indicate that the nearer the system with the causal-resultant relationship the density of time actually changes... there occurs a thinning (rarefaction of time), while near the energy receiver its compaction takes place. The impression is gained that time is extended by a cause and, contrariwise, it becomes more advanced in that place where the effect is located."

 

    In other words, time condenses or accelerates at the effect. Kozyrev's research also offers a straightforward explanation for the phenomenon of prophecy:

 

    "The effect of time differs basically from the effect of force fields... The effect of the causal pole immediately creates two equal and opposite forces... there occurs a transmission, without momentum, and hence also without delivery... The transmission of energy without momentum (impulse) should... have the following very important property: Such a transmission should be instantaneous... Time in the universe is not propagated but appears simultaneously everywhere. On a time axis the entire universe is projected by one point. Therefore, the altered properties of a given second will appear everywhere at once, diminishing according to the law of inverse proportionality of the first power of distance... Such a possibility of the instantaneous transfer of information through time should not contradict the special theory of relativity --- in particular, the relativity of the concept of simultaneity. The fact is that the simultaneity of events through time is realized in that advantageous system of coordinates with which the source of these effects is associated.

 

    "The possibility of communications through time will probably explain not only the features of biological relationships but also a number of puzzling phenomena of the physics of man. Perhaps intuitive knowledge is obtained specifically in this manner. It is quite likely that in this way are realized also the phenomena of telepathy: i.e., the transmission of thought over a distance. All these relationships are not shielded and hence have the property for the transmission of influence through time."

 

    Kozyrev also determined the speed of time: C2 = +700 km/second in a left-hand system. He also discovered several other properties and effects of time, including: weight loss in gyroscopes (proportional to the weight and linear rate of rotation), different speeds in the N and S hemispheres, a deflection of pendulums to the south, time-shielding by dextro-rotary organic molecules (sugar), time-absorption by laevo-rotary molecules (turpentine), and time relaxation (inversely proportional to the square root of the body's density), and rotation moment. (55)

 

    Physicist Frank J. Tipler has described a theoretical two-way time machine comprising a cylinder spinning at a rate of at least one-half the speed of light. Thus, a time-television could be built without great difficulty:.

 

    In 1936, van Stockum solved the Einstein equations for the gravitational field of a rapidly rotating cylinder. It is shown that it allows a closed time-like line to connect any two events in spacetime. This suggests that a finite, rotating cylinder would also act as a time machine, causing nontrivial causality violations --- time travel. (56)

 

    13. Time Cameras ~

 

    The Benedictine Father Marcello Pellegrino Ernetti (d. 1997) invented a method of recovering sound waves from the past and converting them into visual and acoustic reconstruction of history. Father Ernetti, a professor at the Venetian Benedetto Marcello Conservatory and Fondation Cini (and director of the Italian Conservatory of Religious Instruction for Men), accomplished his research in collaboration with 12 physicists who remain anonymous. In 1956, Father Ernetti began to investigate the possibility of reviewing the past with a television-like device. In 1957 he began collaborating with the Portuguese Professor de Matos, who was researching the same problem.

 

    Fr. Ernetti's theoretical approach was based on Aristotle's concept of the disintegration of sound, according to which light and sound waves do not disappear after being produced, but are transformed in some way and remain present indefinitely. According to Ernetti, sound waves subdivide into harmonics that can be recovered with appropriate instruments.

 

    Fr. Ernetti claimed that "Every human being traces from birth to death a double furrow of light and sounds. This constitutes his individual identity mark. The same applies to an event, to music, to movement. The antennas used in our laboratory enable us to tune in to these furrows of picture or sound."

 

    Fr. Ernetti recovered "photographs" of events such the Crucifixion of Christ, and reconstructed acoustic events such as Quintus Ennius' tragedy Thyestes in the original Latin from a performance in 169 BC. He also claimed to have recovered the original text of the Ten Commandments given to Moses. However, he refused to reveal any details of his invention, and it has been suppressed by the Italian government. He warned that "The machine can produce universal tragedy."

 

    In 1934, William D. Pelley, editor of Liberation magazine, reported on his experiments with a form of time-camera which he called "Ultra-Vision", allegedly developed in collaboration with Thomas Edison and Steinmetz. The apparatus was confiscated by the FBI.

 

    In 1912, Baron Ernst von Lubek published an account of his accounts with trans-time photography. His equipment included a cathode ray tube with lead and dysprosium electrodes, energized by an Oudin coil (a modified Tesla coil).

 

    The Radionic Camera developed by George De La Warr was intended to detect disease by a suitable photographic method. It also is capable of photographing the past and the future. In the opinion of De La Warr, "Time is a vector of the magnetic spectrum and that spectrum has a place in itself for events... There is a pre-physical world in which the camera might be expected to operate."

 

    14. Time & Mind ~

 

    In 1982, architect Alton DeLong (Univ. of Tennessee) found that the smaller the scale of your environment, the faster your internal clock will run. DeLong tested the time-sense of volunteers who imagined themselves to be "in" small-scale rooms used as architectural models, and found that people estimate the passage of time at a faster rate in proportion to the model scale of the room. People in a one-sixth scale room guessed that 30 minutes had passed after only 5 minutes actually had elapsed. Time seemed to pass 12 times as fast in one-twelfth scale rooms, and 20 times faster in one-twenty-fourth scale rooms. In an ordinary room, the subjects' estimates of time closely approximated regular clock time.

 

    The psychobiological nature of time changes with our age and mindset. In human society, the solar day defines our inherent sense of time. Psychological time consists of the continuation of metabolism between conception and death. True age is a functional organic state; tests of cellular reproduction rates have shown that aging proceeds much more rapidly in childhood than at the end of life. Thus, in terms of physiological time, infancy is very long and old age is very short. In terms of inner, psychological time, however, infancy seems to be very brief, while old age seems very long. Psychological time is mind observing its own motion through the series of its states. In youth, time flies; in middle age, time crawls; in old age, time runs out...

 

    In a profound study of An Experiment With Time (1927), British aeronautical engineer and physicist William Dunne propounded a theory of time, called "serialism". His theory is based on experimental evidence of the "displacement in time" that occurs in dreams, resulting in a mingling of both past and future images which are about equal in number. (57)

 

    Perhaps someday we may achieve some form of control over the great energy of time, with predictable consequences that cannot be foreseen at this time.

 

    The foresight of most prophets is atavistic, spontaneous, and often unwelcome. However, it is possible to develop and exercise one's prophetic capabilities in a controlled manner. In his edifying book The Practice of Magical Evocation, the great German Hermetic adept Franz Bardon introduced several angelic intelligences who specialize in prophecy: Eneki (22o Gemini), Rimog (21o Leo), Elipinon (23o Virgo), and Ugolog (25o Pisces). Bardon also revealed select keys to release prophetic powers in his Key to the True Quabbalah. (58)

 

    15. The End?

 

    Each of us successfully predicts the future many times daily and in many ways. The talent of prophecy, however, is atavistic in most people, and not very reliable. The most difficult past of a prophet's task is to date the prediction. Nostradamus accurately dated more than a dozen of his quatrains with astrological configurations, but even some of his schedules were canceled. Very few other seers assign dates to their prophecies. Most prophecies are not time-specific in any case; rather, they represent conditions that will be reached at some time.

 

    Perhaps it is sufficient for God to know and for people to heed the warning. Some prophecies certainly are conditional and can be canceled or averted if slackers amend their ways --- or else face "merited disaster".

 

    Prophecies are open-ended and subject to revision or annulment --- until it is too late. We can avert some impending disasters, such as nuclear war. We can fulfill the prophetic promise of long-lasting peace on Earth. These dark times need the bright hope promised by many prophecies. The choice and the responsibility belong to us individually and collectively. In any event, pray for God's Grace to preserve us from ourselves and our pretensive leaders.

 

    16. References  [Not available in the Internet Edition]